Bulletin

eG eee eg Me laos

Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2007 with funding from
Microsoft Corporation

http://www.archive.org/details/bulletin23esseuoft

OF THE

ESSEX INSTITUTE,

is

VOLUME XNXITI.

1891.

SALEM, MASS:.::
PRI? "ED BY THE SALEM PRESS PUBLISHING AND PRINTING CO.,
; 1891.

7 wv
mV
ery Ng + -
et i Pte
, eye as ig!
‘ oy

ee: | ars

of Tears

a We

CONTENTS.

An Aid to a Collector of the Coelenterata and Echinodermata of New
England, by J. Walter Fewkes, : . : P 1
Aunual Meeting, May 18, 1891, . . . ; ‘ 93

Election of officers, 94; report of the secretary, 95; re-
port of the librarian, 99; treasurer’s report, 102; auditor's
report, 103; lectures, 104; necrology of members, 119;
library, 121; cabinets, 184.

-

An Undescribed Larva from Mammoth Cave, by H. Garman, . 186
On a Tortoise found in Florida and Cuba, Cinosternum Baurti, by

S. Garman, F ‘ Fart
Geological and Mineralogical Notes, No. 3, by John H. Sears, . 145

Geological and Mineralogical Notes, No 4, by John H. Sears, . 156

a

7

a Z Yt

Oia a neat ATA HEY LE ihe Ca
‘PNR GAMMA tg ON aad

; MrT) ei eo a

- .

.

| y io”
BULLETIN’ 2? —

OF THE

Jie ron > LIN SEO LB.

Vou. 23. Satem: JAN., Fres., Mar., 1891. Nos. 1,2, 3.

AN AID TO A COLLECTOR OF
THE CQZLENTERATA AND ECHINODERMATA

OF NEW ENGLAND.

BY J. WALTER FEWKES.

I. Introduction.
II. Kinds of Collecting.
A. Shore Collecting.
B. Dredging.
C. Collecting of “Surface” animals.
a. Freeing the Net of its Collection.
b. Collecting Surface Animals by Observation on the
Water.
c. Places for Collecting Surface Animals.
III. Coelenterata.
Hydrozoa.
Hydroida.
1. Free-swimming Larve.
2. Attached Young.
a. Athecata.
b. Thecaphora.
Trachymedusee,
Siphonophora.
Acraspeda.
Free-swimming Larve.

1 Q)

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIII.

2 C(ELENTERATA AND

Ctenophora.
Free-swimming Larvee.
Actinozoa.
Actinoida.
Alcyonoida.
IV. Echinodermata.
Asteroidea.
Ophiuroidea.
Echinoidea.
Holothurioidea.
V. General Directions.

I. INTRODUCTION.

It is very difficult for one wishing to study the develop-
ment or anatomy of any marine animal to know when and
where to find the eggs, young and adult. It is also not
easy to recognize the young of certain members of our
marine fauna, when they are found. It is also difficult to
identify the adult.

The following pages are intended to serve as a help in
the identification of the adults and young of the more
common Ceelenterata and Echinodermata of the waters of
New England. They are written for those! who wish some
means by which to learn the names and the general exter-
nal characters of the common forms of life, which have their
homes on our coasts. The author follows with admira-
tion the plan adopted by Philip Gosse in a too little known
Manual of Marine Zoology, which without claim for orig-
inality he has simply modified to meet the necessities of the
present case. The lament which Gosse makes that the
information necessary to identify the common animals of
Great Britain is scattered through monographs, many of

=

1This key to the identification of New England Coelenterata and Echinodermata
was prepared for the members of the Teachers’ School of Science who attended my
course of lectures in the winter of 1890. It is intended to be used as an introduc-
tion toa study of their notes on some of those lectures. :

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 3

which are in a foreign tongue, may with still greater em-
phasis be repeated by us in New England, especially as far
as the young of our marine animals are concerned. These
chapters are written as introductions to larger works and
more exhaustive monographs.

These pages may be of use to those who, while not be-
ginners, have yet made such progress in the study of our
marine animals as to wish some guide in the determina-
tion of a few of the different specific forms of lower marine
life which he meets. It is not a monograph nor an origi-
nal contribution to the subject. It is an aid to the col-—
lector, and is intended to meet certain difficulties which
even the professional naturalist encounters in the identi-
fication of animals.

II. KINDS OF COLLECTING.

It is well for the student of our Celenterata and Echino-
dermata to be familiar with methods of collecting in three
_ different regions.

A. Shore Collecting, or collecting of animals from the
littoral zone.

B. Dredging, or collecting from depths below low tides.

C. Surface Collecting, or collecting from the surface .
of the water.

A. SuHorE COLLECTING.

In order to study the marine larve of jellyfishes and
starfishes, it is often necessary to raise them from the
egg. The capture of adults with ova is therefore a de-
sideratum. The apparatus employed in shore collecting
is very simple. A jar or pail for specimens, a shovel or
trowel and a hand net are all that is required. The time
for collecting is generally at low-tide, and as more animals
are washed up after rough weather, the last days of a storm

give the best results.

4 i CQLENTERATA AND

On the line between high and low tide many genera of
Echinoderms are found thrown upon the beach. Several
Holothurians are found by digging in the flats.

The hydroids of jellyfishes and many of the Actinozoa
occur in sheltered pools or caves just below low tide, and
can easily be captured with a hand-net by a little wading.
I have found the roots of our large Laminaria, or “Devil's
Apron String,” when placed in pure water and allowed to
stand fora length of time, to give up a rich collection of
young starfishes, some young Holothurians and many
Ophiurans. Hydroids are abundant on certain seaweeds
washed on the shore after a storm. It is well to transfer
to our aquarium any object which when thrown on the
beach has apparently been recently torn from the bottom
or has the appearance of having been floating for a con-
siderable time. These objects almost invariably will be
found to be the home of a rich ccelenterate life.

,

B. DrReEpGinea.

The use of the dredge for the capture of the adults with
ova cannot be neglected. The great majority of the adults
and some of the young are taken in this way.

For dredging dewn to fifty fathoms, which is the limit

DREDGE FOR USE IN SHALLOW WATER.

of the animals treated of in this volume, a very simple dredge

can be constructed by any blacksmith, and with a rope

suitable for that purpose, will cost only a few dollars.
The dredge which I have used consists of a rectangular

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 5

frame made of iron of about twice the length of the height.
The longer sides are made of flat bars which are more or
less flaring. The rope is attached to two iron arms which
move readily on their attachment to the frame and which
have eyebolts at their free ends. The rope is firmly at-
tached to one of these; the attachment to the other is by
means of a smaller cord which will break when the dredge
is caught, and allow the obstruction to be avoided by a
change in the direction of the dredge. <A weight is fas-
tened to the dredging rope about five feet or a fathom from
its junction with the dredge, to insure success in the dredge
being dragged along horizontally. The length of the rope
used must be somewhat longer than the depth of the sound-
ing, and may be determined by the various conditions, as
depth of the water, or time of the tides. The simple
drifting of the large sail boat is force enough to work
with a small dredge.

The net of the dredge is fastened to the iron frame,
and is protected by a coarse canvas bag which prevents
the meshes from being torn. The time the dredge may
be left out must be determined by experience.

- The most convenient place! for shore collecting is at Re-
vere Beach and Nahant. The piles of Beverly Bridge fur-
nish many Actinoids and Hydroids.

The dredging off Nahant is among the best in New Eng-
land. Off Race Point, Provincetown, a rich harvest may
be expected. The channel between Castle Hill and Co-
nanicut Island is rich in certain genera, especially Arbacize
and Eehinarachnii. Dredging off Baker’s Island is good.

The ledges in the middle of Plum Island river off Great
Neck; Ipswich, and the adjoining deep water are good
places for Asteroids and Echinoids. . ;

Grand Manan is one of the best collecting places for lit-

1 This is written for teachers living near Boston,

6 CC@BLENTERATA AND

*

toral and shallow water animals on our coast. The “rip-
plings” furnish one of the best places for surface genera.
At Eastport the channel between the Old Friar and Treat’s
Island is the richest known to me. The surface fishing
there is good. Newport affords an abundant surface fauna
which is characteristically southern in its facies.

Surface fishing, as distinguished from shore collecting
and dredging, pertains to those animals which habitually
swim at or very near the surface of the sea.

The fauna of the ocean surface is known as the pelagic
fauna, from the Greek word, zéayos, meaning the sea.
Since, however, the word pelagic from its derivation means
the sea as a whole without special reference to the surface,
the adjective equorial, from “eequor” the surface, would
more accurately designate the character of the fauna with
which a part of our subject deals.

The methods of surface fishing are easily acquired and
require no complicated outfit. A simple hand or drag-
net made of muslin or bolting cloth for collecting ; a water
bucket or jar forthe reception of specimens captured ; and
a boat to seek out the tide eddies where the animals which
we are to study are most common, are all that is necessary.
This method of fishing needs but a few general hints for
successful prosecution. f

The best collecting ground must be learned from expe-
rience. Tide eddies, edges of currents, sheltered nooks
und small bays into which the floating life is accidentally
lodged or driven by the wind and tides, are most prolific
in the abundance of surface life. Wherever the tidal cur-
rents collect flotsam of any kind, there, if not too far from
the open ocean, one can look with promise of success for
wealth of eequorial life. The same causes which bring in-.
animate objects into these places will lead to accumula-
tion of floating forms of life in the same localities.

The time for profitable collecting is influenced by the

e

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 7

tides, the winds and some unknown conditions. Other
things being equal, at the mouth of a bay as at Newport
the full tide is best for oceanic larve, or if one is situated
near a small bay where floating material is caught during
an ebbing tide, about an hour after the tide begins to fall
will generally yield the best results. The first hour of the
floodiscommonly the poorest time for surface collecting and
the last of the ebb generally gives us the larve of the litto-
ul fauna rather than the oceanic. The best condition of the
‘sea in which to collect surface animals, adult as well as
larve, is during acalm. When this happens in Narragan-
sett Bay at high tide, after a strong south, or southeasterly
wind we may, if ever, expect to find amost abundant and
varied life captured in our nets. Smooth places on the
surface called “slicks” afford good collecting. Night-time
during that calm state of the water which commonly takes
place between eight and nine o’clock, is one of the best
hours for successful surface fishing. The amount of “phos-
phorescence” in the water is an indicator of the abundance
of surface life. The character of the animal life which
causes the glow canbe ina measure made out by the color
of the emitted light.

‘As most of the larve which are treated of in these chap-
ters are very minute, almost invisible when swimming in
the sea, it is often necessary in collecting to drag the net
about apparently at random, “skimming” as it is called the
surface of the water, and then lightly washing off into the
water of the collecting jars the small animals which al-
though not seen have been caught on the meshes. An
examination of the capture for identification must be made
in amore favorable time and place than at night in the
boat. The water into which the animals have been washed
from the drag-net is commonly placed in glass dishes over
a black background (tile preferred) and allowed to be-

8 CO&LENTERATA AND

come quiet. It is well also to place the dish in such a
way that direct light shines on one side in order to look
through it from the other. The black ground and the
light passing through the water make it possible to detect
more easily smal swimming larve. ° Commonly also,
when the water in the dish is quiet, the minute embryos
and larvee come to the surface and can be seen and éasily
picked out with a pipette, from which they are transferred
to a “live box,” or watch crystal for study.

The present work goes no farther than the identifica-
tion of the larve. Their method of treatment as objects
of embryological research with reagents and with the mi-
croscope belongs to another chapter of marine zoélogy.
Those who seek in these pages a faunal catalogue will
find many omissions. I have tried to write an introduc-
tion to the fascinating study of the adult and larval stages
of the lower animals which are found in our bays.

C. CoLurctinc SuRFACE ANIMALS.
(WITH TOW OR DIP-NET. )

The animals which constitute the surface fauna are ob-
tained by what is called a towing-net. The towing-net is
a bag made of strong linen or bunting and is dragged

TOW-NET FOR ZQUORIAL ORGANISMS.

through the water after the boat. The mouth of the -net
is kept open by a metallic ring to which the mouth of the
net is fastened. The net should be about a foot deep, and

SP

-ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 9

the diameter of the ring of wire possibly twenty inches.
The wire should be large enough not to be bent under a
considerable strain.

' Three pieces of line about the size of cod-line and about
two feet long are fastened at equal intervals in the ring.
These are all joined at one end and attached to the tow-
ing-line. Enough of the towing-line should be let out to
cause the net to work just below the surface. The length
of the towing-line must be learned from experience.

The towing apparatus, thus rigged, is used in the fol-
lowing way: After the net is thrown over the stern of
the boat, a moderate headway is given to the boat. The
length of time the net must be dragged is regulated by the
abundance of surface life. Care should be taken that the
headway of the boat is not lost, as in such a case the ani-
mals are washed out of the net. To obtain life from zones
below the surface the net can be weighted by a weight de-
termined by the length of the tow-rope, the velocity of the
boat and other circumstances. Care should be taken, if
the direction of headway is changed, that the net is always
kept distended in its original direction. When there is a
coastward current under a bridge, the towing-line may be
fastened to the bridge and the force of the current utilized
to distend the net.

a. Freeing the nel of its collections.

The net is hauled on board and the contents simply
washed into a pail of pure water by turning the net wrong
side out. An ordinary water bucket is a good collecting
vessel. For detection of the specimens the best plan is to
use giass vessels overa black ground. Mr. A. Agassiz uses
flat glass pans over a table of black tiles. Allman recom-
mends a white glazed earthenware pan such as is used in
dairies for holding milk. If the bowl is placed in a deep

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIII 1*

10 C@LENTERATA AND

glass jar or finger bow] so that the light passes through it,
small animals can be detected through the sides. Most of —
the small animals seek that side of the vessel on the surface
turned to the light and one can easily find them there.
Small glass finger-bowls in which larve can be raised, can
be examined by holding them between the light and the
eye. The animals may be picked out by pipettes or tubes.
The water in which the animals are first placed, if crowded
with life, soon becomes vitiated. When few animals are
found they can be left in the pan in the same water in which
they were captured. It is a good plan to add in such cases
some pure water, and keep in the pan small genera of
bright green alge.

b. - Collecting surface animals by observation in the
water.

Although the dip and the drag-net yield the hest re-
sults, it is often necessary to see the animals in their na-
tive habitat, in order to pick out what is wanted. The
surface is often so crowded with Salpe, for instance, that
the net gets clogged with them, and a person in search of
anything else cannot use the net to advantage.

If the sea is very smooth, very small animals can be de-
tected by the eye from the boat. I have used a water-glass
with advantage. The fishermen in Villa Franca, southern
France, carry a bottle of oil in the boat and use oil to
quiet the surface. A blackened plate of tin, lowered in
the water, renders it possible to detect very small animals
in the water above it. When once detected, it is not dif-
ficult to capture the animal with glass dishes or hand nets.

c. Places for collecting surface animals.
The best localities must be learned from observation.
Tide eddies are favorable points, and the water in the vi-
cinity of floating masses of seaweed is sometimes crowded

eS aS eS a

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. bes

with life. The time of day seems not to matter but the tide

- isa great factor. At low tide we expect littoral, at high tide

pelagic animals. At night conditions are favorable at about
half-past eight when the sea appears calm. Calm weather
is a desideratum, and a glassy calm is a very favorable op-
portunity.

In night-fishing an incandescent electric light may be
hung at the mouth of the net to attract animals. The color
of the phosphorescence corresponding to different animals
must be learned by experience.

Ill. CQRLENTERATA.

The animals of this group have a great variety of ex-
ternal outlines, but several common anatomical likenesses.

In their simplest form the bodies consist of a simple gelat-

inous bag, fixed to the ground or free-swimming. There
isan opening called the mouth at one pole, while the whole
cavity of the sac serves as a stomach or is in free commu-
nication with the exterior medium through the mouth-open-
ing. In most of these animals the body cavity is continu-
ous with the stomach. In many there is no body cavity
except the stomach, a characteristic which has given the
name of Ceelenterata to the group.

Rising higher than the simple sac, whose walls serve
as the linings of a stomach and whose opening is a mouth,
we pass to those where thread-like organs called tentacles,
which serve to capture food, are placed in a ring about the
mouth, and higher still to those where portions of the body
walls are inflated into a bell-like structure for locomotion.
Here we find added also sense capsules and complicated
sucker-like oral appendages, the modifications in which
will be more minutely described in considering the differ-
ent genera. These organs generally take a radial arrange-

ie C@LENTERATA AND

ment about the polar mouth opening. It was that radial
symmetry which Cuvier first recognized and which led
him to unite these animals with others in the group of Ra-
diata.

The Coelenterata include the Meduse and Actiniz. While
these animals have much in common in their anatomical
structure, their external resemblances are oftentimes very
distant. Compare, for instance, the filmy, gelatinous
body of the jellyfish and the hard, stony coral as we see
it in our museums. Yet the calcareous and other hard
secretions of the body of the coral once removed, the soft
parts which remain betray anatomical peculiarities of the
stomach and body cavity already mentioned, and therefore
close resemblances to jelly-fishes.

The Ceelenterata ere divided into the Hydrozoa, Cteno-
phora and the Actinozoa. The two former groups, known
as the jelly-fishes, are well represented by their larvee in
the surface waters of New England, while only a few forms
of the latter occur, or come within the scope of this ac-
count. While the larve of some Actinozoa inhabit the
surface waters, there are few genera in Narragansett Bay
as compared with the other groups.

Cuass I. Hyprozoa anp Crenopnora.
(Jelly-fishes.)

These animals have hyaline, gelatinous bodies ; live soli-
tary or united in colonies; bodies bell-shaped, tubular,
mushroom-like, cup-shaped, or resembling a floating bag
or disk. When bell-shaped, a fleshy protuberance of
folded membrane hangs down from the under side and
serves as the stomach. The centre of the body is occu-
pied by’a cavity out of which slender tubes or vessels. ra-
diate to the bell-margin. These vessels may be united by
a circular tube about the periphery or may end blindly

i ee

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 13

near the rim. They sometimes pass directly from centre
to rim, at other times subdivide, bifureate and coalesce.
Different tubes in the same bell may have a straight or a
tortuous, or a marginal course. The movement of a nutri-
tive fluid in the tubes can be seen through the bell-walls.
Bell-cavity present or wanting. When present, it is some-
times partly closed at its entrance by a washer-like body
called the velum. 7

The bell margin of the Hydrozoa is either entirely cre-
nated, slightly notched or scalloped. Small, transparent
cells, the sense capsules, otocysts, with enclosed calcareous
grains called otoliths, are commonly present. The number
and structure of these organs vary in different genera. In
the Hydrozoa, when present they are placed around the
bell margin and their number is from four to sixteen; in
the Ctenophora there is, in the adult, a single polar sense
capsule. The sense-capsules of the former group are par-
tially covered on the upper side by asmall, gelatinous lap-
pet which is called the “hood.” Jellyfishes which have a
hood are called the “hooded-eyed” ; those without, the
“naked-eyed” Meduse.

Small, thread-lke bodies, called tentacles,’ varying in
number and size, hang down siagly or in clusters from the
under side of the body at or near the bell-margin. In
those genera (Ctenophora) which have a single polar sense
‘apsule opposite the mouth, there are either two long ten-
tacles with side branches with numerous smaller body fil-
uments, or these structures may be wholly wanting.

These animals are generally small, transparent, phos-
phorescent in darkness when the water is agitated. Many
are highly colored. Water forms the great mass of the
body substance. Their larval forms are among the most
abundant animals found on the surface of the ocean. The
Hydrozoa are classified as follows :

Order I. Hydroida. Bell-shaped bodies, without flap

14 CQ@ELENTERATA AND

(hood) over the sense capsules and with or without mar-
ginal sense bodies; with bell-cavity, the entrance into
which is partially closed by a velum.

Order IT. Trachymeduse. Bell-shaped, often disk-
like bodies. Four or eight sense capsules with or without
hood. Bell-cavity with velum.

Order ILI. Siphonophora. Tubular or bag-like bod-
ies. Many individuals of different shape and function
united ina colony. With or without bell-shape and ge-
latinous appendages. When present, these resemble those
of Hydroida.

Order IV. Acraspeda. Disk-shaped bodies with four,
eight or sixteen marginal sense-capsules. No bell-cavity.
No velum.

Order V. Clenophora. Single polar sense-capsule with-
out hood. Locomotion by means of eight meridional
rows of vibratile flappers on outside of body.

Order I. Hydroida (free).
A. Without sense capsules; sexual organs never free
from the base of the proboscis.
I. Tubes four, unbranched.

No tentacles . . . . . .~ Pennaria.

Onetentacle . . . . . . Hybocodon.

Two tentacles . . . . . . Stomatoca.
Dinemuatella.

Four-tentucless. «(6.2 “as... ani
Dipurena,
Kctopleura.
Zanclea.

More than four single tentacles. Turris. ~
Dysmorphosa.
Staurophora.
Calicopsis,
Modeeria.

ee

eben”,

a a ee
.

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. - 15

Four clusters of tentacles . . Nemopsis.
Eight clusters of tentacles . . Lizzia.
II. Tubes four, branched . . . . Willia.
III. Tubes eight, unbranched . . Melicertum.
— Mabella.
BL. With sense capsules ; sexual organs suspended from

‘radial tubes.

I. Tubes four, unbranched.
a. Stomach without peduncle.
Tentacles numerous, without smaller basal
“ spurs.”
Obelia.
Oceania.
Clytia.
Tentacles numerous, with basal “spurs.”
~ Eucheilota.
6. Stomach with peduncle.
Tima.
Eutima.
II. Tubes numerous.
Zygodactyla.

e. Pg

Pennaria. Bell ovate; tubes four, broad. Tentacles
slight projections of the bell-margin at the junction of the
radial and circular tubes.

P. gibbosa.*

Hybocodon. Bell globose, asymmetrical. Tubes four,
slender. Single tentacle generally with a cluster of bud-
ding Meduse at its base. .

LH. prolifer.

1 Authorities for specific names are given in the index at the end of the paper.

16 . C@&LENTERATA AND

Stomatoca. Bell oval, with tall, conical, apical projec-
tion. Tubes four, broad, often with jagged edges. Tenta-

STOMATOCA. DINEMATELLA,.
YOUNG DINEMATELLA. YOUNG TIMA.
YOUNG LIZZIA. CALICOPSIS.

cles two, opposite, long, very flexible. Their bases have a
claret-red color. Proboscis trumpet-shaped, swollen near

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 17

the bell. Lips flange-like, extending barely outside the
bell-opening.

S. apicata.

Dinematella. Bell ovate, with tall, conical, apical pro-

jection in which is found a cavity shaped like the frus-

trum of a cone, and which is in free communication with

SARSIA.

that of the proboscis. Tubes four, with jagged edges,
broad. Tentacles two, opposite, long, flexible. On the
bell-rim between the long tentacles are situated small ten-
tacular processes with pigment spots. Proboscis large,

swollen at base, light-cream color.
D. cavosa.

‘ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIII 2

18 : C@LENTERATA AND

Sarsia.’ Bell oval. Tubes four. Tentacles marginal,
four, long, flexible, each with a single bright red pigment
spot on under side of base at the extremities of the ves-
sels. Proboscis very long, highly contractile; when ex-
panded the extremity reaches far outside the entrance into
the bell-cavity. Lips simple, ovaries inconspicuous.

. S. mirabilis.

Dipurena. Bellhalf egg-shaped. Tubes slender, four.
Four stiff, short tentacles with an enlarged club-shaped
distal extremity. Eye-spot at the basal end. Proboscis
very long, with large swellings crowded with ova in fe-

male. ips simple.
D. strangulata.

DIPURENA.

Ectopleura. Bell ovate with a slight apical projection.
Tubes four. Eight rows of lasso-cells arranged on the
outer wall of the bell in pairs, each pair arising from the
base of a tentacle and extending to the apex of the bell.
Tentacles four, generally coiled about their origin at the
bellrim. Each tentacle in adult with clusters of lasso-cells

at intervals in its length. Proboscis two-thirds the height

of the bell cavity. Lips simple.
E.. ochracea.

1Closely related to this is the free form of wpa tay d s which is attached to wall
of fish Seriola zonata.

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 19

Zanclea. Bell oval, with slight apical prominence.
Tubes four. Tentacles four, each with lateral branches
formed of asmall pedunculated cluster of cells. Proboscis
extends to opening into the bell-cavity. Bel! walls with
cluster of lasso-cells above the origin of the tentacles from
the margin.

Z. gemmosa.

YOUNG TURRIS. TURRIS.
OTOCYST OF EUTIMA. EUTIMA,.

Turris. Bell mitre-shaped, with apical prominence.
Tubes four. Tentacles numerous and of two kinds. The

20 CQ@LENTERATA AND

longer bear eye-spots at their very origin from the bell-
margin; the latter from a point a little above the rim.
Proboscis large, swollen at the base. Mouth trumpet-
shaped. Lips complicated.
T’. episcopalis.
Dysmorphosa. Bell ovate with slight apical promi-
nence. Tubes four. Tentacles numerous. Proboscis
of medium size, with four spherical ovaries at base. Lips
have a “frosted appearance” on account of the clusters of
lasso-cells.
D. fulgurans.
This genus is said to occur in New England. See A.
Agassiz, “Sea Side Studies.” I have never collected it.
Staurophora. Bell disk-shaped, cream colored, with flex-
ible walls. ‘Tubes, four. Tentacle numerous, so crowded
together that their bases at the union with the bell margin
touch each other. Tentacles short, flexible, with single
eye-spot at union with bell-rim. In addition to tentacles,
small club-shaped bodies likewise arise from bell rim.
Ovaries depend in part from the tubes in that half nearest
the proboscis and from the proboscis.
S. laciniata.
Calicopsis. Bell ovate or globose. Tubes, four. Numer-
ous short tentacles. Four ovaries at base of proboscis.
Lips with four clusters of lasso-cells which impart a “frosted
appearance” to them.
C.. typa.
Modeeria. Bell mitre-shaped with apical projection,
and thin walls. Tubes four, broad, with jagged edges.
Tentacles numerous, flexible. Proboscis long, much
swollen at the base. Lips simple. ;
M. multitentacula.
Nemopsis. Belloval. Tubes, four, broad. Tentacles
in four clusters, each cluster situated at the union of radial

‘
Ne
le

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 21

tubes and bell margin where there is a tentacular bulb

with a row of pigment spots. Ovaries from tubes and

proboscis. Proboscis short, with four oral dendritic ten-
tacles.

N. Bachei.

Lizzia. Bell oval with apical projection and lower wall

thin. Tubes, four. Eight clusters of tentacles from the

» ZANCLEA. MODEERIA.
YOUNG CALYCOPSIS. LIZZIA,

bell-rim. Four of these have five tentacles in each cluster
and arise from the margin of the bell near the radial tubes
and the remainder of three each alternate with these.
Proboscis short, generally with budding young on its sides,
with a quadrate mouth, each angle of which bears two
clusters of lasso-cells.

L. octopunctata.

22 . CC@ELENTERATA AND

A. Il.
Willia. Bell disk-like with small clusters of lasso-cells
at intervals on the external walls. Tubes branched, four
at origin from the proboscis.

W. ornata.
ATE

Mabella. Bell globose. Tubes eight. Tentacles
numerous, short, flexible. Proboscis small with lateral
buds.

M. gracilis.

Melicertum. Bell oval, tall, mitre-shaped. Tubes
eight. Tentacles numerous, long and very flexible. Pro-
boscis with complicated lips. Tubes with ovaries along
their whole length.

M. campanula.

veal >)

q ——<
lige ARAN
SATE

Ui

fy
(

MELICERTUM,

'B.I, a.

Obelia. Body disk-shaped, transparent, colorless.
Sense-capsules with numerous otoliths, arranged at irreg-
ular intervals about the bell rim. Numerous rigid tenta-
cles. Four tubes. Ovaries spherical, pendent from the
tubes. The bell o ten reversed, and turned in such a

>

—
Ce

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 23

manner that the proboscis appears to arise from its con-

vex side. Velum narrow.
O. gelatinosa.

Clytia. Bell disk-shaped, transparent, colorless. Tubes
four. Tentacles numerous. Sense-capsules, eight. Ten-
tacular bases thickly pigmented. Proboscis short, lips

simple.
C. bicophora.

|

STAUROPHORA. LIRIOPE. CLYTIA.

Oceania. Bell, very flexible, disk-shaped, transparent,
and moves with a languid motion. Four tubes with elon-
gated ovaries. Tentacles numerous, thread-like, flexible.
Proboscis short. Ovaries found on the peripheral two-

thirds of the radial tubes.
O. languida.

24 . C@LENTERATA AND —

Eucheilota. Bell disk-shaped, flexible, transparent.
Tubes four. Ovaries spherical, hanging from the tubes.
Sense-capsules, eight. Tentacles of two kinds, eight long,

!

gt
va rts gs
etre tpt ths ee PLO L EG me .

Fes {

RS

Ww
RS

+

bss

9,

,,

YOUNG EUCHEILOTA. EUCHEILOTA.

and sixteen small; shorter called spurs. Each long ten-
tacle has a pair of spurs. Tentacular bulbs pigmented.
E.. ventricularis.

Rye)
as eui's

‘'ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 25

Fick, 03
Tima. Bell hemispherical with thick walls. Tubes
four. Tentacles, numerous, long, flexible. Ovaries rib-
bon-shaped on the tubes. Sense-bodies, numerous.
Stomach mounted on a transparent peduncle. Lips, four-

parted, margin with clusters of lasso-cells.
T. Bairdii.

SPHARULA,.
MABELLA. SECTOR OF ZYGODACTYLA.
YOUNG ZYGODACTYLA.

Eutima. Bell oval, with thin walls, flexible. ‘Tubes
‘four. Tentacles of two kinds; four long at extremity of
the tubes ; pairs of small tentacles at intervals about the bell
margin. These latter also accompany the long tentacles
‘and may be called spurs. Stomach mounted on a slender
ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIII 2*

26 C@LENTERATA AND

‘peduncle which extends far outside the bell opening. Lips
quadrate. Ovaries ribbon-like on tubes and base of pe-
duncle. |
E. gracilis.
Bats

Zygodactyla. Bell disk-shaped, cream colored, also
pinkish. Tubes numerous with ribbon-shaped ovaries.
Tentacles numerous, short, very flexible, generally coiled.
Sense-capsules numerous. Proboscis finger-like folds of a
delicate membrane which seldom closes forming the mouth
opening. Rows of small tubercles on the walls of the

bell-cavity between the chymiferous tubes.
Z. Grenlandica.

Free-swimming larve.

ete

Pennaria gibbosa. The young Pennaria closely re-
sembles the adult. This stage is rarely found free-swim-
ming on the surface, although if a colony of the hydroids
be kept in a glass jar for a short time, the buds if mature
easily drop off and swim away.

Hybocodon prolifer. The larvee of this medusa can best
be studied by a comparison of the different medusa buds
found on the tentacular bulb of the adult. Free forms are
extremely rare and after they attain the stage when they
separate, their resemblances to the adult are very close.

Stomatoca apicuta. Larva like adult with tall bell which,
however, is destitute of apical prominence. Tubes four,
broad. Tentacles, two, opposite, long, very flexible. No
little tentacular projections on the bell-rim between the
tentacles. Proboscis shorter than in adult, extending to
the bell opening.

Dinematella cavosa. Larva without apical projection
on bell apex. Cavity at base of the proboscis small, want-

ee

ee. a ee,

oP

:
J

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 27

ing. Small finger-like projections on the bell margin
wanting. Color of larva like that of adult.

Sarsia mirabilis. Larva resembles adult.

Dipurena strangulata. Larva not studied.

E'ctopleura ochracea. Larva like adult.

Zancleagemmosa. Bell ovate without apical prominence.
Tubes four. Tentacles two, each with numerous lateral *
branches. In some young forms the two additional bud-
ding tentacles are seen. Bell with clusters of thread cells
as in adult. ,

Turris episcopalis. Larva with characters of adult.

Dysmorphosa fulgurans. Larva not observed.

Staurephora laciniata. Larva like adult.

Calicopsis typa. Larva like adult.

Modeeria multitentaculata. Larva not observed.

Nemopsis Bachei. Larva has few tentacles in each
cluster. Dendritic labial branches less complicated.

Lizzia octopunctata. Larval forms of Lizzia in all stages
of growth found on the sides of the proboscis. The young
can be studied from these buds. 1. Youngest bud has
single tentacle at each end of the radial tubes and single
intermediary tentacle. 2. The next oldest has a cluster
of three tentacles at end of each tube and three interme-
diary in cluster. 3. Oldest with five tentacles at the end
of each tube with three in intermediary clusters. The
stages 2 and 3 are free, and have rudiments of the second
generation of buds on the outside of proboscis. The very
immature buds also found in younger stages have half
formed probosces.

A. Ii

Willia ornata. Larva with four tentacles one at each
end of the four unbranched tubes. Alternating with these
on the bell walls a small cluster of nematocysts. Apical
tube visible.

28 C@LENTERATA AND

A. III.

Mabella gracilis. Larva not observed.
Melicertum campanula. Larva like the adult.

Bits da.

Obelia diaphana. larva like adult.

Clytia bicophora. Larva in youngest form with two
tentacles opposite each other and eight otocysts.

Oceania languida. Larva in youngest form with two
opposite tentacles, four otocysts. Proboscis small, incon-
spicuous.

Lucheilota ventricularis. Larva like adult.

B. I, b.
Tima Bairdii. Larva like adult. Tentacles short,
numerous. Proboscvis small. Otocysts like adult.
EHutima gracilis. Larva not observed.

+

Hh AY

Zygodacyla Grenlandica. Larva in youngest form
found with four tubes, four tentacles. Numerous otocysts.
Next oldest larva has four complete tubes and four addi-
tional tubes extending half way from junction of probos-
\ cis and bell margin.

Order I. Hydroida (attached).

Many of the jelly-fishes originate as buds from an at-
tached zoéphyte known asa hydroid. To become familiar
with the different forms of the youngof the Hydrozoa, it
is necessary to be able to identify these animals.

The fixed hydroids are alge-like organisms, simple or
branching, with soft or hard axis. They are solitary or
social, and give rise to medusee by budding or by proc-
esses resembling fission. .

ee

ae

San
a

|
;

ok eh ee

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. , 29

Athecata.+

Without thece for hydranth or sexual bodies.
A. Forming calcareous encrustations, . Hydractinia.
B. Erect, plant-like, not parasitic.
I. Solitary.
a. Tentacles capitate, scattered over. the
Bedey tA ee hc van. ealias
6. Tentacles filiform, in two circles.

Corymorpha.
Il. Associated.
a.. Tentacles of one kind. ‘
Tentacles capitate in single whorl.
| Clavatella.

Tentacles filiform.
a. Two separate rings of tentacles
with free medusz. Ectopleura.
6. Two tentacular circles without:
meduse . . . Tubularia.
c. Seattered,with hydranth on branch
of stem . . . . Tubiclava.
b. Tentacles in single verticil, without
bosses.
Polyps sessile . . . Podocoryne.
Polyps on stem, with trumpet-shaped
proboscis . . . . Eudendrium.
Hydranth without covering, with coni-
cal proboscis. Gonophores on ccen-
osare.
a. Arborescent . . Bougainvillia.
6. Small, simple habit.
Perigonemus.

.

1Thece, orlcups surrounding the hydranth or stomach with a crown of tentacles
about a mouth. Athecata; 4, @j«a, without a cup. Thecaphora; @jxa-Pépw, cup
bearing. -

30 , CCELENTERATA AND

6. Tentacles of two kinds.
Upper, capitate ; lower, rigid in single
verticils . . . . » ,Cladonema.
Upper, capitate ; lower, filiform in sev-
eral verticils . . . Stauridium.
c. Tentacles in several whorls.
Capitate without free meduse.
Coryne.
Capitate with free medusz.
Syncoryne.
C. Parasitic on Seriola zonata (osseous fish).
Hydrichthys.
No tentacles, two kinds afindividuale Hydroid reduced
to a botryoidal cluster of meduse.

Thecaphora.

Hydroids with hydranth and sexual bodies enclosed in
a cup.
A. Calycles' erect and free, bydranths retractile. |
I. Calycles supported on a short process from |
the stem ; hydranths partially retractile.
With tentacular organs over the ccenosarc,
O phiodes.
Without tentacular organs over the coenosare.
Halecium.
II. Calycles bell-shaped.
a. Operculated . .° . +...» Lovenella. .
6. Non-operculated.
Clytia.
Obelia.
Campanularia.
Thaumantias.
Gonothyreea.

1Cup-like structures, hydrothecex, in which the hydranths are protected.

a

ce aia

i a Me

ee a Se ee oe

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 31

III. Calycles not bell-shaped.
a. Calycles conical, long . Campanulina.
6. Calycles with conical operculum, con-
stricted at base ; pedicellate. ;
Calycella.
c. Sessile ; not constricted at the base.
Cuspidella.
d. Calycles without conical operculum,
scattered 9. 6 ee e ‘Lafoen,
B. Calycles adnate, disposed along the stem and
branches. |
I. Without nematophores.*
a. Cualycles cylindrical and disposed on all
sides of stem . . . . . Sualacia.
6. Calycles on creeping stem (not erect).
Filellum.
c. Calycles in two series.
1. Alternate, with operculum.
Sertularella.
2. Without operculum.
a. Gonothece with cleft margin
and internal marsupium.
Diphasia.
6. Orifice of gonotheca, plane ;
no internal marsupium.
With verticillate branches. Sertularia.
Without verticillate branches.
Antennularia. '
1. With mesial nematophore attached to part

of calycle. Aglaophenia.
2. Without mesial nematophore.
Plumularia.

1§mall cup-shaped structure resembling small calycles in which a protoplasmic
thread-like body is found, and trom the inner base vf which it arises.

32 ‘(CCELENTERATA AND |

VIEW OF ANTERIOR END
OF ACAULIS, SHOWING TEM-
PORARY TENTACLES Zt,

ADULT ACAULIS. a, TERMINAL OPENING OF THE BODY—THE INTERIOR OF THIS
BODY 18 “DARK REDDISH PURPLE;” b, CENTRAL, PURPLE-COLORED BODY WALL;
“¢, SMALL PAPILLE—THESE, AS WELL AS THE EXTERNAL BODY WALL, ARE LIGHT
PINK; d, RIDGES OR FOLDS IN THE EXTERNAL WALLS OF THE BODY, OF A “WHITE
COLOR ;” €, TERMINAL CONTINUATION (UNATTACHED) OF THE BODY OF THE YOUNG

ACAULIS; g, GONOPHORES—THE INTERIOR OF THESE CLUSTERS [S DARK PURPLE,

THE EXTERIOR, WHITE GRANULAR; ¢, PERMANENT TENTACLES—‘‘SUCTORIAL TEN-
TACLES ;” 7¢¢,, TEMPORARY TENTACLES.

EE eee

a

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 33

A.

Hydractinia. Clavate sessile filiform tentacles from a
conical proboscis from the coenosare. Naked polypary.
_ Some polypites are partially developed and bear spheri-
cal clusters of thread cells. No medusee. Found on shell
inhabited by Eupagurus, or on floating wood, spiles, etc.

Hl. echinata.

bee

Acaulis. Solitary, cylindrical, terminated above in a
conical proboscis. Adherent. Tentacles scattered, small
over whole body. Gonophores clustered about base.

A. primarius.

Corymorpha. Polypite solitary, in delicate sheath.
Two sets of filiform tentacles. Oral tentacles in several
verticils placed close together. Prominent proboscis.
Roots attached in sand.

C. nutans.

Ectopleura. Stem delicate, slightly branched. Twenty-
four oral; thirty lower tentacles. _Meduse developed be-
tween the two series.

EH. ochracea.

bi Rad DR

Tubularia. Stem simple and branched, rooted by a fil-
iform stolon with inverted polypary. Filiform tentacles
in two whorls. Gonophores on peduncles between two
whorls of tentacles. Young has an actinula form.

T’. indivisa.

Clava. Clavate, tentacles smooth, sheathed in chiti-
nous polypary. Buds borne in clusters. No meduse. On
Fucus.

C. leptostyla.

Tubiclava. Erect stem with branches and creeping

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXII. 3

34 ih CQLENTERATA AND

stolon. Sheathed in chitinous polypary. Buds in clus-
ters below lower tentacles. No meduse.
. T. cornucopie.

Podocoryne. Ccenosare thick network ; polypary forms
a continuous crust which forms a small cup-like invest-

TUBULARIA, CORYMORPHA.

ment round the base of polypites. Single verticil of ten-
tacles. Gonophores borne below the tentacles. Free me-
dusee. Gonosome bell-shaped. Short manubrium with
oral tufts of thread cells. P. carnea.

Eudendrium. Stem branched with creeping stolon.
Chitinous perisarc. Hydranths borne at the end of
branches, vase-shaped. Single verticil of filiform tentac-
ula. Gonophores from polypites below the tentacles or
from the stem with fixed sporosaes.

EF. dispar.
ramosum.
rameum.

cingulatum.
capillare.

tenue.

EE Eee eee

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 35

Perigonemus. Ccenosare chitinous. Stem branching
with thread-like stolon. Single verticil of tentacles ; gon-
ophores developed from ccenosarce.

Medusa, Stomatoca.

Bougainvillia. Stem branched, rooted by filiform
stolon. Ccenosare with chitinous covering. Single circle
of tentacles round base of conical proboscis.

Medusa, Wemopsis and Bougainvillia.

N. Bachei.
B. superciliaris.

Cladonema. Stem simple, slightly branched. Four
capitate, tuberculate tentacles, from false tentacles which
are stiff, and rounded at the extremities.

| C. radiatum.

Stauridium. Creeping stolons, stem simple. Four
whorls of cruciformly arranged tentacles, which are rigid,
extending at right angle to the body.

Syncoryne. Stem simple or branched, rooted stolon
wholy covered in tube. Medusa is Sarsia. |

S. mirabilis.

C.

Hydrichthys. Parasitic on body walls of a fish. No
tentacles; no terminal mouth opening. Sexual clusters,
botryoidal.

HI. mirus.

Thecaphora.

A.

Ophiodes. Stem, branching, base enclosed in cup ; sto-
lon root-like ; non-retractile hydranths which are divided
by a constriction into two regions. Webbed tentacles in
a single verticil.

QO. mirabilis.

36 C&ELENTERATA AND

Halecium. Plant-like, branched, rooted by creeping
stolon. Hydrothece biserial, tubular, bell-shaped, sub-
sessile, jointed to short lateral process. Hydranth par-
tially retractile. Fixed sporosacs.

H. gracile.

Lovenella. Stem simple, branched, thread-like stolon.
Hydrotheca turbinate, elongate, crowned with a conical
operculum.

L. gracilis.

Clytia. Stem simple, branched slightly. Creeping
stolon. Hydrothece bell-shaped. No operculum. Hy-:
dranths with large trumpet-shaped proboscis. Meduse on
stolon and stem.

Medusa, Clytia.

C. Johnstoni.

Obelia. Stem branching, plant-like, creeping stolon.
Bell-shaped. No operculum. Gonothece on stem and
branches.

O. gelatinosa.
commisuralis.

Campanularia. Stem simple, branched, filiform stolon.
Hydrothece bell-shaped. No operculum. Hyaline. Hy-
dranths with cup-shaped proboscis.

Gonophores fixed sporosacs, which mature in the cap-
sule.

C. caliculata.

Thaumantias. Stem simple or branched, rooted to
thread-like stolon. Calycles campanulate, with funnel-
shaped proboscis.

— Gonothyrea. Stem erect branching, thread-like stolon.
Hydrothece bell-shaped, sity makes Proboscis promi-
nent, contractile.

G. tenuis.

Campanulina, Stem slender, annulated. Calycles thin,

2 Re A arn ae

Se) i oN eee *

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 37

membranous, pointed, produced. Hydranths with webbed

tentacles.
C.. acuminata.

Leptoscyphus. Stem simple or branching, attached by
a thread-like stolon. Hydrothece with operculum com-
posed of convergent segments. Hydranths cylindrical
with medusiform zodéids.

Medusa, Lizzia grata?

Lafea. Stem simple, creeping tubular fibre, or erect
and composed of many aggregated tubes rooted by a fili-
form stolon. Hydrothecee tubular, sessile or with a short
pedicel. Nooperculum. Hydranths cylindrical with con-

ical proboscis.
L. robusta.

Calycella. Stem a creeping tubular fibre, erect, com-
pound branched, rooted by a filiform stolon. Hydrothece
tubular with an operculum formed of convergent segments
or a plaited membrane. Hydranths cylindrical with coni-

- eal proboscis. Fixed sporosacs.!

¢

B
Salacia (Grammaria Stimpson). Stem erect, com-
posed of aggregate tubes, branching rooted. Hydrothecee
cylindrical, sessile, no operculum, adnate for part of length.
Disposed on all sides of the stem in regular and equidis-
tant longitudinal series.

C. humilis.

S. robusta.

Filellum. Stem creeping, filiform, reticulate, im-
mersed in chitinous crust. Hydrothece tubular, decum-
bent, adherent. No operculum, irregularly arranged
along the stem to which they are attached by short stalk.
Sertularella. Plant-like. Stem branching, jointed,

1Sacs in which the spores are contained; gonosac, sac containing the male
sexual elements,

38 ' C@HLENTERATA AND

rooted by a creeping stolon. Hydrothece biserial, alter-
nate, orifice toothed. Operculum of several pieces.
S. polyzonias.
Diphasia. Plant-like. Stem branching, jointed, rooted
by acreeping stolon. Hydrothecee opposite, pair on each
internode. Valve-like operculum. Gonothece scattered,
different in male and female. .
D. fallax.
Sertularia (Dynamena). Plant-like; stem branching,
jointed, rooted by creeping stolon. Hydrothece biserial,
opposite or alternate. No operculum. Gonothece scat-
tered.
S. pumila.
Antennularia. Plant-like. Stems simple or branching,
with verticillate branchlets and rooted by a mass of fibres
Hydrothecee cup-shaped. Nematophores bithalmic on
stem. ;
A, sp.?
Plumularia. Hydrothece sessile, unilateral. With
nematophores or minute cups which contain an extensile
offshoot from the ccenosare, with or without nematocysts.
Gonozooids fixed.
P. Vervillii.
Aglaophenia. Plumose, simple or branched, rooted.

Hydrothece cup-formed. Nematophores on the Hydro- |

thecee. Gonothece in the form of corbule.
A. arborea.

Order II. Trachymeduse.

Sense-bodies with a hood. With a bell-cavity and ve-
lum. Meduse transparent, of small size resembling in
many particulars the Hydroida. Body disk-like, spheri-
cal, conical ; colorless. Walls sometimes rigid, sometimes
flexible. Marginal tentacles stiff, sometimes easily decid-

EE ee ae

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 39

uous in single row. Often obscurely “hooded eyed.” Pro-
boscis and radial tubes generally present, often absent.
Ae) Without proboscis.» 2.005%. ve is) so ss * Canina:
B. With proboscis.
I. Body-walls rigid . . . . Trachynema.
II. Body-walls flexible . . . . .° Liriope.
Cunina. Body disk-shaped, inflexible, destitute of ra-
dial tubes. Tentacles rigid, arise from sides of the body

ueaarsei
Prete yy

WITTE!

SUNDAbetrsetbansakcoegee

—-

CUNINA.
SECTION OF THE BELL RIM OF TRACHYNEMA.
YOUNG TRACHYNEMA,

not from diskmargin. Velum muscular, forming the lower

floor of stomach-cavity.
C. discoides.
Hap
Trachynema. Umbrella mitre-shaped with rigid walls,
with quick spasmodic movements in propulsion. Onward
motion caused in part by vibration of velum. Tentacles
numerous with rigid bases. Eight radial tubes, generally

40 C&LENTERATA AND

stump-like on account of degiduous extremities. Eight
bright-red sense-capsules without covering lappets or
“hoods.” Proboscis pedunculated. Lips quadrate with
numerous lasso-cells. Eight sausage-like ovaries hanging

in bell-cavity from radial tubes.
T. digitalis.

>
te

TR
ay,

LIRIOPE.
MODEERIA (TURRITOPSIS),

ee |

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. . 41

B. Il.

Liriope. Body mushroom-shaped with flexible walls.
Tentacles long, flexible, four in number. Four radial tubes.
Proboscis pedunculated. Otocysts naked, with accompa-
nying tentacular appendages. Ovaries on radial tubes,
heart-shaped, slightly pendent from the inner walls of the
bell.

LL. scutigera.
Free-swimming larve.

The larval forms of the Trachymeduse are very rare in
Narragansett Bay. The youngest Trachynema which was
found has a disk-shaped body, very obscure proboscis and
eight tentacles alternating with eight otocysts. The sur-
face of the body and the tentacles are ciliated.

C’. discoides is a very rare medusa in New England wa-
ters and only two forms have been found ; one with eleven
and the other with fourteen tentacles.

Order III. Siphonophora.

Polymorphic meduse generally with a tubular-formed
body. With or without a float. With flask-shaped stomachs
(polypites), from which depend long, contractile tentacles.
Many have swimming-bells (nectocalyces) , covering-scales
and characteristic flask-like bodies called tasters. Colo-
nies moncecious or dicecious. Reproduction by ova and by
budding.

A. Withafloat . . . . . . . Physophore.

I. With an axis -. . . . . Agalmoides.
Nanomia.
II. Without an axis . . . . Physalia.

B. Withouta float . . . . . . Calycophore.

ie Me
Agalmoides. Body tubular, with colored axis, size of

42 . CO&LENTERATA AND

a knitting-needle ; float small. Nectocalyces arranged in
two opposite rows on the third of the axis below the float,
called the nectostem. Covering-scales flat, quadrangular
in shape. Stomachs or polypites, arranged at intervals on
lower two-thirds of the axis called polypstem. Tentacles
long, contractile, dotted with lateral appendages (tentac-
ular knobs). Each tentacular knob with pedicel; coiled
cork-screw part (sacculus) covered by an involucrum ;
two terminal filaments and spherical vesicle. Ova and

spermatozoa on the same individual or colony.
A. elegans.

Nanomia. Body tubular with colored axis ; float small.
Nectocalyces arranged in two rows on the third of axis.
Covering-scales flat, quadrangular. Stomachs or poly-
pites, on two-thirds the axis. Tentacles long, contractile,
when retracted thrown into festoons. Tentacular knobs
with sacculus, involucrum and single*terminal filament.
Ova and spermatozoa in respective bells on same colony.

NV. cara.
A, TI.

Physalia. Body bag-shaped, floating on the surface of
the water, with appendages hanging down in the water on
the lower side. Float pointed at one end with raised
chambered crest on the upper side. Tentacles very long,
contractile, armed at intervals with reniform thickenings
of lasso-cells. Polypites numerous. Sexual bodies in
the form of buds on a branching axis.

P. Arethusa.

Diphyes. Twosmall gelatinous nectocalyces placed end
to end with openings into cavities pointing in same direc-
tion. Anterior conical, with four radial tubes of unequal

length and single blind tube called the somatocyst in the —

bell walls on one side. Posterior bell with radial tubes
of the same length, no somatocyst. Axis long, flexible,

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 43

with clusters of individuals at intervals. Sexual organs
connected with these clusters.
: D. formosa.

ee ee ee ee he ita

EUDOXIA LESSONII.
. DIPLOPHYSA INERMIS.

Free-swimming larve.

Agalmoides elegans. The egg is dropped from the bells
in the cluster of female sexual bodies and goes through its
segmentation in the water.

There are three larval stages in the progress of the de-
velopment which are called :

1. Primitive larva.

2. Athorybia stage.

3. Physophora stage.

All of these are found free-swimming in surface fishing ;
the first is rare, the second and third are taken almost

44 C&LENTERATA AND

every summer in Narragansett Bay. The Physophora
larva is the most common.

The primitive larva consists of a primitive polypite
formed directly from the egg or budded from its side, a
helmet-shaped covering-scale, the primitive covering-scale,
or hydrophyllium, through which pass an unbranchal prim-
itive canal and an embryonic tentacle with transitory
tentacular knobs. The primitive larva swims at moderate
depths in the aquarium.

The Athorybia stage has no primitive covering-scale,
but a circle of serrated, provisional covering-scales, a
transitory tentacle with tentacular knobs, a float, polypite,
taster, and is destitute of nectocalyces. The axis from
which the circle of serrated covering-scales in this larva
arises is also probably transitory. The Athorybia stage is
generally found free on the surface of the water.

The Physophora larva resembles closely the adult with
the exception that it still retains the embryonic tentacle
with its characteristic tentacular-knobs. Float and necto-
calyces like those of the adult. The portion of the stem
below the nectocalyces, called the polypstem, is enlarged
at its very extremity somewhat as in the genus Physo-
phora. Covering-scales like those of the adult are present,
and the permanent tentacle with the knob characteristic of
the adult coéxist with the embryonic. Both depend from
the extremity of the stem opposite the float. A small
cluster of immature buds just below the lower pair of nec-
tocalyces are undeveloped polypites and tasters.

Physalia. The youngest Physalia has a float and poly-
pite with a single tentacle. Of the very young Physalia
little is known. There are no known provisional organs.
The float is small, spherical or slightly oval in form.

_ The young stages of Diphyes have never been observed
in Narragansett Bay, yet certain forms called the Diphy-

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 45

zodids may be described here. A Diphyzodid is a frag-
ment of a Calycophore which has an independent life.
Two forms of Diphyzodids have been found in Narragan-
sett Bay. They are known as Hudoxia Lessonii and DE
plophysa inermis.

Diplophysa inermis. This species is the diphyzodid of
Monophyes gracilis, and in the cycle of development we
have, according to Chun, stages corresponding with the
following genera :

1. Monophyes.

2. Muggiea.

3. Diplophysa.

Monophyes has not yet been recorded from New Eng-
land. Muggizea has been taken once or twice.

Order IV. Acraspeda.

Body or umbrella, disk-shaped. Sense bodies with a
hood. Velum obscure. Withoutabell cavity. Body gel-
atinous, flexible, convex above, generally colored. From
centre of under surface hang long projections, or curtain-
like folds, which enclose astomach. Filaments (tentacles)
arranged in bundles or simple rows around or near the disk
margin. Sense bodies alternating with the tentacles on
the bell rim, covered with “hoods.”

A. Eight sense-bodies on umbrella margin.

Cyanea.
Aurelia.
Dactylometra.
B. Sixteen sense-bodies on umbrella margin.
Callinema.

Wy
I. Body red; mouth parts in folds; tentacles long, con-
spicuous, in clusters...) 4... @ « ¢ % » Cyanea.

46 \ . CHLENTERATA AND

oa ES

II. Body white; mouth parts four tentacular bodies ;
tentacles short, inconspicuous . . . . . Aurelia,

YOUNG CYANEA.
AURELIA.

A. Jit.

Ill. Body pink; mouth parts in four long tentacular
bodies ; tentacles long, in series . . . Dactylometra.

A.
_Cyanea. Umbrella depressed with scalloped edges in
which lie eight sense bodies, alternating with eight bun-
dles of tentacles. Lips formed of curtain-like folds with

OO ere

a enn ae eee ee

eee es

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 47

many ruffles. Chymiferous tubes dendritic. Color red

and blue. Body very large.
C. arctica.
Aurelia. Umbrella disk-shaped with a single row of
marginal tentacles. Eight hooded otocysts. Lips in the
form of four fringed arms. Chymiferous tubes branched,
not dendritic. Color cream or white. Body large size.
A. flavidula.
Dactylometra. Flexible umbrella, globular, discoid,
with many marginal tentacles and incised edges. Lips
in form of four long projecting tentacle-like appendages.
Color pinkish ; tentacles red. Tubes of body unbranched.

No peripheral vessel.
D. quingquecirra.
B.

Callinema. Umbrella flat, thick with apical protuber-
ance. ‘Tubes radial, anastomosing in sixteen segments.
Circular vessel with radial extensions. Sixteen sense lap-
pets. Tentacles long, numerous, arising from circular
vessel. Lips in curtain-like frills.

C. ornata.
Free-swimming larve.

The only free-swimming larve of Acraspeda yet de-
scribed from New England are called the Ephyre. Al-
though other genera occur I have found only this stage
of the two above-mentioned genera. The ova are borne
in the folds of the mouth and their development into free

-planule can be easily traced into the sessile stages, Scy-

phistoma! and Strobila, descriptions of which do not come
in the province of this work. The youngest free larva

1Lucernaria, which is closely allied to Scyphistoma, has cup-shaped, very con-
tractile body with peduncle and is found attachedto Zostera or some similar
foreign object. Tentacles smallin clusters of tuft-like bodies, Color brown or
light green. . ;

48 CCELENTERATA AND

between the Strobila and adult is called the Ephyra. The
Ephyre of Cyanea and Aurelia closely resemble each other ;
that of Cyanea is, however, a little larger than that of
Aurelia and has a brown or reddish color. Both have aflat,
disk-shaped body, deeply emarginated by sixteen incisions
of two depths; in the more shallow of which the otocysts
are placed, while a single tentacle is found as a mere stump
in the deeper. The lips are very simple and without folds.
In vibrations of the umbrella the marginal lappets are
commonly raised above the aboral region of the bell and
then brought suddenly down below the mouth.

A larval stage of Cyanea older than the Ephyra, which
approaches in many particulars the form of the adult, is well
marked on account of the great development of small fila-
ments placed at intervals over the aboral region of the bell.

The larval stages of Callinema and Dactylometra are
not known.

Order V. Ctenophora.
Free-swimming, gelatinous animals with spherical,
thimble-shaped or ovate forms. The external walls of the
body crossed by eight meridional rows of paddle-like flap-
pers. With or without tentacles. Single, large, compound
otocyst at one pole. Chymiferous tubes radially arranged.
Without proboscis.
A. Ctenophora without tentacles (Nuda) . Beroé.
&. Ctenophora with tentacles (Tentaculata).
I. Body spherical, without lateral lobes. Rows
of flappers of same length. Pleurobrachia.
II. Body with large lateral lobes. Rows of
flappers unequal in length. Mnemiopsis.

A. Nuda.

Beroé (Miller). Body ovate, hat-shaped, with pinkish
color. No tentacles, no body lobes. Large central body

—

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 49

cavity. Chymiferous tubes anastomosing, with many lat-
eral branches.
B. roseola.

B. I.

Pleurobrachia. Body spherical, transparent, colorless,
of relative hard consistency. Meridional rows of flappers
of equal length extending direct from the sense to the oral
pole. Tentacles very long with lateral branches of crim-
son color, capable of being retracted into a chamber on
each side of body.

P. rhododactyla.

Mnemiopsis.' Body transparent, compressed laterally
and with two prominent lobes. Body colorless, with
walls flexible. Tentacles short. Rows of locomotor flap-
pers of unequal length. Four ear-like, ciliate (?) ap-
pendages (“auricles”) near the mouth.

M. Leidyi.

Free-swimming larve.

The larvee of the Ctenophora are among the most com-
mon of all the medusze found in surface-fishing. The eggs
sometimes occur in great numbers in the collecting jars
where any of the different genera have been allowed to
remain fora short time. They are sometimes found single,
sometimes in strings. Ova are small when single as in
Mnemiopsis and others, but can be observed with the
unaided eye. These little transparent globes enclose an
egg, the growth of which can easily be followed through
early stages of segmentation. The larve of the Cteno-
phora, after leaving the egg sac, are difficult to refer to

1 Bolina alata is closely allied to this genus,
ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXII, 4

50 ' ‘CORLENTERATA AND

their respective genera. Those of Beroé never have
tentacles. Of the tentaculated genera Pleurobrachia and
Mnemiopsis, the former has long tentacles which never
diminish in size with age and is destitute of lateral lobes,
while the latter has widespreading lobes which increase
very greatly in size with advancing growth and the ten-
tacles become smaller and smaller in the progressive
growth. The adult has rudimentary tentacles. The
young of the Ctenophora are never sessile, with no inter-
mediate asexual form; consequently the development is
said to be direct.

Cuass II. AcTiInozoa.

Ceelenterates attached or free. Stomach bag-like, with
linear mouth opening into body cavity. Radial septa in
body cavity. Internal sexual bodies. Without medusi-
form gonophores, solitary or colonial. Body soft with
mural spicules, calcareous septa horny, flinty axis. Often
shrub-like, branching.

Actinoida.

‘Tentacles twelve or numerous, hollow, sometimes per-
forate, rarely branched. Bodies soft. Skeleton when pres-
ent calcareous. Spicules absent in body.

A. Bodies soft, generally solitary, attached or free.
Tentacles numerous... . . . . . Actiniaria.

I. Adherent.
Disk lobed . . Actinoloba (Metridium).
Disk not lobed. Body covered with warts.
Bunodes.

Ceenosare developed. Colonial, two circles

of tentacles . . Polythoa (Zoanthus).
Tentacles, many circles. Solitary.

Tealia (Rhodactinia, Urticina).

a SS a a Oe

a gee ee

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 51

II. Communal and adherent.
a. In branching colonies . . Lophohelia.
b. In calcareous encrustations . Astrangia.
III. Not adherent.

Lives in sand, not colonial. *

ACTINOLOBA (METRIDIUM).

a. Tentacles simple, slightly retractile.
Ilyanthus.
6. Tentacles in two sets, posterior opening.
Cereanthus.
Body covered in sand, colonial. Individuals
not connected with cenosare . Edwardsia.
Parasitic in Cyanea . .'. . Philomedusa.

Peo

Actinoloba. Body fixed. Outer surface smooth. Ten-
tacles small, on lobes, retractile, Reproduction ; fission,

ag C&ELENTERATA AND

gemmation and ova. Hermaphrodite. Eggs develop in-
ternally. Abundant everywhere at low tide.
A. marginata.

ACTINOLOBA WITH BODY CONTRACTED.

Bunodes. Body with thick walls, covered externally
with warts. Tentacles short, not numerous, in four rows.
B. spectabilis.

Polythoa. Polyps in clusters connected by living cceno-
sare. Attached to shells inhabited by hermit crabs, worms,
etc. : P. parasitica.

Tealia.' Solitary, tentacles in many series. Base large.
Body bright red, smooth ; when retracted, flat.

T. crassicornis.
nodosa. (?)
As il;

Lophohelia. Colonial, branched. Polyps irregularly al-
ternate, widely separate. Calycles cup-shaped, slightly
protuberant. Axis solid, -zigzag.. Deep water.

LL. prolifera.

1 Urticina,

—

a te? oer

0 ee ee
- rd |

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 53

Astrangia. Skeleton calcareous encrustations.. Not
branching. Individuals closely crowded. Corallum cir-
cular, sometimes polygonal by crowding. Septa of equal
size, not prominent, peripheral wall. Polyps cylindrical,
tentacles numerous, dotted with clusters of nematocysts.
Terminal clubs. Tentacles retractile. Ova vomited
through mouth when laid. South of Cape Cod.

A. Dane.

A. Il.

Ilyanthus. Body free, tapering posteriorly. Tenta-
cles slightly retractile. No posterior orifice.

I. levis.

Cereanthus. Body elongated, vermiform. Two series

of tentacles which alternate with each other. Posterior

part present. |

C.. borealis.

Edwardsia. Colonial, not attached by ccenosare. Pos-

terior extremity inflated, not perforate, membranous. Ten-

tacles on a retractile column. Motion in retraction rapid.

Color white. Young, Arachnactis.*

EH. sipunculoides.

Sarinacea.

sulcata.

carnea.

lineata.

Philomedusa. Body vermiform with posterior. sac.

Posterior opening? Tentacles few, short, thick, conical.

P. parasitica.

Madreporaria.

Solitary or colonial. Secrete lime skeletons. Tenta-
cles numerous, hollow ; no external opening, retractile.

1 The young of Z. lineata? is said to be the Actinian parasite of Mnemiopsis,

54 CELENTERATA AND

I. Solitary, not attached’ . ~. . . Pemnatulacea.
II. Attached.
a, With axis . . . . + » Gorgonacea.
6. Without horny axis . . . Aleyonacea.
Body with circular base with calcareous septa. No ring-
shaped wall. Six peripheral tooth-like extensions of cal-
careous septa. Septa large and small, alternating in two
or more series. Each septa with lateral ridges. Unat-
tached. Lower surface ribbed. Deep water.
Deltocyathus.
Body horn-shaped, prolonged to a posterior projec-
tion. Two axes of different lengths. Peripheral wall.
Large prominent septa which rise above the upper surface ;
no centrifugal peripheral teeth. One series of septa.

Flabellum Goode.

Alcyonoida.

Compound corals with eight pectinate or branched ten-
tacles. With or without sclerobase. When sclerobase is
present, horny, calcareous or siliceous. With a cortical
layer formed of consolidated or scattered spicules.

Pennatulacea. Free or with base buried in sand, pen-
shaped, composed of an axis and leaf portion. With spic-
ules. Sclerobase small flexible rod. Polyps on edge of
leaf. Zodids small on axis.

Gorgonacea. Rooted, plant-like, branching. With
horny or siliceous sclerobase or loosely consolidated spic-
ules in axis. Cortical layer present or absent in dry
specimens.

Alcyonacea. Attached, fleshy, with scattered spicules.
Massive, colonial. Without sclerobase.

1Deep water; not strictly belonging mm this paper.

———e—e re oe eS a

ae

oe

[ See

eee lee

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 55
' J

Pennatulide. ‘

Pennatula. Polyp region with prominent flat leaves
which are two ranked, opposite. Polyps marginal.
Shaft smooth. Color of leaves red, shaft at end white.
Phosphorescent. Aperture of polyps with spinose spic-
ules.

P. aculeata.

Balticina. Polyps in oblique rows, two in each row.
Leaves not prominent. Calycles (polyps) spinose. Zo-
oids on the axis between the leaves. Axis below the leaves
smooth. With terminal polyp. Leaves pale-purple.
Axis salmon color.

B. Finmarchica.

Virgulariade.

Virgularia. Stem filiform; polyp region linear with
sessile curved lobes on upper end. Polyps marginal.
Pinne wanting.

V. Ljungmanni.

GORGONAOEFA.

Alecyonacea.

A. Withoutsclerobase, the axis formed of consolidated
spicules.

Alcyonium. Polyps prominent; solitary. Body lobed,
with spicules. Prominent circumoral spicules. Pores
star-like. Encrusting submerged bodies. White or red,
axis generally white.

1. Large, markedly lobed . . . . A. carneum.

2. Small, nodose, bright-red . . . A. rubiforme.

Paragorgiide.
B. With horny or siliceous ‘sclerobase and generally
with cortical layer.

56 . C@HLENTERATA AND

1. Sclerobase with nodes and internodes.
Paragorgia.
Anthothela.
Acanella.

2. Sclerobase horny.

_ Acanthogorgia.

Paramuricea.
Primnoa.

Boh,

Paragorgia. Coral large, branching with axis formed
of spicules. No horny deposit.
P. arborea.
Anthothela. Coral irregular with spiculose axis of fus-
iform spicules. Calycles prominent, not retractile. Coen-
osare thin. Spicules warty in ccenosare and calycles.
A. insignis.

Acanella. Branched with nodes larger than internodes.
Nodes very hard. Ccenosare thin. Tentacles stiff with
spicules. :

A. Normani.

te eee

acanthogorgia. Coral slender, flexible, branched,
bushy. Ccenosare thin with small, curved, wart-like spi-
cules which do not project. Calycles elongated. Disk
surmounted by eight groups of long, divergent, spine-like
spicules. Body spicula, rarely projecting.
A. armata.
Paramuricea. Differs from Acanthogorgia in possess-
ing shorter calycles and shorter marginal spines. Spic-

ules irregular, flat, branched.
P, borealis,

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 57

Primnoa. Central axis horny, branched ; cortical layer
hard, with difficulty separated from the sclerobase. Caly-
cles protuberant, withscales. Calicular apertures (mouths)
with eight scales. Cortical layer rough on external surface.

P. reseda.

IV. ECHINODERMATA.

The animals which are included in the Echinodermata
are all marine and are distinguished by a spinous integu-
mentary covering. The integument may be filled with
calcareous deposit in the form of sharp, pointed, immov-
able warts, or plates closely joined together, bearing sculpt-
ured and fluted movable spines. In some cases the
integument is smooth and has embedded anchor-shaped cal-
careous spicules. The existence of spines has given the
name of the Echinodermata, “ hedge-hog skinned,” to the
group.

The form of the body varies very considerably. It has
sometimes the form of an oblate sphere with immovable
calcareous plates, as in the sea-urchins. In others the
body is soft and vermiform. The majority are star-shaped,
in which a central body and peripheral rays can be differ-
entiated. In the ordinary star-fishes the body and rays are
with difficulty distinguished. In the group of brittle-stars
the body is sharply marked off from the rays which extend
as long, highly flexible, worm-like bodies. These rays
may be filamentous, as in the feather-stars, or divided and
subdivided as in the basket-fishes. In the common star-
fish we have ordinarily but five rays, while in the sun-
stars the raysare numerous. In the pentagonal star-fishes
the interval between the rays is filled up, the tip only
extending beyond the five angles, and the distinction be-
tween the central body and peripheral arms is almost lost.

The star-shape disappears wholly in the sea-urchins

58 C&LENTERATA AND

which have a spherical body with no arms. The body is
ordinarily spinous, whence the name of the typical genus,
Kchinus. . In Echinarachnius, the “sand dollar” or “sand
cake,” the sphere is flattened into a thin, slightly conical
disk.

In most of the Holothurians, “sea-cucumbers,” the body
is columnar; in some vermiform. In this group portions
of the body may be covered with scales without prominent
spines, but is leathery, or soft and flexible.

The stellate Echinoderms are distinguished by an oral
and an aboral region. The oral region in the star-fishes
is situated below; in the Crinoids above, as the animal is
ordinarily placed. A mouth is found at or near the centre
of the oralregion. The vent when present is, in the star-
fishes, on the centre of the aboral region. The brittle-stars
have no veut.

The oral surface of the star-fishes is formed of five
double rows of plates extending from mouth to extremity
of the ray. These plates are called ambulacral plates and
from the intervals between them arise the feet which are
often with suckers at the free end and witha single or paired
inflation orampulla at the opposite end in the body. These
feet are in two or four rows in each ray. In the brittle-
stars the ambulacral plates are covered by a ventral series
of plates or integument.

In the spheroidal Echinoderms the aboral surface of the
star-fish is reduced to a small circle at the pole opposite
the mouth. The ambulacrals appear as meridional rows
of plates extending from mouth to aboral circle. In the
“sand dollars” a portion of these plates on the upper sur-
face is specialized into a rosette of five pairs of plates
arranged in a series known as the petaloid region. The
position of the anus varies in the sea-urchins from the
neighborhood of the mouth to a point on the opposite pole

eo eM a en cle

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 59

of the body. Our common sea-urchin sometimes exca-
vates cavities in the solid rock.
In the “sea-cucumbers” the structure of the ambula-

AWS WW"
AQ \\ RW

\

\
AQ NY
\

a
SW)’
\V

SEA-URCHINS IN EXCAVATIONS.
cral plates is obscure. In some generaa foot is formed by
the modification of three of these series ; in Cucumaria we
find five double rows, and’ in Thyone the suckers are ir-

60 CCHLENTERATA AND

regularly distributed. Certain sea-cucumbers and brittle-
stars have feet destitute of suckers.

The nervous system is exposed to the water in star-
fishes, but is covered by a series of plates in brittle-stars
and sea-urchins and is internal in sea-cucumbers. Eye-
spots are found at the ends of the rays in star-fishes ; in a
ring about the aboral region in sea-urchins and are want-
ing in Crinoids and brittle-stars and possibly in sea-cu-
cumbers. Special organs of smell exist on the under or
oral surface of the star-fishes as shown by physiological
studies. Otocysts are known in deep-sea genera.

The ovarian openings lie in the angles of the rays or in
the vicinity of the mouth in star-fishes; in a circle about
the aboral region in sea-urchins and on the lateral cirri in
Antedon. In brittle-stars there are four broad openings
on the side of the disk, called by some genital slits. By
many naturalists these are regarded as respiratory open-
ings. Holothurians generally have a single sexual open-
ing near the mouth.

A madreporic body or convoluted prominence is well
marked in star-fishes and sea-urchins and hidden or want-
ing in snake-stars and sea-cucumbers. ;

The sexes are ordinarily separate. Some star-fishes,
snike-stars and the sea-cucumbers are probably hermaph-
rodite. The Echinodermata have a direct or indirect de-
velopment, and some are viviparous.

The Echinodermata of our coast are divided as follows :

Free Crinoidea.
Body with pinnate rays, with jointed cirri on the aboral
region.
Asteroidea.

Body stellate or pentagonal, with an aboral and oral
region, the latter only crossed by five or ten double radial

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 61

rows of protrusible legs. No line of demarcation be-
tween body and arms.

Ophiuroidea.

Body stellate with a central disk and peripheral arms
sharply marked off from each other.

Echinoidea.
No peripheral arms, body spherical or discoidal, spinif-
erous, inflexible.
Holothurioidea.
No peripheral arms, body columnar, flexible, tegu-
mentary, partially squamous or leathery. Not spinifer-
ous.

ASTEROIDEA.

Body stellate, with no separation between disk and arms.
Abactinal region large, flexible, with embedded calcareous
deposits. Spines on the abactinal region small. With suck-
ers and ampulle arranged in two or four rows in each
arm. Ambulacral plates not covered. Nervous system
and water system of the arms naked. Eye-spots: at ex-
tremity of thearms. Ovarian openings in the angle of the
arms. Madreporic body conspicuous on aboral surface,
Stomach and hepatic cceca in both arms and disk. Polian
and racemose vesicles. Young a free brachiolarian, or
viviparous. Pedicellariz sessile, biparted.

A. Body stellate, five or six rays.
BL. Body stellate, with numerous rays.
C. Body markedly pentagonal.

Asterias. Body star-shaped with normally five arms
(six? in one species). Rays with marginal spines and
plates, and with four rows of ambulacral plates. Arms
long, inflated.

a. Five rays (in normal specimens).

62 CHLENTERATA AND

I. Color reddish, madreporic body dull in color. Free
larvee take the form of brachiolaria.
A. vulgaris.
II. Color brownish, madrepdric body bright red or more
often orange.
A. Forbesii.
6. Six rays.
Spines scattered, large, slight constriction between
arms and disk.
A. polaris.
Leptasterias. Body stellate, five-rayed with prominent
scattered spines ; color white or light gray. Young vivi-
parous, attached by a cord on the oral region.

L. tenera.

tia a Be igs S
wy

te

°
Lewy

omer
A Ritebe

ASTERIAS.

Cribrella. Body smooth, stellate, five rayed, covered
with short spines and spine warts, porous integument.
Lateral spines small and inconspicuous. Two rows of

—

POON aS Ss Ure er rh rrr

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 63

sucker-feet. Bright colored. Young bright red. Devel-
opment direct. Young carried about the mouth.
OC. sanguineolenta.

a é
3 ‘ ;
/
rd f
a 2
t He
G- ing
OI,

\
Rie
‘eal
CRIBRELLA.

Solaster. Body smooth with short spines. Lateral
spines small or inconspicuous. Radius of disk large as
compared with that of the star-fish. Color red.

S. endeca.

Crossasier. Body and abactinal region of the rays
studded with tufts of spines. Color red.

C. papposa.

”

ce

is + ces

CROSSASTER. . PTERASTER.

64 C@LENTERATA AND

Clenodiscus. Aboral surface paved with short, thickly
set spines. Madreporic body large. Central protuber-
ance in centre of aboral surface. Edges of rays paved
with rectangular plates which bear spines. Rays termi-

nated by a single median rounded plate.
. C. crispatus.

Asterina. Body pentagonal, thick, flat with thin mar-
gin, destitute of rectangular plates. Small.

A. borealis.

Pieraster. Body with aboral region covered by a thin
tent-formed integument stretched over the body poised
upon the tips of clusters of aboral spines to which it is
joined. Tent-like membrane flexible. There is a central
opening in tent-like membrane. Madreporic body hidden
and seen by cutting off the covering. Young carried in
the groove-formed marsupia extending from the sexual
openings to the central orifice. P. militaris.
Hippasterias. Body with short, stumpy spines. Bright
red color; obscurely pentagonal. Aboral plates of uni-
form size. HT. phrygiana.

OPHIUROIDEA.

Stellate echinoderms with central disk and long, flex-
ible, simple or branched arms. Body markedly separate
from the arms. Ventral surface of the arms covered with
plates or integument. Stomach and ovaries confined to
the disk. No ambulacral suckers ; locomotion by spines,
hooks and motion of thearms. Viviparous, or young have
the form of pluteus.

Rays simple, not branched, ventral plates present.

Ophiuride.

Rays branched, ventral plates replaced by a leathery

skin. Arms capable of infolding about the mouth.

Astrophytide.

3
' ;

al rt aera nd

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 65

Ophiuride.

Disk circular and tegumentose above, with or without
radial plates. No anus. Madreporic body small, or
wanting. Arms simple, with aboral, lateral and ventral
plates. Ambulacral plates hidden under the ventral.
Blood system and nerves covered by ventral plates; feet
in single rowat edge of the ventral plates, without suckers
or ampulle. Motion by jerks. Hermaphrodite or bisex-
ual. Young has a free pluteus, or adult viviparous.
Genital slits large.

Ophiopholis. Disk with small spines. Teeth. No
teeth papille. Arm-spines flat, stout, arranged on the
side plates. Color
generally brownish-
red. Primary plates
in brachial and in- ih,
terbrachial regions. Sh
Young, pluteus.

O. aculeata,

Wag
Wa

Mes ES

Ophioglypha. Disk
with crowded, nak-
ed, distorted scales.
Radial shields swol-
len. Arm-spines few
(three). Tentacle
scales numerous.
Color gray with light ' OPHIOPHOLIS.
bands on the arms, also yellowish. Probably viviparous.

O. Sarsit.

Amphiura. Disk small,delicate, withnaked overhanging

scales. Arms slender. Arm-spines short. Arms four and

one-half times the diameter of body. Color brown. Vi-

viparous. A. squamata.
ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXII 5

66 CEHLENTERATA AND

Astrophytide.

Disk and arms with thick scaleless skin. Radial shields
extend to centre of disk, forming elevated radial ribs.
Arms branched many times. No arm-spines except at tip
of branchlets, where there
are microscopic hooklets.
Arms folded ventrally.
Radial ribs yellow; in-
terbrachial region brown
or red, Radial ribs with
short conical spines. In-
terbrachial region of disk
smooth or with — short
spines. Ventral plates
replaced by integument.

Gorgonocephalus Agas-

GORGONOCEPHALUS. StZ0t.

ECHINOIDEA.

Body cylindrical, disk-shaped, without arms. Calcare-
ous, inflexible, composed of immovable plates. Apical
area with anus or destitute of same. Ovarian openings,
eye-spots and madreporic body around the apical area.
Locomotion by suckers and spines. Five double rows
of ambulacral and five rows of inter-ambulacral plates.
The teeth are highly specialized into an apparatus called
the Aristotle’s lantern. Pedicellariz pedunculated, tri-
fid. ,

I, Echinoids. Body spherical with ambulacral zones
equal in length, unmodified from apical to oral region.
Aristotle’s lantern. Development with pluteus. Ovaries
five.

IT. Clypeastroids. Body flat, disk-shaped; ambula-
cral openings on the aboral surface, modified into five pairs

ae a ee

es

—_

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 67

of petaloid openings. Anus on edge of disk. Aristotle’s
lantern. Development with pluteus. Ovaries five.

ITI. Spatangoids. Body swollen, globular, elongated.
Ambulacral zones of different lengths, and more or less
modified mouth and vent asymmetrical. No Aristotle’s
lantern. Development with pluteus. Ovaries four.

Echinoids.

Arbacia. Body globose; vent and mouth opposite ;
two kinds of spines, the larger few in number; color pur-
ple. Anus closed by four triangular plates. Pluteus with
two lateral anal rods,

A. punctulata, Lam.

STRONGYLOCENTROTUS.

Strongylocentrotus. Body globose ; anus and mouth op-
posite. Spines of one kind, short, small, greenish color.

668 C@ELENTERATA AND

Apical area with irregular plates. Pluteus without anal
rods.
S. Drobachiensis.
Clypeastroids.
Echinarachnius. Body nearly circular, very flat with
sharp, entire margin. Vent close to edge. Petaloid re-

Sy
SS se al
gee os AY
ae
ee ae oe << : ‘\
Fh a Oe Woe =" 5 34
= BES = . a\3
BG" ZG Sore ss SN |
ge ae : < \\
= Sr a 2X*\
: ope are = > -y
yee eee a \) )\
LAG Za Se ee =
hog (ie Zag
SZ fat Tin <u Se sop ee
Be, SS a OO ES hl
ae oe oe Be Ren a SE
- a — Pere d co <. ¥ ey
= ZE pen a “37

"%

yd
< 2
—_—-e

: WaT
30" Ae RSE
e VD \\ wry Ss

rs

44h) hh)
Ia)

Sao rit
fin f (yl We we
eo Vent

RN)
Wi ee h fil h ( allan Aa
C7) Hb Poin! h 4 (f sl
Tg pyri"

ECHINARACHNIUS.

gion marked. Spines small, short, brown or reddish color.
Pluteus without anal rods.
EE. parma.
Spatangotds.

Schizaster. Body heart-shaped, irregular, oval with
avenues on the upper surface. Mouth asymmetrical. Test
thin, fragile. Ambulacral zones depressed and petaloid.
Pluteus with single median calcareous rod on the anal lobe.

S. fragilis.

wy

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 69

HOoOLOTHURIOIDEA.

Body elongate, vermiform with oral and anal openings
at opposite poles of the animal. Skin leathery often cov-
ered with scales, sometimes spinous, often with embedded
spicules or anchors. Ambulacral suckers wanting or/pres-
ent. When the latter are present, in three to five rows.

With-wdokors ioe vera ng. Savi a Redata.

Without suckers: aie oe Ge) Apoda.

Pedata.

Oucumaria. Suckers in five regular rows, alternate in
each row, closely oppressed. Tentacles ten. Dental ap-
paratus.

C. frondosa.

Lophothuria. Suckers in three rows and on one side
which forms a soft foot. Other ambulacral furrows rudi-
mentary ; absent. Body covered with scales. Tentacles
ten.

L. Fabricii.

Thyone. Body with scattered wart-like suckers. Ten-
tacles ten. Teeth filamentous.

T’. scabra.

elongata.
Apoda.

Caudina. Body long, whitish without suckers, pro-
longed into a long appendage at one end (anal). No
“respiratory tree.”

C. arenata.

Leptosynapta. Body vermiform, long, transparent. No
suckers. No jaws. Tentacles long, divided into finger-
like branches. Respiratory tree.

| L. Girardii.
Larve of Echinoderms.

The larve of New England Echinoderms are either car-

ried by the mother or free-swimming. The development

70 ; CCELENTERATA AND

is either direct (without metamorphosis) or indirect. The
larvee of the free-swimming kind are as follows:
A. With long flexible ciliated arms. Transparent.

Brachiolaria.

BL. With long inflexible ciliated arms. Each arm with
calcareous axis... a ER oe oe
C. No arms, with Noun prominences, not ciliated,

. bright red, opaque . . . . .» False pupa.
D. No arms, bareclishapen: en by parallel bands of
GUNG ieee eg : fs eer moe! 62
E. Noarms, with ees lines or bande of cilia. No

eye-spots.
1. Single convoluted band about mouth.
Young Brachiolaria.
2. Double convoluted band non-continuous.
‘ Auricularia,.

A. Brachiolaria.

The Brachiolaria is the young of the star-fish, Asterias.
It has a bilateral arrangement of long flexible arms.
Transparent, slightly pigmented arms. With large open
mouth, cesophagus and intestine. Elongated water-tube
on each side of stomach. Dorsal pore. Young star-fish
appears on left water-tube at or near region of stomach.

B. Pluteus.

Pluteus with two arms, very long . Ophiopholis.
Pluteus with analarms . . . . . . Arbacia.
Pluteus with epaulettes . . Strongylocentrotus.
Pluteus without epaulettes . . Echinarachnius.

The pluteus is the larval condition of the Ophiuroidea
and Echinoidea. It is distinguished by the possession of
calcareous axes in the arms.

mH oo bo

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 71

1. The adult pluteus of Ophiopholis has two arms very
much longer than the others.

2. The pluteus of Arbacia has eight oral and two anal
arms. No other New England pluteus has the two anal
arms as far as known.

3. The pluteus of Sieancthseuiealian has eight oral
ums and epaulettes, ciliated appendages formed by the
outgrowth of the ciliated chords at the angle of the junc-
tion of the arms (larger) with the body.

PLUTEUS OF OPHIOPHOLIS.

4. The pluteus of Echinarachnius is without epaulettes,
with eight arms, six of which bear marked pigment spots
near their extremities. |

C. False pupa.

The false pupa is probably a young of Lophothuria. It
is globular, bright red in color, opaque, with a cluster of
knobs at one pole and two knobs on one side. The former
develop into the tentacles of the adult, the latter into feet
of the soft foot-like region of the body.

72 C@HLENTERATA AND

D. Pupa.

A pupa has been found at Newport which is referred to.
Leptosynapta. Body, barrel-shaped, girt by rows of cilia
in bands. Mouth at one extremity and tentacles seen
through the body walls. Calcareous deposits in the walls
under the ciliated bands. The young of this pupa is an
Auricularia.

YOUNG OF AMPHIURA.

Attached young.
The young of the following New England genera of
Echinoderms are attached, borne on the mother or have an
indirect development.

~~

ECHINODERMATA OF NEW ENGLAND. 73

OPHIURANS.

Amphiura squamata.

This species is hermaphrodite and the young reach a
stellate form before they leave the parent. Provisional
spines corresponding to the plutean spines are developed,
to be later lost.

Ophioglypha Sarsit.

Said to be viviparous ?

ASTEROIDS.
Larva with club-shaped, opaque larval body carried
about the mouth. Color, white or brownish.
Leptasterias.
Larva without club-shaped body. Color, bright red,
carried in a pouch made by an infolding of the mouth.
Cribrella.
Larva carried in pouches between a tent-like covering
on the back and the back (aboral) region of the adult.
Pteraster.
No Echinoid found in New England is known to have a

direct development.
Asterina.

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIII 5*

: GENERAL DIRECTIONS. ©

As will be noticed, the preceding pages are almost wholly
devoted to means and methods of collecting, and identify-
ing unknown Ceelenterata and Echinodermata when they
are found. It likewise seems appropriate in an article of
this nature to aid the collector by approaching the subject
from a somewhat different side. Where shall one go, and
how collect certain of these animals the systematic posi-
tion and name of which are known? Information as to the
locality where any desirable genus of these groups can be
found without failure, and hints as to special methods to
be followed in procuring it may also with advantage form
a part of this work. Teachers desiring for instance a
supply of star-fishes or sea-urchins for class instruction
might regard it a help if some information be imparted in
this direction. Hints as to how to procure certain typi-
eal larval forms may also not be out of place here.

I have therefore chosen a few available types from each
group, and endeavored to offer suggestions as to modes
of collecting and places to be visited, which rarely fail to
reward the collector.

Some of the Celenterata and Echinodermata are grega-
rious; others live apart more or less isolated. The time
and place of the appearance of nomadic animals are not con-
stant, and no rule can be laid down which will be sure to
guide one in the collecting of such genera. Moreover, the-
home of many may vary in different months, and even

(74)

GENERAL DIRECTIONS. 75

some of the sedentary genera may retire to deep water in
certain seasons. Except that one might mention a local-
ity where he had collected them, it is next to impossible
to direct a collector to a place where the large majority
can always be found without failure.

Among the Hydrozoa the problem of habitat is perhaps
more difficult to solve than among the other groups.
Most of the free genera are so sporadic in their appear-
ance that it is difficult to suy where one should go on any
fixed date, and not be prepared for failure. The places
where these have been taken are so widely spread along
our coast that they may be said to occur anywhere along
the shore, but for the great majority of nomadic genera
there is great uncertainty that at any definite time they
can be found in numbers at any one of these places. With
the fixed hydroids it is however different, on account of
the nature of their habitat.

The several genera of fixed hydroids prefer as a general
thing a rocky bottom just below low-tide mark. Their
favorite habitats are rocky cliffs exposed to the sea, or quiet
pools left by the retreating tide. They are also fond of
the fronds of Laminaria and Fucus, buoys and submerged
parts of wharves and landing stages. The bottoms of
boats which have been continuously in the water for some
time are often covered with these animals. Although the
majority are to be found in these and similar places there
are «few which are attached to the sand or live in the mud.

Clava leptostyla, which may be taken as an available
type of the so-called Tubularian hydroids can always be
found at low tide on the small ledge of rocks near Beverly
Bridge. This locality I have repeatedly visited for the
purpose of collecting Clava, and have never been disap-
pointed in obtaining a large number. It is found attached
to the Fucus which hangs from these rocks into the
water.

76 GENERAL DIRECTIONS.

Tubularia indivisa can always be found at low tide
clinging in clumps to the piles of Beverly Bridge, just be-
low low-water mark. With it are associated great num-
bers of Campanulariz: and Obelias.

If one wishes the common Sertularia (S. pumila), one
of the best collecting places for this most common hydroid
is Revere Beach at low tide. Almost every fragment of
Laminaria or “oarweed” washed up after a storm will be
found to be peopled with this delicate species. It is more-
over common at all times of the year.

The shells of Lunatia inhabited by the so-called hermit
crab are favorite habitats for Hydractinia echinata, but it
is also found encrusting submarine objects, floating logs,
water-soaked ropes, and the under surface of buoys.

I am not acquainted with a single locality which will al-
ways reward the collector with numerous specimens of the
different genera of Ctenophoraand Siphonophora, although
it is safe to say that a few weeks at Eastport with constant
examination of the water about the wharves will probably
reveal a limited number of specimens of Beroé and Bo-
lina, and possibly an unexpected multitude of Manomia
cara. .

I have found the ebb tide at the “draw” at Beverly
Bridge to sometimes bring down many large examples of
the acraspidote medusa, Aurelia flavidula, but as with all
floating jelly-fishes no locality can be mentioned where it
can be found without failure in quantities. Cyanea arc-
tica may sometimes be seen by the score about the Boston
docks and near the bridges, yet many visits to these places
might be made without seeing a single specimen. Dacty-
lometra and Callinema are rare Acraspeda.

Our most common Actinian, A. marginata, can always
be collected in abundance on the piles of Beverly Bridge.
This is one of the most easily obtained of all of our ma-

———

a

— ee eee

i il el

, OO are

GENERAL DIRECTIONS. 77

rine animals, and can be had in quantity in every month
of the year. As it is very hardy it can readily be trans-
ported alive, and kept in good condition for some time in
the class room.

Alcyonoids are asa rule not gregarious and must be ob-
tained by dredging. I can recommend for some of the
genera of this group the broken shelly and clay bottom
half-way between Eastport and Campobello. One or two
of the genera attach themselves by preference to the inte-
rior of broken Mytilus shells, but they are rarely found in
multitudes, although at a single haul of the dredge at the
place mentioned I have often taken more than a dozen.

Echinoderms are found on rocky or clay bottoms, in
sand, among broken shells and in the coralline zone, from
moderate depths to the line of low tide. Among the Oph-
iuroidea, Ophiopholis aculeata can always be found just
below low tide at Nahant. It is a habit of this and some
other genera of snake-stars to avoid the light, so that one
must search for them under stones and in the crannies and
crevices of rocks or similar secluded places. If a large
number of Ophiopholis is desired, a visit to Clarke’s ledge,
Eastport, will reward the collector with as many as he can
well take cure of.

The best grounds for collecting Gorgonocephalus Agas-
sizit are the Race off Race Point, Provincetown, and the
Channel at Eastport off the Old Friar, Campobello, but this
genus can never be found in shore collecting. The genus
is gregarious.

Asterias, the common star-fish, is found in abundance in
many localities. A visit to Beverly Bridge, Revere Beach
or Nahant, is sure to reward the collector with at least a
few. If one wishes a larger number, Eastport, or best of
all Grand Manan will be more profitable. Cribrella, like
most of the other star-fishes, prefers a recky bottom, but

78 GENERAL DIRECTIONS.

occurs at times on a sandy shore. Crossaster is a rare star-
fish and no assurance can be given as to the certainty of
finding it in numbers in any single locality. Razor Island,
Eastport, almost always contributes a few specimens of
Pteraster and Ctenodiscus to the dredge. The latter
genus can be dredged in abundance off Treat’s Island,
Salem.

Decaying meat or fish is a good decoy for many Echi-
noderms, especially star-fishes and sea-urchins, and when
a box is baited with this and left over a tide under water
these scavengers sre generally found collected in it.

The Echinoids make their homes on both rocky and
sandy bottoms. If one wishes a large number of Stron-
eylocentroti he will find them almost anywhere along the
Maine and Massachusetts coast where there is arocky shore.
At low tide at Grand Manan one can gather them by hun-
dreds and the sea bottom of the littoral zone is there paved
with these animals at certain points. The largest area
which I have ever seen covered with these animals is near
Mr. Cheeney’s house at the Point, Nantucket Island, Grand
Manan, but it is also very common at Eastport and farther
south.

Echinarachnius parma prefers sand as a dwelling place.
It can be dredged in great numbers off Revere Beach, in
Provincetown Harbor and off Ipswich Beach. The chan-
nel which separates Nantucket from the main island of the
Grand Manan group is a very profitable dredging ground
for these animals. The Cove at Eastport and the adjoin-
ing beach afford a sheltered habitat for this genus.

The Holothurividea live on gravelly, clayey or rocky
bottoms, and some genera prefer to burrow in the sand.

Pentacta frondosa lives in numbers in the Eastport
waters und can be dredged a half mile from the wharf.
Indian Island is a profitable place to visit for this species

—

—

a ss)

Le

i

10. lO Fe eee IG

‘
GENERAL DIRECTIONS. 79

for in the waters near by it is more common than else-
where. The days following a violent storm almost cer-
tainly find Revere Beach strewn with multitudes of Cau-
dina arenata. Leptosynapta is abundant in the littoral
zone in front of the large hotel at the Point of Pines, but
it must be dug out of the sand for it lives buried in the beach,
I have never discovered a good locality where more than
a few specimens of Cucumaria can be found on a single
collecting trip.

A few special hints in regard to collecting ova and
younger larval stages may have some value.

A means of obtaining the free Medusze of the Hydroida
is to keep the attached hydroid in an aquarium until the
zooids are dropped. In that way, if successful, a large
number of individuals may be obtained, but the collector
must be prepared to meet with many failures, for most of the
hydroids are not hardy, and the laws! which determine the
time when individual hydroids mature their zodids are not
easily formulated. Obelia, Campanularia, Syncoryne, and
Clytia are good genera to use in endeavors to raise the
zodids.

Artificial fecundation may in some cases be resorted to
for an abundant supply of the young of several of the
New England Celenterata and Echinodermata. While it
will probably be found that a majority of the genera com-
posing these groups can be successfully reared in this way,
up to the present time only a few have been experimented
upon with satisfactory results.

1Various cireumstances probably retard or accelerate the rate of growth of the
young of the Coelenterata and Echinodermata. One of the most important is, pos-
sibly, difference of temperature. As the temperature rises Ophiopholis eggs ma-
ture morerapidly, and pass through their segmentation and larval conditions more
quickly, and the same may also be the case with many other genera. Various other
conditions, as amount of food, also have an important influence on the time of ov-
ulation and the rate of growth of larve, so that until these facts are better known
it is not possible to understand completely the laws governing periodicity of ovu-
lation and growth. :

80 GENERAL DIRECTIONS.

Possibly the best success in this line has been with the
Echinoderms. Hchinarachnius is a good genus from which
to obtain a series of larve by artificial fertilization. The
sexes are distinct, male and female sexual glands being
found in different individuals. While it is not always
possible to determine the sex by external coloration, an
examination of the interior just under the middle of the
upper side will easily betray it. To artificiaily fertilize

Kchinarachnius the observer may first make a ring-shaped.

incision through the aboral calcareous wall allowing the
animal meanwhile to remain in the water. Carefully re-
move the incised portion, and suck up in a pipette a few
fragments of the dark red organs which lie just about the
apex. Place these in a watch crystal filled with pure water,
and if the fragments thus transferred contain ova they
will soon give up little transparent globules dotted with
bright red spots. The ovaries are dark red, and the sper-
maries white or yellow.

When a larger quantity of ova is desired, place the fe-
male Echinarachnius in a small dish, glass preferred, and
with gentle streams of water from the pipette wash out
the small globular eggs with care, and then remove the
Echinarachnius and larger fragments of the ovary which
may have been ruptured from the gland. Then suck up a
small quantity of the white fluid from the male Echina-
rachnius into the pipette and place it in the watch crystal or
dish with the ova. Stir the mixture gently and set aside
for an hour and a half at which time, if the process has
been a success, the ova will begin tosegment. The young
plutei can be easily reared from these eggs in great quan-
tities, but care must be taken to change the water at least
every two days. It is also well to pick out any fragments
of sexual glands which may befoul the liquid. °

A limited number of Amphiura young may be collected
in August and September, possibly in other months, in the

Fer O8 Fre wget Pe

_

GENERAL DIRECTIONS. 81

following way. Ifa gravid specimen is kept in the aqua-
ria a short time the young may crawl out through the
genital slits and will then be found in the jar in which the
adult is kept. If it is desirable to hasten the parturition
the top of the disk of the parent may be removed and then
the young washed out gently with a pipette from the sacs
in which they are formed.

The young of Pteraster must be searched for in the
grooves on the back covered by the tent-like membrane
which is stretched from the tips of the spine; those of
Leptasterias may be found attached near the mouth.

Asterias miy be artificially fertilized and ova collected
in numbers by a method similar to that described for Echi-
narachnius. Strongylocentrotus and Arbacia can also be
treated with success by the same method.

It may happen in surtace fishing that a large number of
Ceelenterata and Echinoderm larvee may be taken with the
dip net in the method described under the use of that in-
strument. This method of collecting, however, does not
yield the numbers, except in exceptionally good fishing
that one can obtain by keeping the adults in confinement
until the eggs are dropped or impregnated by artificial
methods. :

The collecting of young Celenterata and Echinoder-
mita with the dip net to fill out a series has one among
many advantages. From the fact that there is a slight
variation in the time of ovulation, larval stages of marine
animals in all conditions of growth may often be fished out
of the sea in the same excursion. It thus happens that,
for instance, in the case of the star-fish one may find the
stages of growth from the youngest gastrula to the brachi-
olaria in the same collecting trip. By the method of col-

lecting with a dip net it is thus possible to obtain more
ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXII 6

82 : GENERAL DIRECTIONS.

hardy' specimens of older stages which sometimes through
various causes have lost their vitality when raised in con-
finement.

The time of the year which is best suited for collecting
depends closely upon the genera desired. For shore col-
lecting and dredging, all the summer months are equally
good depending on the state of the weather. Sedentary
genera are not sensitive to the various conditions of winds,
calms, tides, and other influences. With floating marine
animals and the various larval forms of most sedentary
genera the problem is somewhat different. Their appear-
ance and abundance vary? from month to month and from
year to year. It is difficult tosay what month of the sum-
mer is best for collecting larval Ceelenterata and Echino-
dermata. The strong autumnal winds blow to the shore a
large number of floating genera, but the number of quiet
days in each month when these approach the surface of the
water is limited. In midsummer months the weather is
less boisterous and opportunities to capture animals are
greater. My experience has taught me that August and
September are more profitable for collecting floating genera
than June and July. There is, of course, a connection

¥

1For some reason unknown to me some larve2 after having been raised through
a number of early conditions invariably die, and new fishing has to be resorted to
jor more advanced stages. This is no doubt in most instances due to imperfect
aeration of the water, neglect to provide proper food, or luck of proper care. The
treatment of larve in confinement must vary more or less with the different
genera.

2The periodicity in the time of the appearance is by no means constant, In
some years great multitudes of certain medusz appear day after day, and ona
subsequent year not a single individual will appear. On my first visit to Grand
Manan thousands of the beautiful Siphonophoie, Nanomia cara were seen every -
where in the water so that they literally clogged my drag net. Suddenly, how-
ever, these all disappeared and in succeeding years in the same months I did not
see asingle individual. Every naturalist can probably mention similar equally
remarkable instances of ube sporadic appearance of some genus of marine life,
and I am not familiar with any satisfactory explanation of the phenomenon,

GENERAL DIRECTIONS. 83

with the time of ovulation for many genera cast their ova
throughout the summer, although the ovulation of a ma-
jority is probably in the spring. Violent winds interfere
with dredging and drive most of the floating life far below
the surface. Theearly morning generally gives the smooth-
est water and at that time the sea often has a glassy calm
which is most advantageons for the capture of many genera.
Night collecting is claimed by many to yield the greatest
number and variety of floating life.

The ever-increasing interest in the study of the marine
surface fauna renders it timely that observations be re-
corded and tables be prepared containing the dates when
pelagic larvee of different genera can best be collected in
some well-known locality. It would, to mention one of
the advantages of a table collated from such observations,
be of great help if anyone desirous of studying these ani-
mals could accurately know when the larve or adults with
ova are most likely to be found, and could regulate his
visit to the seashore by the information thus afforded.
In some of the older marine zoological stations in Europe
this has been done either in the form of card catalogues
or published faunal lists with dates and places of capture.

It has been shown that there is a pronounced periodicity
in the occurrence of these larvee, und year after year an
abundance of marine larvee is looked for in certain months
and at no other time.

It is not in the scope of this paper to consider why this is
so, and if it were the author has many doubts whether any-
one is familiar with enough data to suggest any satisfactory
explanation for it. Continued observation for a number of
years is necessary to arrive at any trustworthy conclusion,
and it is desirable to gather statistics enough to justify gen-
eral conclusions in regard to the probable time when larvee
can best be obtained for study. Most of the observations

84 . GENERAL DIRECTIONS.

on the time of the appearance of pelagic animals have been
made in the summer months and very little is known of
the genera characteristic of winter months. Our rigorous
climate, however, does not invite collecting at that time
and probably very little embryological work could be suc-
cessfully carried on in the colder months. Of the life
which I have collected in midwinter by surface fishing,
Jarvee and young form a very small proportion of the
whole.

Every collector has his own preference for the best place
to visit to collect marine animals, and it is not strange
that it generally corresponds with the place which he has
most often visited. I have worked at only a few stations
in New England and am no doubt prejudiced in their fa-
vor. The wealth of floating life at Newport is the greatest
known to me on the New England coast, but in the few
excursions I have made at Wood’s Holl, it has seemed to
me that there was little difference in the amount of float-
ing life in the two places.

For dredging, however, neither of these places can com-
pare with Eastport and Grand Manan. The latter place
is a paradise for the collector of Coelenterata and Echino-
dermata. Several circumstances combine to make it such.
The enormous tides which sweep around the islands lay
bare a littoral zone of great breadth. They also, since
their volume is so great, bring a large number of floating
animals from deep water. “ The opportunities for work
at Grand Manan with the dip-net in the study of free-
swimming animals are very great. The student of these
forms of life is particularly recommended to visit the so-
called “ripplings” or tide eddies, several miles from the
shore, near the line where the platform of the islands sinks
to the deeper sounding of the Bay of Fundy. These ed-
dies are favorite feeding places of many marine animals,

a

ee

en

ES ae a

-

SN a eee ee ee

GENERAL DIRECTIONS. 85

from the whale to the minute Medusz and Crustacea, and
at a proper time of the tide afford most profitable collect-
ing places.” The distance from the shore and the diffi-
culty of access are the only drawbacks, but if possible they
should be visited by every collector who is interested in
the collecting of marine life in its natural habitat. A world
for investigation here awaits the attention of the naturalist.

An advantage in working at Grand Manan is the ease
with which delicate marine animals can be kept alive in
small aquaria for a considerable time. The water is very
cold and the change in temperature not as sudden as in
more southern parts of New England. My experience
has been that the difficulty in keeping the water in small
glass vessels used for aquaria at an even temperature with
that of the bay is not as great in ncrthern New England
stations as in southern and the consequent danger of mor-
tality is lessened. The constant fogs, however, are draw-
backs which limit the number of days when collecting can
be prosecuted. The small island of Nantucket! of the
Grand Manan group is most favorably situated for a lab-
oratory or for a point from which to reach the different
collecting grounds.

The reader is reminded that there is no one locality on
our coast where all the genera here recorded can be col-
lected. Marine animals have their homes which are
limited by as sharply drawn lines as those of any forms
of organic life. Continued research on the facies of the
New England marine fauna indicates the existence of con-
ditions on the coast which separate the northern from

1 Grand Manan had on my visits a tri-weekly communication with Eastport by
asmall steamer. Eastport can be reached from Boston by the steamers of the In-
ternational line, also called the St. John’s steamers. There is a daily stage from
North Head, the landing place of the steamer from Eastport to Grand Manan, to
Woodward’s Cove, which is near Nantucket island. Comfortable accommodations
can be had at Mr. Cheney’s home on the island.

86 GENERAL DIRECTIONS.

the southern faunas by a line of demarcation of the most
rigid character. The coast of Maine and Massachusetts
bay is bathed by a cold Arctic ocean current which is re-
placed south of Cape Cod by warmer water. Although
several genera straggle from one zone into the other,
the majority are limited to their homes by this powerful
climatic influence. Hence it is that one may expect to
find a great difference in the marine life of Narragansett
Bay and that of the Bay of Fundy, and while I have at-
tempted to consider both in this article even the best of
collecting places will not yield more than a small propor-
tion of the genera considered. That part of my work
which deals with floating life and with larval forms is nec-
essarily very incomplete.

LIST OF CQHELENTERATA AND ECHINODERMATA FOUND IN
NEW ENGLAND.

In the accompanying list I have mentioned the majority of the genera
and species of Coelenterates and Echinoderms which occur in New
England waters. It is believed that this list includes the more com-
mon species of these animals which the teacher is liable to coilect on
his excursions. The identification of the majority of the animals of
the list will, it is hoped, be facilitated by a knowledge of the generic
and specific differentiation indicated by the diagnosis which is given of
the more common types.

HYDROZOA.

HYDROIDEA.
Acaulis primarius Stimpson. Antennularia Kirsch.
Aglaophenia arborea (Desor) Blastothela rosea Verrill.
Verrill. Bougainvillea superciliaris Ag.

Note.—The figures of Modeeria ( Turritopsis), Zanclea and Cunina, inthe preced-
ing pages were originally published in works by the author from drawings loaned
him by Dr. A. Agassiz; that of Acaulis from drawings by Prof. A. Hyatt. To
these naturalists and to all others to whom the writer is indebted, in the prepa-
ration of this Aid, the writer takes this cccasion to express his appreciations of
his obligation, and his sincere thanks.

APPENDIX. 87

Calycopsis typa Fewkes.
Calycella plicatilis Hincks.
se humilis Hincks.
is producta G. O. Sars.
sé pygmea Hincks.
ns syringa Hincks.

Campanularia caliculata Hincks.
Campanularia flecuosa Hincks.

& Jragilis Hincks.
ah neglecta Hincks.

Campanulina acuminata Alder.

Cladocarpus cornutus Verrill.
3 spectabilis Verrill.

% Pourtalesii Verrill.

Clytia bicophora Ag.
Clytia intermedia Ag.
«cylindrica Ag.
‘¢ — Johnstoni Hincks.

Cladonema radiatum Dujardin.

Clavatella Hincks.

Clava leptostyla Ag.
Clavula vesicaria Verrill.
Corymorpha nutans Sars.
Coryne (Gaertner).
Cunina discoides Fewkes.
Cuspidella costata Hincks.

“ humilis Hincks.
Dicoryne flexuosa G. O. Sars.
Diphasia fallax Ag.

$8 rosacea Ag.

. mirabilis Verrill.
Dinematella cavosa Fewkes.
Dipurena strangulata McCr.

Dysmorphosa fulgurans A. Ag.

Ectopleura ochracea A. Ag.

Eucheilota ventricularis McCr.

Eudendrium ramosum Ehr.
tf dispar Ag.
ds rameum Johnston.
J cingulatum Stimp.
es capillare Alder.
§ tenue A. Ag.
Euphysa virgulata A. Ag.
Eutima gracilis Fewkes.

Gemmaria gemmosa McCr.
Grammaria abietina Sars.
Globiceps tiarella (McCr.) Ayres.
Gonothryrea hyalina Hincks.

ie Lovenii Allman.

oe gracilis Allman.
Gonothryrea tenuis Clark.
Halopsis cruciata A. Ag.

¢ ocellata A. Ag.

. Hydrallmania falcata Hincks.

Hydractinia echinata Johnston.
Hybocodon prolifer Ag.
Halecium gracile Verrill.
Halecium articulosum Clark.

se Beanii Johnston.

“s muricatum Johnston.
Hydrichthys mirus Fewkes.
Latea pocillum Hincks.

‘¢ dumosa Sars.

*¢ grandis Hincks,
Lafoea robusta Verrill.
Lafea fruticosa Sars.

Lafoea gracillima Sars,
Leptoscyphus Allman.
Liriope scutigera McCr.
Lizzia octopunctata Forbes.
Lovenella gracilis Clark.
Lytocarpia myriphullum Kirch.
Mabella gracilis Fewkes.
Melicertum campanula Esch.
Modeeria (Turritopsis) multiten-
taculata Fewkes.
Myrivthela phrygia Sars.
Nemopsis Bachei Ag.
Obelia gelatinosa McCr.
Obelia flabellata Hincks.

‘¢ diaphana Allman.

‘¢ geniculata Hincks.

‘© polygena (A. Ag.)

‘© parasitica (A. Ag.)

‘¢ pyriformis (A. Ag.)

“© Jusiformis (A. Ag.)

*¢ dichotoma Hincks.

‘© longissima Hincks.

Filellum (see Reticularia) Hincks. Oceania languida Ag.

88 . APPENDIX.

Opercularella lacerata Hincks.
Ophiodes mirabilis Hincks.
Parypha crocea Ag.
Pennaria gibbosa Ag.
Perigonimus Sars.
Podocoryne carnea Sars.
Ptychogena lactea A. Ag.
Plumularia Verrillit Clark.
Reticularia serpens (Filellum ser-
pens) Hincks.
Rhizogeton fusiformis Ag.
Sarsia mirabilis (see Syncoryne)
Ag.
Salacia robusta Hincks.
Sertularia abietina Lin.
#6 Jjilicula Lin.
Sertularia argentea Ellis & Sol.
S. argentea, var. divaricata Clark.
Sertularia latiuscula Stimp.

S. polyzonias var. gigantea Hincks.
Sertularella Gayt Gray?
Stauridium Dujardin.
Staurophora laciniata Ag.
Stomobrachium tentaculatum Ag.
Syncoryne mirabilis Allm.
Syncoryne reticulatum (A. Ag.).
Stomatoca apicata Ag.
Thamnocnida spectabilis Ag.
fe tenella Ag.

Thaumantias Eschscholtz.
Tiaropsis diademata Ag.
Tima Bairdii Ag.
Tubularia indivisa Lin.
Tubularia Couthouyi Ag.

se stellifera Couth.
Tubiclava cornucopie Norm.
Thuiaria articulata Flem.
Trachynema digitalis A. Ag.

ad cupressina Lin. Turris episcopalis Fewkes.
ce pumila Lin. Willia ornata, McCr.
Sertularella tricuspidata Hincks. Zygodactyla Groenlandica Ag.
€ rugosa Gray. Zanclea (see Grammaria) Gegen-
Sertularella polyzonias Gray. baur.
SIPHONOPHORA.

Agalmoides elegans Fewkes.
Diphyes sp.

Diplophysa inermis Gegenbaur.
Eudoxia Lessonii Huxley.

Nanomia cara A. Ag.
Physalia arethusa Til.
Porpita sp.

Velella mutica Esch.

ACRASPEDA.!

Aurelia flavidula Per. et Les.
Callinema ornata Verrill.

Cyanea arctica Per. et Les.
Dactylometra quinquecirra A. Ag.

To these are allied the Lucernaridz for which the reader is referred
to H. J. Clark and E. Haeckel, System der Medusen.

Haliclystus auricula Clark.
Halinocyathus platypus Clark.

Lucernaria quadricornis Mill.

Manania auricula Clark.

CTENOPHORA.

Beroé roseola (Ag.).
Bolina alata Ag.
Lesueuria hypoptera A. Ag.

Mertensia ovum Morch.
Mnemiopsis Leidyi A. Ag.
Pleurobrachia rhododactyla Ag.

1This group has been known by several names of which Discophora and Scy-
phomedusz may be mentioned. At the present time the latter is thought by some
naturalists to be the best name for the group.

ODN FFI SE

APPENDIX. 89

- ACTINOZOA.

ALCYONOIDA.

Acanella Normani Verr.
Acanthogorgia armata Verrill.
Alcyonium rubiforme Ebr. ?
‘ carneum Ag.
Anthothela insignis Verrill.
Balticina Finmarchica Gray.

Cornulariella modesta Verrill.
Paragorgia arborea Edw. & Haim.
Paramuricea borealis Verrill.
Pennatula aculeata Dan.

Primnoa reseda Verrill.
Virgularia Ljungmanni KOll.

ACTINOIDA.
Actinoloba marginata Edw. Epizoanthus Goodei Verrill.
& Haim. Flabellum angulare Mosely.

Astrangia Dane Agassiz.

Bolocera Tuediz Gosse.

Caryophyllia borealis (Mosely).

Cereanthus borealis Verrill.

Deltocyathus Agassizii Pourtales.

Edwardsia sipunculoides Stimp.
et lineata Verrill.

Ilyanthus levis Verrill.
Lophohelia prolifera Edw. &
Haim.
Philomedusa parasitica (Verr.)}
Tealia nodosa (Fabr.).
‘* _ erassicornis.

ECHINODERMATA.
HOLOTHURIOIDEA.

Caudina arenata Stimp.
Chirodota leve Grube.
Cucumaria frondosa Jeg.
Leptosynapta Girardii Verrill.
Lophothuria Fabricii Verrill.

af squamata Verrill.
Molpadia odlitica Pourt.
Molpadia turgida Verrill.
Pentacta minuta (Fabr.). Verrill.
Pentacta calcigera Stimp.

Pentacta assimilis (Dub. & Kor)
Verrill.

Psolus phantapus Oken.

ee regalis Verrill.

Stereoderma unisemita Ayres.

Thyone scabra Verrill.
‘* elongata (Ayres) Verrill.

Thyonidium hyalinum (Forbes)
Norm.

Thyonidium productum Stimp.

ECHINOIDEA.

Arbacia punctulata Lam.
Echinarachnius parma Gray.

Strongylocentrotus Drébachien-
sis A. Ag.
Schizaster fragilis Dan. & Kor.

ASTEROIDEA.

Asterias vulgaris Stimp.
Asterias Forbesii Verrill.
Asterias stellionura Perrier.

Asterias polaris (Mill. & Tros.)
Verrill.
Asterina borealis Verrill.

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIII 6*

90 APPENDIX.

Cribrella sanguineolenta Liitk. Leptasterias compta (Stimp.) Ver-
Ctenodiscus crispatus Dan. & Kor. rill.
Crossaster papposus Miill. and Hippasterias phrygiana Agassiz.

Troschel. Pteraster militaris Miill. &Trosch.
Leptasterias tenera (Stimp.) Ver-

rill.

OPHIUROIDEA.

Amphiura squamata Lyman. Ophiacantha bidentata Ljung.
Amphiura tenuispina Ljung. Ophioglypha Sarsii Lym.

Gorgonocephalus AgassiziiStimp. Ophiopholis aculeata Gray.

Nore.—The author has indicated by italics in the above list several genera and
species which cannot be identified by the use of the ‘‘Aid.” In addition to these
there are several others which the author has never seen, and others which more
properly belong to deep water than to the regions indicated for the scope of this
article. For the introduction of these the author claims the kind indulgence of the
reader. Many genera found in very deep water are omitted.

The author’s studies of marine animals upon which he has mainly relied in the
preparation of this ““Aid” were made during his connection with Dr. A. Agassiz’
Marine Laboratory at Newport, R. I., and the Museum of Comparative Zoology
at Cambridge. He takes this opportunity to express his gratitude for the advan-
tages afforded him at those places.

He has spent portions of four summers at Eastport and Grand Manan, and
made frequent excursions to Provincetown, Beverly Bridge, Chelsea Beach and
Ipswich.

A more complete list of the Actinoids and Echinodermata will be found in ‘“Ver-
rill’s List,’ which has been of great help to the author in the preparation of this
Aid, and for which he wishes to express his thanks.

_, Acanella, 56. ;
Acanthogorgia, 56.
Actiniaria, 50.
Actinoida, 50.
Actinoloba, 51, 76.
Actinozoa, 50.
Acaulis, 29, 32, 33.
Acraspeda, 14, 45.
Agalmoides, 43.
Aglaophenia, 31, 38.
Alcyonacea, 54, 55.
Alcyonium, 55.
Amphiura, 65, 73

Antennularia, 31, 38.

Anthothela, 56.
Arbacia, 70, 71.
Asterias, 62.
Asteroidea, 60, 61.
Asterina, 64, 73.
Astrangia, 51, 53.

Astrophytide, 64, 66.

Athecata, 29.
Aurelia, 46, 47, 48.
Auricularia, 70.

Balticina, 55.
Beroé, 48, 50.

Bougainvillia, 29, 35.

Brachiolaria, 70.
Bunodes, 50, 52.

Calicopsis, 14, 20, 27.

Callinema, 47, 48.
Calycella, 31, 37.
Calycophore, 41.

Campanularia, 30, 36.

Campanulina, 31, 36.
Caudina, 69.
Cereanthus, 51, 53.
Cladonema, 30, 35.
Clava, 33, 75.
Clavatella, 29.
Clypeastroids, 66.

INDEX.

Clytia, 15, 23, 28, 30, 36.
Coelenterata, 11.
Corymorpha, 29, 33.
Coryne, 30.

Cribrella, 62, 73.
Crinoidea, 60.
Crossaster, 63.
Ctenodiscus, 64.
Ctenophora, 14, 48.
Cucumaria, 6!.

Cunina, 39, 86.
Cuspidella, 31.

Cyanea, 45, 46, 47, 48, 51, 76.

Dactylometra, 45, 46, 47, 48.
Deltocyathus, 54.
Dinematella, 14, 17, 26.
Diphasia, 31, 38.

Diphyes, 42.

Diplophysa, 45.

Dipurena, 14, 18, 27.
Dysmorphosa, 14, 20, 27.

Echinarachnius, 68, 70, 71
Echinodermata, 57.
Echinoids, 66, 67.
Echinoidea, 61, 66.
Ectopleura, 14, 18, 27, 29.
Edwardsia, 51, 53.
Ephyre, 47, 48.
Eucheilota, 15, 24, 28.
Eudendrium, 29, 34.
Eudoxia, 45.

Eutima, 15, 25, 28.

False pupa, 70, 71.
Filellum, 31, 37.
Flabellum, 54.

Gonothryrea, 30, 36.
Gorgonacea, 54, 55.
Gorgonocephalus, 66.
Grammaria, 37.

(91)

92

Halecium, 30, 36.
Hippasterias, 64.
Holothurioidea, 61, 69.
Hybocodon, 14, 15, 26.
Hydractinia, 29, 33, 76.
Hydrichthys, 30, 35.
Hydroida, 13.
Hydrozoa, 12.

Ilyanthus, 51, 53.

Lafea, 31, 37.
Leptasterias, 62, 73.
Leptoscyphus, 37.
Leptosynapta, 69.
Liriope, 39. 41.
Lizzia, 15, 21, 27, 37.
Lophohelia, 51.
Lophothuria, 69, 71.
Lovenella, 30. 36.
Lucernaria, 47.

Mabella, 15, 22, 28.
Madreporaria, 53.
Melicertum, 15, 22, 28.
Metridium, 50.
Mnemiopsis, 49, 50.

Modeeria, 14, 20, 27, 87.

M onophyes, 45.
Muggieea, 45.

Nanomia, 42.
Nemopsis, 15, 20, 27.

Obelia, 15, 22, 28, 30, 36.

Oceania, 15, 23, 28.
Ophioglypha, 65.
Ophiodes, 30, 35.
Ophiopholis, 65, 70, 71.
Ophiuride, 64, 65.
Ophiuroidea, 61, 64.

Paragorgia, 56.
Paragorgiidee, 55.
Paramuricea, 56.
Pennaria, 14, 15, 26.
Pennatulacee, 54.
Pennatula, 55.
Pennatulide, 55.
Perigonemus, 29, 35.
Philomedusa, 51, 53.

INDEX.

Physalia, 42, 44.
Physophore, 41.
Pleurobrachia, 49, 50.
Plumularia, 31, 38.
Pluteus, 70.
Podocoryne, 29.
Polythoa, 50, 52.
Primnoa, 56, 57.
Pteraster, 63, 64, 73.
Pupa, 70, 72.

Rhodactinia, 50.

Salacia, 31, 37.

Sarsia, 14, 18, 27, 35.
Schizaster, 68.
Scyphistoma, 47.
Sertularella, 31, 37.
Sertularia, 3], 38.
Siphonophora, 14, 41.
Solaster, 63.
Spatangoids, 68.
Stauridium, 30, 35.
Staurophora, 14, 20, 27.
Stomatoca, 14, 16, 26, 35.
Strobila, 48.
Strongylocentrotus, 67, 70, 71.
Syncoryne, 30, 35.

Tealia, 50, 52.
Thaumantias, 30, 36.
Thecaphora, 30.
Thyone, 69.

Tima, 15, 25, 28.
Trachymeduse, 14, 38.
Trachynema, 39.
Tubiclava, 29, 33.
Tubularia, 29, 33, 76.
Turris, 14, 19, 27.

Urticina, 50, 52.

Velella, 88.
Virgularia, 55.

Willia, 15, 22, 27.

Zanclea, 14, 19, 27, 86.
Zoanthus, 50.
Zy godactyla, 15, 26, 28.

\

)
:

a SE ee

BULLETIN

OF THE

oes fee fe es De ese

Vor. 23. . Satem: Apr., May, June, 1891. Nos. 4, 5, 6.

ANNUAL Meretine, May 18, 1891.

THE annual meeting was held in Plummer Hall, this
evening at 7.30 o’clock. Vice President A. C. Goodell,
jr-, in the chair. Mr. Goodell opened the meeting with
a few remarks in reference to the absence of Dr. Wheat-
land by illness, expressing the hope that the latter might
recover his health so as soon to be with us again.

An abstract from the record of the last annual meeting
was read.

The reports of the Secretary, Treasurer, Auditor and
Librarian were read, accepted and ordered to be placed on
file.

On motion of Prof. D. B. Hagar, it was voted that a
copy of the Secretary’s report be furnished the Salem
newspapers for publication.

The Treasurer, Mr. George D. Phippen, read his twelfth
annual report and in presenting it stated that he must de-
cline further service as treasurer. Prof. D. B. Hagar of-
fered the following vote which passed unanimously :

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIII 7 (93)

94 _THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Voted, That the cordial thanks of the Essex Institute are
hereby presented to Mr. George D. Phippen for his long-
continued and efficient services as the Treasurer of the In-
stitute, with the assurance that those services are pro-
foundly appreciated and will long be gratefully remem-
bered.

Dr. N. R. Morse made suggestions in reference to some
suitable testimonial to Mr. Phippen which was referred to
the Board of Directors with power to act.

The committee on nominations reported the following
list of officers which was duly elected :

PRESIDENT:
HENRY WHEATLAND.

VICE-PRESIDENTS:

ABNER C. GOODELL, JR., DANIEL B. HaGar,
FREDERICK W. PUTNAM, ROBERT S. RANTOUL.
SECRETARY: TREASURER:
Henry M. BROOKS. _ WiLiiaM O. CHAPMAN.
AUDITOR: LIBRARIAN:
GEORGE D. PHIPPEN. CHARLES S. OsGoop.
COUNCIL:

WILLuaM H. Gove, S. EnpIicotr PEaBopy,
Tuomas F. Hunt, DAVID PINGREE,
Davin M. Litre, EDMUND B. WILLSON,
RicHARD C. MANNING, GEORGE M. WHIPPLE,
EDWARD S. MORSE, ALDEN P. WHITE.

aia

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 95

ReEpPoRT OF THE SECRETARY.

Since the last annual meeting there have been twenty-
three meetings of the Society and five meetings of the
Directors.

Only one Field meeting was held during the last season,
and that was at Baker’s Island in Salem Harbor on June
28, 1890, by invitation of Dr. N. R. Morse and the man-
agers of the Winne-egan House, who furnished the Institute
with a bountiful collation, and did all in their power to
make the gathering a pleasant one. A meeting was held
in the hall of the Winne-egan at 2.30, President Wheatland
in the chair. Capt. Geo. M. Whipple was elected Secre-
tary protem. ‘The speakers on this occasion besides the
President who gave an historical sketch of the four early
migrations to Salem, were Mr. John H. Sears, who gave
some observations on the geological formations of the isl-
ands in the harbor, Mr. Cyrus M. Tracy of Lynn, who
spoke of their botanical features, and Dr. Geo. A. Bates
who spoke of the study of natural history especially in con-
nection with the sea. Brief remarks were also made by
Rev. James F. Brodie, Dr. N. R. Morse and Mr. W. S.
Nevins, the latter offering a vote of thanks to the proprietors
of the Winne-egan. The party numbered about seventy-
five, and went to the Island in a steamer from the Willows.
The meeting was considered a very successful one.

During the year papers have been read before the So-
ciety, in Plummer Hall, by the following persons:

Rev. G. T. Flanders, D.D., of New Bedford,! Prof. J.
W. Fewkes of Boston,? Dr. William Thornton Parker,
Mr. Rosewell B. Lawrence of Medford,* Mr. John T. Prince
of Newtonville,> Mr. Sylvester Baxter of Boston,® Col.

1See p. 104. %Seep.105. %Seep.105. ‘*See p.106. ‘Seep.107. ‘Seep. 108.

96 ‘THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Henry Stone of South Boston,! Mrs. Kate T. Woods,? Dr.
Geo. A. Bates,3 Mr. Sidney Perley, Mr. Arthur M. Mow-
ry,° Mr. William L. Welch,® Mr. Shebnah Rich,’ Rev. E.
O. Dyer of South Braintree,’ Mrs. C. E. Clement Waters
of Boston,® Mr. Arthur L. Goodrich,!° Mr. W. A. Mowry
of Dorchester,!! Rev. James F. Brodie,!? Prof. Ernest F.
Fenollosa of Boston.'®

These lectures have been free to the public. They have
been well attended and given good satisfaction. Full re-
ports were printed in the Salem Gazette, and other Salem
papers had notices also.

Donations to the cabinets the past year number 681
from 130 different donors.'4 The names of these donors
and their donations have appeared every month in the Sa-
lem Gazette and acknowledgments have been made by
mail.

The cabinets of the historical department have received
large and important additions during the past year, and
it must be very evident to the frequenter of the Institute
that we are getting sadly cramped for room to display our
collections properly. An addition to our building is
needed with a large room especially constructed for the
purpose of exhibiting the historical relics. There should
also be a room, properly lighted, for the portraits and his-
torical pictures now the property of the Institute, and
which are not shown to the best advantage in the rooms of
the present building. It may seem strange that, after so
few years of residence in our new quarters, we are already
calling for more room and more funds; this latter is inev-
itable with a society which has to depend on the generosity
of its friends, the income from its invested funds not be-
ing wholly sufficient to carry on its work. This is one

1See p. 108. 2Seep.109. *Seep.110. *See p.1ll. ®Seep.11l. °See p. 112. 7See
p.113. *Seep.114. %Seep.114. '°Seep.116. 1'Scep.117. 1Seep.118. 1%See
p.118. See p. 134.

nin, a el ee ee

— 7

,

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 97

reason why every effort should be made to increase the
membership ; while a great many of our members may
not derive any personal benefit from their annual assess-
ment, they cannot but feel that they are giving us much-
needed financial help.

The manuscript department of the Institute ought to
be made of use by having its treasures properly arranged
and catalogued. This, I know, requires both time and
money, but it is to be hoped that lack of funds will not
prevent the completing of this work. A competent per-
son should be employed in this department arranging in
books, which would be easily accessible, the documents
which are now in bundles and difficult to consult.

During the year we have had several special exhibits
such as manuscripts, autographs, china, etc., which have
attracted attention and have been the means of bringing to

- our collections many valuable gifts of the same character.

These exhibits could by a little more publicity and by call-
ing for loans of similar articles have been made very much
more complete, but they would have required more room
than our exhibit cases could afford.

It has been suggested to me that, during the coming year,
it would be a good idea for the Institute to arrange for a
loan collection of portraits of persons who may have been,
in any way, identified with Salem ; such an exhibit would
be of public interest, and enough material to fill Plummer
Hall ought easily to be obtained.

More than seven thousand persons have visited the old
meeting house of the First Church the past year.

Twelve persons have become members of the Society
during the year, while nine members have died, viz. :

John P. Andrews, James Chamberlain, Henry Hale,
Edward B. Lane, Nathan Nichols, George W. Pease, Sam-
uel G. Rea, George Russell, J. Linton Waters.!

I mentioned in my report of last year that the formation

1See p. 119.

98 ' THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

of historical societies in the neighboring towns was evi-
dence of an increasing interest in local history. During
the past year several new societies have been started and
they are all likely to prove important factors in preserving
historical material of local interest. In order to show
our appreciation of their efforts I would suggest that, if
practicable, the libraries of these societies be furnished
with a copy of our publications.

It is hardly to be expected that the public generally will
look upon our work with the same idea of its importance
as we do. The collecting of every kind of historical ma-
terialand the properly caring for it are undoubtedly looked
upon by many as a harmless hobby. There is, however,
a utilitarian view of this question which I think is not
brought to notice frequently enough, and that ts the com-
mercial value to our city of just such hobbies as ours.
There is an ever-increasing number of visitors, who are
drawn to our city not only from all parts of this country
but also from abroad, purely by a desire to visit it because
of its historical associations ; and the more value we place
upon these associations ourselves, the more care we take
in the preservation of everything which can be of inter-
est in this direction, the greater will be the interest of these
visitors, the longer their stay, and the greater the ben-
efit to our retail dealers, many of whom are appreciating
the fact that such trade is worth cultivating. It seems to
me that our own citizens ought to feel some little pride in
showing, to the strangers within our gates, the Peabody
Academy of Science, the Court Houses, the Public Li-
brary and our own Institute, as well as pointing out to
them those places which are historic from their association
with men and events that are known the world over.

Respectfully submitted,
Henry M. Brooks,
Secretary.

a eT

——-

. De” ST

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.

99

The additions to the library for the year (May, 1890 to
May, 1891) have been as follows :

Folios, -

Quartos,

Octavos, . A :
Twelvemos,
Sixteenmos, ‘ p
Twenty-fourmos, ‘

Total of bound volumes,
Pamphlets and serials,

Total of donations,

Folios, ‘ 7
Quartos, i ‘
Octavos, . :
Twelvemos, :
Sixteenmos, é -
Twenty-fourmos,

Total of bound volumes,
Pamphlets and serials,

Total of exchanges, .

Folios,
Octavos,
Sixteenmos,

Total of bound volumes,
Pamphlets and serials,

Total of purchases,

Total of donations,
Total of exchanges,
Total of purchases,

Total of additions,

BY DONATION.

BY EXCHANGE.

. . .

BY PURCHASE.

100 . THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Of the total number of pamphlets and serials, 6,994
were pamphlets and 9,470 were serials.

The donations to the library for the year have been
received from one hundred and ninety-four individuals,
and eighty-four societies and governmental departments.
The exchanges, from ten individuals and one hundred and
ninety-six societies and incorporated institutions, of which
ninety-five are foreign ; also from editors and publishers.

Among the donations may be mentioned about 200 vol-
umes from each of the following :—Misses E. C. and M.
C. Allen, Mr. O. W. H. Upham and Mrs. S. K. Whip-
ple of Newburyport, besides over 6,000 pamphlets and
serials from the latter.

The librarian regrets to be obliged to announce the
death of the assistant librarian, Miss Eva K. Roberts.
She took a great interest in the affairs of the library, knew
what it possessed and what it lacked, and her suggestions
with regard to it were always valuable. Faithful and
conscientious, and with a love for her work, her death is
a great loss to the library and to the Institute.

The present want of additional space for the storing of
books, not only at the Institute but at the Public Library,
emphasizes what was said in the report of last year with
reference to marking out special lines of work for the
different Salem libraries and makes more apparent the
necessity for it, and the advantages that would accrue
therefrom. The time is not far distant, even with this
relief, when additional room must be provided for the
rapidly growing library of the Institute.

It is hoped during the coming year to make some prog-
ress in preparing a catalogue or finding-list of the books
as arranged by subjects in the different rooms. This
would be of great assistance to the users of the library and
would serve as a foundation for a complete catalogue.

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 101

The attendance at the rooms of the library during the
past year has been very satisfactory and the librarian
again expresses his hope that in the not distant future an
increased income will make it possible to open the rooms
of the Institute on the afternoons of Sunday and during
the winter evenings.

Cuas. S. Osaoon, Librarian.

After the reading of the librarian’s report the following
remarks were offered by Rev. E. B. Willson:

The withdrawal of Miss Eva K. Roberts some time
since from the duties of assigtant librarian of the Essex —
Institute on account of illness which, it was hoped, would
be but temporary, but which was followed by her death
on the third of May, calls for a grateful mention of her
services upon the records of the Institute, and a warm
tribute to her worth. Her death entails upon the Institute
a loss not soon and easily to be made good. Miss Rob-
erts had filled her position in the library since May 19,
1879, twelve years. She was competent, efficient and
faithful, securing the confidence and respect both of the
members of the Institute and of those who had occasion
to resort to its rooms for information or assistance. By
her full and minute knowledge of the contents of the
library and her prompt and courteous helpfulness to those
who sought access to its treasures, she greatly contributed
to the usefulness of its collections, and placed many under
lasting obligations by bringing its valuable stores within
their reach: Therefore,

Resolved, That the Essex Institute cordially appreciates
the faithful and important services rendered by Miss Eva
K. Roberts as its assistant librarian for many years, that
it pays deserved honor to her devotion and personal worth,
laments sincerely her death, and offers to her sorrowing
family its heartfelt sympathy.

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIII a*

102 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

TREASURER’S REPORT.

Receipts and expenditures of the past year (condensed
from the account presented).

RECEIPTS.
For balance of last year’s account, cm re! = «ren 4s) er kel $667 45
* assessments of members, 3 . is a . 5 $813 00
* income of invested funds, e e e ° . ° ° 8,121 86
** sale of publications, : - . . Fy * « “ 468 78
** amounts from other sources, . ow? % ete. : 213 87
Net income 4,617 51
* cash hired on noteofthe corporation, . . . .« -» 1,423 75
$6,708 71
EXPENDITURES.

By salaries of secretary, assistant librarians and janitor, -« $2,198 60
* cost of books, periodicals and binding, . . . Syn 395 15

“ « * publications and printing, é oP One . 41,656 59
“ s & yepairs and improvements, An ent ° . 486 44
“ paid Salem Athenzum, yearly portion of ax pennen: ° . 166 22
* cost of fuel, gas, water, postage, express, etc., . Ke 537 75

Net expenses, $ 5,440 75

By paid annuities, obligations with legacies, .. i is 710 00

Total of expenditures, 6,150 75

By balance on hand, 557 96

$6,708 71

INVESTMENT OF THE FUNDS.

For the Essex Institute building, e se ets + $28,370 69
«Ship Rock and land, oO” fos, toh seh, ote)‘ x - 6 100 00

Real estate, ~ $28,470 69
For stocks, bonds and securities, eee Se Le ° - 61,269 10

*« legacy from the estate of the late Mrs. Nancy D. Cole, on
deposit not yet invested, . ° e e orn « 10,000 00

Income earning, 71,269 10
Total, $99,739 79

SALEM, May 18, 1891.
GEO. D. PHIPPEN, Treasurer.

Securities and vouchers examined and approved.
R. C. MANNING, Auditor.

ae ae ee

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 103

AupitTor’s Report.

The Auditor of the Essex Institute respectfully reports
that he has examined and approved all of the financial ac-
counts of the Institute for the year ending at this date.

The account of the Treasurer shows

RECEIPTS.

Balance of previous account, . F 2 - $ 667 45

Income from investments, latte hi sales of publications; vhsinatietn
etc. . e a. he ° ° . . e - 4,617 51
Discount of Institute néte for $2, 500, oS ee . SAE Te . « 2,423 75
$7,708 71

PAYMENTS.

General expenses, salaries, publications, etc., . e e te - « $5,440 75
Annuities to beneficiaries under wills, . ° ° . . i . e 710 00
Paid on account of note at Salem bank, . ‘ ° * ° ® ° - 1,000 00
Balance to new account, ‘ ° é ‘ é Fy . e . 5 Fy 557 96
$7,708 71

It will be seen by these figures that the expenditures
of the past year exceeded the general income by a little
more than sixteen hundred dollars.

The securities belonging to the Institute have all been
examined and found to agree with the schedule submitted
by the treasurer.

They amount in the aggregate to the sum of $99,739.79
of which $28,470.69 is represented by the real estate,
$61,269.10 is invested in stocks, bonds and deposits in
savings banks, and $10,000 is on special deposit now
awaiting investment.

The condition of the finances of the corporation bears
testimony to the faithful and skilful performance of his
duties by the treasurer.

All of which is respectfully submitted,

Ricuarp C. Mannine, Auditor.
Satem, May 18, 1891.

104 ‘THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

LECTURES.

Monday, Nov. 17, 1890.—Rev. G. T. Flanders, D.D.,
of New Bedford, lectured on “Ancient Egypt” which he
called the “land of mystery.” After all that has been done
by Egyptologists to effect a reliable history of its people,
civilization and religion, it is to-day comparatively a
sealed book. ‘There are difficulties in its chronology and
strange system of hieroglyphics, which make it almost
impossible to construct the history of that people.

In the old inscriptions Egypt is called “the black land,”
the name Kam or Kem having reference to the almost black
color of the soil, and the King is often mentioned as “the
lord of the black country and of the red country,” in other
words, cultivated Egypt and the Arabian Desert. For
twenty-five hundred years the history and the mysteries
of Egypt were locked up in a strange, unknown tongue,
the key to which had been lost. Fifty years ago the key,
seemingly by accident, was found. This was near Rosetta
in Egypt, where in 1799 was found a stone bearing inscrip-
tions in three distinct characters — Hieroglyphic, Coptic
and Greek. This stone is in the British Museum, while a
plaster of it is among the treasures of the Essex Institute.

Beyond King Mena there is no real Egyptian history.
The seals of asserted continuous history from Mena run
from 7000 to 2400 B. C. Babylon and Egypt would be
in origin as kingdoms about contemporary. The pyra-
mids would have an antiquity of about 4000 years. Civ-
ilization would have taken its rise in Egypt in the course
of the third millennium before Christ, and would have rap-
idly advanced in certain directions as it did in Babylon.
The earth would at no time present the spectacle of one
highly civilized community standing alone for thousands
of years in the midst of races rude and unpolished.

te ee od

~~

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 105

Monday, Nov. 24, 1890.—Professor J. Walter Fewkes,
of Boston, delivered a lecture on “Summer Ceremonials at
Zui and Moqui Pueblos.” The lecture was illustra-
ted by lantern views by Mr. Newcomb.

Professor Fewkes made some remarks in opening on the
antiquity of ceremonials, and gave an account of the cer-
emonial offerings, the time for planting, the rain dances,
pottery, rabbit hunting, climate influences, in fact a very
full account of the ceremonials of the Zuifiians.!

Monday, Dec. 1, 1890.—Dr. William Thornton Parker
delivered a lecture on “The Chippewa Indians.”

A very interesting account was given of that tribe in
particular and remarks made on the North American In-
dians in general.

Among other things, he said our ideas of the Indians
are apt to be limited; we forget that there are over two
hundred tribes living within the limits of the United States.
Those who know most about the native American Indians,
have the most respect for them. These Indians, unlike
those of New Mexico, Central and South America, are
believers in God, the Great Spirit, as they call him.

The lecturer considered the Ojibways the most interest-
ing of the Indian races fer observation and study.

Dr. Parker had considerable to say of Bishop Whipple
and Gen. Armstrong, commending their labors among the
Indians and the great improvements that had been made un-
der their work and missions ; he also thoughtthe Indians had
been led into warfare by provocation of the white people.
War has been a struggle for existence with them.

The physical condition of the Indian was made worse
for the semi-civilized appliances he had adopted by which
the transition from out-door life to log-cabins overheated

1See Bulletin, Vol. xxi, p. 89.

106 - THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

with stoves, and a life of accompanying laziness, brought
physical degeneracy.

Monday, Dec. 8, 1890.—Mr. Rosewell B. Lawrence, of
Medford, lectured on the “Carolina Mountains” illustrated
with ninety-four lantern views.

The western part of North Carolina has been but little
known to our people ; its beautiful streams, forest-clothed
mountains, brilliant wild flowers, soft balmy air, charming
sky and peculiar people were described by the lecturer.
Its mountains are the culmination of the Appalachian sys-
tem, having several peaks higher than Mt. Washington.
The Blue Ridge on the east and the Smokies on the west
embrace a plateau elevated twenty-four hundred feet above
the sea, containing six thousand square miles and inter-
sected by several transverse ranges. In this region are
found valuable forests of hard timber, rich mines of iron
ore, mountains of marble of fine quality and various col-
ors, mica in large sheets, copper, corundum and many
precious stones, including the hiddenite, an emerald green
gem peculiar to North Carolina.

Mr. Lawrence described Linville, where capitalists are
laying out the town as a health and pleasure resort. The
elevation of the town is thirty-eight hundred feet, sur-
rounded by mountains, Grandfather Mountain being almost
six thousand feet. Bakersville, Burnsville and Asheville
were described, the latter the charming pleasure resort,
where fine hotels and elegant residences are being erected to
accommodate the north in winter and the south in summer.
Visitors from both sections throng the place, each in their
season. The beautiful scenery of the French Broad and
Swannano rivers, Warm Springs, the railroad at Round
Knob, Bald Mountain and Ceesar’s Head, was pictured on
the screen. The people were illustrated, many of their

—_

ae a?

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 107

curious customs described and pictures shown of the hard
wood forests, the laurel, azalea and rhododendron ; an ac-
count was given of the ascent of Mt. Mitchell, the highest
mountain east of the Mississippi, being six thousand seven
hundred and eleven feet.

Monday, Dec. 15, 1890.—Mr. John T. Prince, of New-
tonville, delivered a lecture on “Common Schools.” He
gave first a brief history of the Massachusetts School Sys-
tem, answered the criticism sometimes made against it and
described what was done in the best of schools, showing
that the children in these schools are preparing well for
the duties of life in a proper training of the body, intel-
lect and will; the formation of a good character being most
important of all.

These results are attainable in all schools under proper
conditions : the employment of teachers well qualified for
their work by proper training and supervision of skilled
superintendents.

Monday, Jan. 12, 1891.—Mr. Sylvester Baxter, of
Boston, lectured on “The Evolution of a Nation.” After
referring to the great social developments and changes
which are now taking place in the world and which are
the natural outcome of what has gone before, the lecturer
proceeded to say that these changes should be helped not
hindered; that the principles of evolution were always
the same, and that one great factor in evolution was the
friction of individual particles which at last taught the
lesson that only by working in unison could the welfare
of the whole be obtained. Mr. Baxter referred to Mr.
Bellamy’s book “Looking Backward” which he said pointed
out the direction in which social development naturally
lay and which, judging by the notice which had been given

108 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

to it had struck the right chord in the minds of many. He
then traced the growth of a nation from its beginning and
showed that the substitution of industrial combination for
competition, now going on all over the world in such a
marked degree, was in strict accordance with the law of
natural evolution. He then attempted to prove that the
only natural method by which unity could be accomplished
would be by having the government, either national, state
or municipal, assume the responsibility of all our indus-
tries. As it now carries our letters, why not our telegrams ;
as it carries our small bundles, why not our large ones
and our persons as well; as it furnishes us with water,
why not with food. This would be true democracy.

Monday, Jan. 19, 1891.—Col. Henry Stone, of South
Boston, lectured on “General Sheridan,” who was born at
Albany, N. Y., of Irish parents then just arrived in this
country. When he was very young the family removed
to Ohio ; his early life was one of poverty. After attending
school for a short time he became clerk in a country store
at two dollars per month; in 1848 he entered West Point
and was there five years. His first service was on the Pa-
cific coast ; when the rebellion broke out in 1861 he was a
lieutenant in Oregon but received the appointment of cap-
tain and was ordered to St. Louis; at the end of the first
year of the war his duties were obscure and insignificant,
but in May, 1862, he was appointed colonel of the Mich-
igan Cavalry. From that time his progress was unexam-
pled ; in consequence of great skill and bravery exhibited,
he rose in eight months from captain to major general.

The attention of General Grant was attracted by his
conduct and when the former was made general-in-chief,
Sheridan was called to the cavalry works of the army
of the Potomac. His career in that position is well known ;

——

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 109

from Winchester to Appomattox, he was always at the
front, urgent, skilful, tireless, unyielding and always vic-
torious. After the surrender of Lee, in April, 1865, he
was sent to Texas to take a post on the Mexican border.
When Grant became president, March 4, 1869, Sheridan
was made lieutenant-general. In 1884 on General Sher-
man’s retirement he became general-in-chief with head-
quarters at Washington. He died August 15, 1888, at
Nonquit.

In his personal bearing and habit Sheridan was anything
but the dashing, roistering character usually associated
with atrooper. His success was due not to noisy dem-
onstration on the battle-field, but to careful and diligent
preparation, then to rapid and skilful action. He was
quiet, reserved and painstaking; studying always how
best to supply, care for and use his army so as to gain
victory. So far from being high-tempered, he was gen-
tle and considerate unless some great emergency or some
shortcoming demanded corresponding expletives. The
service he rendered his country was invaluable.

Monday, Jan. 26, 1891.—Mrs. Kate Tannatt Woods
lectured on “Old Moravian Customs in America.” It is
said this lecture presents a portion of our national his-
tory which has not been fully described before, except in
a few works printed by the Moravians themselves. The
Moravians came to this country in 1747, as missionaries
to the American Indians. They had been persecuted in
Germany and Austria for their religious belief and were
at last given a home on the estate of Berthelsdorf, the
property of the ancestors of the late Dr. DeGersdorf for
several years a practising physician of Salem. The first
settlement was made in Georgia where the Indians cruelly
murdered many of the colony, and the remnant went to

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIII 8

110 ‘THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Pennsylvania and settled in the wilderness where the town
of Bethlehem now stands. They were devoted friends of
the Indians who were treacherous and laid a plot to again
murder the settlers, but were frustrated by the sounding
of the trombone chorale used to inform the congregation
that a death had taken place.

Specimens of the chorales were rendered by members
of the Cadet Band under the leadership of Mr. Missud.
Some of this music dates back to A. D. 380 and 405.
The scores were sent the lecturer by a prominent musi-
cian, himself a Moravian. Asa rule very little is known
of the trombone music in this country save by the Mora-
vians. Mrs. Woods gave an interesting account of Mora-
vians and described the manufacture of the wafer used by
them at their communion service.

Monday, Feb. 2, 1891.—Dr. George A. Bates de-

livered a lecture on “The Modern Method of the Study of
Natural History.” He gave a résumé of the history of
natural history from Linneeus to Agassiz, touching only the
epoch-making periods and characters, such as Linneus,
Cuvier, Lamarck, Darwin and Agassiz. He spoke of evo-
lution and its bearings upon the science of biology and
upon subjects on which the naturalists of to-day are at
work. These were, mainly, development (embryology,
morphology, histology) and ancestry of animals as shown
by the light of evolution; then he gave some thoughts
concerning the laws of heredity as suggested by the phe-
nomena presented in the process of egg fertilizations ; next
he spoke of the growth and improvement of the micro-
scope and invention and importance of the microtome,
also of how naturalists work. Section cutting, he said,
enables the student to take animals to pieces and study
their structure in detail; thus they are able to get at the

eel taal a

heal

CO ee ee ee ee

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. ii

ultimate elements and see them at their work in building
up and sustaining their structure. The study of the ani-
mal in the egg gives us a view into nature’s workshop,
where she is busy transforming the elements of earth into
living organisms. The comparison of the old and the
new, one represented by the forms of to-day, the other
by those that have long since passed from our world, helps,
by the light of the modern theory of evolution, to trace
the ancestry of the forms of animal life on this earth.

Monday, Feb. 16, 1891.—Sidney Perley, Esq., spoke
on “ The Computation of Time.” The lecturer defined the
meaning of time, spoke of the early chronology of the
Bible, the natural and artificial divisions of time of the
Hebrew, Roman and Julian calendars (the last having
been the foundation of ours), the origin of Leap year, also
the change in our calendar, in 1752, when eleven days
were dropped and the circumstances which led to it; he
mentioned the seasons, months, weeks and days into which
time is divided, and the artificial means of measuring time
by the different instruments such as clepsydras, sun-dials,
hour-glasses, clocks, watches, etc.

Mr. Perley exhibited Governor Endicott’ssun-dial, an old
pulpit, and two hour-glasses, all from the Institute cabi-
nets, with several quaint old almanacs. He concluded by
a description of local time, and an account of the changes
made in 1883 from local to standard time.

Monday, Feb. 23, 1891.—Mr. Arthur M. Mowry read
an interesting paper on “How English Colonies in America
acquired their Government.” He spoke of the political
history of the English people down to the time of the first
government formed in America which was the Virginia
Company and the Charter granted them by King James in

Lt? THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

1606, which gave the company power over the land from
South Carolina to Maine. The speaker then went on to
furnish a concise statement of the settlement of the vari-
ous colonies and of the steps by which they acquired the
executive and legislative branches.

A new feature seems to have gradually grown up in these
colonies, for which we can find no exact precedent in Eng-
lish history. The executive branch consisted not in one
man, the King’s representative, but in the governor and
council. In Pennsylvania this council had only executive
power, but in the other colonies it formed the upper
branch of the legislature. The words royal and propriety
will show how the governors of those colonies were ap-
pointed, while in Massachusetts, Rhode Island and Con-
necticut, the unusual liberty again appeared in the appoint-
ing of the governor by the people.

Monday, March 2, 1891.—Mr. William L. Welch, lec-
tured on “Recollections of the Burnside Expedition” in
1862, which resulted in the capture of Roanoke Island and
Newberne, N. C., from the Confederate forces.

Five Massachusetts Regiments were in the command ;
in the 23rd Massachusetts Regiment, were two Salem com-
panies: A, Captain E. A. P. Brewster, and F, Captain
George M. Whipple.

Mr. Welch spoke of the regiment leaving camp at
Lynnfield, in November, 1861, and described the incidents
of the journey to Annapolis where the troops went on
board transports on January 6, 1862. On January 15,
the last of the sailing vessels entered Hatteras inlet but it
was fully two weeks before the fleet got over the swash or
inner bar on account of shoal water. During the stay at
the Inlet the troops suffered from want of food and water.
The almost continuous storm and the non-arrival of water-

DG ee ———EeEEeier,e —————————— es ee a

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 113

vessels that had been ordered from Baltimore disturbed
all the calculation of the commanding-general. He de-
scribed rather humorously the suffering and inconvenience.
February 5, the fleet started up Pamlico Sound for Roa-
noke Island ; an account of the action in capturing both the
Island and afterwards Newberne, showing all the difficul-
ties that the Union forces had to contend with and of the
great importance to the Union cause, of the successful ter-
mination of the expedition. |

Monday, March 9, 1891.—Mr. Shebnah Rich delivered
a lecture on the “Synod of Dort.” He said the religious
council known as the “Synod of Dort,” was called in 1618
by Prince Maurice and the estates of Holland to settle dif-
ferences of religious opinions that had sprung up in the
Protestant churches between the Calvinists and Armini-
ans. We well know that Constantine, ironically styled
the “Great Christian Emperor,” directed the first Nician
Council; he banished Arius and elevated Athanasius; he
set our lessons in theology. Back of the “Synod of Dort”
were two central figures, Calvin and Arminius.

The doctrine of Calvin briefly stated was, “Some men
shall be saved, do what they will, and the rest damned, do
what they can.” The early Christians borrowed the faith
from the Pagan religions, which were honeycombed with
fatalism. Bitter controversies culminated in the “Synod of
Dort,” which met in November, 1618. In political phrase
it was a packed assembly, the state commissioners controll-
ing the deputies and the divines. The Synod was in ses-
sion over six months. At the one hundred and forty-fourth
sitting the decision against the Remonstrants was read in
Latin ; those who would not subscribe to their own condem-
nation were banished without the privilege of seeing their
wives and friends.

114 . THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Monday, March 16, 1891.—Rev. E. O. Dyer,of South
Braintree, lectured on “The Modern Jew.” Mr. Dyer
gave first an outline sketch of the Jews since the time of
Christ, their dreadful slaughter under the Roman emper-
ors and bitter persecutions in medizval times by the so-
called Christian nations; second, of their emancipation
which began with the enfranchisement in England in 1753,
and of the effects of this emancipation making the Jew in
many respects the leader of the world.

He spoke of their great increase in wealth. The Jews
are the bankers of the world; some kinds of business are
almost wholly controlled by them. Reference was made to
their commercial ascendancy in New York, their promi-
nence jn politics and in education in Europe.

Pantheistic philosophy and German rationalism owe
their origin to the writings of Spinoza.

The Jews were allies of Christianity and Mr. Dyer spoke
at some length on the modern persecution of them in Rus-
sia which had the effect of driving them from that country ;
also of their return to Palestine and said there were more
Jews in the Holy Land to-day than returned from the
Babylonian captivity ; that there was a patriotic longing
of the people to occupy once more the land of their fath-
ers; in conclusion, that the Jews’ part in history had not
been played yet, and made reference to the rise of the
Jews in modern times, having a bearing on the inspiration
of the Scriptures and tbe interpretation of prophecy.
Whatever view we take, more and more the attention of
the world will be drawn to Israel.

Monday, March 23, 1891.—Mrs. Clara Erskine Clem-
ent Waters, of Boston, gave a very interesting lecture on *
“Dravidian Architecture.”

The country formerly known as Dravida is now the

Pn ent a me Oe ,

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 115

southern portion of the Madras Presidency. The language
of this people was the Tamil and it is believed to have
been an original tongue not derived from Brahmanical
sources or affected by the Aryans; everything connected
with the Dravidians is involved in mystery and yet facts
enough are known to make a study of them, especially of
their art, most interesting.

A Dravidian temple embraces such an area in space and
includes so many colleges and various other buildings that
a visit to one of the larger temples is equal to a visit toa
small town. Insome temples twenty thousand people be-
long to the service in one capacity and another, from the
priest down to the grooms and elephant keepers. The
treasures of the temple are large and their revenues enor-
mous. The Orloff diamond now in the sceptre of Russia
was once an eye of the golden Vishnu at Seringham and was
stolen by a French deserter when the soldiers used the
temple as barracks a century and a half ago; many thou-
sands of pilgrims visit these shrines every year and the fes-
tivals are attended in great numbers. The most unusual
feature of the lecture which was a description of this ar-
chitecture, so unlike any other in its form and decoration,
cannot be explained without pictures such as were shown
by the lecturer; and even then a knowledge of the tech-
nical terms is needful for a clear understanding of them.

The Hindu religion is credited with many sects, but es-
sentially all Hindus are Salvites or Vishnuites and both
these sects are largely represented in Southern India. The
temples are the same in their arrangement and only an ex-
amination of the symbols and idols reveals the sect to which
each belongs ; in fact some temples are decorated with the
emblems of two deities in different portions which indi-
cate that at some time there was great harmony among the

116 . THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

worshippers of Siva and Vishnu, which with Brahma formed
the Hindu Trinity.

Monday, March 30, 1891.—Mr. Arthur L. Goodrich
read an interesting paper on “The Sources of the Nile.”
After giving some historical and descriptive account of
Egypt, Mr. Goodrich said in substance that civilization in
Africa has not been either very seriously or successfully
attempted until lately. The Portuguese have been there
from very early times; the French have held the coast re-
gion north of the Sahara and England has held Egypt.
There have been isolated trading posts in many places ; the
discoveries of Livingstone and Stanley have changed all
this and the whole country has been divided up within ten
or twelve years between six European powers who take
possession either in form of “protectorates” or of “zones
of influence ;” these are new terms.

To establish a “protectorate” is to take possession of
‘the country of another and administer it at your pleasure.
It sounds like robbery, but is really an extension to na-
tions of the idea that the property of incompetents must
be administered for them; as to the “zones of influence,”
the various nations agree not to interfere with each other
in their dealings with the natives throughout certain de-
fined areas.

The reasons for this division of Africa are three in num-—
ber: first, Europe is overcrowded and there are signs that
America will not much longer consent to receive her over-
plus; secondly, competition in commerce is so extreme
that new fields are an imperative necessity ; thirdly, Africa
is the only place left where the natives are too ignorant
to defend themselves.

A description of the physical geography of the conti-

ee See

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 117

nent, quotations from Stanley and Drummond, illustrative
of its surface features, descriptions of its various products
and a statement of the obstacles with which colonization
and commerce must contend, with special reference to the
African fever, were given.

Monday, April 6, 1891.—Mr. W. A. Mowry, of Dor-
chester read a paper on “Some Stepping Stones to Amer-
ican Greatness.” In introducing his subject, he said it was
only recently we had discovered that we had any history.
It is not the length of time which makes history, but what
is accomplished. We made more history in a single cen-
tury than Methuselah saw in his long lifetime.

The last century has made history that shall last while
the world endures : the freeing of the slaves between 1860
und 1865, the freeing of slaves in Cuba and the emanci-
pation of serfs in Russia. He went back to the beginning
of European knowledge of America, Columbus’ discovery.
Three great nations held possession of sections of America
at the beginning of the seventeenth century. Spain the
southern portion of the continent, France along the St.
Lawrence valley and England the smallest possessions, a
few small colonies along the coast.

The wonderful treaty at the close of the French and In-
dian War reshaped those possessions, but the result was the
taxation of the colonists and the Declaration of Indepen-
dence. The treaty of peace at the close of the Revolution-
ary War was considered by the lecturer the most remark-
able; it involved three great questions the most serious of
which was the boundaries. The three men most instru-
mental in drawing it up were John Adams, John Jay and
Benjamin Franklin and it resulted in our gaining posses-
sion of the tract northwest of Ohio.

Mr. Mowry dwelt at some length on the condition of

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIII 8*

118 _ THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

the treaty and how it was accomplished and gave statistics
of area, increase of population, wheat, corn, etc., com-
paring that territory with countries of Europe, proving how
valuable the acquisition was to us.

In closing, he spoke of the great national problem and
stated that though he was not pessimistic he realized there
was a great deal to do.

Monday, April 13, 1891.—Rev. James F. Brodie lec-
tured on “The Scotch Influence in the American Nation.”
The lecturer said that to trace the Scottish element in the
American nation is very difficult because it so closely re-
sembles the original English base ; so far as that base was
Puritan it had been subject to Scottish influence before
leaving the mother country. Recently published manu-
scripts show that the actual beginning of Puritanism in
the English church was John Knox. The Scotch element
has not been so much a fertilizing as a vitalizing force in
American national life; the Yankee is so much more a
Yankee for all of the Scotchman that enters into his make-
up. The part taken by the Scotch in American history
was considered ; in at least nine out of the thirteen original
states there were Scotch settlements of considerable ex-
tent. In 1657 the Scottish Charitable Society was organ-
ized in Boston and to-day is probably the oldest corporate
body in the country with the single exception of Harvard
College. This was the first American Charity.

Monday, April 20, 1891.—Prof. Ernest F. Fenollosa
delivered a lecture on “Some Lessons in Japanese Art.”
The lecturer said that Japan and the Japanese have been
more talked about in the last fifteen years than anything ex-
cept money making; yet little of value has been said or
written. A superficial mocking view has for the most part

ee ee ee ee

Pil

ee ee

-~

Lh

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 119

been taken, represented by the spirit of the Mikado oper-
etta. Japanese are thought of as small, childlike and
funny ; Japanese art as light and grotesque. We had
hoped better things of recent magazine writers, but in vain.
We want some one to treat Japan seriously, as the Rev.
Samuel Johnson did Chinese culture.

The very difference of Eastern thought from ourselves
throws light upon our deepest problem: briefly, they have
developed social instincts, we, individual ; they, synthetic
thought, we, analytical; they, art, we, science. Art is the
flower of their life; of no other nation or people except
the ancient Greeks can this be said, and this vitality of
Japanese art when better known will strongly influence
our future theories and methods of art education. In Jap-
an, the humblest home, its little garden, its utensils, all of
the cheapest materials, are all artistic. The commonest
laborer stops to notice the beauty of natural scenery, or to
pluck wild flowers. Everybody is a poet, a draughtsman,
a critic. How all this contrasts with the prevailing ugli-
ness of western life! In Japan, art is conceived as an im-
portant social function, parallel with morality and religion.

Necrotogy oF MemBers.

Joun P. ANpRews, son of John H. and Nancy P. (Page)
Andrews, was born in Salem, June 23, 1805; elect-
ed a member of the Essex County Natural History Society,
April 24, 1844, and died in Salem, Nov. 2, 1890.

James CHAMBERLAIN, son of Samuel and Mary (Bow-
man) Chamberlain, was born in Salem, May 18, 1803;
elected a member of the Essex Institute, June 11, 1852,
and died in Salem, June 14, 1890.

Henry Hate, son of Joseph and Eunice (Chute) Hale,

120 _ THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

was born in Salem, Feb. 15, 1808; elected a member of
the Essex Institute, July 6, 1864, and died in Salem, July
8, 1890.

Epwarp B. Lang, son of William and Elizabeth
(Browne) Lane, was born in Salem, May 6, 1814; elected
a member of the Essex Institute, Jan. 31, 1855, and died
in Salem, Oct. 7, 1890.

Natuan Nicuozs, son of Ichabod and Cassandra (Frye),
Nichols, was born in Salem, Nov. 22, 1815; elected a
member of the Essex Institute, Aug. 11, 1854, and died
in Salem, July 24, 1890.

GrorGe W. Prass, son of Robert and Letitia (Clough)
Pease, was born in Salem, Apr. 6, 1814; elected a mem-
ber of the Essex Institute, May 14, 1856, and died in Salem,
Oct. 6, 1890.

SAMUEL G. Rea, son of Samuel and Sarah (Barr) Rea,
was born in Salem, Feb. 17, 1811; elected a member of
the Essex Institute, Feb. 18, 1857, and died in Salem,
Dec. 17, 1890.

GeroRGE RusseExx, son of Asa and Sarah (Leach) Rus-
sell, was born in Malden, Sept. 16, 1816; elected a mem-
ber of the Essex Institute, June 7, 1854, and died in Salem,
June 26, 1890.

J. Linton Waters, son of Joseph G. and Eliza G.
(Townsend) Waters, was born in Salem, Sept. 4, 1826;
elected a member of the Essex Institute, Oct. 21, 1872,
and died in Salem, April 14, 1891.

There were, besides these, five others who were formerly
active members, but were not at the time of their death.

SaMuEL L. BarcHeuper, son of David and Mehitable
(Lang) Batchelder, was born in Barnstead, N. H., Dee.

———————————————————— a le

hw a

“ Re aay a

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 121

2, 1817; elected a member of the Essex Institute, July
29, 1863, and died in Salem, June 2, 1890.

Epwarp C. CHEEVER, son of Josiah C. and Elizabeth
W. (Page) Cheever, was born in Boston, June 28, 1843 ;
elected a member of the Essex Institute, July 22, 1870,
and died in Kewanee, IIl., Aug. 11, 1890.

JosEPH HammonD, son of Jeduthun and Hannah (Ho-
man) Hammond, was born in Salem, Nov. 30, 1806;
elected a member of the Essex Institute, Sept. 2, 1863,
and died in Salem, Aug. 27, 1890.

JONATHAN KIMBALL, son of Nathan and Martha (Web-
ster) Kimball, was born in Kingston, N. H., Mar. 18,
1819; elected a member of the Essex Institute, Nov. 5,
1866, and died in Chelsea, July 17, 1890.

CuarLes Oscoop, son of Nathaniel and Elizabeth
(Cowan) Osgood, was born in Salem, Feb. 25, 1809;
elected a member of the Essex Institute, July 14, 1864,
and died in Salem, Dec. 26, 1890.

Donations or exchanges to the library have been re-
ceived from the following sources :

Vols. Pam.
Aberdeen, S. D., Commissioner of Immigration, . ; 2
Adelaide, Royal Society of South Australia, . 5 F 1
Albany, New York State Library, . ‘ . 2 6
Allen, Misses E. C. and M. C., ¥ 207 15
American Association for the Advmiaaiant of Selene, 1
American Banker’s Association, New York, 1
American Library Association, é . : ‘ 1
Amherst College, : ~ 1
Amherst, Massachusetts hgtediued College, 3 53
Amherst, Massachusetts Agricultural Experiment
Station, . : ‘ . 50

Amiens, Société Linndepne du Nord de la Srkebe: ; 24

123 _ THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Andover Theological Seminary, c : F : :
Andrews, H. Franklin, Audubon, Ia., A : Ps
Andrews, John P., . : : - ‘ :
Andrews, John P., Estate of,

Andrews, Samuel P., é . Newspapers, Circulars,
Appleton, W. S., Boston, : F z 7
Archer, Augustus J., ; :

Arnold, James N., Browidenee: R. re 3 . :
Augsburg, Naturhistorischer Verein: .

Babbitt, George F., Barre, ‘ F
Baltimore, Maryland Historical Secious - A $
Baltimore, Md., Johns Hopkins University, . . 5
Baltimore, Md., Peabody Institute,

Barstow, Benjamin, : : : ; A
Basel, Naturforschende Geaclisonare, : - 5 :
Batavia, K. N. Vereeniging in Nederlandsch Indie, A
Belfast, Naturalists’ Field Club, : 3 = : :
Bemis, Miss Caroline E., . A : Newspapers,
Bergens Museum, : - s :

Berkeley, University of California, £ .

Berlin, Gesellschaft der Naturforschende peuride:

Berlin, Verein zur Bef6rderung des Gartenbaues, .

Bern, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, ; ;

Bonn, Naturhistorischer Verein der Preussischen
Rheinlande u. Westphalens, P

Bordeaux, Académie Nationale des deienees, Belles-
Lettres et Arts, :

Bordeaux, Société Linnéenne, . Z

Boston, American Academy of Arts and Besncee: c

Boston, American Congregational Association,

Boston, Appalachian Mountain Club, >

Boston Board of Health,

Boston, Church Home for Orphan and Deatitats Children,

Boston, City of, . fs é : F R

Boston City Hospital, 5 - é é ;

Boston & Maine Railroad Passenger Decaraient 5 e

Boston, Massachusetts Bureau of Statistics of Labor,

Boston, Massachusetts General Hospital and McLean

Asylum, . . é 4 ‘
Boston, Massachusetts Historical Boson:
Boston, Massachusetts Horticultural Society, < .

Boston, Massachusetts Humane Society,
Boston, Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
Boston, Massachusetts Medical Society, ‘ °

_

Ne be

—
ee ee re ey

13

24

i

—_ et bD

== ee

a ee

tell eaie

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Boston, Massachusetts Society of the Cincinnati,
Boston, Massachusetts State Board of Agriculture,
Boston, Massachusetts State Board of Health,

Boston, Massachusetts State Library,

Boston Mayor’s Office, .
Boston, National Association of Wool Reatitaesineaed: ‘
Boston, New. England Historic Genealogical Society,

Newspapers,
Boston, Overseers.of the Poor, , i
Boston Public Library,
Boston Record Commissioners,
Boston Society of Natural History,
Boutwell, Francis M., Groton, P 5 . fs
Bremen, Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, F

Bristol (Eng.), Naturalists’ Society, ‘ P . :
Brooklyn (N. Y.) Library, . : . ° .

Brooklyn, N. Y., Pratt Institute, . 5 rl ‘ ¥
Brooks, Miss E. M. R., . ‘ . . ‘ x p
Brooks, Henry M., . .

Brooks, Mrs. Henry M., Newspapers, Circulars,

Brooks, Miss Jennie, . 4 . 7 : 3 :
Brooks, Miss Margarette W., . ; F A : :
Brown, Arthur H., . e . Newspapers,

Brownell, T. Frank, New York, N. Y.,

Briinn, Naturforschender Verein, P

Brunswick, Me., Bowdoin College, . P : = <

Bruxelles, Société Belge de Microscopie, é P ’

Bruxelles, Société Entomologique, .

Bruxelles, Société Royale Malacologique,

Buenos Aires, Sociedad Cientifica Argentina, %

Buffalo (N. Y.) Historical Society, . ; - i ,

Buffalo (N. Y.) Library, . F ‘ : .

Burns, Clifford C.,

Caen, Académie Nationale des lence oa Bolles-Lattree:;

Calcutta, Geological Survey of India, ¢ a - :

Calcutta, Indian Museum, : ; i 5 i -

Cambridge, Harvard University, ‘ . 5 Z

Cambridge, Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, ‘

Cambridge, Young Men’s Christian Association of
Harvard University, ‘ : - ‘

Canada Royal Society, ‘ ‘ : ‘ r ‘

Carpenter, Rev. C. C., Andover, 4

Carter, James C., New York, N. Y., 3 . e

Chamberlain, James A., . é % . Newspapers,

10

226

264

821

124 _ THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Champaign, Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History,
Chapel Hill, N. C., Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society,
Cherbourg, Société Nationale des Sciences Naturelles et
Mathématics, . ; - 4 - : ‘ .
Chicago (Ill.) Board of Trade, . ; . . °
Chicago (Ill.) Historical Society, . . .
Chicago, Milwaukee and St. Paul Railroad Oo.. eg
Chicago, Ill., Newberry Library, . : ;
Chicago (Ill. ) Public Library, . . ° . . .
Childs, George W., Philadelphia, Pa., . . ‘
Christiania, Bibliothéque de l'Université neva $
Christiania, N. Nord Expedition, 3 ‘ :
Christiania, Norwegian Geodetic Commission, -
Christiania, Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition, °
Christiania, Videnskabs-Selskabet, . - ‘
Cincinnati, Historical and Philosophical Society of Ohio,
Cincinnati, Ohio Mechanics’ Institute, . : : ‘
Cincinnati (O.) Public Library, = : . °
Cincinnati (O.) Society of Natural History,
Clarke, Mrs. N. A., . é $ : 2 < >
Cleveland, Mrs. William Scssive A ; ‘ °
Cogswell, William, . . é : = ‘ A
Cole, Mrs. N. D., Estate of, . ° : Z .
Colorado Springs, Colorado College, : ‘
Columbus, Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station,
Columbus, Ohio Meteorological Bureau, . é . ‘
Conant, W. P., Charleston, S. C., . . Newspapers,
Coolidge, J. Templeton, Portsmouth, N. H., ;
Copenhague, Académie Royale, F P .
Copenhague, Société Royale des Antiquaires an Nord,
Cordoba, Academia Nacional de Ciencias, é ‘ n
Culin, Stewart, Philadelphia, Pa., . 4 ¢ ‘ :
Currier, J. M., Newport, Vt., . : r " é :
Curwen, George R., . ° ° ; . Newspapers,
Curwen, James B., . : : ‘ . Newspapers,
Cutter, Abram E., Charlestown, Z ‘ 3 . <
Cuvier Natural History Club, . . .
Danzig, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, . : . ‘
Darling, Charles W., Utica, N. Y., . ‘ 3 i é
Dedham Historical Society, . . Newspapers,
Des Moines, Iowa Academy of Sctanctee,
Dodge, Daniel J., Pittsfield,
Dresden, Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft as Sala 2
Dublin, Royal Irish Academy, . ; ; P i

23

="

bo
oO rN RK Oe De Oe em b= bo

i)

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Durkheim, Die Pollichia, ein Naturwissenschaftlicher
Verein der Rheinpfalz, . - 3 P a “

Eaton, Miss Bessie W., . é : . % é

Edinburgh Royal Society, : . é :

Ellery, Harrison, Boston, 4 > * ‘

Emden, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, 3 3 3 .
Emerton, James, ; ‘ . Newspapers,
Emilio, Luis F., New York, N. ¥., . ‘ i 4
Emmerton, Mis. George R.,_ . ‘ é x ‘ °
Endicott, William C., jr., . :

Erfurt, K. Akademie Cémantantitalger Wissonschaftei,
Erlangen, Physikalisch-Medicinische Societat, .
Essex (Eng.) Field Club, . : . . . : .
Exeter, N. H., Phillips Academy,

Falmouth, Eng., Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society,
Farley, Miss Abbie, . é S : 5 .
Farmer, Mrs. Amelia, a ; é ; Newspapers.
Farnham, Miss Mary,

Farrell, H. F. E., : ‘ ‘ : - Newspapers,
Fearing, A. C., jr., Boston, 9 < i rs
Fenollosa, Mrs. Manuel, . . . F Circulars,
Fewkes, J. Walter, Boston, . : 3 - F
Firenze, Biblioteca Nazionale Conthals, A ‘ i 4
Folger, William C., Nantucket, é ‘ F ;
Foote, Caleb, . é s -

Foster, Joseph, Porkomiotta N. Bx :

Frankfurt-a-M., Senckenbergische Natarforschonde Ges:
elischaft, . . ‘ . ‘ ‘ é Fs

Frost, Mrs. L. A., .

Garrison, Wendell Phillips, New York, N. Ws :

Gavett, William F., . . ; . ® 3 ‘

Genéve, Institut National Gisavile,

Genéve, Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle,

Giessen, Oberhessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur und
Heilkiinde, : E _ : ; ‘

Gill, Charles, Montreal, Can., . é 2 “

Gillis, James A., Winchendon, é . Newspapers.
Gilmore, George C., Manchester, N. H., . é 3 :
Glasgow Natural History Society, . : ° :
Glover, John P., r - ~
Goodrich, Mrs. Almira T., ‘Paviemveths N. H., News-
papers, . ‘ : $ ¥ :
Goodwin, James J., Hartford, Ct., é a 2 A
Gould, John H., Topsfield, ; F . Newspapers.

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIII 9

no >

125

=

126 _ THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Grand Rapids (Mich.) Public Library, . ‘ ;
Granville, O., Denison University,

Green, Samuel A., Boston, Newspapers, ‘Chosen,
Griffis, Rev. William E., Boston,

Giistrow, Verein der Freunde der tetusecactioka,

Hagerty, F. H., Aberdeen, S.D.,_ . 2 - é
Halle, K. aoe: -Carolinische Danton aubDamie der
Naturforscher, F

Hammond, Joseph, West Swalneroes HL, . .
Hannover, Naturhistorischer Gesellschaft,

Hanson, Miss E. H., ‘
Harlem, Société Hollandaise dies Saieieees Fi F

Harrisburg, Pennsylvania State Library, e ° °
Hartford, Connecticut Historical Society, . .
Hartford, Ct., Trinity College, > r . °

Haskell, Mrs. A. J.,. West Roxbury, = a *
Hassam, John T., Boston,

Hawken, Thomas, . . F : ‘ A . F
Hawken, Mrs. Thomas, . : - Newspapers,
Hegeler, Edward C., Chicago, UL, 5 é - P
Higginson, Francis J., Newport, R.I., . ° > °
Hill, B. D., and W. S. Nevins, : E ; .

Hoar, George F., Washington, D.C., . 4 :

Hobart, Government of Tasmania, . ; A -
Hobart, Royal Society of Tasmania, 4 A : c
Hoffman, Mrs. Charles, . * ; .

Hoffman, Walter J., Wanhiniion, D. C., $ P
Homan’s Publishing House, New York, N. Y., - .
Horsford, Eben N., Cambridge,

Hotchkiss, Miss Sunaas V., New Haven, Ct. Maiepere

Howard, George E., Lineal: Neb., > : ,
Howe, Mrs. Margaret J., - ‘ . . . é
Hunnewell, James F., ot ger “ ‘
Hunt, T. F., : “ F . ;
Hyde Park Historical: Roelaty: Os Se: ;
Ingersoll, Edward, Philadelphia, Pa., r
Iowa City, Ia., State Historical Society, ‘ °
Iowa City, Ia., Laboratories of Natural History of State
Guiverstiy, . . : ~ ‘ .
Ithaca, N. Y., Cornell Uelveraity, - : 5 ‘ >
Jones, G. L., Ciicmte, Fil... J F
Kansas City (Mo.) houletay of Sctenen, .
Kenney, Mrs. J. A., * ‘ A - Newspapers,

Kezar,;:W: Hey 56 ‘ ’ F ‘ é . > 2

68

36

11

40

35

i-7)

47

734

186

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Kimball, Mrs. E. D., : : ; ‘ :

Kimball, Miss Elizabeth H., . r F ‘

Kimball, Miss Mary A., . : : ° ° : -
Kimball, Mrs. Sarah A., Methuen, . é > -
Kj6benhavn, Botaniske Forening, . F ‘ F
Kjébenhavn, K. D. Widenskaborhee Solskxte, = é
Lamson, Frederick, b : . Newspapers,

Lansing, Michigan State Board ‘of Agriculture,
Lansing, Michigan State Library,

Lausanne, Société Vaudoise des Sciences Nattivetten:
Lawrence Free Public Library, “ A

Lawrence, George N., New York, N. Y., 3 >
Lawrence, Robert M., Lexington, . r - =

Leach, Osborne, F . ° . : $ :
Lee, Francis H., d : . Newspapers,

Leeds, Philosophical and Titeracy Sactaty,

Le Mans, Société d’Agriculture, Sciences et Arts oe te
Sarthe, . ‘ ‘ : ; :

Liége, Société Royal dee Science: 4 ' é ‘

Lincoln, Nebraska State Historical Society, . 3 >

Lincoln, University of Nebraska,

Liverpool (Eng.) Literary and Philosophical Boeisty,

London, Royal Society, . F s 2 . = .

Lovett, William H., Beverly, . : °
Lowell, Old Residents’ Historical enorintion,
Lund, Kongliga Universitetet, x : ° F
Liineburg, Naturwissenschaftlicher Vereta, -
McDaniel, Rev. B. F., San Diego, Cal., Newspaper,
Mack, William, ‘ . * . : : ‘
McKnight, David A., < ¢ rs : . .
Madison, Wis. State Historical Society, F é ‘
Madrid Observatorio, - ¢
Manchester, Eng., Literary ana Philosophical Sishan,
Manning, R. C., ; 5 Es
Marburg, Gesellschaft zur HefSrderuiig der Gasanuaten
' Naturwissenschaften, . ¥

Massachusetts, Secretary of the Contndaweelth of, .
Meek, Henry M., F r . 3 ! . : :
Mercantile National Bank, é ‘ ‘ Z 2 RS
Meriden (Ct.) Scientific Association, - c - .
Merritt, Henry A., . F 5 é 3 ‘
Michigan Agricultural Colfege,. : : : é ‘
Middlebury, Vermont Historical Society, ° ° :
Middlesborough (Ky.) Town Company, . .

_

16

32

53

_

128 _ THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Middletown, Ct., Wesleyan University Museum, . ‘:
Milwaukee (Wis.) Public Museum, . . . .
Minneapolis, Minnesota Historical Society, . : : 2
Minneapolis (Minn.) Public Library, : ;

Montreal Natural History Society,

Morse, Edward S., ; : Mansacious Cieetare:

Mott, F. T., Leicester, Eng., ;

Miinchen, Kéniglich Bayerischen Aksiewite der Wisaen-

schaften, “ " a
Miinster, Westfalische Baoan eel - é Z
Nantucket Atheneum Library, : 1
Napoli, R. Accademia delle Scienze Sinica: e Mntomac

tiche, Z s - : ‘ ri . -
Narbonne, Miss Mary A., ~ . ‘ : 4
Nashville, Tennessee State Board of Health,

Nevins, W.S., . i *

Newark (N. J.) Free Public Dia, ’ , : i
Newark, New Jersey Historical Society, . > : 21
Newburyport Public Library, : a

New Haven, Connecticut Academy of pare spel Sstenhie:

New Haven (Ct.) Colony Historical Society, :

New Haven, Yale University, > ° . ‘ 1
Newport (R. I.) Natural History Boctsta . ;

New York, N. Y., Academy of Sciences, : ‘

New York, N. Y., American Geographical Pasletee,

New York, N. Y., American Museum of Natural History,
New York, N. Y., Astor Library, .

New York (N. Y.) Central and Budsowi Risee Railroad

Co., 4 $ -
New York (N. Y.) Cimber of Cpiimeres; wee 2
New York, N. Y., Columbia College, . 6
New York (N. Y.), Genealogical and Biographical So-

ciety, . « 4
New York (N. Y.) Historical Badioey, ‘
New York, N. Y., Lenox Library, . : . ‘4
New York, N. Y., Linnean Society, 5 ‘

New York, N. Y., Mercantile Library Aaeselo thai

New York, N. Y., Metropolitan Museum of Art,

New York (N. Y.) Microscopical Society, . ‘ .
Nichols, Andrew, jr., Danvers, Newspapers, Circulars,

Nichols, William H., 3rd, a ° . Newspapers, 4
Oliver, Mrs. Grace A., : . $ . Newspapers, 9
Ottawa, Geological and Natural History Survey of Can-

ada,

47

ese OOF Oe eH

ge a ye ee eee elles ee

=~ oF

oh gee <p et

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Palermo, Reale Accademia di Scienze, Lettere e Belle
Arti, : 7 : r : °
Palfray, Charles W., . Newspapers, Circulars,
Paris, Société d’ Acclimatation, ‘ ‘ 4 P
Paris, Société d’ Anthropologie, = - . ; c
Paris, Société des Etudes Historiques, . 5 A 3
Parker, Mrs. H. M., Winchester, ‘ ‘< :
Parker, William Thornton, ‘ > - Newspapers,
Peabody Institute, Peabody, . 2 Z z ‘ .
Peabody, John P., F a ‘ : : ¢
Pease, George W., Estate of, ; : A ? :
Peet, Rev. S. D., Mendon, IIl., ; F F . y
Perkins, Charles A., Wakefield, ; ‘ ° P ‘
Perkins, W. D,, Sacramento, Cal., . ; ° . s
Perley, M. V. B., Ipswich, . £ : . F .
Perley, Sidney, . a ¥ - Newspapers,
Perry, Amos, Providence, R. i, 4 : . ‘ ‘
Perry, Rev. William S., Davenport, Ia., . : ° ‘
Philadelphia, Pa., Academy of Natural Sciences, . P
Philadelphia, Pa., American Philosophical Society, -
Philadelphia (Pa.) City Institute, - : z
Philadelphia, Historical Society of Pennsylvahia,
Philadelphia, Pa., Library Company, i 2 <
Philadelphia, Pa., Numismatic and Antiquarian Society
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Arts,
Philadelphia, Pa., Wagner Free Institute of Science, .

Philbrick, Misses Eliza and Helen, . . ‘. ‘
Philbrick, Mrs. John D., Danvers, “te F .
Phillips, Stephen H., : - . Newspapers,

Pillsbury, Parker, Caaeands N. i. on F . ‘ a
Plumer, Miss Mary N., . : 2 . Newspapers,
Pool, Wellington, Wenham, yi 3 i
Poor, H. V. and H. W., New York, N. Y,, x ‘ F
Poore, Alfred, . Fs = ; a =
Portland, Maine Historical Rovian, i ° ; :
Providence, Rhode Island Historical Society, . F :
Providence, R. I., Narragansett Historical Publishing
Company, - i . .
Providence (R. I.) Public Libram, . . . . °
Providence, R. I., Redwood Library and Athenzum,
Putnam, Eben, 2 > 5 ‘ . 7.
Putnam, F. W., Cambridge, é % . Newspapers,
Putnam, George G., : 3 : ° - ‘ ‘
Quimby, E. H., Malden, i F " . Newspapers,

17

_

28

—

CR ss coe RO

bo
or

a

130 . THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Rantoul, Robert S., : 3
Rayner, Robert, ° 5 Monupauens:
Regensburg, K. Bivertsens Rotantaons Gesellschaft,
Regensburg, Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein,

Reith, William,

Richardson, Frederick P., °

Richmond, Virginia Historical Society,

Riga, Naturforschender Verein,

Roberts, Mrs. J. K., é 5 P Ps : 7 :
Robinson, John, 2 . Newspapers,
Rochester (N. Y.) Academy of saclence: : °

Roma, Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale Vittorio Wiianeere!

Ropes, Mrs. Charles A.,

Ropes, James H., Andover,

Rusk, J. M., Washington, D. C., i é

Russell, Gurdon W., Hartford, Ct., * 3

Sacramento, California State Library, . s A

Sadler, Mrs. Charles J., :

St. Gallen, Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft,

St. Johns, New Brunswick Natural History Society,

St. Louis, Mo., Academy of Sciences, . - x

St. Louis (Mo.) Mercantile Library Assbetation; z F

St. Louis, Missouri Botanical Garden,

St. Paul, Minnesota Historical Society, J

St. Pétersbourg, Académie Impériale des Sciences,

St. Petersbourg, Imperial Botanical Garden, , A

St. Pétersbourg, Société Entomologique de Russie,

Salem Board of Health, . A 2 ; r :

Salem, City of, .

Salem, Peabody Academy ‘of Boiduse: HeWvapianssis: Cir-
culars,

Salem Press Publishing ‘ii Printing Company, Wowie
papers, . : : zi : A :

Salem Public TARE,

San Diego (Cal.) Society of Watarat Hately,”

San Francisco (Cal.) Board of Supervisors, . : :

San Francisco, California Academy of Sciences, . ‘

San Francisco (Cal.) Free Public Library,

San Francisco (Cal.) Mercantile Library aasodiatton:

Santa Barbara (Cal.) Society of Natural History, . A

Saunders, Miss Mary T.,. . F . Newspapers,

Sayward, Charles A., fs . ° . 4 3 :

Scobie, Miss M. J., Estate of,

Seaman, W. H., Washington, D. C.,

4 34
2
1
1
1
4
1
1
4
20 51
1
9
22 46
if
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
x
10
1
2
1
1 3
97 202
2 302
4
3
1
2
1
1
1
6 20
1
1
1

——-

ee

> | ein
~ “

Sa ap pero 2 eS Leelee ee

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

’S Gravenhage, Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereen-
iging, E .

Sherwood, George F. ST BAOK Lonen nie ;

Sherwood, Mrs. Kate B., Washington, D. C., Ciseniay

Silsbee, Mrs. William, r . : . r Cs

Simonds, William H., jr.,

Skinner, John B.,

Smith, George Plumer, Philadelphia, Pa. PH Auelabapers,

Smith, J. Stilman, and Company, Boston, ; ; F

Smith, Miss Mary Bartlett, Wellesley Hills, .

Somerville Overseers of the Poor, . Pp ;
South Boston, Massachusetts School for the Bechle:
Minded, . z r

South Boston, Perkins Tasdintion pony Minsaashisciaa
School for the Blind, -

South Dakota, Department of Telaradion and ‘Statistics,

Sprague, Henry H., Boston, . é ; é

Springfield, City Library Ansocintion, F

Staples, Rev. Carlton A., Lexington, . F

Stickney, George A. D.,

Stimpson, T. M., . ‘ . Newspapers.
Stockholm, igetomholowtache Poreningen 4 . 2
Stone, Arthur R., : & ‘

Stone, Mrs. E. A., East ‘Laxiaaieia . Newspapers,
Stone, Mrs. Lucy, Boston, - i . Newspapers.

Stone, Robert, . Newspapers,
Suffolk, Supreme Judicial Court of Coiiats of, . r
Swan, Robert T., Boston, ; P ‘
Sydney, Linnean Society of New South Wales, i ‘
Sydney, Royal Society of New South Wales, . - 7
Taunton, Old Colony Historical Society, > ‘

Taunton, Eng., Somersetshire Archeological and Natural

History Society, . - . ‘

Tilton, John P., = 5 . : 7 Mi bebvavers:
Tokio, Imperial University of Japan, F 5 3

Topeka, Kan., Academy of Sciences,

Toronto, Canadian Institute, . 7 ; *
Toronto, Provincial Board of Health of Onlatia, ‘ P
Torrey, D., Detroit, Mich., a E $ 3

Town, Samuel, Peabody, . . . .
Trenton, N. J., Microscope Publishing Goiieauy, : 2
Trenton, New Jersey State Library, 4 F .
Trow, Mrs. Susan M., Ipswich, > ‘ r

Turner, J. Horsfall, Idel, Bradford, Eng., F F :

30

131

Oe ee mS bo = no bo

nae

bs CO me Ee

-_

m or bo 9

132 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Turner, Ross, . 5 f 5 °
S. Board on Gaqupme Nace,

. Patent Office, P

. Quartermaster General, . - = e

- War Department,

Unknown Friend, . < : é c

Upham, O. W. H., :

Upham, William P., Newtonvilie:

Upsala, Kongliga Vetenskaps-Societeten,

Utica, N. Y., Oneida Historical Society, . s 2 s
Veazey, W. G., Washington, D. C., : 5 S A
Waring, George E., Newport, R.L., ‘. : = .
Washington, D. C., Anthropological Society, .
Washington, D. C., Smithsonian Institution,
Waterhouse, Sylvester, St. Louis, Mo., . - Z ss
Waters, Edward S., Minneapolis, Minn., Newspapers.
Waters, Henry F., . ~. ‘ F ‘ ‘ s
Waters, J. Linton, . ‘ - S . Newspapers.
Waterville, Me., Colby University, .

Watson, S. M., Portland, Me., - ; F :
Welch, William L., . - - Newspapers, Circulars,
West, Miss Mary E., a s : . :

West, William C., . P : 7 ° -
Wheatland, Miss Elizabeth, : : é F :
Whipple, George M., a - Newspapers, Circulars,
Whipple, Prescott, . : -. Newspapers, Circulars,
Whipple, Mrs. S. K., Rowbariiore

Whitney, Mrs. H. M., Lawrence, Mewouabersy. Gtiontara:
Wien, K. K. Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellschaft, . .

U.

U. S. Bureau of Education,

U. S. Bureau of the Mint,

U. S. Chief of Engineers, . : “ . .
U.S. Chief Signal Officer, 4 - 2 : :
U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, . f é “

U. S. Commissioner of Navigation, .

U. S. Commissioner of Pensions, . - ‘ : .
U. S. Comptroller of Currency,

U. S. Department of Interior, .

U. S. Department of State,

U.S. Fish Commission, . Fs F A ; : ;
U. S. Geological Survey, . a n “

U. S. Judge-Advocate-General, A ‘ : :

U. S. National Museum,

U. S. Naval Observatory, . : 5 A

U.S

U.S

Lats:

17 38
1
3 3
3
5
4
1 4
1
1 1
1
73 2
3 24
1
8 iW
1
2
2 2
54
1
15
1
203 3
13
1 1
5
1
1
4
2 2
7
2 45
4
3
27 103
11
21
21
36 86176
2 75
224 6231
126
4

a

ee

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 133

Wien, Verein zur Verbreitung Naturwissenschaftlicher

Kenntnisse, . r4 . ; 2
Wiesbaden, Nassauischer Paveiti fiir Naturkunde, ; 1
Wilkes-Barré, Pa., Wyoming Historical and Geological

Society, ; : : : 2 é ; 2
Willson, Rev. E. B., z . Newspapers, Circulars, 2 89
Willson, R. W. Cambridge, : ; 2
Wilmington, Delaware Historical Spetaty, 2
Winnipeg, Historical and Scientific Society of Manitoba, 4
Winslow, Charles W., Haverhill, . : . ; a 1
Winsor, Justin, 3 é n é A A 37
Woods, Mrs. Kate T., : ; ‘ . Newspapers, 29
Worcester, American Antiquarian Society, . : x 1 2
Worcester Free Public Library, . 1
Worcester Natural History Society, . 1

Worcester, Samuel, El Cajon, Cal. , Newspaper Clipping.

Worcester, Society of Antiquity, . , 3
Wright, Frank V., Hamilton, Newspapers, Circulars, 100
Wright, W. H. K., Plymouth, Eng., ‘ i 8
Wurzburg, Physikalisch-Medicinische Gesellschaft, 5 1 14
Yeaton, Harry B., Portsmouth, N. H., . ; f : 5

Zurich, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, : , $ : 9

The following have been received from editors or publishers :

American Journal of Science. Nature.

American Naturalist. New England,Magazine.

Beverly Citizen. Old New York.

Browne’s Phonographic Monthly. | Open Court.

Cape Ann Advertiser. Our Dumb Animals.

Chicago Journal of Commerce. Peabody Press.

Danvers Mirror. Peabody Reporter.

Georgetown Advocate. Sailor’s Magazine and Seamen’s

Groton Landmark. Friend.

Iowa Churchman. Salem Call.

Ipswich Chronicle. Salem Gazette.

Lawrence American. Salem News.

Le Naturaliste Canadien. Salem Observer.

Lyceum Herald. Salem Register.

Lynn Bee. Traveler’s Record.

Musical Herald. Visitor.

Musical Record. Voice.

Nation. West Newbury Messenger.

Naturalist’s Leisure Hour and| Zoologischer Anzeiger.
Monthly Bulletin.

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIII 9*

134 _ THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

The donations to the cabinets during the year number
six hundred and eighty-one from the following one hun-

dred and thirty donors :—

Allen, Misses E. C. and M. C.
Allen, George H.

Ames, George L.

Andrews, Samuel P.

Archer, Augustus J.

Averille, A. A.

Baker, Charles.

Barstow, Benjamin.

Bemis, C. E.
‘Blaney, Dwight.

Bowditch, Anstiss Green.
Bowditch, Ebed S.

Briggs, Charles C.

Brooks , Henry M.

Brooks, Mrs. Henry M.
Brooks, I. H., Roxbury.
Brooks, Miss Margarette W.
Brown, Arthur H.

Brown, George W. H.
Browne, Augustus S.

Bunce, William Gedney, Venice.
Casey, James C.
Chamberlain, James A,
Cheever, E. C., Estate of, Kewa-

nee, Ill.
Clarke, Mrs. John L., Chicago,
Ill.

Cleveland, Miss Mary S.
Cleveland, Mrs. W. S.

Cole, Mrs. N. D., Estate of.
Coolidge, Baldwin.

Cousins, Frank.

Crowell, E. P., Amherst.
Curwen, George R.

Curwen, James B.

Eastman, Rev. C. L., Chelsea.
Emerton, James.

Endicott, W. C., jr.

Farley, Miss Abbie.

Farrell, H. F. E.

Fenollosa, Mrs. Anna E.

Ferguson, Samuel A.

Foster, Calvin, Beverly.

Frothingham, H. K., Dorches.
ter.

Gardner, Miss Elizabeth B.

Gardner, W. H.

Getchell, Mr.

Gould, Miss Elizabeth P., Wen-
ham.

Gould, John H., Topsfield.

Hanson, Miss E. H.

Haskell, Mrs. Anna J., West
Roxbury.

Higginson, Francis J., Newport,
R. I.

Hill, William M.

Hitchings, A. Frank.

Hodges, Richard M., Boston.

Holman, George, Peabody.

Hotchkiss, Miss Susan V.

Hunt, T. F.

Hunt, Mrs. Thomas.

Hussey, William G.

Ireland, William A.

Ives, Henry P.

Johnson, Daniel H., New York.

Johnson, Mrs. Lucy P.

Johnson, Thomas H.

Kendall, Miss Edith, Brookline.

Kenney, Mrs. Mary E.

Kezar, W. H.

Kimball, Miss Mary A.

Kimball, Mrs. Sarah A., Me-
thuen.

Lamson, Frederick.

Langmaid, John P.

Lee, Francis H.

an

THE RETROSPECT

Manning, James.

Merriam, Arthur M., Boston.

Mitchell, W. E., New York.

Morse, Edward S.

Mowry, Charles H.

Narbonne, Miss Mary A.

Nichols, John H.

Nichols, William H., 3rd.

Oliver, Mrs. Grace A.

Osgood, Alfred, Newburyport.

Palfray, Charles W.

Parker, W. Thornton.

Parker, William T., jr., Spring-
field.

Pawtucket, R. I., City Council.

Peabody Academy of Science.

Perkins, Benjamin M.

Perry, Gardner B., Buenos
Ayres, 8. A.

Phelps, Charles.

Philbrick, Misses
Helen.

Phillips, Stephen H.

Quimby, Anstiss Pickman.

Rantoul, Robert S.

Robbins, Jesse.

Robinson, John.

Rogers, Jacob C., Boston.

Ropes, Miss Abigail W.

Ropes, Willis H.

Russell, William.

Sadler, Mrs. Charles J.

Eliza and

OF THE YEAR. 135

Saunders, Miss Mary T.

Sawyer, L. W.

Scobie, Mary J., Estate of.

Scobie, Miss Mary Jane.

Skinner, John B.

Stickney, Walter J.

Stone, Mrs. Ellen A., East Lex-
ington.

Sweetzer, Miss A. R.

Taylor, George P.

Tilton, John P.

Todd, W. C., Atkinson, N. H.

Trow, Mrs. Susan M., Ipswich.

Trumbull, Walter H.

Turner, Ross.

Ward, W. R. L., New York.

Warren, W. E., Worcester.

Waters, Henry F.

Welch, C. O.

Welch, Miss Catherine J.

Welch, William L.

Wheatland, Miss Elizabeth.

Whipple, George M.

Whipple, H. G.

Whipple, Prescott.

Williams, Misses A. O. and M.
E.

Winsor, Mrs. Annie B., Cam-
bridge.

Woodbury, John P., Boston.

Wright, Frank V., Hamilton.

AN UNDESCRIBED LARVA FROM MAMMOTH
CAVE.

BY H. GARMAN.

A STRANGE worm-like animal taken recently by the writer
in Mammoth Cave, presents some peculiarities of struct-
ure, which render it worthy of notice.

It is a very slender, legless, cylindrical, transparent
creature, the largest specimen at hand measuring about
one-half inch in length. It is apparently a dipterous larva
related to Sciara, but I can find no reference to anything
like it in the literature of our cave animals.

The head is enclosed in a chitinous crust, and is brown,
smooth and shining. It is followed by four short seg-
ments, then the diameter of the body increases somewhat,
and the skin becomes finely wrinkled but shows no evident
segmentation. Occasionally I have seen what appeared
to indicate division of the posterior part of the body into
long segments, but further examination has always failed
to satisfy me on this point. No stigmata are present. The
integument is very thin, and is so completely transparent
that the larger internal organs can be seen through it. On
ordinary inspection the skin appears to be without color,
but under the microscope a faint reticulation appears, due
to minute particles of pigment. At the posterior end of
the body is a pair of short, fleshy appendages, one on each
side of the vent.

The crust of the head is divided by sutures into three

(136)

a

ee et eee |

Mine re) ‘

AN UNDESCRIBED LARVA FROM MAMMOTH CAVE. 137

large plates, as in other larve. The frontal plate is here
very large relatively, and extends almost as far posteriorly
as the parietal plates, which latter do not meet, as ordina-
rily, behind it. In this regard the cave larva is very dif-
ferent from the larva of Chironomus, but agrees very closely
with larval Sciara. A slender projecting labrum forms a
sort of proboscis, and gives the head a strange look to one
accustomed to ordinary larvee ; but a close examination of
this part shows it to be very much like the larger and
wider labrums of Sciara larve. Beneath, the labrum is
furnished with two parallel longitudinal series of hooks,
probably of service in rasping away the vegetable matter
used for food ; it is supported at its base by a dark brown
chitinous framework. The mouth is provided with a pair
of strong mandibles, followed by a sort of labium, prob-
ably representing two pairs of maxille combined. Ex-
cepting the shape of the labrum, nothing about the head
as thus far described would necessarily separate the Mam-
moth Cave larva from larve of Sciara which are common
among decaying vegetable matter in ordinary situations.

The most singular feature of the head is a pair of large
oval ocelli which, in alcoholic examples, resemble fine
opals. From their prominence and size they are strongly
suggestive of the staring eyes of certain deep-sea fishes,
though of course their structure is very different from that
of the eye of a fish. The cornea is so transparent that
the tissues show clearly through it. It is not perfectly
continuous with the parietal plate, and the line of separa-
tion produces some appearance of an eye in a socket.
Beneath each of these enormous simple eyes is a small
black speck which appears to represent the eye-spots pres-
ent in Sciara and Chironomus larve.

The four segments which follow the head are tolerably
well marked, and each has a longitudinal fold on each side.

138 AN UNDESCRIBED LARVA

They are not transversely wrinkled, as is the remaining
part of the body.

NERVOUS SYSTEM.

A small frontal ganglion is present. The cerebral mass
lies outside the developed epicranium, in the segment next
following. It consists of two almost completely separate,
fusiform ganglia. In twenty-two transections of a mass,
only one, the tenth, showed the ganglia fused across the
middle line.

The subeesophageal ganglia are much smaller, and lie
opposite the anterior half of the brain. In the same set
of twenty-two sections the subcesophageal mass appeared
in eleven sections, beginning in the second, and ending in
the twelfth.

Immediately following the subcesophageal mass are four
closely approximated masses, and at a short distance pos-
terior to the last of these is still another, thus making with
the subcesophageal, six masses, all within the anterior
fourth of the body. The remaining five masses of the
ventral chain are widely separated in the posterior three-
fourths of the body, the last being nearly opposite the
point at which the Malpighian tubules enter the intestine.

DIGESTIVE SYSTEM.
The cesophagus is very long and slender. In the young-
est example seen it is nearly half the length of the body ;
apparently it shortens somewhat with age, but in all cases
is very much longer than in the other larve compared.
It opens into a capacious ventriculus which appears to be
folded on itself, and this opens in turn into a short intes-
tine.
Malpighian tubules of a dark brown color are present,
and extend forward upon the ventriculus. Four tubules
appear to enter the intestine separately.

eye =

FROM MAMMOTH CAVE. 139

A very large, pale green, lobulated gland which over-
lies the ventriculus is very conspicuous. It appears to be
the salivary gland. From its anterior extremities, oppo-
site the beginning of the ventriculus, two large contorted
ducts extend forward with the esophagus. They continue
separate until within the epicranium, and seem finally to
unite at a median opening in the floor of the mouth. The
glands probably secrete a slime, which was noticed in the
wake of living individuals. Similar glands occur in Sciara
and Chironomus larve, but are of a brown color, and the
ducts are short. Larve of these genera have in addition
to the glands a pair of salivary vesicles which overlie the
brain, and send their ducts forward towards the mouth.
No such vesicles are present in the Mammoth Cave larve.

RESPIRATORY AND CIRCULATORY SYSTEMS.

I have been unable to find any trace of spiracles or
trachez in either Sciara or the Cave larve, and conclude
that respiration is effected at the general surface. If
present the dorsal vessel must be of extreme delicacy. I
have seen nothing of it.

SUMMARY.

The features of structure to which especial attention is
directed are the following, numbers 1-4 of which the cave
larvee possess in common with larval Sciara :

1. The imperfect epicranium, the head being probably
represented in part by the segment which follows. 2.
The location of the brain. 3. The absence of stigmata
and trachee. 4. The great development of the salivary
glands. 5. The proboscis-like labrum. 6. The large
ocelli with small eye-spots beneath them. 7. The absence
of salivary vesicles. 8. The great length of the cesoph-
agus and salivary ducts. 9. The green color of the sali-
vary gland. 10. The segmentation and folding of the

140 AN UNDESCRIBED LARVA FROM MAMMOTH CAVE.

integument behind the head. 11. The absence of evident
segmentation on the greater part of the body.

EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES.

PLATE I.
A. Head and anterior part of body of larva.

B. Oblique view of dorsal side of head, showing plates and sutures.
C. Posterior end of body, showing anal appendages.

PLATE II.
D. Larva greatly enlarged, with internal organs represented as
seen through the transparent body wall.

E. Ventral side of head, with parts outlined. a, labrum; 0, ‘‘la-
bium.”

PLATE II.

F. Transection through anterior part of ocelli, and through man-
dibles. a, mandible; b, mouth; c, frontal ganglion; d, ocellus.

G. Section through middle of an ocellus.

H. Transection through segment next the head. a, cerebral gan-
glia; b, posterior end of subcsophageal ganglia; c, cesophagus; d,
salivary ducts; f, lateral fold of body-wall.

———__——_—_ | —sssoa-_ -_ eee |

H. Garman, Cave Larva.

Plate I.

H. Garman, Cave Larva.

Plate II.

; f\
P ‘
,
- ;
>
5 ing
:

| . s
|
et ;
=
4
7
.
.
ei :
sie ; <

-

i

H. Garman, Cave Larva. - Plate ITI.

BULLETIN

OF THE

HSSHX INSTITUTE.

Vou. 23. SaLtem: Juty—Dec., 1891. Nos. 7-12.

ON A TORTOISE FOUND IN FLORIDA AND
CUBA, Cinosternum Baurii.

BY S. GARMAN.

In the collections of the Museum of Comparative Zoology
at Cambridge, Mass., there is a series of ten or twelve
specimens of a species of Cinosternum that is not properly
designated by any of the names heretofore in use. The
lot was collected on the island Key West. Whether the
type has a wider distribution in Florida will have to be
determined later. On examining these specimens for iden-
tification, and on comparison with the allied species, C.

_pennsylvanicum and others, they are found to belong with
a specimen from Cuba described by me in 1887 (Proceed-
ings of the American Philosophical Society, page 286) as
a possible representative of a new species, to which only
the generic name was attached. The series at hand shows
the characters then assigned to be valid for the purpose of
distinction and in great measure dissipates the uncertainty
concerning the extent of individual peculiarities. The

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIII. 10 (141)

142 _ON A TORTOISE FOUND IN FLORIDA

specifications from the Cuban example are here reproduced,
to be supplemented by additional particulars furnished by
the others taken on the opposite side of the gulf stream.

“A small turtle, sent by Prof. Felipe Poey, of Havana,
possesses characters that separate it from both of the species
C. pennsylvanicum and C. leucostomum, which it ap-
proaches most nearly. It is elongate; the snout is nar-
rower and more pointed than that of the first mentioned
species. The greatest length of the carapace is exactly
four, its greatest width two and three-fourths, behind the
middle, the greatest length of the plastron three and nine-
tenths, and the width of the plastron across the pectoral
shields is one and nine-tenths inches. Anteriorly the
plastron is rounded ; posteriorly it is truncate, with a shal-
low notch between the anal shields. The pair of pectoral
shields, like the pair of preanals, meet on the median line
in asuture of about three-eighths of an inch. A single pair
of barbels close together under the lower jaw.

Color light yellowish-olive with darker margins to the
shields. Head sprinkled with light spots. A narrow
streak of light color passes around the snout on the rostral
angle above the eye and along the side of the head to the
neck.”

There are several items from the Cuban specimen to be
added to the above. The dark color of the edges of the
shields occupies the free outer margins. From the nuchal
scale backward there is a yellow stripe over each of the
vertebral scales on the median line. At each side of this
near the upper edge of the costals a similar stripe is to be
seen, which may or may not be present on the hindmost
costal. On adult examples the yellow line on vertebrals
and costals gives the appearance of a low keel, though the
only scale at all carinate is the anterior of the dorsal series.
Carine are present under the stripes on specimens just

—

AND CUBA, CINOSTERNUM BAURII. 143

hatched, up to the half grown. A narrow streak of light
color passes from each nostril over the eyebrow, above
the tympanum, to the neck; a similar line goes from the
eye downward and back over the angle of the mouth, be-
low the tympanum, to the neck; and there is yet another
from each nostril downward, at each side of the symphy-
sis, to the lower surface of the lower jaw. The top of the
head is freckled with light colored small spots. The speci-
men is a gravid female.

Of the Key West specimens there are five adults and a
series of seven young ones. Excepting that they are more
olive in color, the features of the Cuban are reproduced
in them. The three yellow stripes, on the vertebrals and
the costals, and the lines on the head distinguish them at
once from Cinosternum pennsylvanicum. Of the latter
there are now before us about fifty specimens, of all ages
and sizes and from all parts of its range. On comparing
a series of young ones from the Key with another from
North Carolina, the former are found to be equally dark
and similarly marked with yellow near the outer edges of
the plastron and on the marginal shields. The northern
representatives are without the three yellow stripes on the
back and the cephalic lines are behind the eye, irregular
and broken; there are no traces of the dorsal markings.
The individuals from the Key have the cephalic lines dis-
tinct to the tip of the snout, and in but one case, almost
black, are the costal stripes much reduced. On this last
specimen the marginal yellow spots are confined to the
under surface.

Of the distribution of the striped tortoise there is little
to be said. The specimen first described was sent us by
the late Professor Poey without notice of its abundance
or the exact locality from which he secured it. Several
collectors have secured specimens in Key West. It was

144 ON A TORTOISE FOUND IN FLORIDA AND CUBA.

found to be tolerably abundant in the brackish ponds,
where it seemed the only tortoise, during our own collect-
ing there. It is closely related to C. pennsylvanicum.
In the amount of differentiation, and its character, its case
bears much resemblance to that of Scaphiopus albus from
the same locality, and it is very likely there are other spe-
cies similarly modified by the same influences that have
caused the mentioned forms to differ so much from their
kindred of the mainland. In a study of the causes of va-
riation or of the origin of species such cases are of the great-
est importance. Whether the type originated on both
islands or was carried from one to the other may not be
determined from the present material. The form here de-
scribed is placed on record in literature under the name
of the eminent osteologist, Dr. George Baur of Clark Uni-
versity.

SS a rr S— e”C”Sr—rrrrt—C CT

GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES,
NO. 3.

ELZOLITE-ZIRCON-SYENITES AND ASSOCIATED GRANITIC
ROCKS IN THE VICINITY OF SALEM, ESSEX COUNTY,
MASSACHUSETTS.

BY JOHN H. SEARS.

THE area covered by the eleolite-zircon-syenite rocks to
be described is about eight miles long, extending from
Collins cove, Salem neck, along the north shore to Gale’s
point, Manchester, with long intrusive veins and micro-
veins reaching several miles farther in the granite and
diorite rocks of the region. The principal outcrops are
on Salem neck and Winter island on the west, Peach’s
point and the Marblehead shore on the south, the Cove
village to Gale’s point, Manchester, on the east and north,
and on all of the small islands and ledges in Salem harbor
within the limits included between the extreme points
named. These islands are :—The Great and Little Haste,
Coney island and Coney island ledges, Great Misery
island, House island, the Ram islands, Chubb’s island,
Pride’s rock and some others of less importance. The
trend of this syenite rock is:—east 30° north to south-
west, with the dip (N. 30° E.) variable.

In connection with these syenites are numerous patches
of hornblende-granite (granitite of German authors),
gabbro-diorite and typical diorite, and remnants of the
older metamorphosed crystalline Cambrian sediments.

(145)

146 GEOLOGICAL AND

FIRST FORMED BASIC ELAOLITE-ZIRCON-SYENITE.

Recent study of these eleolite-zircon-syenites has re-
vealed the fact that the oldest form is a thoroughly basic
rock of a greenish black color, quite porphyritic resem-
bling porphyritic diabase. Microscopical examination of
thin sections of this rock in polarized light shows that it is
composed of augite, green and brown hornblende, biotite,
plagioclase and an abundance of titanite and rutile micro-
liths, micro-zircons and apatite. The porphyritic plagio-
clase crystals and also the hornblende areas are seen to
have numerous patches of eleeolite and perhaps sodalite as
inclusions in them. The sodalite being isotropic and both
the minerals in the section, after treatment with hydro-
chloric acid and staining with fuchsine in water, show the
plagioclase and hornblende to contain numerous areas of
these minerals which gelatinize. Some of the eleolite in
these sections contains numerous feathery and fan-shaped
zeolites that are probably natrolite. These are displace-
ments of the decomposing eleolite. Everywhere on the
surface this decomposition of the eleolite is seen changing
the color of this mineral from an oily green to a dull lead
color. The biotite is very fresh and of a red color and
granular masses of titanite surround grains of titanif-
erous magnetite, secondary products of this iron ore.

As this rock mass does not contain olivine—olivine has
not been detected in any of the eleolite-syenite rocks of
this region—and as it is not found to occur in narrow veins
and dykes, it cannot, therefore, be attached to the Mon-
chiquit series as suggested by Prof. Rosenbusch (T. M.
M. M., x1, 1890, p. 447, Hunter and H. Rosenbusch). I
would, therefore, propose the name of Essexite for this
ancient eleeolite-zircon-syenite rock, which is probably the
first formed rock of the eleolite-syenite magma in this re-

PD Sor

a ee

—_

ea gaa 2 Ne lk a ae Lala

MINERALOGICAL NOTES. 147

gion. That it was the first formed rock in this series is
evident for it is cut by the micro-dykes and masses of
granite, diorite, gabbro-diorites, the typical eleolite-zir-
con-syenite, micro-syenite veins and quartz porphyries.
In a cutting of the Boston and Maine railroad, through
the typical diorite of the region, I have detected a large
fragment of this basic eleolite rock as an inclusion.

TYPICAL ELZOLITE-SYENITE.

In any outcrop of the typical elolite-zircon-syenite
forms will be found in the rock mass which are clearly
due to local variation. The type is a coarse feldspathic
rock in which the eleolite and sodalite are seen in large
blebs and patches with numerous macroscopic zircon
crystals, some of which are one-fourth of an inch long,
with perfect double pyramidal faces. In thin section,
studied with the microscope in polarized light, the feld-
spars are seen to be composed :—first, of large irregular

‘crystalline intergrowths of microcline and albite, and

second, areas of orthoclase and occasional crystals of well-
twinned plagioclase which is probably labradorite. The
orthoclase is often filled with microliths of a dust-like
character. In close proximity to the zircons, rhombic
sections are often seen of a mineral of a yellowish green
color which is isotropic, as yet undetermined. There are
also occasional crystals and grains of egirine which show
a plechroism varying from blue green to a yellowish green,
and, with the quartz wedge as determined by the negative
bisectrix makes an angle of 4° or 5° with the vertical axis,
some augite which shows brilliant colors in the basal sec-
tion, brown hornblende, much perfectly red biotite and
some magnetite. In the microscopic investigation of loose
grains, the specific gravity of the minerals of the crushed
rock, as passed through the 90 sieve and separated in the

148 GEOLOGICAL AND

Thoulet solution, gives the following portions as deter-
mined by the Westphal balance: specific gravity 2.75
separated out the mica hornblende, augite, zircon and
magnetite ; 2.726 removed some remaining scales of bio-
tite with labradorite; 2.614, elevlite, plagioclase and
albite; 2.595, microcline and albite, which forms the
largest proportion of the crushed rock ; 2.585, orthoclase
and microcline, leaving sodalite and orthoclase as the
residue.

In the same field with the type and usually associated
with it is a fine-grained rock in which the elolite is only
detected with the aid of the microscope and where the
microcline and albite intergrows are in the form of minute
lath-shaped crystals. Again the feldspar is principally
orthoclase. In such feldspar sections there is no eleolite.
In some quite basic areas the feldspars are well-formed
crystals which have all the microscopic characters of anor-
thoclase.

Associated with all of the other forms are masses and
streaks which are foliated and schistose having all the ap-
pearance of crystallized sediments. That these schistose
masses are remnants of original flows in the then uncon-
solidated magma of the eleeolite-zircon-syenite is plainly
evident by comparing them with certain well-known Cam-
brian crystalline sediments, such, for instance, as those at
Naugus head on the Marblehead shore, Woodbury’s point
on the Beverly shore and the cove on the west shore of
Great Misery island, which are cut by masses and veins
of this syenite containing large inclusions and fragments
of these Cambrian rocks with perfect outline. By these
examples it will be seen at ounce that the former schistose
rocks are totally unlike the latter and could not be mis-
taken for them. Other causes of variation in these syen-
ites are due in part to the acidic or basic quality of the

+ ~ vere Bis

MINERALOGICAL NOTES. 149

magma at the time of cooling and crystallization. Excess
of silica produced orthoclase, microline and albite; de-
crease in silica and increase in potash produce anortho-
clase, and lime plagioclase.

In some places, noticeably in outcrops on the Beverly
shore at Curtis’ point, this rock becomes distinctly a horn-
blende-zircon-syenite. Here the feldspars are microper-
thitic intergrowths of albite and plagioclase with a large
proportion of magnetite. Still farther to the eastward
along the coast, at Gale’s point on the Manchester shore,
occur veins of this rock, from a few inches to two feet in
width, which might with perfect propriety be described as
egirine-syenite for these veins are completely filled with
acicular egirine crystals, some of which are two inches
long and one-sixteenth of an inch wide. The feldspar in
this rock has the optical character of anorthoclase.

The porphyritic-syenite Keratophyre of Marblehead har-
bor and the Beverly shore is again seen as a dyke mass
in the granite at a road cutting near Pride’s station, Bev-
erly. This dyke is fifteen feet wide and is exposed for a
distance of fifty feet. In this rock the anorthoclase phen-
ocrysts are completely honeycombed with inclusions of
glass, while the base is composed of the same kaolinized
and chloritic mass with minute lath-shaped feldspars inter-
spersed through it, as in the Keratophyre at Marblehead.
There is, again, a good outcrop of apparently the same
rock ina railroad cutting between Newton and Newton
junction, New Hampshire. Thin sections which I have
made from this outcrop, studied with the polarizing micro-
scope, have all of the optical characters of the Kerato-
phyre from Marblehead harbor. This shows that Kerato-
phyre (porphyritic-syenite) is not confined to the small
area previously described in a paper by me printed in the

150 GEOLOGICAL AND

Bulletin of the M. C. Z. (Whole Series, vol. xv1, No.
9, Geol. Series, vol. 11.)

In this belt of eleeolite-zircon-syenite there are numer-
ous masses of blackish feldspathic rocks two of which are
apparently distinct. Several forms of each may readily.
be seen in the road cuttings and quarries. The first of
these two masses, and the one most abundant on Salem
neck, is a typical diorite gabbro or, to be more explicit,
pegmatitic veins in the diorite, due no doubt to the flow
of minerals first crystallized in this diorite magma. Asa
point for comparison, there is a series of road cuttings in
Marblehead through the diorite of the region where these
pegmatitic veins are seen in several places. I have pre-
pared and studied several thin sections of them from these
cuttings which may be taken as typical of the whole series.
They have a microscopic structure as follows :

No. 1. Jersey St. Augite-diorite: Augite, hornblende,
orthoclase, plagioclase, biotite, magnetite, quartz, apatite,
micro-zircons and some garnets. The quartz is apparent-
ly original as it has inclusions of zircons and apatite.

No. 2. Abbot St. Augite-diorite: This has more or-
thoclase and large masses of apatite crystals in both the
orthoclase and plagioclase ; otherwise as in No. 1.

No. 3. Abbot St. Augite-diallage-diorite-gabbro :
Large masses of augite, some diallage, green hornblende,
biotite and drusy quartz, masses of large micro-apatite
crystals, some zircons and a little apatite. The biotite is
of the red color so noticeable in the eleolite-zircon-syen-
ite, plagioclase somewhat kaolinized and a little ortho-
clase. Some of the augite is seen as inclusions in the
hornblende.

No. 4. Jersey St. Augite-olivine-hypersthene-diorite-
gabbro: This rock is perfectly fresh, no decomposition

dl
aay

MINERALOGICAL NOTES. 151

being noticeable in any of the minerals. The probable
genesis of the crystallization of these minerals from the
magma was magnetite, zircon, apatite, augite, olivine,
hypersthene, biotite, hornblende, plagioclase, orthoclase
and quartz.

The pegmatitic diorite rock from Salem neck and
vicinity in the eleolite-syenite belt has the following
microscopic structure when studied in thin sections in
polarized light.

No. 1. Augite-olivine-diorite-gabbro: Numerous well-
twinned plagioclase crystals, some orthoclase, green horn-
blende, an abundance of perfectly fresh biotite, crystals
of olivine, some irregular patches of quartz, and some
glassy plagioclases as inclusions in the biotite and horn-
blende. Some of the olivine is inclosed in these hornblende
masses and is much altered, forming magnetite. Nu-
merous lime iron garnets and cubical iron pyrites are also
seen as inclusions in the plagioclase. Crystals of apatite
and micro-zircons are abundant in all parts of the section.
The specific gravity of the plagioclase is 2.69.

No. 2. Salem neck. Hornblende -augite-olivine-diorite-
gabbro: Much green hornblende, good sections of augite,
some olivine, large patches of biotite, fine well-twinned
plagioclase, some orthoclase, a little quartz, numerous
masses of quite large apatite crystals and a few zircons.
Some of the olivine is partly altered to magnetite and
serpentine.

No. 3. Salem neck. Hypersthene-augite-olivine-dio-
rite-gabbro: Much plagioclase, some orthoclase, hypers-
thene, augite, olivine, hornblende, biotite and a little
quartz. Otherwise as in No. 2.

A comparison of the structure and minerals in these thin
sections from the Marblehead diorite region with those
from the diorite of the elxolite-syenite region of Salem

12 GEOLOGICAL AND

neck, when it is considered that the surrounding rock
mass is also diorite, proves conclusively that the sections
are made from rocks of the same character.

In Collins cove, Salem neck, there is an outcrop of
the pegmatitic vein diorite-gabbro, varying from exceed-
ingly coarse to very fine-grained forms, differing so much
in portions of the same mass as to make three distinct
types. In the first form the main mass is composed of
large bluish white feldspar with a few grains of horn-
blende and magnetite ; second, the hornblende is in coarse
irregular crystals with large masses of magnetite with the
feldspar scattered through it in small grains, and in the
third form, the feldspars, hornblende and magnetite are
about equal in amount, giving the rock at this point the
appearance of a hornblende-syenite. The eleeolite-zircon-
syenite cuts this gabbro-diorite at several places, small
fragments of the gabbro being seen in it. Numerous thin
sections that I have cut of each of these forms and studied
with the polarizing microscope give about the same gen-
eral conclusions.

Microscopic structure, No. 1. Orthoclase with fine
zonal structure, some plagioclase with very coarse twin-
ning, a little hornblende with inclusions of augite, much
biotite, with zircons that show pleochroic hallows, much
magnetite and a few apatite crystals scattered through the
orthoclase.

No. 2. Large masses of brown hornblende, someaugite,
much biotite and magnetite, some plagioclase, a little ortho-
clase and apatite and zircons as inclusions in the biotite.

No. 8. Orthoclase somewhat kaolinized, a little plagio-
clase, hornblende, augite and biotite. The augite is very
fresh and numerous good basal sections are seen in the
field, much magnetite, some micro-zircons, garnets and
apatite inclusions in the biotite.

ee |

MINERALOGICAL NOTES. 153

The same rock occurs on the southwest side of Great
Misery island and sections which I have cut of it and studied
give the same microscopical character, except that the
orthoclase and plagioclase are much fresher. I have also
cut and studied numerous sections of this rock from Wood-
bury’s point on the Beverly shore, previously described by
Dr. M. E. Wadsworth as a diallage-gabbro (Geological
Magazine, Decade 3, Vol. 2, No. 5, p. 208, May, 1885),
but in the sections I have made, and in others made by
Dr. H. Hedsolt of the School of Mines, Columbia College,
N. Y., I have been unable to detect any diallage. On the
east side of the Great Misery island and on House island
the elsolite-zircon-syenite cuts a massive hypersthene-
diallage-gabbro (strike east 30° N. to S. W.) which is
identical in microscopical characters with a gabbro on
Davis neck, Bay View, Gloucester, described by Dr. M.
EK. Wadsworth on the same page of the Geological Maga-
zine. This rock mass occupies the whole eastern side of
Great Misery island and the west shore of House island
which is about one-half mile distant, where it is seen cut-
ting the elexolite-syenite. .

Other outcrops are seen in the diorite areas of Man-
chester and West Gloucester, a continuation of the strike ©
to Goose cove, Annisquam, and to Davis neck, Bay View,
Gloucester. The trend, E. 30° N., of the various out-
crops from Misery island, Salem harbor, is direct to the
outcrop at Davis neck, on the opposite side of Cape Ann,
a distance of sixteen miles.

' The microscopic structure of thin sections from Great
Misery island in polarized light is:—Much augite with
inclusions of apatite and zircons, plates of hypersthene,
green hornbleitde, diallage and large plates of well-twinned
plagioclase (probably labradorite, sp. gr. 2.693). Ex-
tinction angle on p. 7°, on m. 19°. Saussurite is devel-

154 . GEOLOGICAL AND

oped to some extent, and numerous inclusions of acicular
microliths, which sink to the finest dust-like forms, fill
this whole surface. Some of the largest of them I found
to be hornblende and others are pyroxene. There are also
some fluid and quartz inclusions. The bluish color and
iridescence of this feldspar is ascribed. to the orderly ar-
rangement of these microliths and interpositions. There
are some orthoclase and biotite and the hornblende is filled
with minute grains of magnetite and rutile. Sections cut
from the gabbro at Davis neck, Bay View, Gloucester,
are identical in character with this last.. Other sections
from House island have olivine in place of hypersthene
and in one section I find the biotite to be completely
bleached. There are in this region numerous holocrys-
talline diabase dykes, some of which are cut by the eleeo-
lite-syenite, and others that as distinctly cut the syenite.
At Woodbury’s point on the Beverly shore this syenite is
cut by a coarse porphyritic diabase which contains feld-
spar crystals that are from three to six inches long; and
cutting through this dyke, and also cutting the syenite, is
a dyke of ryolitic granite (granophyre, of Prof. Rosen-
busch) that is probably the last formed rock in theregion.
Thin sections studied show it to be composed of quartz,
orthoclase and biotite with perfect micro-crystals of horn-
blende which sink to dust-like proportions, very abundant
as inclusions both in the quartz and orthoclase. There are
also some zircons and magnetite inclusions in the biotite.
Some of the hornblende microliths are of the blue glauco-
phane variety.

Several thin sections of the micro-granite veins that cut
the eleolite-syenite, when studied with the polarizing
microscope, are seen to be composed of orthoclase, some
glassy plagioclase crystals, quartz veins due to segregation
in part, epidote, numerous plates of polysynthetic twinned

——— ee

ee

MINERALOGICAL NOTES. 155

calcite, some titanite and titaniferous magnetite. The
orthoclase has inclusions of plagioclase and the plagioclase
in turn has inclusions of micro-zircons. There are also
numerous cubical crystals of iron pyrites in the section.
Other sections of these granite veins are seen to contain
some green hornblende and biotite with occasional patches
of chlorite and apatite crystals. The quartz biotite and
hornblende are usually developed near the contact and is
an indication that these granite veins arise from segrega-
tion of newly formed minerals in cracks and crevices of
the rock-mass in which they are found.

This paper is the result of quite extended field work
during portions of several years and is part of a prelim-
inary report upon the geology of Essex County in behalf
of the Peabody Academy of Science.

I wish to acknowledge my obligation to Dr. J. E.
Wolff, instructor in the petrographical laboratory at Har-
vard College, for much kind assistance and advice.

Peabody Academy of Science,
Salem, Aug. 3, 1891.

GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES,
NO. 4.

THE EXTENT AND PROBABLE THICKNESS OF THE CRYSTAL-
LINE CAMBRIAN DEPOSITS IN ESSEX COUNTY, MASSACHU-
SETTS.

BY J. H. SEARS.

[Supplementary to Notes No. 2, Bulletin Essex Institute, Vol. 22, 1890.]}

In the paper printed in the twenty-second volume of
the Essex Institute Bulletin as Geological and Mineralog-
ical Notes No. 2, I gave an account, as far as was then
known of the extent of the Olenellus Cambrian rocks of
this region. While that paper was in press, however,
another deposit of this rock was located at Jeffry’s Ledge,
about twenty miles east-northeast from Cape Ann, con-
taining numerous fossils of Hyolithes and Stenotheca, thus
uniting this last-named outcrop with the Olenellus Cam-
brian deposits of Nahant. Since then I have found several
other outcrops of these crystalline Cambrian sediments in
various parts of the county. One in Rowley, chiefly in
the valley between Hunsley and Bradford hills, but occa-
sionally rising to an elevation of one hundred feet, is
composed of a series of schistose argillite shales, ferru-
ginous sandstones, and cherty limestone which is much
metamorphosed in bands of light and dark color. Micro-
scopical examination shows this limestone to be composed

(156)

Le

S-e

GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES. 157

of plainly stratified sediments of calcite, quartz grains,
epidote, chlorite, some magnetite and limonite and to be
of the same character as that at Mill cove, North Wey-
mouth. The fossils found at this outcrop which can be
identified are all in the cherty limestone. They comprise
numerous fragments of species of Hyolithes and several
sections of a rare (?) Archeocyathus of the lower Cam-
brian. These fossils were identified by Mr. Chas. D.
Walcott of the U. S. Geological Survey, Washington.
The strike of this deposit is 20° north of east to southwest,
dip 40° west, which is nearly parallel to the strike of the
Olenellus Cambrian deposit at Nahant head. Another
outcrop of these Cambrian rocks is in Topsfield, in the
southwest part of the town near the Ipswichriver. It is
composed of the same succession of schistose argillite
shales, ferrnginous sandstone, and a cherty limestone that
is near lydite. Although fossils have not as yet been
found in this limestone, numerous fossil casts are seen in
the schistose argillite shales which were instantly recog-
nized as annelids by Mr. Walcott. Some of these casts
were from three to six inches long and one quarter of an
inch thick. Other outcrops have been found at Archelaus
hill in West Newbury at an elevation of nearly two hun-
dred feet, Ward’s hill in Bradford, in the bed of the
Merrimac river in red argillite shales, and on the high
hills of Methuen at an elevation of one hundred feet. Fos-
sils which can be recognized as species have not been
detected in these last named outcrops, but enough have
been found to warrant the determination of these strati-
fied beds as parts of the crystalline Cambrian sediments.
The inference drawn in explanation of the presence of
these Cambrian deposits scattered over the county is, that
during the Cambrian period there was a vast sheet of these
sediments deposited over the entire region to the depth of
ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIII 10*

158 GEOLOGICAL AND

some hundreds of feet; but the great amount of denuda-
tion from various causes, particularly through the agency
of the ice sheet which covered this region during the
glacial period, together with the frequent faulting of the
strata, makes it nearly impossible to give the exact depth
of these beds. They have been distorted and crumpled
into anticlinal and synclinal folds accompanied by, and
perhaps causally connected with, the intrusion of the gran-
ite, diorite, syenite and felsite eruptive rocks. The
eleolite-syenite of Naugus Head, on the Marblehead shore,
and at Woodbury’s point, on the Beverly shore, are seen
to cut these sediments and, being also later cut by gabbros
and quartz felsites, the contact metamorphism is so com-
plete that the old crystalline sediments are now found as
hornblende and mica schists.. The diorite areas of Mar-
blehead proper, Salem, Danvers and Ipswich often contain
fragments and masses of these metamorphosed crystalline
sediments. One large area in Danvers and the adjoining
towns occupies almost the entire valley from Locustdale,
West Peabody, through Danvers Centre to Putnamville
and Wenham. The trend is E. 40° N. toS. W. At Lo-
custdale it is seen as a hornblende schist interstratified
with schistose argillite shales. At Danvers Centre these
beds are a true gneiss and in Putnamville and Wenham
the area is all amphibolite schists. Mining shafts and
trenches for water mains have opened these rock masses
in several places showing the actual contact. In digging
a well at Tapleyville, Danvers, on the bank of Tapley’s
brook a bed of typical argillaceous shale was revealed.
This brook occupies the valley between the granite areas
of Peabody on the south and the main mass of the diorite
on the west and north and the contact of these eruptive
rocks with the crystalline sediments is probably so distant
that the metamorphism in them is less complete. In the

Se Se

MINERALOGICAL NOTES. 159

eruptive dome-shaped bosses of the hornblende granite
areas of Saugus, Lynnfield, Peabody, Manchester and
Cape Ann, there are numerous fragments and masses of
these metamorphosed crystalline sediments. At Saugus
on the east and at Lynnfield on the west of the granite
there are extensive outcrops which are seen to be inter-
stratified with layers of quartzite and mica schist. This
mica schist is identical, macroscopically and microscopic-
ally, with the metamorphosed argillites of Nahant and
Flying point, Marblehead neck. The strike of all these
beds is N. E. to S. W., varying only a few degrees
either to the north or east, thus showing that the intru-
sion of the eruptive magma was parallel to the foliation
of the sedimentary beds. On Cape Ann there are numer-
ous masses and fragments of the metamorphosed sediments
in the hornblende granite bosses. One large mass, near
the Loaf, a rocky point on the northern end of Coffin’s
beach, on the western side of Cape Ann, at West Glouces-
ter, is several rods in extent and the foliation shows the
strike to be northeast to southwest. This outcrop is
below the high water line and therefore the dip could not
be well made out. Another outcrop on the east side of
Cape Ann, near Halibut point, is of the same type and
has the same strike, with the dip 40° west, parallel to the
Cambrian beds at Rowley and Nahant. The position of
these two metamorphosed crystalline sedimentary beds
signifies that they are remnants of an anticlinal fold of the
Cambrian sediments perhaps produced by the intrusion of
the eruptive granite magma from beneath them. It is
not unreasonable to presume that the granite magma melted
and enclosed large masses and fragments of these old
Cambrian sediments, metamorphosing them into horn-
blende and mica schists. This theory will also explain the
presence of several gneissic fragments found in the granite
quarries. One such, in the Trumble quarry in West Glou-

160 GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES.

cester, is seen as an oblong mass, twenty feet in length,
tapering to a point near the surface of the dome-shaped
granite boss. The enormous force exerted by the intru-
sion of the granite magma from beneath upon these Cam-
brian beds must have distorted them and left their entire
surface a series of faults, cracks and crevices, thus expos-
ing them to all the various forces of erosion and decay.
The work of the ice sheet during the glacial period must
necessarily have been upon these sedimentary beds scour-
ing and grinding them to rounded boulders and fine till
which were deposited all over Cape Ann and in the waters
of the Atlantic ocean. One of these stratified boulders
on Ten Pound island in Gloucester harbor, and another
on Thatcher’s island are typical examples of the larger of
these fragments, while in Whale cove are great numbers of
these stratified boulders of all sizes and of every shape.
This would account for the absence of glacial grooves and
strie on much of the surface of the granite areas, for
probably the ice sheet never touched the larger portion of
the granite. Aérial decay has since destroyed all that
was left of these sedimentary beds after the ice period,
except such remnants as we find to-day. The absence of
fossils in these remaining beds is in part due to contact
metamorphism, for only twenty miles away at Jeffry’s
Ledge on the east, and at Rowley on the west of this
granite area, we find numerous fossils to complete the
geological history of the Cambrian deposits.

A large number of thin sections from all the outcrops
have been studied with the microscope to determine the
detrital character of these stratified beds. The results of
these examinations have invariably sustained the deter-
minations made in the field.

Peabody Academy of Science,
Salem, August 7, 1891.

——_——

BULLETIN

OF THE

ESSEX INSTITUTE,

VOLUME XXIV.

1892.

SALEM, MASS:.:
PRINTED BY THE SALEM PRESS PUBLISHING AND PRINTING CO.,
1892.

CONTENTS.

On the Older Forms of Terra-Cotta Roofing-Tiles, by Edward
S. Morse, z ‘ : ;

The Reptiles of the Gaianaeoe ieignds: From the Collections
of Dr. Geo. Baur, by S. Garman,

On Reptiles collected by Dr. Geo. Baur near Guayaquil, Beusdon,
by S. Garman, : F ‘:

On Cophias and Bachia, by 8. Gavieat, : é

On Texan Reptiles, Collected by Mr. F. W. Wiensles foe Pro-
fessor J. W. P. Jenks, curator of the Museum at Brown

University, by S. Garman, ‘ A é .
Notice to a Soldier, by Joseph eae Major, ; ‘ é
Slavery in Massachusetts, . = F .
Revolutionary Letter, . .

The Wa-wac-ka-tci-na, A Tasayan Foot Race: by J. "Walter

Fewkes, . - n . °
Annals of the Sea Ricaent, " F : : :
Annual Meeting, Monday, May 18, 1892, ‘ ‘

Officers elected, 138; secretary’s report, 138; librarian’s re-
port, 144; treasurer’s report, 146; report of publication
committee, 147; lectures, 150; necrology of members, 168;
additions to library, 171; cabinets, 182.

110
110
111

113
134
137

a Shak i RP

awe Tee wit a? so | oe

ao a

BULLETIN

OF THE

HSShixs LNSVLeU De.

Vo. 24. SaLeM: JAN., Fres., Mar., 1892. Nos. 1, 2, 3.

ON THE OLDER FORMS OF. TERRA-COTTA
ROOFING-TILES.!

BY EDWARD 8S. MORSE.

In tracing out the ethnic relations of past races and the
lines pursued by them in their migrations, the material to
be studied consists not only of the actual remains of man,
but also of the objects and results of his handiwork. If
the objects have written characters upon them, the story
to be unravelled is often easy ; the very style of ornamen-
tation betrays their relationship. Of great value to the
archeologist are the enduring objects in stone, metal and
terra-cotta. It will be found that those features which per-
tain to the households of a race, and which are successively
taught from father to son, or from mother to daughter,
such as methods of shooting the arrow or of weaving, are
longest persistent. .

In language, it is found that those words which have the
deepest root often refer to acts of domestic life which pre-

1This paper was communicated to the Essex Institute, Dec. 21, 1891. It after-
wards appeared as a series of papers in the American Architect and Building
News. To the courtesy of Ticknor & Co., the publishers of that journal, the Es-
sex Institute is indebted for the use of the illustrations in this communication.

Q)

2 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

eminently belong to the family. This fact holds good with
regard to the house, and, as we see, the persistent adher-
ence century after century to the same kind of house by
migrating tribes, under widely varying climatic conditions,
attests to this truth. In studying the origin of Egyptian
or Grecian art, the inquirer finds his quest abruptly ended
at the line dividing the imperishable stone structure from
the perishable mud or wooden one that preceded it. The
perishable wooden roof, however, often has associated with
it a covering which is the most lasting. Rock crumbles,
metal oxidizes, but the rudest earthenware is imperishable,
and so the terra-cotta roofing-tiles are often the only sur-
viving relic of a house structure. Furthermore, these
objects, being always associated with the house, are inti-
mately identified with every roof-covered family. The
persistence of certain types of roofing-tiles among peoples
shows the fixedness of a habit. It is a noteworthy fact
that the earliest type of terra-cotta roofing-tile ever ex-
humed still forms the roof-covering of the greater mass of
mankind to-day. The enduring nature of these objects
will ultimately enable one to trace the paths followed by
tile-making races in their various migrations. Wherever
the Romans went, the typical Roman tile may be found,
often impressed with the stamp of some Roman Legion.

Realizing the imperishable nature of roofing-tiles, and
the fact that they are scattered all over the world, it has
~ seemed to me that an inquiry into the various types of terra-
cotta roofing-tiles and their geographical distribution might
be of value. Unfortunately for the American student, the
material to be studied is confined to the Old World, and
one must go there for the purposes of investigation.

It would be an interesting inquiry to learn at what time,
and where, roofing-tiles were first used. When the earli-
est hut-builder learned the art of sloping his roof, and

bist.

Lege er es ee

ae

WE ie

poten

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 3

superadded to this achievement the lapping of sheets of
bark, or palm-leaves, one over the other, as a rain-shield,
the first steps were taken which were to lead to the roof-
ing-tile. That the roofing-tile has a considerable antiquity
is certain. Its appearance in Greece dates back to the
earliest dawn of Greek art, and yet before this, in Asia
Minor, there was a time when the tile was not. Schlie-
mann, in his great work, “ Ilios, the City and Country of
the Trojans,” in describing the relics found in the ruins of
the first prehistoric city of the hill of Hissarlik shows the
almost universal use of pottery by the people. Utensils
for every-day life, terra-cotta funeral urns, large terra-
cotta bowls, weights for their fishing-nets, handles for their
brushes, and even hooks to hang their clothes upon were
all made of pottery. “Thus we cannot be astonished in
finding in the débris of their cities such large masses of
broken pottery among which, however, there is no trace
of tiles” (p. 214). He infers from this that the flat roof
which is found to-day in that region prevailed at that time.
Dérpfeld, in a memoir on the origin of the Doric style (a
translation of which, by Mr. Edward Robinson, was pub-
lished in the Technology Architectural Review, Vol. m1,
Nos. 2 and 3), says it was the invention of the terra-cotta
roofing-tile that first made the construction of a sloping
roof possible. It is probable that the roofing-tile was in-
troduced into Greece from the East, fully developed, and
with its introduction the roof, which had before been flat, —
could now be made sloping. The sloping roof must have
preceded the rvofing-tile by many thousands of years ; at
the outset, bark, straw, thatch, rough stones and similar
substances were used until better devices were made, which
finally culminated in the terra-cotta roofing-tile, the oldest

- known type of which is, by far, the most common fOEBE:

of roofing-tile in the world to-day.

4 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

The antiquity of the sloping roof is hinted at in the
finding of cinerary vessels in the form of huts, and conse-
quently known as hut urns. These have been found in
Italy, Saxony and other parts of Europe. It is believed
that they were made before the age of iron in their respective
places. It is interesting to observe that all of them show,
not only a sloping roof but a thatched roof as well, with

Fig. 2. Fia, 3.

Figs. 1-3. Hut urns from Saxony in Museum
fiir Vélkerkunde, Berlin. ;

Fig. 2. In Vatican Museum, Rome.

Fig.4. From Alba Longa. A better figure
is given in Dennis’s *‘ Cities and Cemeteries
of Etruria,” Vol. 1,7p. lxix.

Fig. 4,

the characteristic cross-pieces on the ridge, a feature of
the thatched roof which may be seen to-day in every part
of the world (figs. 1, 2, 3 and 4).

The sequence in the development of the roofing-tile
will have to be studied in Asia Minor, or more probably
in China. From the high development and great antiquity
of the fictile art in China, and the early and artistic de-
velopment of the tiled roof in that country, one might be
led to believe that in China—the ancestral home of so
many arts—the roofing-tile originated. Graeber, in a

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 5

memoir to be referred to later on, describes what he be-
lieves to be the earliest known terra-cotta roofing-tiles.
These were found in the ruins of the Temple of Hera, at
Olympia, dating nearly a thousand years before Christ.
This ancient tile consists of two elements, a wide under
piece (tegula) slightly
curved, and a narrow,
semi-cylindrical piece
(imbrex) which was
placed in an inverted
position so as to cover
the junction of two adja-
Fia. 5. cent tegule (fig. 5).

Of significance, also, is the statement that the open end
of the imbrex, where it bordered the eaves, is closed by a
circular disk, ornamented in rosette pattern. To find the
counterpart of this we have to go to Korea and Japan and,
presumably, China. Fortunately, the varied tastes of the
Japanese collector have led to the treasuring-up of old roof-
ing-tiles, either for their antiquity or because they were
associated with some famous temple. In Japan, one may
often see an old tile that has been dug up utilized for
an ink-stone. Ninagawa, the famous Japanese antiqua-
rian, contemplated the publication of an illustrated work
on ancient roofing-tiles, to form one of the numbers of his
“Kwan ko dzu setsu.” ‘The lithographic plates were pre-
pared for this number ; whether the text was ever published
I cannot say. Fortunately securing a set of these plates,
I managed to get from the author, some years before his
death, the names and dates of the tiles figured. As tothe
ages attributed to these there may be some doubt, but that
some are Korean is a matter easily established by an ex-
pert in pottery, as the clay at once reveals the origin of
the piece. Some of these were believed by Ninagawa to

6 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

be from eleven to twelve hundred years old. One is said
to have come from Asiatic Turkey and to be two thousand
years old. It is interesting to observe that the tiles are
not only large and massive, but that those made for bor-
dering the eaves have widened margins, variously deco-
rated, generally in scroll pattern, and the joint tile, or
imbrex, as it is to-day in China and Japan, has one end
closed by a circular disk, and what is very interesting in
these ancient tiles is that, in nearly every case, the deco-
ration is that of a rosette pattern! The following figures
(figs. 6 and 7) are roughly sketched from the plates in

i REE Thy rn

SACHS

ee ae)
wai Ul CON th

cs)

“i

Ni
uy

question with their identifications as given by Ninagawa.
The tiles are in every case very thick, and roughly made ;
in many instances the under surface bears cloth-mark im-
pressions. Furthermore, all the specimens figured whether
from Japan or Korea belong to the normal] form of tile,
with curved tegula and semi-cylindrical imbrex. This is
the earliest form of tile known to the Japanese, and tiles
of this kind are called by them Hongawara or true tile.
This form of tile is to-day the common form of tile in Ko-
rea, China, Cochin China, India, as well as in all those
countries bordering the Mediterranean. When found far-

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 7

ther north in Europe it is usually to be seen on the older
buildings and is the tile most often seen depicted in mediz-
val paintings of places outside of Belgium and Holland.

If this form of tile really represent the earliest type,
one might readily believe that its form was derived from
sections of bark which must have come early into use as
a roof-covering. In lapping the sections of bark from the
eaves to the ridge, the concave as well as smooth sur-
face, would be placed uppermost as forming the best water
gutters. Other sections of bark, perhaps from smaller
trees, would have been used to cover the joints of the
larger pieces and these would have been placed with their
convex surfaces uppermost. Such surmises are quite
justifiable when one sees so many forms of pottery whose
shapes have been derived from natural objects, as shown
in the Pitt-Rivers collection in the Ethnological Museum
at Oxford. [Professor Tylor, its director, has brought
out in a striking manner similar relations in other depart-
ments of the collectidn.] In other museums, notably the
museums in Stockholm and Copenhagen, the change from
stone to bronze and iron shows successive derivations of
form from objects first made in a ruder material or from
natural objects.

As the origin of roofing-tiles is probably not lost in a
very dim past, philology may throw some light on the sub-
ject. The material of which they are made is among the
most enduring of man’s fabrications and the earliest form
must sometimes be found.

The arrangement of feathers on a bird in shedding the
rain would have given a sufficient hint for the proper ar-
rangement of material on asloping roof. From the rough
natural substances used in the prehistoric roof there came,
not only slabs of wood, flat pieces of stone, terra-cotta
tiles of many kinds, but worked marble tiles (620 B. c.)

8 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

modelled after the terra-cotta tile, small bronze tiles in
Pliny’s time, thin cleavages of slate, continuous sheet-
metal roofs and metal sheets modelled after the forms of
interlocking tiles.

As to the relative merit of these various roof-coverings I
am not prepared to speak, nor is it with any intention of
urging the economic value of this material that this paper
is prepared ; it seems, however, that the terra-cotta tile
roof, when properly made is, all things considered, one of
the cheapest and most durable. It is certainly one of the
oldest and widest distributed.

Definitions.— At this point it becomes necessary to de-
fine the different types of roofing-tiles now in use. Leav-
ing out of consideration all forms of interlocking tiles, and
recent modifications of the prevailing types now so well
known, we find among the older forms three distinct
types.

The earliest form of roofing-tile known consists of two
elements, a wide tile (tegula) either square or rectangular,
more or less curved in section, and a narrow semi-cylin-
drical tile (imbrex) usually slightly tapering at one end to
fit into the wider opening of the one adjoining. The tegula
is placed on the roof, concave face upward, and the imbrex,
placed concave face downward, covers the lateral joint be-
tween two adjacent tegule. I have not been able to learn
of any special English name for this tile ; in Germany, it is
known as the hollow tile. From the fact that it is the earli-
est known tile, Graeber, in his exhaustive discussion of the

1]Jt would be interesting to clear up the nomenclature of roofing-tiles as some
confusion exists through the same name being applied to different forms of tiles,
thus the latest dictionary—“‘The Century,”—almost encyclopedic in its character,
gives under the definition of crown tile the English interpretation thus: “I. A flat
tile, a plain tile. II. A large bent tile or arched tile usually called a hip or ridge
tile, etc.” These tiles are in reality two entirely different forms of tiles and neither
could be used for the purposes of the other. The synonymy would have to be
worked out by some student on the ground and versed in the subject.

a

— ae ee Nae,

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 9

varieties of roofing-tiles in ancient Greece and adjacent
countries, uses the name of normal tile for this form. The
varieties of this tile and the different ways of using it may
be designated in ¢kis paper as follows: When the tegula is
used as an imbrex, as in China and India, it may be called
the normal tile (¢eg.) When the imbrex is used as tegula,
asin Mediterranean countries, it may be mentioned as nor-
mal tile (zmb.) the ancient Grecian and Roman modification
as normal tile (flat). The pan tile is one having a double
flexure forming in section the letter w# and is known in
some parts of Germany as the S-tile. This tile is an evident
adaptation from the normal tile in combining the two ele-
ments imbrex and tegula in one piece. Originating in Bel-
gium or Holland, one can easily conceive a thrifty and frugal
people devising an economy of handling in waking one
piece serve the purposes of two.

The flat tile, or, as it is known in England, the plain tile,
has no genetic relation to the other forms of tiles. It is
simply a shingle in terra-cotta. It is rectangular in shape,
flat, often secured to the roof by nailing, and used, as shin-
gles are used, on the vertical side of a house. In roofing,
the tiles are adjusted precisely as wooden shingles are by
lapping and breaking joints. The German name, flat tile,
will be retained as being more descriptive and probably hav-
ing priority.

The following outlines (fig. 8) represent in a general
way the types and varieties of roofing-tiles with their dis-
tribution. It should be understood that colonies past and
present of these respective countries, so far as I know, ad-
here to the form of roofing-tile of the parent country. As
an illustration, the few evidences of anctent roofing-tiles
in this country trace the flat tile ; discovered by Mr. E. A.
Barber in Pennsylvania, to German settlers ; the pan tile,

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 2

10 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

discovered by Dr. C. C. Abbott on Burlington Island,
Delaware River, on the site of an old Dutch House, to
Dutch settlers ; and, in California, the normal tile (zmb.) to
the old Spanish Jesuits.

It should also be stated that, on the borders of countries
using different tiles, the tiles intermix; thus France along

rc

The Orient, Ancient Greece
~~ oie ie, os

3 PE China, India.

Normal The Orient, and Mediterranean

(Asiatic.)

RIGVIRIS Countries south of latitude
CRI QLIARIRIILY aa.
: o Greece and Italy, Ancient and
| , ee LJ LD }, Ee Modern.

23 ay England, Scandinavia.

Belgium, Holland, Scandi-

Pan lc NR es a ao navia, Japan, Java.

(Belgic).

L & i S \ {% Modern, various countries.
FI Germany, Austria, Hungary,
G ues : ; Srasers : Poland, Switzerland,France,
ermine) England.
Fia. 8.

the shores of the Mediterranean uses the normal tile\(imb.) ;
and on German territory, contiguous to Belgium and Hol-
land, the pan tile is often seen.

It will also be found that water-ways have led to the
wide dispersion of roofing-tiles, and the occurrence of the
pan tile in Poland is probably due to the distribution of
this tile along the shores of the Baltic, as the normal tile
(imb.)is found bordering both shores of the Mediterra-
nean.

et, Or ee

:
5
:
;
7

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 1l

CHINA.

China exceeds all other countries in the world inthe skill
shown in the use of the roofing-tile. Moreover, China,
with Korea and Japan, bas treated, the tile in an artistic
way as no other
‘countries have done,
except ancient
Greece and Rome.
The normal tile is

bug: universally seen as
a roof-covering from Pekin through Cochin China and
Anam to the Malay peninsula.

The tiles are utilized in a variety of ways as a decorative
feature for the roof. Massive ridges are made of them ;
even gateways of com-
mon country houses
will have a heavy
ridge of tiles. Around
Shanghai, theseridges
are formed by broad,
flat tiles placed on
end and packed close
together like books on
ashelf. At the ends of
the ridge they are
held up by what ap-
pears to bean upturn-
ed sheet of metal. In
the native city of
Shanghai, a small,
square, slightly-
curved tile is used the
same answering for

Fig. 10.
tegula and imbrex. The eaves tile has a flange below; in

some cases the under course of eaves tile is simple (fig. 9)

12 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

while in other cases both tegula and imbrex bordering the
eaves have flanges. In the Shanghai house the wall pro-
jects slightly above the eaves, and upon this the tiles are
placed on end as above described. Outside this is a cor-
nice of tiles terminating in eaves tiles (fig. 10). On the
ridge the tiles, placed ou end like books, incline from the
middle to both ends of the ridge. They do not appear to
he attached in any way. Farther south, at Hong Kong

- and Canton, the eaves tiles
y are usuallysimple. At Hong
== J ; Kong the imbrex is narrow

Fic. U1, and arch-shape (fig. 11), the
eaves having two layers of tegule without margin, and
the imbrex open. ‘The ordinary Pekin tile has a nearly
square tegula, 22 centimetres wide, slightly bent and quite
thin. In the eaves tiles, both in imbrex and tegula, the
disk and margin are made separately in a mould, andafter-
wards attached to the tile proper. These portions have
flowers and other decorations in relief. The tile portion is

Fig. 12.

evidently made by rolling the clay into a thin sheet and

then cutting out pieces of proper dimensions for the im-.

brex and tegula, and bending them over forms of the re-
quired shape. Fig. 12 represents specimens from Pekin

eee Paro

- TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 13

in the museum of the Peabody Academy of Science,
Sslem. Fig. 13 is figured from specimens of Pekin tiles
in the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston. Fig. 14 represents
tiles in the Summer Palace at Pekin ruthlessly destroyed
by the British. These are sketched from specimens in the
South Kensington Museum. Figs. 13 and 14 are glazed
a light bluish-green.

A work entitled Zllustrated China and its People, by J.
Thompson, con-
tains some con-
spicuous exam-.
ples of Chinese
architecture,
notably the Ti-
enhon-kung or
“Queen of Heav-
en Temple” at
Ningpo. This wonderful structure as well as certain mon-
umental buildings in and about Pekin, as, for example,
the sacrificial-hall at the tomb of Yung-lo and the Bronze
Temple at Pekin, and structures at Canton and elsewhere,
all show the use of the normal tile, the eaves tegule in

Fig. 14.

some cases having very long and pointed margins, with
edges scalloped. The Imperial College, Pekin, is tiled
after the style seen at Shanghai (that is, with tegula used
as imbrex), but with wide, and flaring margins on the

14 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

eaves tiles, the imbrex in this case having a supplementary
flange, which flares above (fig. 15).

Photographs of streets in Pekin show a roofing-tile not
unlike the usual form seen in Shanghai. A modern tile

Fig. 15.

of hard, white stone-ware, richly glazed is said to be Chi-
nese. It is a modern production (fig. 16), in Museum of
Fine Arts, Boston.

Fig. 16,

COCHIN CHINA.

In the Colonial Exhibit at the Paris Exposition, a build-

ing was erected representing a type of the Cochin China
house, in fact the entire building was brought from Ton-
quin. The roofing-tiles as shown in this structure differed
in no respects from those found in China proper (fig. 17).

ns

——e =

—

a eae

—

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 15

KOREA.

The notes concerning the roofing-tiles of Korea, I gather
entirely from Mr. Percival Lowell’s interesting work enti-
tled Chosin. The Land of the Morning Calm. From
the illustrations of
this book, reproduced
from photographs
made by its accom-
plished author, I am
able to present the ac-

KIG. 17. companying figures.
The Korean roofing-tile is of the normal type and is de-
rived directly from China. In the common houses and
shops there is no attempt at architectural effect in the way
of a heavy or ornamental ridge, though a simple tiled
ridge is seen on all the buildings, neither are the eaves
tiles different from the others except that the tegule are
often doubled at the eaves. The end of the imbrex is
simply closed with white plaster (fig. 18.)

i—

‘ |

Ui
TR

‘Fig. 18.

On the better class of buildings, especially certain pa-
vilions in the new palace grounds, the eaves tegule have

16 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

widely turned margins which are also flaring, projecting at
such an angle as to hold the snow, as shown in one of the
photographs. This expanded margin has a simple design
in relief. The imbrex is also closed by an oval disc, with

Fie. 19,

a simple design in relief. The oval form of the disc is
produced by its diagonal position on the semi-cylindrical
imbrex (fig. 19). Ina collection of photographs taken by
Mr. Lowell, and not published in his book, other forms of
eaves tiles are shown associated with pavilions in the Em-
peror’s grounds.
One form is rep-
resented in fig.
20. In some
buildings a few
FIG. 20. of these peculiar
tegulz decorate the eaves for a few courses from the cor-
ner of the roof only, while the remaining portion of the
eaves show simple tegule. The ridge is also a more con-
spicuous structure than is seen on the common buildings,
though not approaching the Japanese tiled ridge in size or
complexity. The end of the ridge terminates in an in-
verted eaves tegula with broad, turned margin.
It is a curious commentary on the shiftless and poverty-

eee Oe

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 17

stricken ways of the people to observe in one of the main
streets of the capital, awkwardly-shaped thatched roofs in
juxtaposition to simple tiled ones.

Korean roofing-tiles are bedded in mud and clay as is the
custom in Japan. Fig. 21 is reproduced from a tracing

Fig. 21.
made from a native Korean drawing in the National Mu-

seum in Washington. This sketch represents Korean tilers
engaged in tiling a roof. One is occupied in drawing up
the tiles by means of a rope, while another is catching
balls of mud or clay which are being tossed up to him
from below.
JAPAN.

The form of roofing-tile varies in different parts of Japan.
In the southernpart the normal tile (7md.) is in common
use, the pan tile
(Yedo tile) is
also commonly
seen. In Tokio
the normal tile
reveals along the
eaves either a simple teguia or one with turned margin,

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 3

18 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

with decoration in relief ; the eaves imbrex is always closed
by a circular disc having in relief the Tokugawa crest, or
the crest of some Daimio (fig. 22). An eaves imbrex is
shown in fig. 23. The usual tile in Tokio, as well as in
Kioto, is a slight
modification of the
pan tile known as
the Yedo tile. This
tile likethe Belgian
form has one curved
Fig. 23. and one flat sur-
face. The tiles of
this kind bordering
the eaves have, in

Fig. 24. one form, the plain
flange, the lower edge of which, instead of following the
curve of the tile, is straight (fig. 24). Fig. 25 represents
a roof covered with this form of tile. In the usual form
of this tile, however, the eaves tile carries upon it an

Fig. 25.

imitation of the eaves normal tile, the circular disc of the
imbrex portion projecting beyond that portion represent-
ing the tegula (fig. 26). In Nagasaki the pan tile border-
ing the edge of the gable is bent abruptly downward.

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 19

It may be observed as a curious feature that in Japan
the pan tile laps to the left as seen from the ground, while
in all other countries, with rare exceptions, it laps to the
right. (Here is added another of the curious instances of re-
versal which some writ-
ers seem to be so fond
of connoting.) The tem-
ples and castles in Japan
are usually covered
QO== with the normal tile.

FIG, 26. When the roof is cov-
ered with metal, as is often the case, rounded ribs are in-
troduced to carry out the appearance of the ridges made
by the imbrices, even to the circular discs and turned mar-
gins at the eaves. In the province of Iwamia simple pan

tile is made having a glazed surface. A glazed ridge-tile
Fia. 27.

is also made in this province, angular in section, so as to
rest like a saddle on the roof (fig. 27A).

Two hundred years ago a pan tile, brown glazed, was
made in the province of Bizen. A temple at Uyeno in
Tokio, burned at the time of the Revolution in 1868, was
covered with these tiles (fig.
28). The Tokiottile is made
of a dark gray clay, smooth,
and presenting a nearly
black surface; it is quite
thick though light.

I know of no roofing-tile Fic. 28.
that approaches the Japanese tile in perfection of finish :
they are also much higher priced than any other tile known

20 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

to me. In comparison, the Chinese tile seems roughly
made, is thin, and often warped. The India tile is equally
poor in workmanship. So accurately made are the Jap-
anese tiles that roofs may be seen covered with a broad,
slightly curved tegula, no imbrex being used (fig. 29).
These tiles, like all Japanese tiles, are bedded in mud, and
in this instance the edges of the tiles are so straight as to
meet together quite perfectly. Simple tegule are often
used as ridge-tiles on a thatched roof (fig. 27B).

In the better class of tiled roofs it is customary to point
with white plaster a number of courses of tiles from the

Fig. 29.

ridge, the hip and the eaves, and in some cases the whole
tiled surface is treated in this way.

The Japanese ridge is often a very complex and remark-
able structure, sometimes of ponderous proportions, with
supplementary ridges running down on the hips, and even
diverticular ridges near the eaves. These are, or ought to
be, built up of tiles and plaster, but oftentimes the bulk
of the mass is made up of a carpenter’s device consisting
of a framework covered with boards, the sides plastered
white and having all the appearance of a solid mass of
plaster and tiles (fig. 30). The terminal ridge-pieces are
often marvels of the tile-maker’s art.

Mr. Kashiwagi, a Japanese antiquarian of Tokio, told
me that he had records of green-glazed roofing-tiles of the

SR i er

eG a ey a eee a, ees

ee gy

=>, al

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 21

normal type being used in Japan over a thousand years
ago; whether made in Japan or imported is not known.
Ninagawa figures in his work on Japanese pottery frag-
ments of what he considered the first glazed pottery made in
Japan, and these showa green glaze.

Fig. 30.

In the following figures are shown, by way of compari-
son, a Japanese (Nagasaki) tiled roof (fig. 31) and the
roof of the Temple of Hera, at Olympia (fig. 32), as re-
stored by Graeber. The terminal ridge-tile, the imbrex
closed by a circular disc (not, however, represented in
fig. 31), the plain tegula at the eaves with simple margin,

Fig. 31. Fi@g. 32.

present striking resemblances between roofs separated by
nearly three thousand years in time and thousands of miles
in space. (For further information regarding tiled roofs
in Japan see Morse’s Japanese Homes and their Surround-

ings.)

23 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

INDIA.

So far as museum specimens and photographs have en-
abled me to judge, the roofing-tiles used everywhere in
India are of the normal type (usually imb.). Judging by
the form of the imbrex as shown in photographs of Bom-
bay houses, it would seem that in their manufacture a
tapering cylinder of clay is turned on a potter’s-wheel, and
then cut in halves longitudinally, and these halves are used
as tegula and imbrex. Asan evidence of this, in the Bom-

bay roof the tiles bordering the eaves terminate as cylin-

drical tiles, the tapering end entire and projecting slightly
beyond the eaves, while the larger end is cut half-way
through to accommodate the overlapping and inverted tiles

that cover the under courses, as shown in fig. 33 (sketched
from a photograph in the India Museum, London).

In Madras the normal tile (¢eg.) isused. Insome cases
the eaves have two thicknesses of tegule below and three
ubove (fig. 34). The tiles used at Poona, near Bombay,
are a variety of the normal type (fig. 35), the tegule
being flat with upturned edges.

This tile is 23 centimetres long; the exposed edge is
14 centimetres wide and tapers rapidly to a width of 9
centimetres, with rounded ends. The imbrex is semi-
cylindrical, 28 centimetres long, 10 centimetres across at
the exposed end, and tapers to a width of 6 centimetres.

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 23

These tiles are light-colored, porous, and very rougbly
made. The specimen figured is in the great Indian col-
lection made by Dr. Jagor, now in the Museum fiir V6l-
kerkunde, Berlin. From a few photographs that I have
seen of Indian houses there seems to be no modification
of the eaves tiles for architectural effect.

The English buildings in Agra and an English church
in Bombay, and doubtless English buildings in other parts
of the empire, are covered with the ordinary pan tile.

Fig. 35.

CEYLON.

At Columbo the normal tile (zmb.) is seen, the eaves
tile having a double imbrex. At Candy, the famous
temple is roofed with flat tiles having square ends, pre-
senting in the photograph the appearance of a shingled
roof. Other buildings near the temple are covered with
the normal tile (imb.).

PERSIA.

Judging by the few pictures and descriptions available,
the normal tile (¢mb.) seems to be the one in common use.
In former times, judging by the high skill attained by the

24 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

Persians in brick enamelling, and the wonderfully glazed,
flat tiles for interior decoration, the palaces and mosques
must have presented a most beautiful and brilliant appear-
ance. In the article “Tiles” in “Encyclopedia, Britannica,”
it is stated that the roofs of some of these important struct-
ures “are covered with magnificent, lustrous tiles decorat-
ed with elaborate painting, so that they shine like gold in
the sun. They were especially used from the thirteenth
to the fifteenth century.” From this statement one gets
no idea of the form of tile used.

The high attainment reached in relief work and colored
enamels by the early Persians may be seen in the wonder-
ful wall made of brick brought back from Persia by M.
Dieulafoy, and displayed in a special room at the Louvre.
On this wall are depicted in colored enamels a number of
archers, known as the Susa archers.

TURKEY.
Photographs of buildings in Constantinople and other
places show the universal use of the normal tile (¢mbd.) ;
the semi-cylindrical ridge-tile accompanies it. The Con-

stantinople tile seems slightly more angular in section than _

that of Italy.
SYRIA.
In Jerusalem and’ Jaffa, the normal tile (¢mb.) seems
the only roofing-tile in use. The joints between the tiles
are often pointed with plaster.

EGYPT.

When a tiled roof is seen, it is covered with the normal
type (imb.). The courses are laid close together, as in
the modern Greek roof, and, as in the Greek roof, the
interstices between the tiles at the eaves are filled with
plaster.

_

= =

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 25

GREECE.

The normal tile is the only form seen in Greece and the
adjacent islands. The usual narrow form (7mb.) common
to the Mediterranean countries is also the prevailing form
in Greece. In many instances the two elements of the
tile are less cylindrical than those of Italy. Greece is the
only country in Europe in which the broad, curved tegula
with narrow imbrex is seen. In Eleusis, roofs covered
with this typical normal tile occur. In Messenia the wide
tegula is used as an imbrex, as in China. On the old
cathedral at Athens, a Byzantine structure dating back to
the early part of the thirteenth century, a large curved
tegula with narrow
imbrex is found
(fig. 36); all the
courses are thickly

FIG. 36. plastered and bear
the marks of great age, and at the eaves the imbrex is
supported some distance frum the tegula by a mass of
stucco. The dome is also covered with the same kind of
tiling, the tegule being cut tapering as they approach the
apex of the dome, the imbrices standing out as prominent
longitudinal ribs from the apex of the dome to its base.
There is also another Byzantine church in Athens roofed
with the same kind of tile.

In the modern houses at Athens and in other places the
tiles are more flattened than is usual with this form, and
at the eaves the upper and lower elements are separated
by a considerable space and filled with white stucco. This
presents the appearance of an imbricated edge along the
erves. With the exception of certain examples in Spain
this is the only attempt, so far as I have been able to as-
certain, at the ornamentation of the eaves tiles seen west

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 4

26 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

of China. In some places in Greece, as at Eleusis, for
example, the tiled roof shows broad bands of white painted
tiles at the ridge, hip and eaves, with an intermediate
band in the middle of the roof; other bands cross these at
right angles to the ridge. In the photographs rectangular
areas of dark tiles show between these white bands. A
treatment of the roof presenting a similar appearance is
often seen in Japan and Siam, in these cases white plaster
being used. At many places, as at Delphi, Dimitzana
and Catania it is customary to place upon the tiles angu-
lar fragments of stone; these are placed parallel to the
ridge, hips and eaves. Occasionally the same treatment
may be seen in Constantinople and Stamboul.

In none of the various forms of normal tile seen in
Greece to-day is there an eaves tegula with turned margin,
or an eaves imbrex, closed by a circular disc. In all other
respects, however, the normal tile approaches nearer the
Asiatic tile, as seen in China, Cochin China, Korea and
Japan than does that of any other country west of these
regions unless we except the rough example from Poona,
India, where the tegula is wide.

ANCIENT GREECE.

A general idea of the roofing-tiles of ancient Greece
may be gleaned from the article “Tiles” in the E’ncyclo-
pedia Britannica. Under this title the terra-cotta and
massive marble tiles used on monumental buildings are
briefly described and figured.

In a memoir entitled Terrakotten am Creison, ete., by
Dorpfteld, Graeber, Borrmann and Siebold, a minute de-
scription is given of the terra-cotta roofing-tiles, ridge
and terminal ridge-tiles, antifixee, etc., of certain ancient
Grecian temples. Of particular interest is the description

of the rooting-tiles found on the site of the Temple of

Hera at Olympia. This temple is one of the earliest ex-

ot

———ee el

Fe ly apted e w*

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 27

amples of Greek architecture dating back, at least, eight
or nine centuries before the Christian era. It will be no-
ticed that this earliest known roofing-tile which Graeber
designates as the normal tile, has a wide curved tegula,
and a narrow semi-cylindrical imbrex (fig. 5) being iden-
tical with the Oriental’ one (compare fig. 11). The size
of the tegula was 1.50 metres in length by .50 centimetres
in breadth. Graeber says that this tile, common in the
Middle Ages, is still much used to-day ; it is particularly
associated with convent roofs. I have before remarked
that this normal tile of Graeber’s differs from the normal
tile in that region to-day in having a wide tegula and nar-
row imbrex. The nearest approach to this in the Middle
Ages is the one seen on the old cathedral at Athens.
Graeber states that these early roofing-tiles of the Tem-
ple of Hera were covered with a black glaze ; he also says
that glazed tiles have been determined from Argos and
Mycenez. The tiles, however, on the Temple of Hera at
Argos were not glazed. It is also stated that a few mon-
umental buildings in Sicily, Italy, Peloponnesus and Ath-
ens reveal the use of roofing-tiles. Besides this primitive
normal tile described by Graeber, there is another form
of tile which must be regarded as an outgrowth from the
normal tile, inasmuch*as a narrow imbrex covers the line
of junction between two adjacent tegule. In the last
mentioned form the tegula is rectangular in shape, flat,
with lateral edges turned upward as shown in fig. 37.
Graeber describes ‘two varieties of these, one found in
Greece in which the upturned edge stands at right angles
to the flat portion as shown in fig. 38. In the earlier
forms of this variety the reflexed edge is low and is ac-
companied by a semi-cylindrical imbrex. Ata very early
date, however, the angular imbrex makes its appearance,
and from the time marble tiles were adopted from the
terra-cotta form, this becomes the definitive shape of the

28 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

imbrex. The other variety is peculiar to Sicily: in this
the upturned edge preserves a convex surface; this form
is also found in lower Italy, but is not exclusive, as other
varieties also occur in that region. Fig. 37 represents
the Sicilian form.

Fig. 37.

In the Boston Museum of Fine Arts, are fragments of
tiles from Assos, Asia Minor, dating not farther back than
the Roman epoch. The following figure (fig. 38) is a
restoration showing the appearance of this tile in position.

Fig. 38.

It will be seen that the eaves tegula has its margin turned
down and bears upon its face an ornamental design in re-

Se eS oe

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 29

lief. The eaves imbrex has its end closed, not by a cir-
cular disc, but by a broad ornamental piece standing erect
with anthemion decoration in relief. These designs vary
greatly in different fragments, but are all of the same gen-
eral nature. The roof imbrex continues the same width
over the ridge spanning it like a saddle, and has a similar
process projecting upward at the crest with decoration in
relief on both sides. . A ridge-tile of the form of a plain
imbrex probably covered the junction of the tegule at the
crest. This treatment of the ridge-tile has no parallel in
the Orient so far as I know. In another form the ridge-
tile is semi-cylindrical bearing a leaf-like crest decorated
in polychrome ; on the lower edge a portion is cut out to
admit the ends of the semi-cylindrical imbrices as they
approach the crest (fig. 89). This figure is copied from

Fig. 39.

Boetticher’s work on Olympia (p. 207) and represents a
tile from the treasury of the Geloans (Sicilians) at Olym-
pia. In the minute investigation of this subject made
by Graeber, he often alludes to the great variety in the
minor details of the roofing-tiles seen on these ancient
sites. Referring to Olympia, he says: “still more striking
than the diversity of the clay material is the multiformity
of the kinds of construction presented by the antique roof
in Olympia. The terra-cotta roofs there offer such a
wealth of forms that one has well-nigh to doubt that all of
them sprang from a handicraft native to Olympia, or to
the district of Elis, and to believe rather that they repre-

30 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

sent an aggregation similar to that ina museum of all the
constructions customary in Greece, Lower Italy and Sicily,
and this supposition has verified itself, for further studies
showed that at the places in Greece and Italy, which we
visited, certain particular kinds of construction are used
almost exclusively, and that the variety and multiplicity
of forms found at Olympia occurred nowhere else to the
same extent.”

Speaking of the marble roof, Graeber says : “The gen-
eral system and scheme of the antique marble roof is well
known through many publications. This system, however,
has not been invented for the marble roof, but had its
prototype in the clay-tile roof. The antique roof had to
pass through centuries of evolution till it attained that per-
fection which we admire in the Parthenon of Athens, and
the Zeus Temple of Olympia and many other edifices. As
regards elegance, one may even say subtility of perfection,
the Greek tile roof ranks even above the marble roof.”

I cannot forbear quoting further from this valuable me-
moir of Graeber’s. He says in regard to the attachment
of tiles on the roof: “A securing of the tiles on the raft-

ers by means of nails did not take place; only the lowest,

tile, next to the gutter, was always secured by iron or
bronze nails to the rafter. All tiles with nail-holes, there-
fore, belong, without exception, to the gutter, and just so
little did the tiles have projections for hanging them to
the laths as it is assumed erroneously of the marble roofs,
but they rested directly on the rafters, and maintained
themselves in their position in part by their weight, in
part by supporting themselves through the next lower tile
by means of the cutting on their lower surface. This may
have occasioned, under certain circumstances, a heavy
strain; for instance, a sliding down, involving even the
lowest gutter or moulding tiles.” And he refers to the

~ ed

TSRRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 31

condition of things at the Zeus Temple at Olympia as due
to the sliding down of the tiles in this manner.

_Graeber presents a restoration of the edge of the roof
of Temple C. Selinus, Sicily (fig. 40). Here the elevated
process or antifixa of the eaves imbrex is now detached,
and forms a separate piece, which is nailed to the stone
coping, and the turned margin of the eaves tegula is also
separate, and is nailed to the face of the coping-stone.
These various elements were moulded in relief and beau-
tifully decorated in polychrome. This temple is supposed
to date from 600 B. co.

Fig. 40.

Reference has been made to the marble tiles following
the form of the later terra-cotta tiles. It has also been
shown that the pan tile of Europe has been derived from
the normal tile by combining in one piece the upper and
lower elements. It is interesting to observe that in the
marble tiles of ancient Greece the same combination is
shown in some, where the imbrex and flat tegula with up-
turned edge are combined, and, curiously enough, the
lap is to the right, as followed by the pan tile of Europe.

ITALY.
Throughout Italy, the usual covering for house roofs is
the normal tile (imb.). The tiles vary somewhat in size.
In Pavia and Ravenna the tiles are quite large, and in

32 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

section somewhat angular. In Verona, the tiles appear
quite long. Photographs of Parma, Milan, Pavia, Bologna
and other cities reveal minor peculiarities in the manner
of tiling. In some cases courses of imbrices are close to-
gether, and the tiles are often crowded in the courses from
eaves to ridge. There is no alignment of the tiles, as in
Chinese, Korean and Japanese tiling, and the work always
seems slovenly done.

In Verona, fragments of tiles are inserted in the in-
ter-spaces between the
ridge-tiles and their
junction with the roof-
tiles, as shown in fig. 41.
At Certosa and Milan

Fig. 41.

their concave faces up-
permost are placed between the rows of imbrices in their
normal position. In other words, after the roof is tiled
in the ordinary way, an additional layer is put on in an
inverted position between the rows of imbrices. The roofs
are low pitched and this extra layer probably offers an
additional security. .
Beside the normal tile there is often seen a broad fiat
tile, with lateral
edges turned up ac- Fr3—T—_LS=_ LL
companied by a \ : \
semi-cylindrical im-
brex. This tile is
used in Rome, Flor-
ence, Sienna, Pisa,
Ravenna and doubt- Fig. 42.
less in other cities of Italy. An examination of a large
series of photographs shows it to be more common in
central Italy. On the roof slopes the broad tegula may
be seen in certain courses used as an imbrex (fig. 42).

. . . .
rows of imbrices with © -

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 33

This broad tile bedded in stucco is also used as a ridge-
tile as shown in the last figure (fig. 42). This tile is a
direct survival of the ancient Roman tile which in turn
has been derived from the Greeks, unless both Greeks
and Romans were indebted to the Etruscans for it. The
modern tile is much smaller and thinner. It is often rep-
resented in the pictures of old Italian masters (fig. 43).
(From a painting by Botticelli in Dresden gallery. )

Fig. 43.

A modern tile, probably interlocking, quite small in
size, but made somewhat after the style of the tile last
described, is occasionally seen. The tegula tapers much

‘more abruptly and is used as an imbrex.

ANCIENT ITALY.

The ancient Roman tile consists of a large flat rectan-
gular tegula with lateral edges turned up, and a narrow
semi-cylindrical or angular imbrex, both tegula and imbrex
being heavy and massive.

At the Antiquarian Museum at Zurich are a number of
ancient Roman tiles ; these have the lateral edges abruptly
turned up, the imbrex is angular in section (fig. 44). On
the exposed and lower edge of the tegula are a few curved
marks as if made by the fingers. As these marks are seen
on similar Roman tiles at the Royal Antiquarian Museum
at Brussels and elsewhere, it would seem to be a special
furnace-mark of the maker, or possibly to indicate the

~ lower end of the tile. On the under surface of each tegula,

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 5

34 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

inclosed in a rectangular panel is impressed the Roman
characters LXXIC. This was the mark of the 21st
Legion, showing that the Roman soldiers were accom-
panied by tile-makers, as well as by those pursuing other
trades. At the museum last named are some ancient Ro-
man tiles resembling those mentioned by Graeber in the
memoir previously alluded to. In these tiles the turned
edges differ slightly from those figured by Graeber; the

(OCI

Fig. 44.

lower corners were recessed, however, to fit on the tile
below, and the turned edge ceased within a short distance
of the top of the tile (fig. 45). There were no perfora-
tions for pegs or nails to hold the tile to the roof as is de-
scribed in similar tiles figured by other authorities.

In the ancient cemetery of Marzabotto, near Bologna, the
contents of which have been figured and described with
great fidelity by Count Gozzadini, a number of terra-cotta

a Fe earn

a

et

mn oe en ea

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 35

roofing-tiles were found. These were made after the flat
Roman pattern, but were remarkable not only for their

— massive size, but for certain structural
peculiarities, not seen in the typical
Roman form. The tegula measured

1.07 metres in length by .80 centi-
metres in width (fig. 46A). In some
examples the upper inferior margin
| was turned at right angles, and this
was strengthened by a thin brace as
shown in the fragment (fig. 46D).
On the superior surface of the tegula
oe) a rounded knob was present (fig.
. 46E). This was perforated for the
TS admission of a bronze nail having a

Fig. 4. thin concavo-convex. head (fig. 46F),

which conformed to the shallow and lenticular knob on the

em eee

oy
A a
Fic. 46.
tile ; by this device the rain was more thoroughly excluded.

The imbrices varied in length, the longest being .82 centi-
meters in length, with a width of .28 centimeters and a

36 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

height of .26 centimeters (fig. 46BC.) (The drawings
as published do not show these proportions). Many of
these fragments show traces of polychrome decoration on
their exposed surfaces.

Concerning the age of the Marzabotto cemetery, George
Dennis in his Cities and Cemeteries of Etruria (Vol. 11,
p- 543), says “we may safely refer the antiquities found at
Marzabotto to the-latest days of Etruscan independence,
north of the Appenines, which came to an end on the in-
vasion of the Boian Gauls, at‘ the beginning of the fourth
century B. C.”

SICILY.

The normal tile (imb.) is the common form throughout
the island. In one old building at Palermo, the tiles are
crowded together, from the ridge to the eaves. At Taor-
mina the eaves tiles are pointed with plaster.

SPAIN.

In this country the roofing-tiles everywhere seen belong
to the normal tile (¢mb.). These are usually semicircular
in section and much larger than the forms farther east. At
Burgos the tiles are crowded on the roof, at the eaves the
ends of the tiles are pointed with plaster. At Granada a
similar treatment of the eaves tiles isseen. In one portion
of the Alhambra, light and dark tiles are arranged on the
roof in such a way that a clearly marked zigzag pattern is
carried out. In another and older portion of the Alham-
bra, the tiles, instead of being roundly curved in section,
are somewhat angular. At the eaves, the imbrices are
doubled and, between the upper and lower imbrex, sepa-
rated by the space equal to the width of a tile; a mass of
white stucco or plaster is interposed. As there appears
no break in the alignment of the tiles from the eaves to the
roof, the lower course of eaves tiles probably rests horizon-

Re ——X———<<<-_ —————_—”—-

a i

el

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 3.

tally on a projecting cornice, the plaster diminishing in
thickness backward for a few courses as shown in fig. 47.
An evidence that this is so is shown in an end view of
another portion of the building, where a cornice or shelf,
projecting below the eaves, has settled by the weight of
plaster and tiles above.

Fig. 47,

At Seville, Alcazar and other places, the courses of tiles
are slightly separated at the eaves and the spaces enclosed
by the tiles are filled with white stucco, as shown in fig.
48.

In a picture of the Church of S. Maria de L’Antigua at
Valladolid, Spain, published in the American Architect for
December 10, 1887, the typical Spanish tile is shown.

Fig. 48.

The tower of this church seems to be covered with a
pointed flat tile.

MEDITERRANEAN BORDERS.

A rapid examination of a collection of photographs of
places bordering the Mediterranean, from the Isle of
Rhodes to Tangiers, shows the universal use of the normal
tile (imb.). A picture of the mosque of Tangiers shows a
wall, ora house with unperforated wall, havinga very steep

38 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

pitched-roof covered with somewhat smaller tiles than
those cited from Spain. The ridge is covered with the
ordinary ridge-tile elevated to a considerable distance
above the roof, the interspace apparently filled with white
stucco or plaster, giving itan appearance in the photograph,
of a high and narrow vertical ridge. The tiles are very
unevenly laid, and it will be noticed that in the photo-
graphs of Spain, Italy and other countries bordering the
Mediterranean, the tiling seems always to have been done
in a slovenly manner. This appearance is probably due,
in many cases, to the buildings being old and the tiles
having being thrown out of alignment by the wind and
other agencies. ‘The thorough and accurate way in which
the Asiatic roofs are tiled stands out in marked contrast
to the loose manner of tiling of western nations using the
normal tile.
MEXICO.

I am indebted to Mr. Sylvester Baxter and Mr. Denman
W. Ross for photographs and descriptions of the roofing-
tiles of this country. Mr. Baxter observed on some roofs
a large flat tile either plain or corrugated, the corrugations
being quite near together. These were usually coated
with a golden-green glaze. Around the City of Mexico
and in the high table-lands the flat tile was used. Photo-
graphs of buildings at Orizaba, taken by Mr. Ross, show
a large tile identical with the Spanish form. Mr. Baxter
observed that in some cases the lower tile was painted
white on the upper surface, white lead being apparently
used, and presumably to make the roof water-tight. He
also observed at Cuantla, Morelos, in the tierra caliente,
a large flat tile with upturned edges and semi-cylindrical
imbrex. A similar form to this has already been described
from Central Italy, and, as before remarked, is a survival
of the ancient Roman tile. The modern form is much
thinner. The tiles bordering the eaves differ in no re-

es CT

et ee ee

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 39

spect from the others, though the under course of tiles
may be laid double.

Chili, Peru and other South American countries have
the normal tile (¢mb.) and this runs up on the west coast
to California.

BELGIUM AND HOLLAND.

The pan tile is the dominant form in these two countries.
That it was also the common form a few hundred years
ago is shown in pictures of the old Dutch masters.

In Holland, one may often see roofs thatched half-way
down and tiled the rest of the way to the eaves. In the
better class of houses in the country the entire roof is tiled.
At Utrecht, large, slightly-bent tiles are used for ridge
and hip. The pan tile isoften made with a square opening
in it in which glass is fitted. The tiles are often glazed
either red, gray or blue. In Belgium, they appear either
black or bright red. On very old churches the normal
tile (¢mb.) is seen.

It is interesting to observe that in those portions of
Germany, bordering on Holland and Belgium, the German
flat tile is supplanted in a measure.

The pan tile, pannen tegchel, as it is called in Holland,
evidently originated i in Holland or Belgium. In England
it retains the. Dutch name pannen, sasiainen to pan. It
is also called the Fleming tile. In Palind, it is called the
Holland tile.

NORWAY, SWEDEN AND DENMARK.

The pan tile is in universal use in these countries. In
Norway. away from the larger cities, wooden shingles
painted red form the ordinary roof covering. The pan
tile is often a bright brick-red in color, or glazeda dark
brown. The red-painted wooden roofs would seem to be
an imitation of the red tiled roof. In Christiania, an old

40 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

house with the date 1662 was covered with pan tiles. In
Bergen, the pan tile is commonly seen.

Mr. Ipsen informs me that in Copenhagen the normal
tile (¢mb.) is sometimes found on old churches, and is
commonly known by the name of monk tile ; this name in-
dicating that in Denmark, as in Germany, this form of tile
was introduced by the monks from the South.

JAVA.

At Buitenzorg and other towns in the interior of Java a
pan tile is seen. The tile is well made, very light and

Fia. 49.

thin, and having. a length and breadth respectively of 28
centimetres by 18 centimetres. The covering edge is
flat, and not curving, as is usual. The upper edge of the
tile has a nib which holds it to the battens fixed to bamboo
rafters (fig. 49).

I do not recall seeing an eaves tile with turned margins.

There are many Chinese in Java, and their buildings
present the type of the Southern Chinese. On these build-
ings the normal tile (¢mb.) probably occurs, but I made

. NS ee eee ee —_—-

>
TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 41

no note of this matter during my visit there. The pan
tile has probably been introduced by the Dutch, or pos-
sibly by the English before the Dutch. Fig. 50 is re-
produced from a photograph showing the appearance of

FiG. 50.
Java houses after a shock of earthquake. In this is shown
the light structure of the roof supporting the tiles.

GERMANY.
Throughout Germany the flat tile is the common form.
When the lower border of this tile is slightly rounded it

Fig. 51.
is called, in certain portions of the country, “beaver-tail”
(fig. 51A). In Berlin the lower border of the tile is

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 6

s
42 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

usually rounded (fig. 52), in Weimar it is square at the
end, in Nuremberg it is pointed (fig. 53). Occasionally
the tiles are laid in a double layer as shown in fig. 54.
The flat tile not
only extends
throughout Ger-
many but runs .
south to Swit-
zerland, west
FIG. 52. through France,
at least through the central and northern portions, and
southeast through Austria to Hungary and Poland, and,
probably, northeast to Russia. As one approaches Belgium
and Holland, the home of the pan tile, this tile frequently
takes the place of the flat tile, as
seen at Dusseldorf, Bonn, Cologne,
Bremen and Hamburg. This tile is
commonly red or glazed black. The
pan tile is also occasionally seen far-
ther south. At Freiburg it is known
by the name of “Jumping hound,”
from its fancied resemblance, at the | Fie. 53.
eaves, to the movements of jumping hounds. In the
country around Bremen and Hamburg the roofs are often

Fig. 54.

thatched, but in these cases a square area about the chim-
ney — which looks odd thrust up through a thatched roof
— is covered with pan tiles. In many of these pan-tiled

a i

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES, 43

roofs the eaves, ridge and ends of the roof are often fin-
ished with a few courses of slate, as shown in fig. 55.
In Bremen a heavy ridge-tile of the ordinary form is used
(fig. 56).

: Fig. 55. *
In very old buildings throughout Germany, usually on

_ old churches and convents, the normal tile (¢mb.) is often

seen. Professor Virchow informed me that this tile was
introduced into Germany by monks, from the Rhine, in
the twelfth century. As before remarked, this tile is
known as the monk tile in Copenhagen.

Fic. 56.

The appearance of a flat tiled roof, as seen from within
is shown in fig. 57, sketched in the attic of an old house
in Nuremberg. Here the manner of propping up a tile
with a stick, for the purpose of letting in light is shown ;
this is done for light and not for ventilation, as the roof is

44 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

sufficiently ventilated by the loose adjustment of the tiles.
Other means for admitting light to the attic are shown in

Fig. 57.
fig. 58 (Freiburg) and 59 (Weimar). These hoods or
dormer windows are made out of a single piece of terra-

FIG. 59.
cotta ; they are secured to the roof by a broad flange around
which the tiles are fitted.

Lit tae eeee

|

Mey tS

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 45

Fig. 60 shows the manner of finishing the end of a roof;
the battens upon which the tiles are hung project through
the wall and the tiles are cut longitudinally to continue the
alternate adjustment of tiles to the edge.

Fic. 60.
At Nuremberg the flat tile is everywhere seen. Fig.
61 is reduced from a photograph of Nuremberg houses
showing how deftly the tile is handled in covering dormer

Fie. 61.

windows and various projections. In some cases the lower
border of the tile is rounded, in others pointed. Other

46 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

forms of tile are seen in this picturesque old city. On
the old Roman tower of the castle may be seen a large,
thick, coarsely made semi-cylindrical tile, being much
larger at the upper end, measuring .51 centimetres in
length, and a width at its widest end of .15 centimetres.
This tile has a thick nib to hold it to the battens. The

FIG. 63.

spaces between the tiles were thickly plastered though
greatly out of repair, as gleams of light were coming
through various chinks. Fig. 62 shows the appearance
of this tile from within the roof, while the appearance from
without is shown in fig. 63. This sketch is taken from
_ the castle wall tower which is supposed to be nearly 400

years old. The ridge is seen covered with ordinary semi-
cylindrical tiles, while a single course of tiles next to the
ridge shows the roof-tile used in the form of an imbrex.
All the interstices were thickly plastered. The tile was
accounted the oldest form used in Nuremberg, and may
be regarded as the normal tile. A recent form of tile,
which may be looked upon as an extreme modification of

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 47

a pan tile, is seen on certain portions of the city wall (fig.
64). At Urfurt (fig. 65) and Wurtzburg (fig. 66) a tile
is often seen with a slight ridge turned up on one side,
and a recurved edge on the opposite side which laps over
the slight ridge on the next tile. This form is certainly
a modification of the pan tile, and curiously enough laps

FIG. 65. FIG. 66.
to the left, as in the case of the Japanese pan tile. At

Hildesheim old houses are covered with a similar form of
tile lapping to the left.

POLAND.

I am indebted to Mr. J. Adamowski for information
concerning the roofing-tiles of Poland. An architect friend
of his, Mr. Kozlowski, of Czenstochowa, writes that the
most common form of tile in Poland is the flat tile with
rounded end, differing in no respect from the ordinary
German tile, and usually laid in a double row, as shown ©
in fig. 54. The dimensions, in English inches, are 7 by
14.

The pan tile lapping to the right is also seen in old build-
ings and churches. It is no longer made in Poland. This
tile is known by the name of Holland tile, and its intro-
duction to Poland may have been by way of the Baltic.

RUSSIA.

An examination of photographs and numerous inquiries
show that the tiled roof is not common, but, when seen,
it is composed of the flat tile. Dr. Berlin, a Russian phy-
sician, and her brother, stated to me that formerly an

48 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

angular tile, in form like the ridge-tile, was used as a roof-
ing-tile. These tiles were placed in rows running from
the ridge to the eaves, with the crest uppermost, no under
tiles being used. The tiles were simply bedded in cows’
manure. Repeated questioning failed to modify this state-
ment. Itis recorded that in other regions in the east it is
customary to plaster the house with manure.

Photographs from the Caucasus show the normal tile
(amb.) in use.

SWITZERLAND.

The flat tile is everywhere common in Berne, Zurich
and other parts of northern Switzerland. In very old
houses the normal tile (z/2b.) is occasionally seen (fig. 67),
but even in these cases the newer
additions to the roof are covered
with a flat tile. In some instances
the ridge is finished with wood or
metal, instead of the usual ridge-
tile. The tiles are often seen
aligned instead of breaking joint ;

FIG. 67. in this case the roof is first shin-
gled. An elaborate structure of brick, stone and roofing-
tile, held together by mortar, forms the top of most of
the chimneys, and suggests the idea of a bird-house, or
such an affair as a child might build with blocks.

They are certainly picturesque and apparently durable,
as none of them seem to be dilapidated. Fig. 68 is repro-
duced from a rough sketch of a few chimney tops in Berne.

At the Historical Museum at Berne, I found an interest-
ing collection of roofing-tiles. I learned that the curator
of this department was an architect, and this accounted
for the extent of the collection, which was the best one
that I saw anywherein Europe. Among the tiles was one

Fo

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 49

from the Castle of Trachselwald with the date of 1300 on
the label. This was a flat tile with pointed end. It was
34.2 centimetres long and 19 centimetres wide. A rude

Fig. 68.

figure of a bear with rough bars below and above, enclosed
in a circular panel, was impressed upon the tile near its
ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 7

50 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

lower end (fig. 69). Another flat tile, also pointed at the
lower end, had two many-rayed stars impressed upon it.
The date 1666 had been incised with a small point across
the middle of the tile, and at the square end the same date
had been marked with the finger (fig. 70). This tile was

990
ER

bo Bo)

NY

Fic. 69. Fig. 70.

36.8 centimetres long and 19.3 centimetres wide. In this
collection was a curious glazed tile, evidently made for the
top of a stove, but representing a sloping roof. This had
alternate squares of brown and straw-colored glaze, repre-
senting the pointed flat tile. Its date was supposed to be

=

Fig. 71.
1300. In the collection were also ridge-tiles with foliated
ornament (fig. 71). These were green glazed, and labelled
Castle Thurgau, Canton of Thurgau, city of Arbou. The
specimen figured was 37 centimetres in length.

LL

og

aie ee ae eee ne

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. $i

At the Antiquarian Museum at Zurich were preserved
a few old flat tiles (fig. 72). These far exceeded the di-
mensions of the other flat tiles described, one specimen
measuring 46.8 centimetres in length and 17.2 centimetres
in breadth. The nib was large and broad, and the lower
end of the tile was roundly pointed. Another specimen
of the same length, and having a breadth of 23.5 centi-
metres, was pointed, the pointed end being cut off square.

The lower exposed portion was coated with salt glaze ;
the nib was small and recurved. These tiles were about
350 years old.

hi a =

Fig. 72.

At Basle the buildings were somewhat mongrel in their
appearance, partially losing their Swiss character without
assuming their German character. The tiles were flat with
rounded ends. On the old cathedral in this town the tiles
were glazed green, red and white and in the rebuilding of
certain portions of the cathedral new flat tiles, glazed the
- same colors, were being used, the bright glaze of even the
old tiles forming a startling and disagreeable contrast. to
the time-stained stone and other material of the structure.
Some interesting ridge-tiles with green and brown glazes

52 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

were found in a local museum. These had Gothic scrolls
and leaves springing from their crests; in one case the
finial was held to the tile by an iron rod, as a dowel.
(The height of this tile was .67 centimetres.) These

Ld

Ae etas, aS

Fic. 73.

tiles were labelled Nicholas Chapel, fifteenth century (fig.
73). At Interlachen, the flat tile was seen on some of the
older buildings, the modern structure being roofed with
modern forms of tiles, which seemed to have certain mer-
its in securing a tight roof (figs. 74 and 75).!

FIG. 75.

1A modern interlocking tile is made at Allkirch village, Canton of Berne, by
Gilardoni Brothers. I found it on many houses at Berne, and, if I remember
rightly, it was the tile used on the new arsenal at Berne.

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 53

The new arsenal at Berne had a tiled roof resting on
battens, each tile so loose that it could be easily pushed up
from within. There was no sheathing beneath, and here
and there glints of light could be seen. Indeed, it was
blowing a gale and snowing at the time I was there, and
a little snow had blown in. That the roof was water-
proof was implied by the fact that a new building filled
with polished weapons had only this kind of a roof-cover-
ing for protection. From the behavior of certain tiled roofs
in our country, we have certainly not yet learned the secret
of a good tile.

FRANCE.

My information concerning French roofing-tiles is very
meagre, being chiefly based on hasty notes made in Paris
and vicinity, and observations from the main railways
from Paris to Brussels and Calais respectively, supple-
mented by the examination of a few photographs.

The flat tile appears to be the dominant form through-
out central and northern France, while the normal tile
(imb.) is common farther south, and especially along the
Mediterranean. The flat tile is usually square at its lower
end and smaller than the German or Swiss form. At the
Paris Exposition many forms of roofing-tiles were exhib-
ited from French tileries, among which were large num-
bers of flat tiles.

The introduction of roofing-tiles among the peasantry
must have been comparatively recent. Leslie (Hssays on
Moral and Political Philosophy), writing of Puy-de-
Dome, a central department ot France, says ; “I saw many
instances of a change which is the precursor of an elevation
of the standard of habitation, namely, the substitution of
tile for thatch roof.” In Spenser’s Sociological Tables a
number of references are conveniently accessible concern-

54. 2 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

ing the roofing material in France in early centuries. Vi-
truvius, the famous Roman architect, in the first century
of our era says: “The Gauls to this day build their houses
of boughs, reeds and mud, with roofing of oaken shingles
or of straw. Even at Massalia we may observe roofs
made without tiles, of earth kneaded, as it were, with
straw.” “It appears from Orderic’s narrative (1090 A. D.)
that the roof of the castle was covered with shingles of
wood instead of slates or tiles. This is still the case with
respect to many of the towers of the country churches in
the Lieuvin and the Roumois.”

“The working of plaster quarries, the use of tiles for
roofing houses and afterwards the discovery of slate .
entirely changed the appearance of houses. It was only
in the fifteenth century that slate was used. In 1465 it
was just begun to be known of.” (Chérul, Dictionary
of Institutions, Manners and Customs of France.)

GREAT BRITAIN.

In England two kinds of roofing-tiles are in use: the
flat tile, which is the form most commonly seen, and the
pan tile, which is found widely distributed. This tile is
also known as the Flemish tile, this name implying that
it was first introduced from Flanders.

The cheapness and excellent quality of slate and its al-
most universal use have evidently checked the development
of the roofing-tile. One sees no attempt at architectural
effect in the treatment of the roof, but the tiling is done
in that durable manner which characterizes English work
in general. The head of the pan tile has two nibs instead
of the usual single one, and the tiles are adjusted with
greater care to the roof.

In the collection of building material at the South Ken-
sington Museum may be seen a great variety of roofing-

— =

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 55

tiles. In the catalogue of this material, published by this
museum in 1876, these roofing-tiles are variously recorded
as plain tiles, red, green and brown; plain tiles colored
to match old tiling; terra metallic; single, double and
treble channelled tiles ; flat or Roman ornamental roofing-
tiles ; ridge-tiles with ornamental crests, and many others.
As most of these tiles are modern productions (many of
them the result of England’s awakening which followed
the World’s Fair of 1851, and the renewed impulse of the
French Exposition of 1855), their consideration does not
properly come within the scope of this paper. One tile,
however, figured in the catalogue above referred to, appears
interesting as well as serviceable (fig. 76). Itis a French
tile known as the tile Courtois,
from the name of its inventor.
=== It seems to have the merit of
= simplicity and but little of the
tile is concealed in the lap. In
1856-57, this tile was made at
Stamford, England, and used on
Fic. 76. a number of buildings. In 1876,
a tile somewhat similar to this was made near Hull. Many
of the tiles mentioned in the catalogue failed to come into
general use. An example of the treble channelled tile
I saw at Cambridge, England, and, curiously enough, at
Stockholm. This tile might be regarded as a variety of
the pan tile with three equidistant folds, the side lap being
made as in the pan tile.

From various sources one may gather a continuous his-
tory of the introduction and successive appearances of the
various forms of roofing-tiles in England. The early Brit-
ish houses were circular, with low stone walls and conical
shingle roofs. With such a form of roof the use of terra-
cotta roofing-tiles was well nigh impossible, and a square

56 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

house with the ordinary sloping roof must have preceded
the use of roofing-tiles.

Before the introduction of pottery Sila, rough stones
were used for roof coverings. “In localities which sup-
plied laminated stones such as Gloucestershire and Hamp-
shire in Britain, the Romans often roofed their buildings
with stone tiles fastened on with iron nails” (see tiles,
Encyclopedia Britannica). Lieutenant-general Pitt-Riv-
ers in a communication on an ancient British settlement
excavated near Rushmore, Salisbury (Journal Anthropo-
logical Institute, Vol. xvu, p. 190), records that “tiles
of Purbeck shale, with nail-holes to fasten them by, were
also found more frequently in the rich quarter than else-
where and terra-cotta tegule were also found there, but
only in fragments and used as pavements, for which pur-
pose these tiles were frequently employed elsewhere. The
absence of imbrices which are a necessary adjunct in the

formation of a Roman tiled roof confirms the opinion that

the roofs of the Romano-British village were not tiled in
this way. Although the fragments of the tiles show that
they had certainly been originally constructed for roofing,
their use for a second-hand purpose conveys the impression
of poverty, although too much stress must not be laid
upon the circumstances.”

It would be interesting to ascertain whether any frag-
ments of these tegule had traces of cement upon them,
for we have seen that in Japan, the tegule well bedded in
clay or pointed with mortar may be used without imbrices.

It was customary in the Middle Ages and up to within —

recent centuries to use rough-stone tiling. At Broadway,
near Worcester, England, one may see a village in which
many of the cottage roofs are tiled with small flat stones
of the roughest description. These are held to the roof
by oaken pins which suspend them on the battens placed

ee

we sf

hn ae!

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 57

across the rafters for the purpose. Fig. 77 shows the ap-
pearance of one of these cottage roofs and the manner in
which even the small roofs of dormer windows and hips
may be neatly covered by this rough material.

Fig. 78 shows the appearance of a portion of the roof
from within. The stone tile (fig. 79) used for this pur-
pose measures, roughly, .22 centimetres in length by .14
centimetres in breadth, with a general thickness of .02
centimetres. It is made of some fossiliferous limestone.
I learned that these houses were over three hundred years

FIG. 77.
old. I also observed on one of the oldest houses in Oxford
similar rough-stone tiles, and doubtless, they occur in
many other places.

Mr. Ross Turner informs me that in Bermuda a rough,
flat tile is cut from the coral sandstone rock, and cedar
pins are used to hold the tiles to the roof after the man-
ner of the rough, stone tile just described. An old house
at St. Georges, over two-hundred years old, and St.
Peter’s Church, St. Georges (1630-40) were covered with
this tile and they are in use to-day.

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 8

58 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

In an interesting work by Thomas Wright on the Homes
of Other Days, many reproductions of old drawings of
Saxon and Norman times are given, from which some hints
of the kinds of roofing tiles in use may be found. From
the Harleian MS. dating from the ninth century, a picture
is given of an Anglo-Saxon house ; in this picture a variety
of roofing-tiles are shown, the most conspicuous of which
_is the normal tile. The flat Roman tile is also given, and
another form resembling round-ended flat tiles, though
these may be wooden shingles. Flat Roman tiles again

—S_=_> ee nt —_
— —————_

Fie. 78.

appear in another drawing of the tenth century, and in
another picture of this epoch the flat tile, with round end,
and the normal tile are represented. A picture of a town
of the tenth century shows only the normal tile. In an
Anglo-Saxon MS. of the Psalms, the normal tile is in-
dicated, and what appears to be an imbricated ridge of tiles.
In a roof shown in the Bayeux tapestry, the normal tile is
seen. In an early Saxon illumination, a large normal tile
is shown. In early Norman times, the normal tile is de-

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 59

picted in the drawings. In all the above cases the normal
tile (¢mb.) is the one indicated. A complete view of a
house is shown in a MS. of the fourteenth century, and
this represents the flat tile rounded at its lower end. In
the same MS. flat tiles are shown arranged in a form often
seen in the arrangement of slates in England to-day, where
an interspace of an inch or more is left between contiguous
slates in an horizontal line. From this time on, the flat tile
is the only one shown in the various drawings given. It
would seem by this that the pan tile was introduced from
Belgium within recent centuries.

FIG. 79.

In consequence of the frequency of fires it was enacted
in the first year of Richard I (1189) that the lower story
of all houses in the City of London should be built with
stone and the roofs covered with slate or tile ( Pictorial
History of England, Vol. u, p. 230). In the fourteenth
century, London houses were generally roofed with tiles.

“In taking down part of a late Norman building in
Southwark some years ago, to make the approaches to the -
present London bridge, some tiles were found built into the
wall and may have formed part of the original structure.
They were thirteen inches by eight inches and varied in

60 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

thickness from five-eighths of an inch to aninch. Half
of one side, which would have been exposed upon a roof,
was glazed, and they were made with pin-holes in them,
as is still the custom in some districts.” (Glossary of
Architecture, Vol. 1, p. 463). Inthe work above cited it
is stated that, in the fourteenth century, “the manufacture
of tile was one of sufficient importance in England to re-
quire regulation by statute . . . whereby the dimensions
of plain tile are fixed at ten by six and one-fourth and half
an inch and half-quarter thick, at least. Roof or crese
tile at thirteen inches long, thickness same as other.” Also
that, in the Middle Ages, tiles were extensively employed
in covering buildings though they seem always to have
been considered an inferior material to lead. In the same
work are given some remarkable ridge-tiles with figures,
crosses, etc., modelled upon them. These were found at
Great Malvern and London; the statement is also made
that flat tiles only were used at that time.

From the above data, we venture to suggest the follow-
ing historical sequence in the introduction of the various
forms of roofing-tiles into Great Britain: First, the large
flat Roman tile and the same time the rude stone tile prob-
ably devised by the Romans while in England. Second,
the normal tile, probably introduced by monks. Third,
the flat tile introduced from Normandy, and, finally, the
pan tile introduced from Belgium.

The flat tile is not only used for roofing but is also used
in finishing the vertical walls of a gableend. In this case
the tiles may be cut pointed, or otherwise shaped, as in
fig. 80. Dobson’s hand-book of Tiles and Tile-making
says that pan tiles were formerly made with holes in them
for the reception of the tile-pins by which they were hung
on the laths. The common method now is to turn down
a couple of nibs at the head of the tile, which answers

—_ —_ >. ~~ - —_

A a tal cae i liao ail

ss

ei

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 61

the same purpose. The roofing-tile is used for other pur-

poses besides that for which it was originally designed. In

flower-gardens the flat, round-ended tile is found very

serviceable in separating beds or bordering paths, the tiles

- being partially buried inthe

ground vertically, forming

a much better dividing line

than do strips of board,

which soon decay. As a

coping for brick walls the

Fig. 80. roof-shaped ridge-tile

forms a good and picturesque top. The same form. of

ridge-tile placed in an inverted position may often be seen

on the steep slopes of grass-covered railroad enbankments,
as cheap and useful water-conductors.

UNITED STATES.

We have seen in the course of this paper that in all
parts of the world, outside of savage areas and under all
climatic conditions, people shelter themselves beneath roofs
covered with terra-cotta tiles. With this wide dispersion
of roofing-tiles, however, there still remains a territory ex-
tending from the Atlantic to the Pacific, embracing Canada
and the United States, which is virtually destitute of this
ancient form of roof-covering. It is a curious fact that a
material so cheap, durable and picturesque, and one so
widely distributed throughout the world, should not have
effected a lodgment in this country. It seems all the
more singular when it is considered that the early colonists
—Spanish, Dutch, French, English, German—all came
from tile-using countries. This curious condition of things
can only be accounted for by the fact that, at the outset,
wood was so much cheaper than any kind of baked clay
that it was used in the form of clapboards and shingles to

62 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

the exclusion of other material, and thus the habit finally
became ingrained.

That early attempts were made to use tiles in this country
is attested by Mr. F. A. Barber, in his interesting article
on the “Rise of the Pottery Industry in the United States”
(Popular Science Monthly, December, 1891). In this
article he shows that the flat roofing-tile was used in Lan-
caster County, Pennsylvania, as early as 1769, as tiles
bearing the date scratched upon them have recently been
discovered there. I am indebted to Mr. Barber for the
following cut of this tile (fig. 81). As the form of this

Fig. 81.

tile and its dimensions correspond to the average flat tile
seen in Germany, it is almost certain that the tile was in-
troduced by the early German emigrants to that region.
I am also indebted to Dr. Charles C. Abbott, of the Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania, for information regarding some
pan tiles discovered by him on Burlington Island, Dela-
ware River, New Jersey. These tiles were found associated
with rudely made red and yellow brick, on the site of a
house built by the Dutch in 1668, and shortly afterwards
destroyed by the Indians. The outline of the specimen

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 63

sent me by Dr. Abbott shows the typical Dutch pan tile
of the roughest description.

Within recent years, pan tiles and flat tiles have been
manufactured and used in this country. Their use has
been mainly confined to large structures, not for the sake
of economy or utility, but for architectural effect. Such
roofs have been far more expensive than similar ones in
Europe, and judging from the trouble many of these roofs
have given, it is quite evident either that the right kind of
tile has not been made, or that it has not been properly
applied to the roof. From the frequent breaking of the
tiles, it has been supposed that our climate, with its rig-
orous changes, was the cause of this. I have observed,
however, in Europe, that tiled roofs are quite as common
in regions north of the line of frost and snow as below that
line. In England, the effect of frost is spoken of as being
unfavorable to tiled roofs. Despite these drawbacks, it
would seem that the terra-cotta tile, when properly made
and adjusted, is one of the cheapest and most durable of
roof-coverings, as it is certainly one of the oldest and
most widely distributed.

Acting as a non-conductor, the upper portion of the
house is warmer in winter and cooler in summer. Slate
roofs absorb and transmit a good deal of heat. Shingle
roofs are a menace in times of conflagration. With the
best tile clays in the world and an abundance of the rude
labor usually employed in tile-making, there is no reason
why roofing-tiles should not come into common use in this
country, as they have in all other parts of the world.

INTERLOCKING TILE.
At the present day there are a great many forms of tiles
made in Europe, especially in France and Switzerland,
some of which are very ingenious. The object to be at-

64. ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

tained in an interlocking tile is to devise a form which
shall, by a series of ribs and corresponding depressions,
more thoroughly exclude water. In the United States,
tiles of this kind are being made besides the ordinary pan
and flat tile. It is not within the purposes of this paper to
speak of these in detail, as there are many kinds each pos-
sessing certain merits. .

I cannot forbear, however, alluding to a remarkable ex-
hibition of this material at the late Paris Exhibition which
suggested what an extraordinary industry might spring
up in this country if the merits of terra-cotta roofing-tiles
could be made more widely known. In this exhibition
there were not only a great many displays of the ordinary
flat tiles, but there were pan tiles as well as interlocking
tiles made of pressed glass, by the use of which dark
warehouses and attics might be made light. The tiles were
made precisely like the terra-cotta ones, so that here and
there they could be introduced thus letting in gleams of
light in usually dark places, or the entire roof might be
covered with these glass tiles. There were also terra-
cotta tiles perforated to admit little squares of glass.
Graeber has called attention to ancient Greek tiles in the
temples at Phigalia, Athens, and other places, in which
the large flat terra-cotta tile was perforated for the pur-
pose, as he believes, of admitting light in dark places
under the roof.

TILE-MAKING,.

In the course of this paper it has been shown that
throughout the world with the exception of our country
and Canada the use of terra-cotta roofing tiles is univer-
sal. There is no reason why they should not come into
general use in this country. There are large regions in
the United States, like Arizona, New Mexico and certain

- ee

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 65

western states and territories where forests are scarce or
altogether absent, yet having an abundant supply of coal
suitable for the baking of tiles, and the best clays in the
world. With the rapid destruction of our forests and the
consequent increase in the price of wood, shingles and
clapboards, the tile-making industry should spring up in
many parts of the country.

A few brief notes, concerning the making of tiles, are
here appended to call attention to the simple appliances
and the rude character of the labor employed in the man-
ufacture, in the hopes of encouraging the industry. IRPfwe
have brick-kilus everywhere we should be able to sustain
tileries also.

Edward Dobson’s Hand-book on Bricks and Tiles in
Weale’s series, gives illustrations of the various machines
used in the making of flat and pan tiles. From this we
learn that in Staffordshire a workman may produce 1,300
to 1,500 flat tiles in a day. In Gwilt’s Encyclopedia of
Architecture, it is stated that “clay from which tiles are
made will make good bricks—the converse does not hold
good, it requires tough clay to make tiles, on account of
the thinness of the tiles. Much care is required in baking ;
if the fire be too slack, they will not burn sufficiently hard,
and if too violent they glaze and suffer in form.”

It is observed also that glazed tiles are not so much af-
fected by frost. In Europe, as in Japan, old tiles are
considered better than new ones. We learn from the same
authority that an ancient custom was to bed tiles in hay
or moss. When the roof is full pitch, this suffices without
mortar; with less pitch, mortar is used to point the tiles
in order to keep out snow or rain in a high wind. We
have seen that in Japan and Korea, and probably in China,
also, mud or clay is used in which to bed the tile, and in
these as well as in all other countries mortar is used in

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 9

66 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

various ways to point the tiles, particularly at the eaves
and ridge.

In Germany, the making of flat tiles, as I saw it near
Wurtzburg, was of the simplest description. An iron
frame having the outline of the tile to be made was the
only important implement involved in the process. This
frame represented the mould. The table upon which this
rested consisted of a thick piece of plank, over which was
spread a piece of woollen cloth, one edge of which was
nailed to the lateral edge of the plank, while the opposite
edge of the cloth had secured to it an iron rod, the weight
of which kept the cloth drawn smoothly over the plank.
The iron frame was now placed upon the cloth (fig. 82)

FG. 82.
and clay was packed into it with the hands, and then
pounded down with a wooden mallet such as a moulder
might use. A straight-edge was used to scrape away the
superfluous clay, a little mass being left at the head of the
tile which was afterwards shaped into the nib which was
to hold the tiles to the laths or battens. This being done,
a square piece of board notched at one end to admit the
nib was placed on the frame. The workman then grasped
the iron rod attached to the free end of the cloth and, with
the other hand holding the board in its place, lifted the cloth
and inverted the whole thing, transferring thesofttile to the

i ee

—

pee:

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 67

board.! The iron frame was then removed, and the board
with its unbaked tile was placed in the sun to dry. The
workman informed me that he could make a thousand tiles
a day. Fig. 82 shows the iron frame resting on the
flannel in position to be filled with clay. . The board upon
which the unbaked tile is to be transferred is to be seen
to the left. Fig. 83 is reproduced from a hasty sketch
of a Wurtzburg tiler at work.

Large dome-shaped brick ovens were used in baking

Fig. 83.

the tiles. The structure was flat above, and leading down
to the ovens below were small holes two or three feet
apart. The fire, having been started, was afterwards fed
by pushing into these holes at short intervals small quan-
tities of fine coal or coal-dust. The utilization of coal-
dust in this way struck me as an economical method of
using this waste product. I was informed that ordinary
bricks were baked in the same way.

tMany old Korean and Japanese roofing-tiles show on their lower side a cloth.
mark impression, and doubtless similar methods were resorted to in their manu-
facture.

68 - ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

Mr. Howard Walker informed me that in France he had
seen a tiler at work first shaping a flat piece of clay into
the proper dimensions and then bending it over the upper
part of his leg, at the same time pushing up a nib of clay
at the head of the tile with his thumb.

In Japan the tiles are made in moulds, dried in the sun,
and baked with pine fagots and twigs for fuel. Fig. 84

represents the appearance of a Japanese tilery near Tokio.

Fig. 84.

SUMMARY AND CONCLUDING REMARKS.

The older roofing-tiles of the world group themselves
into three distinct types, the normal or Asiatic tile, the
pan or Belgic tile, whichis an outgrowth of the normal tile,
and the flat or Germanic tile, which is an independent form.
The normal tile, the earliest known form, covers by far
the greater number of roofs to-day. With few exceptions
it is the only form oftile used in Asia, Asia Minor, Greece,
Italy, Sicily, Spain, the countries bordering the southern
shores of the Mediterranean, and all the Spanish and

Portuguese colonies and countries in both hemispheres.
This tile is also found in areas contiguous to the coun-
tries above mentioned.

et a a Sil a

_—

I lle ee

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. 69

The treatment of the roof covered with this tile in the
Orient and in the Occident differs widely. In China,
Korea, Japan, and countries to the south of China the
ridges are usually conspicuous for their elaborate structure.
The tiles are aligned with great care, the eaves tiles have
turned margins of graceful outline with ornamental designs
upon them in relief. The roofs of the more important
buildings have their ridges, hips and eaves in strongly
curved lines and with this treatment the curved tegula is
in harmony. In the Occident, one sees but little attempt
at architectural effect in the treatment of the tile. The
ridge is rarely more than a single course of semi-cylindrical
tiles, though in certain Swiss and English glazed ridge
tiles of a few centuries ago finials were moulded upon
them. The eaves tiles differ in no respect from those of
the roof and the only attempt at decoration was by the in-
troduction of stucco or white plaster between the courses,
us occasionally seen in modern Grecian houses and mediz-
val Spanish ones. In ancient Greece the ridge and eaves
tiles, the huge discs terminating the ridges, the antifixe,
etc., decorated in polychrome, added greatly to the beauty
of the roofs.

The discovery by Graeber, on the site of the earliest ex-
ample of Greek architecture, of a fully developed normal
tile with curved tegula, and disc-closed imbrex, identical
with that of eastern Asia, compels one to believe that from
the far East came the roofing-tile. The curved tegula
would naturally harmonize with the curved lines of the
Eastern roof, while a straight-edged tile would be more in
accordance with the straight lines of the Greek roof, and
as a matter-of-fact, we find the curved tegula soon yield-
ing to the broad flat tegula, which ever after became the
dominant form for the monumental buildings of ancient
Greece, Italy, Sicily and Etruria,

70 . ON THE OLDER FORMS OF

Successive invasions of the Asiatic tile, in a measure,

supplanted the normal flat type which seemed at the out- .

set to be associated with monumental buildings, though
this purely classic form has survived in the modern flat
type seen in Italy to-day. The circular disc closing the
imbrex points distinctly to eastern Asia, and the subse-
quent decoration of the eaves and ridge tiles, while
strongly suggesting an Eastern origin, is no sure criterion,
as to whatever the Greeks touched they imparted a charm
derived from their own matchless instinct for the beautiful.

It seems curious to see the antifixe attached to the
eaves tiles, at Assos, as late as the Roman epoch, and yet
600 years before, at Selinus, these elements had already
become detached from the roofing-tiles and were indepen-
dent pieces, nailed to the top of the stone coping.

The historical sequence in the development of the early
Grecian, Etruscan, Roman and Sicilian tile, and the source
of the first form—the norm as Graeber describes it—so
common in China to-day, must ultimately be cleared up.
The material is indestructible and the character of a frag-
ment, even, is easily recognized.

It has been impossible to find data indicating, even ap-
proximately, the first appearance of the pan tile and the
flat tile, though it is probable that these data exist.

The geographical distribution of these three types of tile
to-day is a matter easily ascertained and I venture to pre-
sent the following map of Europe (fig. 85) upon which
are indicated by conventional lines the regions where these
various forms occur. These lines represent the appear-
ances of the tiles in section and will be readily understood.
The single curved lines represent the normal tile, the lines
of double flexure the pan tile, and the short, straight lines
the flat tile.

As the normal tile is almost universally distributed in

—

wore

TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES. ra

Asia, it was unnecessary to represent that region of the
-world.

Sources of information.—The preceding notes have been derived from
personal observation in most of the countries mentioned, except in
India and Persia and those countries immediately bordering on the
Mediterranean. For these countries, particularly Italy and Greece, I
have depended upon photographs. Many of these examined were of
large size, and presented the most reliable details; even when of small

ATLANTIC .

He
CC,
NOC,

A;
»)
4
0)

SD
Sagat
gO) 3c

MEDITERRANEAN SEA sar! dition
ine
ae Saar

ia
VPRO YAR SG

£iG. du.

size, the type of tile could be easily made out with the aid of a lens.
Reproductions from sketches illustrating architectural tours, etc.,
could not be depended upon, as the roofs in these drawings were
usually represented by rough, shaded surfaces or formal lines. The
art-galleries in Berlin, Dresden, London and other places were good
hunting-grounds to fix the date of the use and distribution of the roof-
ing tiles (as, for example, a picture by Botticelli in the Dresden Gal-
lery, of the thirteenth century, showing the flat, normal tile of Rome;

72 ON THE OLDER FORMS OF TERRA-COTTA ROOFING-TILES.

a picture of the Sienese school, twelfth century, in the National Gal-
lery, London, showed a similar tile. The old Dutch masters present
the pan-tile, and Teniers shows the angular ridge-tile on a thatched
roof).

Collections of photographs, however, furnish the best material when
one cannot visit the country; the only drawback is that such pictures
usually present monumental buildings, often roofed with metal, and
it is only by chance that the roof or ridge of some common house
comes into the picture. For the photographic and other material I
am greatly indebted to the collections of the Boston Museum of Fine
Arts, Peabody Academy of Science, Salem, Gen. Charles G. Loring,
Mrs. Helen Abbott Michael, Mr. and Mrs. E. F. Waters, Mr. T. F.
Hunt, Mr. Sylvester Baxter, Mr. Denman W. Ross, Mr. J. Adamowski,
Mr. A. E. Barber, Prof. C. C. Abbott, Mr. Alban Andrén, Mr. G. E.
Walters and others, whose names are mentioned in the text. My ob-
ligations are especially due to Mr. Edward Robinson for calling my
attention to numerous memoirs on the Classical antiquities of Greece
and for the use of his valuable Classical library.

—— |

—

BULLETIN

OF THE

SUS Se eS ty en

Vou. 24. Satem: Aprit, May, June, 1892. Nos. 4, 5, 6.

THE REPTILES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

From the Collections of Dr. Geo. Baur.

BY 8S. GARMAN.

CuHELONIA, Sauria and Ophidia have been discovered on
“the Galapagos. Excluding the marine forms that may
from'time to time be found on the shores, only four fami-
lies are represented: the Testudinide of the tortoises, the
Iguanide and the Geckonide of the lizards, and the Colu-
bride of the snakes. Neither is peculiar to the locality.
The sea tortoises of the Chelonide are known to visit the
beaches, and stragglers of the Sphargide may also be
expected to wander there. Certain of the sea snakes,
Pelamis, of the Hydrophide, frequent the waters nearer
the continent and may at times be captured among these
islands.

Two genera of the lizards, Conolophus and Amblyrhyn-
chus, are found only on the Galapagos ; their closest allies,
however, are inhabitants of the western coasts of South

(73)

74 THE REPTILES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

America. The other five, Testudo, Tropidurus, Phyl-
lodactylus, Gonatodes, and Orophis, are genera of which
very closely allied species are distributed along the same
coasts.

Only one of the species discovered on the islands,
Phyllodactylus tuberculosus, has not been distinguished
from those of the continent. It ranges from Chile to Cali-
fornia. The tubercles of Dr. Baur’s specimen differ so
much from those of the mainland form that the type may
prove to be a new variety if not a distinct species. The
balance of the species, though in cases but little differen-
tiated, are sufficiently distinct for recognition among their
continental allies.

The affinities and the amount of differentiation of the
species on the various islands prove beyond question that
the insular genera and species were derived from, those of
the nearest South American coasts, either somewhat di-
rectly and recently or more remotely, from common an-
cestors. While there is a general agreement in regard to
the sources from which the different forms of plants and
animals at present inhabiting the islands were primarily
derived, the agreement is not extended to the manner of
derivation. Advocates of the theory of independent, vol-
canic, origin of the archipelago claim that accidental intro-
ductions have established the flora and fauna, and explain
the varying affinities of the types by asserting the trans-
portation of the same or of different species to particular
islands and by the effects of isolation and varied surround-
ings. They do not consider the six hundred miles or more
of distance from the source of supply to be an insurmount-
able obstacle, and they are favored by the great Peruvian
current and by the winds. Advocates of another theory
hold that the islands once were mountains connected with
what is now the continent by lower lands, that by subsi-

THE REPTILES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 75

dence they became separated, and that the modern forms
of life, with exception, perhaps, of one ora few of recent
introduction, are simply the descendants of continental
forms established in their present localities before the con-
necting lowlands disappeared in the ocean. In both theo-
ries, isolation and differences of circumstances were the
important factors in differentiation ; and the closeness of
existing relationships baicd be cited in favor of each of the
hypothanan

The portion of the collection submitted to me for ex-
amination suffices for special determinations but is insuffi-
cient for purposes of generalization. It indicates that a
most important contribution to the scientific history of
the region might be made by one who is able to gather
from each of the islands series large enough to supply the
now-lacking means for comparisons. His most extensive
series, that of Tropidurus, and the tortoises have already
been studied by the Doctor himself. Among those identi-
fied in this paper his collection has added one genus,
Gonatodes, and two new species, Gonatodes collaris and
Phyllodactylus Baurii, to the list of those reported from
these localities.

One of the most interesting specimens in the collection
is a small Conolophus from Barrington. It is important
because of the opportunity it affords for a description of
the young, and because of the light it throws on the deri-
- vation of the genus. [ts resemblance to forms of Enya-

lioides is so great that if larger individuals were unknown
we should place it in that genus by the side of Z. laticeps,
as a closely allied species. A comparison of this speci-
-men with others of species of Enyalioides makes it very
evident that Conolophus was derived from one of their
immediate ancestors, the nearest, perhaps, that of Z. lati-
ceps. Conolophus and Amblyrhynchus have close anatomi-

76 THE REPTILES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

cal affinities, and they must have come from nearly allied
forms, not from the same form. It may be that both of
these genera developed on the same island, the arid belt
near the shores evolving the cactus-eating Conolophus
while Amblyrhynchus made its food of seaweeds. Or it
may have been that Amblyrhynchus developed on one or
more of the islands on which there was no alternative for the
seaweed, whence the lizard has reached other localities in
which it now occurs. How these saurians became pos-
sessed of the vegetarian habit is a question to which our
only answer is conjecture. Its inheritance from herbiv-
orous mesozoic progenitors that might have existed is not
to be seriously considered. While it may have been the
case that allied species on the mainland also to some extent
fed on plants, it is more likely that scarcity of animal food
rather suddenly brought upon them, whether through emi-
gration or otherwise, compelled a change of diet. Such
achange would be complete in a single generation ; where-
as more gradual diminution in the supply of animals might
induce or permit adaptation, by reduction in size or needs,
to correspond with the conditions. Conolophus with its
feeding habits could only develop in such places as now
harbor it, the higher of the islands, those surrounded by
the cactus-bearing arid belt and possessing the fertile upper
plateaus. By this fact it is restricted to a few of the isl-
ands. But Amblyrhynchus is equally at home on any of

the islands with sufficient shoal water around them forthe |

production of the seaweeds. It may have started on one
of the islands that have no fertile upper belts, which are
not high enough to arrest the moisture needed for vegeta-
tion. However it reached such a territory it would be
obliged to depend on the beaches for subsistence, and from
such a place it might spread over the entire archipelago.
The determinations Dr. Baur has reached in his studies
of the genera Testudo and Tropidurus are the following :

———

THE REPTILES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 77

TESTUDO.
T. eELeEPHANTOPUS Harl. (7. vicina Gthr.) Probably James.
T. micropHyges Gthr. Albemarle.
T. aprncpont Gthr. (7. ephippium Gthr.) Abingdon.
T. GaALapacorEnsis Baur. (7. elephantopus Jack.) Charles.
T. niarita Dum. Bibr. Locality unknown.
T. eintueri Baur. (7. elephantopus Gthr.) Locality unknown.
TROPIDURUS.
T. crayt Bell. Charles.
T. sivitratus Pet. (7. lemniscatus Cope.) Chatham.
T. INDEFATIGABILIS Baur. James & Indefatigable.
T. peLanonis Baur. Hood & Gardner.
T. puncanensis Baur. Duncan.
T. ALBEMARLENSIS Baur. - Albemarle.
T. paciricus Steind. Abingdon.
T. HABELII St. Bindloe.

In connection with this genus I may add an interesting
note obtained from Count L. F. de Pourtalés in a conver-
sation after his visit to the Galapagos on the Hassler Ex-
pedition. He stated that one day as he was sitting on a
rock on the shore of one of the islands he saw a hawk
stoop for one of these little lizards running back and forth
on the sands. At once on the approach of his enemy the
lizard rushed into the water and remained there until the
hawk had gone away. So far as I am aware no notice has
heretofore been made of a disposition on the part of species
of Tropidurus to enter the water.

Below are given the determinations and notes secured
by a study of the remainder of the Doctor’s collection.

ConoLopHus suBcristatus Gray ; St.

A specimen from Barrington has a length of body of
four and three-fourths and of tail seven and one-half inches.

78 THE REPTILES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

It is handsomely marked and bears a striking resemblance
to species of Enyalioides. This is apparent even in the
gular sac and the transverse fold on the throat, and sug-
gests that in our systems these genera are placed too far
apart. The coloration differs materially from that of the
large specimens. The ground color is of a light olive,
lighter and uniform beneath and blotched and. vermiculate
on the back. Between the nape and the hips on the middle
of the dorsal surface there is a series of eight lighter cen-
tred, brownish transverse bands, and between these and
at their sides on the flank there are streaks forming vermi-
culations or rings. The rings enclose spaces of the ground
color ; on the lower parts of the flanks they are larger and
more distinct, resembling in a measure those on the flank
of Enyalioides planiceps as figured by Guichenot. The
crown of the head bears scattered spots of black. The
tail is brown on the top; on the middle of the side it has
a more or less broken longitudinal streak of the light color,
below which there is an irregular narrow band of brown
separating it from the lighter color of the lower portion.

Size and color are the features in which differences are
to be detected between this specimen and the larger ones.
Those that obtain are such as will disappear withage. The
several large individuals from the same island nearly ap-
proach a number secured by the Hassler Expedition, for
the Museum Comparative Zoology, from Albemarle. The
most notable of the differences between them appear in the
higher labials, as compared with the length, and in amore
concave frontal region on the specimens from Barrington,
which probably represent a distinct variety of the species.
The largest is about forty-two inches in length, half of
which is tail.

Concerning the dorsal crest there are several items it
may be well to notice here. In all cases the crest nearly

THE REPTILES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 79

or quite disappears between the hips, and on the males it
attains a greater development. Each of the large spines
of the neck has a small one immediately in front of it, and
frequently the latter is preceded by a still smaller one.
While young the spines are subpyramidal, convex on the
sides and concave behind, but as they grow higher they be-
come more subconical. arly in life the growth is rapid
and steady ; later it takes on a periodicity that is plainly
indicated in the dorsal spines. Those on the Barrington
specimens are encircled by three to six ridges, like the
rings around a cow’s horn. These make the outward ap-
pearance of each spine resemble that of the rattle of a small
rattlesnake. In alongitudinal section, however, the layers
of the epiderm are seen to lie closely against each other,
not loosely as in the rattle. When with age the shape of
the spine becomes subconical, a slight constriction around
the base of the cap, or slough, prevents its removal. The
periodic growth of the skin lengthens the spine thus push-
ing the older cap farther out so as to expose a portion of
the base of the new one formed within it. The entire
spine being dermal there is no vacant space within the suc-
cessive caps, consequently, close as the external resem-
blance is, they do not assume the function of rattles. The
appearance is brought about by the shape of the cap, or
slough, and the periodicity of the growth. Though not
a rattle it confirms my account of the structure and devel-
opment of that organ as given in 1888 (Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., xut, 259). Retention of the several caps adds to
the firmness and rigidity of the spine. On one individual
the longest spines measure three quarters of an inch.

AMBLYRHYNCHUS CRISTATUS Bell.

Dr. Baur’s Collection contains specimens from Albe-
marle, Bindloe, Cliarles and Tower, and in this museum

80 THE REPTILES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

there are others from Albemarle, Charles, Duncan and
Jervis islands. All may be placed in a single species, in
which it seems possible, however, to distinguish three va-
rieties : first, the typical form of the species, A. cristatus,
withthe young profusely mottled with whitish, greenish and
olive and the old reddish, mottled, and clouded with darker
on the sides and usually with a black blotch between the
shoulders (from Albemarle, Bindloe, Charles and Jervis) ;
second, A. ater, the large black form, from Duncan, which
exhibits, in large specimens, little or none of the russet
color or the mottling ; and, third, A. nanus, a small black
form from Tower island, a form that does not appear to
reach half the size of that from Duncan, and which becomes
nearly uniform black at a size that in A. cristatus has more
of green and olive than brown. The smallest specimen of
A. nanus is five inches in length of body and seven and
one-fourth in length of tail; the largest has a body eight
inches long and a tail twelve and a half. Two specimens
of A. ater were secured by Professor Agassiz, on the Al-
batross, from Duncan. The larger is fourteen inches in
body and eighteen and a half in tail. The color distin-
guishes them at once from A. cristatus. Of the latter those
from Charles appear to have more of the lighter colors in
the young, but in the old there is little difference to be
detected between the several localities. The smallest spec-
imen, from Albemarle, measures four and a half inches
in body and five and three-fourths inches in tail. It has
eight or nine transverse bands, or series of lighter spots,
from nape to base of tail, is mottled with lighter on flanks,
and is coarsely puncticulate with brown under throat and
breast. On the small ones the tubercles of the head are
hight colored, and spots of the same color form a sort of
rosette on the nape. The tubercles of the forehead are
flat or convex scales at first, later they become carinate

THE REPTILES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 81

and finally subconical. On the dorsum the crest is first
indicated by convex scales that become compressed and
ultimately subconical or pointed. In this genus the crest
on the neck shows the appearance of the rattles more than
that on the back, the opposite of what occurs on Conolo-
phus.

While looking over the specimens belonging to the
Museum of Comparative Zoology with Count Pourtalés,
he mentioned a statement of Darwin to the effect that this
species does not take to the water for safety, but that
when Darwin had thrown them in they immediately re-
turned to the shore. The Count said that, from his own
observations, among large rocks where there were fishes
the lizards preferred to hide in crevices on shore ; but that
he saw them along the open places, where there were num-
bers of them, run into the sea, near the beach where the
water was shallow, and secrete themselves under the rocks
when pursued from the land.

PHYLLODACTYLUS TUBERCULOSUS Wieg.

This: identification may yet be questioned. The speci-
men in the collection, from Chatham, is badly mutilated.
It agrees with Wiegmann’s species in the distribution of
the tubercles but differs in their shape and size; they are
broader and flatter with the keel more distinct from the
rest of the upper surface.

PHYLLODACTYLUS GALAPAGOENSIS Pet.

Dr. Boulenger gives the locality of this species as Charles
Island. Dr. Baur’s specimens are all reported from Albe-
marle, where it would from his collections appear to be
the only species of the genus. The largest individual
measures three and three-quarters inches, indicating a
smaller species than P. tuberculosus, of which specimens

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 11

'

82 THE REPTILES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

of my collecting in the Daule region, above Guayaquil,
reach five and a half. The dorsal tubercles are less de-
veloped, and those on the head and neck are less numerous
than those of that species, while the large scales below the
tail are not arranged in a regular series. Of ten specimens,
five have three submentals in contact with the mental, as
described by Peters ; four of the others have but two sub-
mentals in the same position, as stated by Boulenger ; and
one individual has four submentals against the mental
shield. In most respects the descriptions of coloration
given by the mentioned authors accords with that present
on these specimens. A striking contrast is presented by
one example: its ground color is light and the markings
are black ; between the nape and the base of the tail there
are eight transverse bands, bifurcating toward the flank ;
on the tail there are thirteen of the black bands ; and the
black band from the nostril through the eye is met at the
ear by that from the nape. Ordinarily the dorsal blotches
are brown, separated along the vertebral line, and reduced
to two series of spots.

PHYLLODACTYLUS BaurRIil sp. n.

This species is still farther than the preceding from
P. tuberculosus. There are but five rows of tubercles on
each side and they are smaller and more irregularly placed
in the rows. The scales of the back of the head and the
neck are granular, as in P. Ltezssti. The mental is rather
short; it is broad and forms an obtuse angle posteriorly,
between two large submentals. ‘The first infralabials are
about one-fourth as large as the mental, by which they are
widely separated. Forward from a vertical through the
pupil there are six labials and five to six infralabials.

The colors and markings are like those of P. galapa-
goensis. The reduction or absence of the tubercles on the

ll el ieee

THE REPTILES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 83

neck brings this species close to P. Reissii, described by

Peters from Guayaquil; the latter is readily distinguished

by its mental shield which is almost entirely between the
first pair of infralabials, and these are hardly smaller than
the mental itself.

Hab. las Cuevas, Charles Island.
PuHyYLuopactyLus LEEr Cope.

On one individual there are six labials in front of a ver-
tical through the pupil on one side and seven on the other.

Hab. Chatham Island.
GONATODES COLLARIS sp. n.

Head moderate; snout obtusely pointed, longer than
the distance between the eye and the ear opening, one and
one-half times the diameter of the orbit, equal the width of
the crown at the hinder edge of the orbit ; forehead flat ;
ear opening small. Digits slender; basal joint slender,
subcylindrical, with larger plates beneath; other joints
more slender, compressed. Head, throat, upper portions
of body, limbs and tail covered with subequal granular
scales, smallest on the occiput, larger on chin and tail.
Rostral broader than high, pentagonal, incised on the top.
A small internasal toward each side. Two small shields
behind the nostril. Six labials ; sixth small, slightly behind

the middle of theeye. Five infralabials ; posterior nearly

reaching a vertical from the hinder border of the eye ; first
large, in contact with two submentals ; mental large, with
a median and two lateral angles posteriorly, in contact
with a pair of moderate submentals, at each side of which
there is one scarcely half as large, from which again a
diminishing series of three or four passes back along the
infralabials. Abdominal scales moderate, imbricate, hep-
tagonal, flat, similar to scales in front of thighs and arms.

84 THE REPTILES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

Tail tapering, subround, covered with small imbricate
scales above and larger ones beneath. The median row
under the tail is subject to great variation: on two of the
specimens the scales are about twice as broad as long; on
two others they are so broad as to reach from side to side
of the tail. The granules of the throat are fine, quite as
small as those of the occiput ; near the labials and submen-
tals they rapidly increase in size.

Body and limbs dark brownish; back darker, with
numerous smal! spots of light blue. A dark-edged spot
of the blue above the shoulder. In front of each shoulder
there is a vertical band of bluish that does not reach the
median line on the top of the neck. Along the verte-
bral line the back is lighter, and along this light band
there are five pairs of dark spots, and at the hinder edge
of each of these spots there is a smaller one of the light
color. The first pair of the spots lies transversely in front
of the vertical band, the second behind the shoulders, the
third near the middle of the body, the fourth in front of
the leg, and the fifth across the base of the tail.

Chin and throat yellow to orange. Top and sides of
head brown; with a yellow band from the angle of the
mouth to the nape, another from the eye to the parietal
region, and a third from the nostrils backward over the
supraorbitals. On the crown the disposition of the yellow
is irregular, but on each specimen there is a short median
streak of the light color.

This form is very closely allied to Gray’s species G.
ocellatus from Tobago. ‘The principal differences seem
to be in the coloration. The vertical streak is in front of
the shoulder, and to reach the latter would bave to turn
back at its lower end. The head is not so high, and the
outline from rostral to occiput is very slightly but quite
regularly curved. In the figure given, by Dr. Boulenger,

THE REPTILES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 85

of G. ocellatus, the scales under the fourth toe are smaller
, toward the base; in our species they are about equal in
size.

Hab. Wreck Bay, Chatham Island.
OROPHIS BISERIALIS.

Herpetodryas biserialis Gthr.,-1860, Pr. Zool. Soe.
Lond., 97.

Dromicus Chamissonis Pet., 1869, M. B. Berl. Akad.,
719.

D. Chamissonis var. biserialis Gthr., 1870, Zool.
Rec., vi, 1869, 115.

D. Chamissonis var. dorsalis and var. Habelii Steind.,
1876, Schl. u. Eid. der Galap.-Inseln, p. 6, pl. 1.

Opheomorphus Chamissonis Cope, 1889, Pr. U.S.
Mus., 147.

There is a single specimen of this snake in the collection
from Hood Island. It is intermediate between Giinther’s
species biserialis and Steindachner’s variety Habelit. Struc-
turally it agrees with the type described by Ginther, but
it has no spots on the back. The dorsal band is continuous,
though fainter and indistinctly margined behind the middle
of thelength. The type from which the species was origi-
nally described was said to be from Charles Island. . The
present specimen from another locality possesses the
squamation of one of the so-called varieties and the color-
ation of the other. This seems to me to indicate the exist-
ence of but one variety, of which the spotted forms and
those with three postorbitals are individual variations.
There is nothing in the published evidence to show that
the striped form, the spotted form, that with two postor-
bitals, and that with three do not occur amongst the indi-
viduals of any of the localities inhabited by this snake.

86 THE REPTILES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS.

Giinther’s type has three postorbitals and is spotted, Dr.

Baur’s specimen has three postorbitals and is striped, and .

Steindachner’s varieties both striped and spotted have but
two postorbitals.

Steindachner’s specimens are from Charles, Hood, In-
defatigable, and Jervis Islands, Baur’s and Giinther’s are
from Charles and Hood.

The species was first placed by Dr. Giinther in Her-
petodryas. Peters removed it to Dromicus. The type
species of Dromicus is C. angulifer, with two scale pores,
which differs too much to admit of including the Galapagos
serpent with it in the same genus. Liophis was based by
Wagler on LZ. miliaris or L. Merremii, and Opheomorphus
thus becomes a synonym, being founded on the same type.
Since Fitzinger, 1843, has applied the name Orophis direct-
ly to O. Chamissonis it would appear that the best way out
of the confusion lies in retaining his generic designation
for that species and others not generically distinct.

Orophis biserialis differs from O. Chamissonis mainly in
having a larger number of scutes. Our specimen has 19
rows, no pores, 209 scutes under the body, a divided anal,
a mutilated tail, one loreal, one anteorbital, three postor-
bitals, eight labials, and ten infralabials. The frontal
does not widen in front; between the supraorbitals its
sides are parallel. The lateral band of light color extends
along the two outer rows of scales, and the upper light
band is on the sixth and seventh rows. The dorsal band
of brown occupies five entire rows with the adjoining edges
of two others; the lateral bands of this color occupy but
three rows with the adjoined edges of two more. All of
the bands fade posteriorly. The lateral bands of brown
begin at the nostrils and pass through the eye to the flanks ;
the dorsal band begins on the forehead, where it is not so
dark. Anteriorly there are spots under the body ; pos-

a

THE REPTILES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS. 87

teriorly the spots do not appear and the color is more uni-
form white or yellowish. The edges of the scales are darker.
The greater part of the brown in the coloration is in the
shape of coarse puncticulations ; these are continued more
or less completely across the abdomen on the hinder edges
of the scutes. On its edges the dorsal band has the ap-
pearance of being serrated. Dr. Giinther found 209 ven-
tral scutes on the typespecimen. Steindachner found the
ventrals on his examples to vary from 219 to, 225 and
the subcaudals from 105 to 114. On O. Chamissonis the
ventrals vary from 175 to 201 and the subcaudals from
100 to 113.

Mus. Comp. Zool., Jan., 1892,.
Cambridge, Mass.

ON REPTILES COLLECTED BY DR. GEO. BAUR
NEAR GUAYAQUIL, ECUADOR.

BY 8. GARMAN.

THoueH it contains but few types, this collection is of
interest because of the means it affords for determining a
number of individual variations, and for perfecting to some
extent several of the original descriptions, and also for re-
ducing the number of nominal species. ‘The specimens
were secured either in the immediate vicinity of Guayaquil
or, along or off the coast, on the way from that city to the
Galapagos Islands.

PELAMIS PLATURA Linn. ; Garm.

Four specimens of this sea snake were taken opposite
Santa Helena. The first has 53 scales in a row around
the body near the middle, nineteen of them being included
in the black color of the back. In a row from the chin
to the tip of the tail there are 344 on the body, and 52
on the tail. Around the middle of the tail there are 27
rows. On each side of the head a large anteorbital reaches
from the prefrontal to the lower of the two postorbitals.
None of the labials reach the orbit.

On the second there are 56 scales in a row around the
middle of the body ; and in a line from the chin to the end
of the tail there are 355 scales on the body, and 48 on the
tail. Seventeen of the scales around the body are in the

(88)

ON REPTILES COLLECTED NEAR GUAYAQUIL, ECUADOR. 89

black. In this case there are two anteorbitals on each side,

the lower one extending between the orbit and the labials
to the lower of the two postorbitals. In the middle of the
yellow color of the flank a black band passes back from the
lower jaw over more than one-third of the length ; behind
this it becomes a series of large spots ; and these latter, to-
ward the tail, extend downward to the median ventral line .
and join the spots from the opposite side to form trans-
verse bands.

The third example has 53 rows, nineteen of them in
the black, and in the ventral series has 340 on the body,
and 45 on the tail. On one side of its head there is one
anteorbital, which is separated from the lower of the two
postorbitals by the fifth labial. On the other side there
is a single postorbital ; this is separated from the lower of
the two anteorbitals by the fifth labial. There are eight
labials, of which the fourth is small and crowded under
the third and fifth. Infralabials 11-12.

The fourth individual has 53 rows of scales, seventeen
of them black; and in the ventral series there are 351 on
the body, and 49 on the tail. It has two anteorbitals on
one side, the lower one united with the fourth labial and
extended below the eye to the lower of the two postorbitals.
On the other side it has two ante- and two postorbitals,
with a large suborbital between the eye and the labials.

Only one of the four specimens has black in the yellow
of the flank. On two of them the black of the back is
regular in its lower margin to the base of the tail, where
it breaks into rounded blotches which descend on the sides
and alternate with others extending up from the lower
edge of the tail. On the other two the black of the back
becomes sinuous in its lower edges, not far from the middle
of the body, and breaks up on the en; where scattered
small spots of black appear.

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 12

90 on REPTILES COLLECTED NEAR GUAYAQUIL, ECUADOR.

LEPTODEIRA ANNULATA Linn. ; Fitz.

Considerable individual variations are shown by the
eleven specimens in the collection. Six have 21 dorsal
rows; five have 23. The scutes range from 185 to 194,
averaging about 189. The average of the subcaudals is
nearly 82, the range being from 72 to 90. The normal
number of labials is eight, on one side of each of two speci-
mens there are nine. There are ten infralabials ; on both
sides of one specimen and on one side of each of two others
there are eleven. Normally there are two ante- and two
postorbitals, and the fourth and fifth labials enter the or-
bital ring. On one side of one specimen there is a single
anteorbital and the third, fourth and fifth labials enter the
orbit ; and on both sides of another there are three postor-
bitals, while on one side of the same specimen there are
three anteorbitals. The dorsal blotches vary from 40 to 54
on the body, averaging about 45 ; and those on the tail range
from 17 to 25, with an average of about 22. On some
the dorsal blotches are transverse, undivided on the median
line ; on others they seem to be divided above the vertebre
and alternated and joined in such a manner as to form a
sinuous line, crossing back and forth from side to side of
the dorsum for a considerable extent of the entire length.
In young stages the ground color is much lighter and the

spots are more distinct. The scales have two pores; anal

and subecaudal scutes are divided.

HERPETODRYAS BRUNNEUS Gthr.

Rows 17, pores 2, scutes 1554122, and 1544-131, anal
and subcaudals divided ; labials 9, infralabials 10, a loreal,
one anteorbital, postorbitals 2, three on one side of one
specimen, fourth to sixth labials in the orbital ring. The
length of one is 114-+6§8, and of the other 193413
inches.

a

ON REPTILES COLLECTED NEAR GUAYAQUIL, ECUADOR. 91

On the younger the light vertebral space is more distinct,
as also the narrow bands of darker at each side of it, in
which there are small black spots. On the larger the
color is a darker olive in which many of the scales are
tipped with black. Nine of the dorsal rows are keeled.

HERPETODRYAS RETICULATUS Pet.

A young specimen with 17 rows of scales, 186 ventral
scutes, a divided anal, and a mutilated tail. Labials 9,
infralabials 10, one anteorbital, postorbitals 2. The
fourth to the sixth labials are in the orbital series. To
the base of the tail there are 82 blotches. Ventral surface
without black spots ; no white spots or white-edged scales
on flanks or back. In the quadrangular blotches of the
back the central portions are lighter, as also of the scales.
This form is evidently closely allied to H. Rappii of Giin-
ther.

CONIOPHANES SIGNATUS Sp. 0. .

Body slender, elongate, slightly depressed. Head
little wider than neck, crown flattened, snout moderately
pointed, loreal region concave. Scales smooth, lustrous,
elongate, poreless, in 19 rows around the middle of the
body. Ventral scutes 132, anal and subcaudals bifid, tail
mutilated. Rostral not bent back onthe snout. Inter-
nasals not half as large as prefrontals, broader than long.
Prefrontals large, broad, bent down to the loreal. Nasals
two, loreal as high as long, labials 9, fourth and fifth in
orbit, eighth small, not as large as the loreal, longer than
high, seventh and ninth large, one anteorbital, two post-
orbitals, infralabials 10, two pairs of submentals. The
maxillary teeth increase in size backward; the posterior
one is grooved. A dorsal band of brown occupies five
scales, and a half scale at each side of these; a light line

92 ON REPTILES COLLECTED NEAR GUAYAQUIL, ECUADOR.

at each side of the dorsal band includes two entire and
two half-scales, and the brown band at the lower edge of
each flank covers the three outer rows, the half of the
fourth, and the ends of the ventral scutes. In the dorsal
band there are two narrow streaks of light color, on the
middle of the scale, and on the lower band of the flank
there are three similar streaks, the upper two of which
are close together. On each side of the nape there is an
oblong area of lighter color surrounded by dark, and the
outer portions of the temporals are lighter. The dark
brown of the middle of the crown extends forward on the
frontal, forming a trident with the prongs in front, ending
on the prefrontals. A dark band passes through the eye
to the neck; below this a light band passes back into the
pair of white streaks in the second and third rows of scales.
Lips, chin and throat thickly freckled with brown. A
peculiar feature of this snake is the smallness of the eighth
labial as compared with the ninth or the seventh. It is
longer than high and lies below the lower temporal which
is larger than the upper and passes downward between
the seventh labial and the ninth to the eighth. The speci-
men is alike on both sides of the head.

OXYBELIS AENEUS Wagl.
Labials seven to eight ; infralabials nine. From Posorja.

CNEMIDOPHORUS LENTIGINOSUS Sp. 0.

Head narrow. Nostril anterior to the nasal suture.
Each of the outer parietals transversally divided into three.
Four supraoculars, the posterior two and half of the sec-
ond separated from the frontal and the fronto-parietal by
a line of granules, six to seven supraciliaries, a freno-
orbital, median gular scales enlarged, mesoptychium with
four or five rows of enlarged scales, smaller but not gran-

te a cnet Ait hee ell ia ta etnies ee cotton “Sendeetedi, “unsuaeaeh aie

a

ON REPTILES COLLECTED NEAR GUAYAQUIL, ECUADOR. 93

ular toward the edge of the collar. Dorsal granules small,
uniform. Ventral plates in ten longitudinal and about
thirty-four transverse series. Five large plates forming
a triangle, from the vent 2 + 2 + 1, at each side of which
tltere is a series of five smaller ones. Three or four rows
of brachials, anterior largest and continuous with the
largest, posterior, of the two rowsof antebrachials. Eight
to ten rows of femorals, two or three of which are large ;
tibials in three rows, outer largest. Femoral pores twenty
to twenty-one on each side. Male without anal spines.
Caudal scales slightly oblique, carinate, subtruncate pos-
teriorly. Length of body, 4.25, of tail, 7.75 inches.
Back olive brown, tinted with red anteriorly ; upper
surface of body and limbs and sides of head thickly sprin-
kled with small rounded spots of yellowish or white, ap-
parently arranged in both longitudinal and transverse
series ; top of head lighter brownish, uniform ; a series of
spots from ear to rostral on the labials ; lower surface olive,
reddish on chest and folds, yellowish under legs, tail and
hinder parts of abdomen. A faintly indicated light streak
extends from the supraciliaries back above the hips.

Hab. San Francisco de Posorja.

AMEIVA EDRACANTHA Boc. {

A small posterior, fourth, supraocular is present in each
'-ease. Supraciliaries five to six. Granules scarcely in-
tervening between fronto-parietal and supraocular. Pores
twelve to thirteen. Throat of male red-tinted. Males
with six large and several smaller spines in each group at
the sides of the preanals.

Hab. Posorja.
IGUANA TUBERCULATA Laur.
Secured at Posorja.

94 ON REPTILES COLLECTED NEAR GUAYAQUIL, ECUADOR.

TROPIDURUS OCCIPITALIS Pet.

Tropidurus (Lemopristis) occipitalis Peters, 1871,
M. B. Berl. Akad., 645.

Aneuporus occipitalis Bocourt, 1874, Miss. Sci. Mex.,
Rept., 215, pl. xviii, fig. 1.

Craniopeltis occipitalis Cope, 1876, Jour. Phil. Ac.,
(2), vir, 173.

Tropidurus occipitalis Boulenger, 1885, Cat. Liz., 11,
173.

Tropidurus Bocourtit Boulenger, 1885, Cat. Liz., 11,
173.

On the shields of the snout the keel is very feeble or
absent. The supraorbitals have faint strie. Frequently,
especially in the young, the occipital black spot is bordered
by white. The dorsal crest is very prominent on old
males ; it is less so on the females, and is indicated by broad
scales with a median keel, but without the acuminate point,
in the young. On the larger ones there are four (4-6)
acute scales on the front margin of the ear. Behind the
arm, extending back along the flank the male in life has a
group or band of red spots. The females and the young
do not show this but they have a narrow band of lighter
color from the upper edge of the arm to that of the thigh.
The humeral fold is usually black inside. Females and

young have the fold in front of this of a brilliant red
color. On the female the dorsal blotches are much reduced
and less distinct. On the male the four blotches of the
scapular region are large and jet black. The young ones
have eight or nine moderately distinct transverse bands of
brown between the nape and the base of the tail, the series
becoming more faint as continued farther back. The two
light bands along each flank are very distinct on the young.

ON REPTILES COLLECTED NEAR GUAYAQUIL, ECUADOR. 95

Young ones closely resemble Scelopori in appearance and
coloration.

Bocourt’s genus Aneuporus appears to have been founded
on the female of this species. Cope’s Craniopeltis is ap-
parently the same. From their descriptions Boulenger
was led to found the species 7. Bocourtlii, which, from
the evidence of Dr. Baur’s specimens, becomes a synonym
of 7’. occipitalis of Peters.

From San Francisco de Posorja, on the north side of
the gulf, between Guayaquil and Point St. Helena.

PHYLLODACTYLUS TUBERCULOSUS Wieg.
From Guayaquil.

Mus. Comp. Zool. Feb., 1892, Cambridge, Mass.

ON COPHIAS AND BACHIA.

BY S. GARMAN.

Cophias as a generic name for South American reptiles
dates from 1820, when Merrem, Syst. Amph., applied it
to a genus of the Toxicophidia. Of the species he in-
cluded four or five rightfully belonged to previously es-
tablished genera. After removing those of Lachesis,
Daudin, 1803, and Trigonocephalus, Oppel, 1810, there
remained but two to bear the name proposed by Merrem.
Wied-Neuwied in his Reise, 1821, in his Abbildungen,
1824, and in his Beitrige, 1825, uses this name for species
correctly placed with these. Wagler, 1824, in the Spix
Reptilia gave the name Bothrops to a genus containing
Lachesis and a number of species belonging with the two
from Merrem and those of Wied, through which Cophias
really anticipates Wagler’s name, though that term has
been adopted by recent authorities.

Previous application and repeated use among the Ophidia
notwithstanding, Fitzinger, 1826, Syst. Rep., 20, gave
the name Cophias to a genus of lizards, distinguished by
three toes on the hind foot. The only question in this note
is whether we are justified in retaining this name among
the Sauria. From the data given above it does not seem
possible to do so in accord with general practice. In fact
the necessity of selecting another title for the genus of liz-
> ards so named appears unavoidable. If we accept the genus

(96)

a a

ON COPHIAS AND BACHIA. 97

as constituted by Dr. Boulenger, 1885,» Cat. Liz. Brit.
Mus., u, 417, we find that because of application else-
where neither Chalcides, Chalcis, Colobus, nor Micro-
dactylus, sometime applied to one or others of the species,
is available, and we must turn to the next in order. One
of the included species, that described by Duméril and
Bibron, 1839, Erp. Gén. v, 462, Chalcides D’Orbignii,
was made the type of the genus Bachia by Gray, 1849,
Cat. Liz. B. M., 58. At the time this was the only spe-
cies. Boulenger, 1885, determines that three others are
congeneric. By extending the limits of the genus so as
to include them, and leaving the name Cophias to the
snakes, we shall solve the difficulty and preclude further
confusion. At present the following species are placed
in Bachia : ;

B. D Orbignii D. & B; Gray. Chile ; Venezuela.

B. flavescens Bonnat. sp. Guiana ; Venezuela.
B. heteropus Boettg. sp. Central. America.
B. tridactylus Daud. sp. Hab?

Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass.

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 18.

ON TEXAN REPTILES.

COLLECTED BY Mr. F. W. WAMSLEY FOR PROFESSOR J. W. P. JENKS,
CURATOR OF THE MUSEUM AT BROWN UNIVERSITY.

BY 8S. GARMAN.

Mr. Wamstey’s collection was gathered at Deming’s
Bridge in Matagorda county, one of the gulfseries of coun-
ties, situated eastward from the central meridian of Texas.
In all, the lot contained seventy-two specimens, represent-
ing twenty-eight species of nineteen genera. Twenty-one
species of fourteen genera were snakes, three species of
three genera were lizards, and four species of two genera
were tortoises. Onaccount of the larger number of speci-
mens and of the comparisons with descriptions given by
Baird and Girard, many of whose types were secured in
localities not far from Deming’s, the greater interest attach-
es to the serpents. It will be noticed that the statements
of the mentioned authors are closely approached by the
data noted in this list.

As there appears to be no other way to secure anything
like permanence in the names applied, it is thought ad-
visable to trace the nomenclature back and to determine
them in strict accord with the rules applying in regard to
priority.

CHELONIA.
CisTUDO ORNATA Ag.

On one of the specimens the areolee are so much raised
that, with the radiating yellow lines, the scales in a measure

(98)

ON TEXAN REPTILES. 99

resemble those of Testudo radiata. An individual with
a carapace measuring four and one-half inches in length by
three and one-half in width has less than fourteen lines of
growth on each scale. The top and the sides of the head
are flecked with small round spots of yellow. In all cases
the vertebral keel is obsolete.

CIsTUDO CINOSTERNOIDES Gray ; Garm.

Dr. Boulenger has examined the type of Gray’s Hmys
kinosternoides, 1831, and, finding it to be identical with
Cistudo triunguis of Agassiz, 1857, makes it a variety of
C.. Carolina. Of one of our specimens the head is yellow-
ish green on the top and the sides with a faint yellow spot
or two far back on the top and a few larger ones on the
sides behind the ears. This one is less than four inches
in length of carapace and the scales are smooth, or with
traces of stris posteriorly. On the carapace the brown
color is dark and the yellow is reduced to scattered small
rounded spots ; on the plastron the yellow spots are elon-
gate or form short bands, but this color is much less in
amount than the brown. Another specimen, with a shell
five and a half by four inches, has the head of a chestnut-
brown on top and sides, freckled witha few small spots of
orange behind the mouth. The carapace is chestnut-brown,
darker onthe areole and the posterior borders of the scales
on each of which there are faint traces of radiating lines
of lighter color. The plastron is yellowish, darker in the
sutures. Except in the lack of markings on its head this
individual agrees closely with that figured by Wied as C.
Carolina, apparently also a three-toed specimen. Each
specimen in the collection has the labial scale of orange
color with dark edges.

-. Objections are urged. against the use of the name Cistudo
as it was originally, as also Terrapene, a synonym for

100 ON TEXAN REPTILES.

Emys or Emydes of Brongniart. If we are to discard it,
the next available name would seem to be Emydoides
(orig. Emyoides) of Gray, 1844; or if this be put aside
for lack of a diagnosis we shall have to adopt Onychotria
of Gray, 1849, which is manifestly inappropriate for the
majority of the species to be included.

TracHEmys TROOsSTII Holbr. ; Ag.

These examples do not differ greatly from others taken
in Mississippi. There is some variation among the speci-
mens in regard to the narrow longitudinal lines on the
head and neck, one having them broken up into mottlings.
On the sides of the head and beneath, the lines are more or
less irregular and broken. The scales of the carapace
have black margins. In general the appearance is very
dark, almost black. Under the plastron there is a con-
siderable of a mixture of dark brown, brownish and yellow
of various degrees of depth, the darkest color following
the sutures. One of the shells measured nine inches in
length by six and seven-eighths in width.

A lot of nine eggs was taken, on the twenty-third of
May, which presumably belongs to this species. The
shape is similar to that of Ptychemys mobiliensis, as
figured by Agassiz ; the size isa little greater. The largest
in this lot measures one and eight-tenths inches in length
by one and one-tenth in width. The smallest was one and
sixty-five-hundredths inches by one inch. Another lot
contained eleven eggs; the largest, one and sixty-three-
hundredths inches by one and four-hundredths ; the small-
est, one and forty-seven-hundredths by one inch.

TRACHEMYS ELEGANS Wied; Ag.

The shell measured six and twenty-five-hundredths by
five inches. The free portion of the longest claw was five-
eighths inches long.

a

ON TEXAN REPTILES. 101

SAURIA.
PHRYNOSOMA CORNUTUM Harl.; Gray.

LyGOsOMA LATERALE Say; D. & B.

The specimen has thirty scales in a row around the body,
a smaller scale at each side of the pair of large preanals,
and a pair of narrow lines of brown from the nape to the
base of the tail along the middle of the back.

OPHISAURUS VENTRALIS Linn. ; Daud.

One hundred and twenty-seven scales from chin to vent.
Eleven labials.

OPHIDIA.
SISTRURUS CATENATUS Raf.; Garm.

One specimen had dorsal rows 25, ventral scutes 157,
subcaudal scutes 25, labials 12, infralabials 13, and dorsal
blotches 41, on the body, plus 7 on the tail. Another had
rows 25, ventrals 155, subcaudals 3 pairs plus 31 entires,
labials 13-14, infralabials 12-13, and dorsal blotches 43
on the body and 8 on the tail.

SISTRURUS MILIARIUS Linn. ; Garm.

Rows 21, scutes 134, subcaudals 25 entire plus 6 pairs,
labials 8-9, infralabials 9, anteorbitals 3, postorbitals 5.
The red band on the back is very distinct.

_ ANCISTRODON Pisctvorus LaC. ; Cope.

Five specimens. Rows 25, scutes 135-137, subcaudals
39-44, labials 7-8, infralabials 10-11. The number of
bifid subcaudals under the end of the tail varies from
six to twenty, among them there are occasional entire
scutes. A half scute frequently occurs immediately in
front of the left half of the anal.

Comparison of these. with specimens from the eastern
section of the range discovers no grounds for separation as

102 ON TEXAN REPTILES.

a variety. On individuals there is considerable variation
in the width of the lower edge of the second labial; in
cases it approaches an acute angle at the mouth, where in
others it presents a broad margin. But one of the labials
enters the orbit. On a specimen in the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology the second labial presents a sharp angle
downward but does not reach the mouth.. Mr. Wamsley’s
specimens sbow the tail to be dark and the bands to be
almost obsolete on the backs of the larger ones but very
distinct on the young. The band behind the eye is dis-
tinct on the small ones ; with age it becomes indistinct on
its upper edge.

Baird and Girard give 145 scutes for A. pugnax and 140
for A. piscivorus; our highest number is 137.

EvArs FULVIUS Linn. ; Cuv.

Three specimens. Ventrals 207, 212, and 213; sub-
caudals 40, 41, and 42, bifid; labials 7; infralabials 7.
On one the yellow bands number 24 + 38, on each of the
others 22 + 3. One red band is nearly as wide as one
black plus two yellow ones. The tail is black and yellow
only. The lengths are 22 + 3, 19-5 + 2°75, and 17:5 +
2+5 inches.

Compared with others from the southern states east of
the Mississippi, these specimens show plainly that Hlaps
tristis of Baird and Girard was founded on insufficient
grounds. They are not distinguished by the shape of the
heads. On a series from South Carolina the scutes num-
ber 204, 206, 208, 211, and, on a large female, 222.
Others from Florida have 208, 209, 209, 210, and 225;
one from Georgia has 208; and one from Alabama has
211.

Evars TENERE B. & G.
A single specimen in the collection may be placed in

oo

a Aer

ON TEXAN REPTILES. 103

this species. It has 229 ventrals, and 29 bifid subcaudals:
On one side there are seven labials, second and third in
orbit, onthe other there are eight, third and fourth in orbit.
There are 24 + 2 yellow rings; the red are much spotted
with black, and each is about as wide as one of the black
plus two of the yellow. Tail black and yellow.

TROPIDONOTUS OBLIQUUS Hallow.

This type agrees with 7. fasciatus in structural details,
but differs greatly in coloration. Rows 23, ventrals 132,
labials 8, infralabials 10-11, 1 anteorbital, 3, postorbi-
tals. Across the back there are about sixteen blotches
of black separated by irregular obliquely transverse narrow
streaks of yellowish that widen on the flanks. Toward
and on the ventrals the blotches become reddish and more
or less bifid. The first blotch is a wide one and extends
forward on the neck and top of the head to the rostral.
The margins of the labials have very little of the brown
color, and the bar behind the eye is partially obliterated
and indistinct. In the Mus. Comp. Zool. there is another
specimen of this form, from Dallas, which has rows 23,
scutes 135, subcaudals 77, labials 8, and infralabials 10-
11. On this one the brownish red of the blotches extends
nearly half way across the lower surface. Tail uniform
_ dark brown.

This form is close to the type described by Hallowell
from Kansas, but differs in the number of blotches, unless
they are counted along the outer rows of scales on the
flanks. His specimen had 140 ventrals, 69 subcaudals,
and 32 + 18-19 blotches. On the young no doubt the
blotches are less confluent.

TROPIDONOTUS TRANSVERSUS Hallow.

Of ten specimens the first two have 23 rows, the third
27, and the remainder 25 rows each. Their scutes, anal

104 ON TEXAN REPTILES.

and subcaudals being bifid, number 142 + 75, 146 + 78,
143 +65, 148 + 71, 151 + 72, 148 + 70, 150 + 68,
150 + 74, 144-+77, and 147 + 76. Commonly there
are eight labials and ten infralabials ; the latter vary from
ten to twelve. One specimen has two anteorbitals on one
side. Another has two postorbitals on one side instead
of the usual three. Several have the scales of chin, snout
and lips roughened with small tubercles or papille. The
dorsal blotches vary from 31 to 36, and the caudal from
19 to 23. On the large ones the color of the back becomes
nearly uniform dark brown. Small ones have a lighter
ground color, blotches more distinct, and the two parietal
yellow spots usually present. The tendency to form trans-
verse bands is not so evident in this species as in its nearest
ally J’. stpedon. Beneath the anterior margin of each
scute, toward the sides, there are crescent-shaped spots
of dark color; on some of the older ones these spots have
widened and lengthened until nearly the whole scute is
covered ; on other individuals these spots are nearly obso-
lete. A frequent variation in species having the bifid anal
is to be seen in several of these specimens. In the anal
scute the dividing line is oblique, and extends back and
toward the right side, thus making the left portion the
larger. It is in front of this, the larger half, that a small
supplemental or half-scute appears. Two of the ten before
us have a half scute in front of the left half of the anal,
and a third has a smaller piece which does not quite reach
from the median line to the lateral rows.

This is the species named Nerodia Woodhousii by Baird
and Girard, 1853. Hallowell’s name was applied in
1852.

THAMNOPHIS SIRTALIS Linn. ; Garm.

Labials 7, infralabials 10, 1 anteorbital, postorbitals 3,
and rows 19 in each of the four specimens. The ventrals

NE

i

ON TEXAN REPTILES. 105

and subcaudals number 147 +74, 142 + ?, 139 + 74,
and 149 + 86. In a dorsal series the spots range from
73 to 82.

This genus is Eutenia of Baird and Girard, 1853.
Fitzinger, 1843, applied the name Thamnophis to the
species 7. saurita of Linné. The habits of the species
make the name (from 9éuv0s, copse, thicket, or bush) a
most appropriate one.

THAMNOPHIS PROXIMA Say; Garm.

Ventrals ranging from 167 to 175, and subcaudals from
107 to 108. In one case there are eleven infralabials
instead of ten.

StorERIA Dexayi Holbr.; B. & G.

Two anteorbitals on one side of one specimen. Ven-
trals ranging from 135 to 138, and subcaudals from 51 to
53. The dorsal band varies from distinct to indistinct,
and a series of small black dots at each side of the belly
is present or absent. Apparently there is an increase in
the number of scutes to the southward.

POTAMOPHIS INORNATUS Garm.

The types from which this species was described were
secured near Dallas. Their principal difference from Pota-
mophis striatula appears in the divided internasal, lack of
an occipital ashy band, and in a stouter form.

Two specimens of this lot agree in the main with the
types but have a single internasal and a larger number of
scutes. For the present they are placed here to waita
larger series from which to determine the value of the
differences. Each has17 rows, 5 labials, 1 anteorbital,
1 postorbital, 1 internasal, and divided anal and subcau-
dals. One has 6 infralabials, 139 ventral, and 38 sub-
caudal scutes; the other has 6 infralabials on one side,

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 14

106 ON TEXAN REPTILES.

but 5 on the other, 139 ventrals, and 37 subcaudals.
The length of a female, apparently adult, is 8-5-+ 1-6
inches.

A name meaning river snake, Potamophis, given by
Fitzinger in 1843 to Linné’s Coluber striatulus, is certainly
not avery appropriate name for this genus. The next in
order of publication would be Haldea of Baird and Girard,
the only advantage of which would seem to be in that it
has no meaning atall. If both of these names were dropped,
the more applicable name, Conocephalus, given by Duméril
in 1854, would be the next available.

HETERODON coenaTus B. & G.

In each case there are 25 dorsal rows and, with one ex-
ception of 10, 11 scales in the orbital chain. Two speci-
mens have 8 labials and 11 infralabials on each side; a
third and a fourth have 8 labials on one side and 9 on the
other; the third has 10 infralabials on one side to 11 on
the other, while the fourth has 11 on each side. Anal
and subcaudals all bifid. Scutes 139 + 44, 131+ 49, 137
+ 43, and 134+ 39. The blotches in the dorsal series
number 25+ 7, 25+ 9, 24+ 9, and 23+ 8. Form
and coloration serve to distinguish this snake readily from
H. platyrhinus. The light color beneath the neck and the
tail makes it appear as if both neck and tail were carried
off the ground.

LAMPROPELTIS DoLIATUSs Linn. ; Cope.

Rows 21 in each case, scutes 201-+ 49, and 201 + 47,
24 red bands on one, and 20 on the other. Labials 7 on
the first, 7-8 on the second; infralabials 9. This and
the two following species represent Ophibolus of Baird
and Girard.

LAMPROPELTIS RHOMBOMACULATUS Holbr. ; Cope.
Rows 25, scutes 208 + 52, and 207 + 51. Dark

otto,

© aes

ON TEXAN REPTILES. 107

blotches on the back to the base of the tail; 59 on one,
56 on the other. Labials 7; infralabials 10, one has but
9 on one side. Scale pores two.

LaMPROPELTIS sAyI Holbr. ; Cope.

Rows 21, scutes 213 + 49, 222 +51 and 205 + 47,
labials 7, infralabials 9, in a single case 10. Each scale
bears a yellow spot, yet the arrangement is such that it
is possible in cases to count the blotches, which are found
to be about 75 + 22.

Drapopuis pociuis B. & G.

A female with eggs; length 134 + 24 inches. Scutes
177 + 39, labials 7, infralabials 8. Lower surface pro-
fusely and irregularly spotted with black. Neck band
orange. Posteriorly a black blotch reaches out from the
flank, on the end of each scute, more than one-third of the
Way across.

COLUBER FLAVIVENTRIS Say.

Labials 7-8, infralabials 8-9, scutes 168 + 78, 162 +
79, and 170 + 74; lengths 24 + 7-5, 23+ 8, and 13 +
3-75 inches. The youngest is thickly sprinkled with small
spots of dark color and has about 80 transverse blotches on
the body, to the tail.

Commonly there appears to be but a single poreto each
scale ; frequently there are two, and near the base of the
tail some have three. By Baird and Girard this species
was placed in Bascanium.

CoLUBER TESTACEUS Say.

Labials 8-7, infralabials 10-11, scutes 187 + 94, 191
+107, 194+ ?, and 192+ 99. Pores normally two,
frequently but one, occasionally absent, sometimes three
or four on a scale near the base of the tail. To the rule

108 ON TEXAN REPTILES.

calling for lighter color under the neck these snakes are
exceptions; they are darker anteriorly and spotted under
the neck. The lighter color of the entire hinder portion
of the body apparently indicates that the species is in the
habit of lying in cover with but half of the length exposed.
This is Masticophis flavigularis of Baird and Girard.

CYCLOPHIS VERNALIS (De K.) Harl.; Gthr.
Labials 7, infralabials 7-8, scutes 143 + 71, and 139
+ 85.

PHILOPHYLLOPHIS MAJALIS B. & G.; Garm.

Labials 7, infralabials 8-7, scutes 166 + 117, and
164 4.115. This form seems to have a greater number
of scutes under the body and a smaller number under the
tail than P. estivus. On the latter the body has about
155, and the tail about 130.

The genus Philophyllophis was founded for Coluber
cestivus of Linné. That species was placed in Opheodrys
by Fitzinger, 1843, followed by Cope. Gunther, 1858,
placed it in his Cyclophis the type of which is C. vernalis,
a form we can hardly regard as congeneric. The word
Opheodrys is a play upon the roots of Dryophis of Boie,
1827. :

PANTHEROPHIS LINDHEIMERI B. & G.; Garm.

According to the original description of this species it
differed from P. alleghaniensis in having twenty-nine rows
of scales and a lighter coloration. The five specimens at
hand agree with these statements in regard to colors, but
differ in having only twenty-seven rows, thus agreeing in
this respect with the species from the northeastern states.
The differences between P. alleghaniensis and P. Lind-
heimerii parallel those existing between the Colubers, C.
constrictor and C’. flaviventris. Instead of the glossy black

— ee

a

ON TEXAN REPTILES. 109

obtaining in the eastern form the Texan has a brownish
color in which the dorsal blotches are persistent. The
spots vary from light brown to dark, but are in no case
black, and the ventral surfaces are more yellow than brown.
The white-edged scales of the back are present in all, and
the blotches of the larger ones show no indication of be-
coming obsolete. On the flanks there is a reddish tint.
There are 29 to 33 dorsal blotches, to the base of the tail.
The tail is more uniform in color, and darker on the
larger specimens.

Rows 27, labials. 8, infralabials 13, in one case 12, 1
anteorbital, postorbitals 2, on one individual 3 on each
side, scutes 236 + 87, 230 + 85, 229 + 84, 226+ 81,
229 +83. One individual has a half-scale in front of the
left half of the anal.

This genus is Scotophis of Baird and Girard, 1853 ; it
was indicated by Fitzinger, 1843, under the name Pan-
therophis having as the type species Coluber guttatus of
Linné.

Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass., Dec., 1891.

NOTICE TO A SOLDIER.

Salem, Sept. 30, 1777.

To Mr. Davin Masovury,
wir:

In pursuance of orders from the commanding officers
of this regiment I hereby detach yon to serve as a soldier
agreeable to a resolve of the General Court of the 26th
instant, being thus detached you are hereby ordered to
appear in School Street to-morrow at 3 o’clock in the af-
ternoon with a good firelock, accoutrements and blanket,
there to join the company and receive further orders from

Capt. Benjamin Ward. Hereof fail not as you would avoid
the penalty of the Law.

i

JOSEPH SPRAGUE, Major.

SLAVERY IN MASSACHUSETTS.

The Boston and Salem newspapers a few years before
the Revolution, contain many advertisements of slaves to
be sold, and in some instances to be given away. In the
latter case it was probably where such help could not be
made profitable to the owners for some reason or other ;
perhaps the holders had no employment, or perhaps the
slaves were too young or inefficient. Whatever the reason
might be, bills of sale occasionally turn up where even

(110)

ee A ee ee

pm atl EN Sil et AN AE EOIN tn mile Ce

REVOLUTIONARY LETTER. 111

children commanded a good price. Among the Essex In-
stitute MSS. we find the following Bill of Sale, which may

be of some interest.
Cambridge, June 22, 1761.

Mr’. Peleg Sterns bot
of Henry Price ;

A negro boy named Jack about
six years and ten months old. Helthy and Sound for the
Sum of thirty Six pound thirteen Shillings and four pence
Lawfull Mony—£36: 13: 4—which Negro I have a Just

Right to Sell as witt’ My hand.
Henry Price
Errors Excepted

pr Henry Price.
Witt®

her
Rachel X Swinnerton.

mark

Beniamin Jennings.

REVOLUTIONARY LETTER.
“Camp at Providence June 28 1777.

I congratulate you my dear Sir on the recovery of your
family from the Small Pox (which by the bye I am not
obliged to Major Sprague for the Knowledge of).

The Gentl* by whom I shall send this sets off this morn-
ing for Boston, (as Col. Titcomb did the day before yes-
terday) to know what the court will do concerning a new
supply of Troops to take place of those now here, whose
time of service is just expiring. I have not time to be
lengthy (thats well says you) as the gentl". only waits to
take a letter from the Gen!. relative to a piece of intelli-
gence bro’t by M™. Commissary Waterman of this depart-
ment who arrived here last night from New London and

112 REVOLUTIONARY LETTER.

brings acct that one Bulkly a man of character belonging
to Connecticut came off from one of the British ships
where he was a prisoner who says that last Sunday a smart
ingagement happened between the Rear of Hows army on
their retreat & the front of Gen'. Washingtons, that Hows
army had all retreated to Statten Island & that the Trans-
ports were ordered round to take the troops on board,
that he the said Bulkly himself saw 3 flat bottomed boats
with Dead & wounded landed on the Island, that the officers
on board were uncertain where they designed for, their con-
jecture being various, some supposed Connecticut, some
Rhode Island, this acct. is from the Gen!’ own mouth.
Major Hovey, the Bearer of this to Boston waites, or I
would be more particular—hurry must excuse inacuracies.
I yesterday saw a Halifax paper of the 25 May in which
were a number of abominables amongst which was the case
of Seaton which I wish you would call on Mrs. Hiller and
see.
lam
Saturday morn, Sir yours unalterably

Major Sprague. J. Hiller.”

This is addressed to
Major Jos. Sprague Esq.
Salem.

Ee eS

ee

BULLETIN

HSSHxXiVESPTiITUT Hh.

Vou. 24. Satem: Jury, Aua., Sept., 1892. Nos. 7, 8, 9.

THE WA-WAC-KA-TCI-NA, A TUSAYAN FOOL
RACE.

BY J. WALTER FEWKES.

Awone the customs of the Indians of Tusayan,} there
are none more suggestive from an ethnological. standpoint
than the games aid races of these people. In many. of the
great nine days religious festivals, as the Snake Ceremony, .
the Flute, and the Ld’-la-kon-ti, races up the mesa. trails ,
are introduced on the morning of the ninth day. These ,
races, which L have already dasotibed have many resem- ,

blances to each other as pointed out elsewhere, and are ,
_ necessary parts of the ceremonials, which make up some
of the more important religious celebrations. |.

1The following observations were made while connected with the Hemenway Ex-
pedition in the summer of 1891. By the Indians of Tusayan I mean the acolents of
the northeastern part of Arizona, or those commonly called the “‘Mokis.”
2Descriptions of the ceremonial rites mentioned above will be found in the Jour-
nal of American Ethnology, and The American Anthropologist. (For Flute Cere-
ony, Journ. Am. Eth. and Arch. Vol. 11, No.1; La'-la-kon-ti, Am. Anthropologist,
April, 1892.) :

bd - ;
3; ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 15 (118).

114 THE WA-WAC-KA-TCI-NA:

The Tusayan or Moki Indians at present live in seven
villages of which O-rai-bi isthe most populous, the most dis-
tant from the railroad and therefore least modified. These
village Indians have built their pueblos for security against
foes upon lofty mesas approached by steep trails. The
East Mesa or First Mesa is the site of three villages called
Wal-pi, Si-tetim-o-vi, and Ha/-no or Té-wa. Of these
three Wal-pi is the most populous and Si-tetim-o-vi the
smallest. Théy are situated on the flat platform which
forms the top of the mesa, in a space not more than a half
mile in length and a few hundred yards broad. The three
towns are buta short distance from each other. WaAl-pi,
in some places four stories high, lies at the very west end of
this mesa. The pueblo is compactly arranged with no out-
lying houses, although a few of the families have built
houses in the plain below.

Si-tcim-o-vi is a rambling pueblo in different quarters
one and two stories high, enclosing a central plaza. Té’-
wa or Ha@-no has, at the east end, a group of houses four
stories high built around a projection of rock on the mesa
top, and the quarter facing the south has two stories.

The second mesa is split into two parts upon one of
which stands the village of Mi-céfi-in-o-vi; on the other
Ci-m6-pa-vi. Ci-pau-lo-vi, which also rises from the same
mesa like a Saracen’s castle, crowns the top of the conical
elevation and is the most picturesque of the seven towns
of the Tusayan. These three towns of the Middle or Second
Mesa are placed at the angles of an irregular triangle, Ci-
m0-pa-vi being separated from the part of the mesa on
which the other two towns are situated by a deep valley en-
tering from the southwest. The most distant of the seven
pueblos from the railroad is O-rdai-bi lying some fifteen
miles beyond the Middle Mesa. This village is likewise
perched on a table-land to the top of which the trails are
very steep.

eee le desert |

A TUSAYAN FOOT RACE, 115

Wal-pi takes its name from its vicinity to a gap in the
mesa, Té-wa from the racial affinities of the inhabitants,
Mi-c6ii-in-o-vi from the two pinnacles which rise from the
foot hills, and Ci-pdu-lo-vi from the adjoining peach or-
chards. All the villages with the exception of Té-wa,!
speak the same language, and although there are variations
in certain of their manners and customs, they are in the
main similar. The towns of the East Mesa are the best
known, and O-rai-bi from its present (1891) hostile atti-
tude is practically unexplored ground.

The foot race described in the present article is called
the Wa-wac-ka-tci-na, and has twice been witnessed by the
author. These races were so different from those which

1] have already elsewhere called attention to the fact that there isa difference lin-
guistically and otherwise between Té-wa and the other two towns on the East Mesa.
The history of the ancestors of these Té-wans who settled among the Hopi, as far
as their departure from their old home is concerned, is partially known, and at least
the approximate time when they came into the country has been recorded. The
problem concerning the mutual relations of the villages which especially concerns
the ethnologist is an investigation of the mutual changes which have come to both
peoples by the association in their isolated homes. Preserving as they do their
own language it is but natural to suspect that they brought and kept alive many of
their old customs. We know that the women at the present day for instance, dress
differently from those of the Hopi women and thereis more or less variation in
many of their customs.

Of the ceremonials which the Te-wans have imported may possibly be mentioned
the Mu-cai zru, or bison dance. An exhaustive comparison of the modification
in their language with that of the Eastern Te-wans is yet to be made, and there is
also a great field open for a study of their equivalents of the Hopi divinities. When
that is accomplished we shall be in a fair way to take steps in the identification of
Hopi divinities, with those ofthe more eastern pueblos. Ihave already made a be-
ginning in this study but have not yet progressed far enough to make known my
conclusions.

In a broader way we have still a more general problem presented by the pueblo
life of Tusayan. It has long been claimed and generally accepted that these peo-
ple are related to the Shoshonees. As to the justice of that relationship I do not
know enough to express any opinion, but if the linguistic relationship is near,
it is an important problem to trace out the relationship between their customs
and those of the nomadic tribes of the same stock, and it becomes an interesting
study to determine the amount of influence resulting from their adoption of the
village habits. The field for research which here opens is of a most general char-
acter and of greatest inportance. Of the relationships with the Nahuatl, I shall
speak in a future publication, for I am not yet prepared to say that the relationship
is close, although there are several significant resemblances in ceremonials which
call for more facts for solution.

116 | THE WA-WAC-KA-TCI-NA :

take place at the time of the great ceremonials as the Snake,
La!-la-kon-ti, and Flute, that they merit a special descrip-
tion. Moreover as several Ad-tci-nds,} which I have not
seen in any other celebration, take part in these, and as
the name given it at least implies a mythological relation-
ship, it seems appropriate as a contribution to our knowl-
edge of the mythology of these Indians to devote a special
article to a description of it.

The following pages contain an account of the main
events in the Wa-wac-ka-tct-na with a description of some
of the participants. The author finds it necessary as a
first step in the interpretation of the complicated mythol-
ogy of the Tusayan Indians to preface with similar simple
descriptions an article which he has in preparation in the
distant future, explanatory of all the important ceremonies.

This account of the AG-ici-nd foot races therefore, which
is one of a series,? must be used in a comparative way
with others already published or to follow. He is not pre-
pared, before more data have been collected to offer a sat-
isfactory explanation of the various events which are
described.

The first Wda-wac-ka-tci-né which was observed took
place in Ha-no (Te-wa) on May 11th; the second in Si-

1The term K@-tci-n@ is applied to a great number of mythologic and semi-mytho-
logic personages although more strictly confined to certain masked dances which
appear in the public celebration of many ceremonials. The different kinds of K@-
tci-na@s are very numerous and their relations to each other in the Hopi Pantheon
very complex. The majority of the KG@-tci-nds bear names of animals, as Kwéy-wé
(wolf), K6-hé-ne (chipmunk), Ka-v@-ho Spanish (horse), Ho-ndn-i, (bear), but
names of deities as D@'-w&@ (sun), O-mow-h (clouds), and others, may also have
the same designation. This complicated subject will be discussed later, and it is
only necessary here to call attention to the fact that certain public dances like the
participants are called KG@-éct-nds, from the presence of personifications of these
beings. A modified term sometimes written ‘‘Ca@-chi-na@’ is widespread among
the New Mexican pueblos, and is sometimes applied to a sacred dance among cer-
tain tribes.

2See Journal of American Ethnology and Archeology, American Folklore Journal
and American Anthropologist.

A TUSAYAN FOOT RACE. 117

tetim-o-vi on May 17th. Although different 2G-tci-nas ap-
peared, the events of the race in both are the same. The
Wa-wac-ka-tci-né@ is more after the nature of a secular
than a religious observance; although from its name and
the personages who take part,we may regard it as connected
with ceremonial observances.

The Wda-wac-ka-tci-na@ is a race in which the Pai-a-kya-
mith, Ta-tcik-ti?and certain Aa-ici-nds challenge the fleet-
footed inhabitants of the pueblos to run for prizes. The
winnings were always taken by the civilians, but if caught
by the A@-tci-nd, he pays the penalty by light or severe
strokes of the yucca whips carried for that purpose by the
opponents.

The two Wa-wac-ka-tci-nas occurred within five days of
each other, just before the first Hu-mis-kd-tci-nd, a sacred
dance which was celebrated in several of the villages.

The first celebration of the Wa-wdc-ka-tci-na was at Tewa
and the participants prepared themselves in the recess of
the cliff on the main trail about fifty feet below the edge
of the mesa. They marched up to the plaza about sun-
set, bearing the prizes done up in blankets on their backs.

There were ten Pai-d-kya-mih (gluttons), and six Aa-
tci-nads. The former wore on their heads long horns or-
namented with corn husks, and girt with black stripes.
Similar black stripes were painted on their body, face and

1The reader will find a discussion of the different ‘“‘priesthood fraternities” in the
Tusayan villages, in my article on “Summer Ceremonials,” Journal of American
Ethnology and Archeology, Vol. Il, No. I. The Pai G-kya-m@h are clown glut-
tons whomade fun during some of the sacred dances, and were from Te-wa. They
belong to the priesthood called Tcu-ku-wymp-ki-ya, one of whom carries in his belt a
Tcu-ku-ma-na@, or stuffed water-wren. The 7G@-tcuk-ti are also Tcu-ku-wy'mp-ki-ya
but they wear cloth noseless helmets with knobs or sausage like appendages, great
goggle eyes and protuberant mouth, Still another kind of Tcu-ku-wy'mp-ki yas, not
represented in the Wa-wac which I have here described, has yellow painted faces
with black bars as elsewhere described.

118 THE WA-WAC-KA-TCI-NA :

arms. All were loaded down with great bundles of pi-k7,'
bundles of corn and other eatables which had previously
been brought to the dressing place or recess in the rocks,
by the women. The /G-tci-nds laid these bundles of food
on blankets placed on the ground at the north end of the
plaza, and stood in line facing the west as if challenging
the spectators to race. After the AG-tci-naés and Pai-a-
kya-mih had deposited their prizes on the blanket, an old
priest shouted to the spectators. One after another, young
men accepted the invitation to race by walking to a posi-
tion in front of the line of AG@-tci-nds, and at a signal raced
across the plaza at the top of his speed pursued by a Paz-
a-kya-mih or a Ha-tci-na. Only one pair, however, raced
at a time, but, if the Aa-tci-nds overtook his opponent he
struck him once across the body or legs with a yucca leaf
which he held folded up in the right hand, tore his shirt
from the body of his opponent, or cut off a lock of his
hair. .

The prizes were distributed to those who entered the
lists by an old priest who directed therace. In one or two
instances the d-tci-nd was able to overtake the runner en-
tering against him; in several, however, he was distanced,
but in all cases whether overtaken or not the contestant
received a prize. At the close of therace the yucca-wands

1pPi-ki or paper bread is the national food, if that expression may be allowed, of
all the pueblo people. This is a kind o! corn bread which is fried on a flat
stone under which fire is burning. The batter is spread upon the greased stone
by the hand and as the pi-ki is fried, the thin wafer-like sheet is raised from the
stone and deposited in a heap. It is then either folded in squares or rolled in
bundles for consumption. The common kind is the color of the most of the wood
work, but bright red striped and other colored pi-ki are made. Several rolls of
variegated pi-ki tied together side by side are not uncommon sights hanging to the
walls in dwelling rooms. At the time of the foot races here described there was
a considerable quantity of red (stained with cockscomb flower) pi-ki among the
prizes. On occasions of ceremonies variegated pi-ki is common, but the favorite
dish at that time is a pudding or pi kum-i.

‘

-_

A TUSAYAN FOOT RACE. 119

were taken from the hands of the participants by the priest
who sprinkled meal on the H@-tci-naés and Ta-tcik-ti, and
deposited the yucca wands in a bd-/d-ki' near the pueblo.

A second celebration of the Wa-wac-ka-ici-na took place
on the eve of the Hu-mis-ka-tci-nd, four days after, at the
village of Si-tcim-o-vi?._ This celebration closely resem-
bled the first, but different personages were introduced.
The Ta-tcik-ti and Ha-tci-nds dressed themselves in the re-
cess of the cliff under the ba-hd-ki between Wal-pi and
Si-tetim-o-vi. The race took place in the plaza of Si-tctim-
o-vi, the Ta-tcuk-ti standing at the east end near the row.
of houses at that place. Ta-teik-ti and K@-tci-nds took
part, but no Pai-d-kya-mih appeared as in the celebration
at Te-wa.

The following personages were noted in the two races
which were studied in the summer of 1891 at the East
Mesa.

HU-HU-WUH.
Hii’-hii-wih appeared in the Wa-wac-hé-tci-na at Té-wa.
I have studied the mask (PI. 11, fig. 4) worn by him and
also have in my collection a figurine (doll) of the same per-
sonage. From these and a photograph (PI. 1, fig. 1) taken
during the performance, a good idea of his symbolism
can be readily made out. The head of Hii'-hii-wih was

1A ba@-hdé-ki is a shrine in which feathered sticks called ba@’-hos are deposited
and around which certain ceremonials are performed by novices and others on
certain occasions. Their form varies somewhat but they are ordinarily simple
square or rectangular cairns of stone, often uncovered, in which often a curious
waterworn botryoidal stone is placed. Simple heaps of stones dedicated to Ma'-
sau-wih may often be termed b4@-hé ki, and small cavities in boulders have the same
designation. The b@-ho-ki in which certain offerings, as those of the “Farewell
K@ tcit-na”, are placed is a covered chamber and the flat slab over it may be luted
in place after use with adobe.

2On the afternoon before the race the plaza was carefully swept in preparation.
The celebration took place at a little before sundown before a large assemblage of
spectators. Many of the racers, possibly all, were from the neighboring village of
Wal-pi.

120 THE WA-WAC-KA-TCI-NA :

covered by a helmet, made of leather, and painted brick
red. The hair of the helmet was a white skin. A prom-
inent nose was represented and the eyebrows were out-
lined in a way very different from the same in sacred dance
masks. The distinguishing marks of the helmet were two
white lines, one on each side, extending from the nose
across the cheeks broadening as they reached the edges of
the mask. .

The photograph of the man taking the part of Hi'-hi-
wih shows that he wore a ceremonial dance kilt and that
the rest of his body was naked, with the exception of a
fur about his neck and a scanty kilt. The body was, how-
ever, painted and decorated with parallel finger marks ir-
regularly drawn over it. In the Wa-wac-Ha-tci-na, Hii-
hii-wih is lame, and in the doll the legs are represented
as crossed. He hobbled about during the race creating
much fun and boisterous laughter by the spectators.

KE-SE-KA-TCI-NA.

Ke-se-ka-tci-na, the hawk kda-tci-nad, also took part in
the Wa-wac-ka-tci-na of May 16th. The material at my
disposal for a study of his symbolism and dress are two
Kodak photographs (PI. 1, fig. 4) and notes made dur-
ing the race. In the photograph, which is introduced in
Plate 1, it is seen that his helmet is covered with downy
substance, probably white feathers, and the snout is protu-
berant. Around his neck there was a coarse cloth. His
body was painted white and upon each upper arm he had
a string of primary feathers in imitation of wings.

In the Wa-wac-ka-tci-na, Ke-se-HG-tci-na ran about from
place to place with body crouched forward imitating the
hawk, moving his arms as if they were wings.

Among the personages who took part in the racing Ada-
tci-na at Ci-pau-o-vi, there was one of whom I did not geta

Se ee ae See

A TUSAYAN FOOT RACE. 121

photograph but who was identified as the Ming-wa or Owl
Ka-tci-nd. He wore a helmet not unlike that of the owl
which I have seen in the So-yd-him', but I am doubtful
whether it was really intended that he should represent
this Ad-tci-na or not.

There was still a second which I was also unable to
identify. From the variations which occur in the race as
performed in the different villages, it seems legitimate to
conclude that the running Ad-tci-nd varies very greatly in
different pueblos. It would be most interesting in a com-
parative way to study the W4a-wdac-KH4-tci-na at O-rai-bi
where it occurs, as I am informed by one of the Indians,
and in which judging from their celebrations, would prob-
ably be of more primitive character.

There are several pictographs? which have been iden-
tified for me as pictures of the Wa-wéac-Ha-tci-na which
would seem to enlarge a number of mythological beings
who take part in these races. The present article is there-
fore after the nature of a preliminary sketch to be sup-
plemented later by a more extended account with explan-
ations.

UTE-CE-E -KA-TCI-NA.

Ute-cé-é or Apache Ha-tci-na appeared in ‘the Wa’/-wac
with [e-se-ka-tci-na (May 16th). I have as material for the
study of this character several photographs (Pl. 1, fig. 2)
taken in the Hu-mis dance and in the Wa/-wdac at Si-tcetim-
o-vi, and have also examined the masks(PI. 1, figs. 2,3,4)
which were in each ceremony.

The mask (Pl. u, fig. 1) is made of leather barely
large enough to cover the face and is bent into shape to

1The So-yd-him-Kd-tci-n@ dance, described in Vol. 11, Jowrnal of American Eth-
nology and Archeology, was witnessed in Ci-pati-lo-vi. In this ceremony many
different K@-tct-nas of many colors participated.

2See American Anthropologist, January, 1892.

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 16

122 THE WA-WAC-KA-TCI-NA:

cover the face. The nose with nostrils is represented in
relief’ and the lips are protuberant. The eyes are simple
round holes, without ornaments or marks to represent eye-~
brows.

The mask is painted white with vertical parallel red lines
extending the whole length of the face and along the mid-
dle line of the nose. The hair isstiff black horse hair which
is tied to the upper rim of the mask and stands upright.
The ornamentation of the face of a Ute-cé-é mask (Pl. u,
fig. 3), used in the Hu-mis-Ha-tci-na, which I have ex-
amined, is somewhat different from that already described.

Like the above mentioned it is painted brick red, the
nose and eyebrows being formed of pieces of leather of
the same color affixed to it. Across the face on a level
with the eyes is drawn a black band and radiating black
marks are painted above the eye openings. A similar par-
allel black band and radiating black marks are painted
above the eye openings. A similar parallel black band is
painted from each corner of the mouth to the edge of the
mask. Across the middle of the face and over the nose is
painted a zigzag white band, with five parallel zigzag white
bands on the chin.

The photographs (PI. 1, fig. 2) of Ule-cé-é-Ha-ici-na
show that his body, arms, and legs are crossed by parallel
lines made by drawing the fingers smeared with color over
the skin. The photographs of Ute-cé-é-Ha-tci-nd in the
Wa-wac-ka-tci-naé show that he wore a tight-fitting cap
without a wig while in the Hu-mis, the same AG-(ci-na has
the long black horse hair unconfined.

Another mask (Pl. u, fig. 3) of the Apache AG-tci-na
was much more complicated than either of those which we
have described, but like the former, the face was painted

1The nose of the pot helmets used in K4@-tcti-n@ dances is rarely if ever repre-
sented.

A TUSAYAN FOOT RACE. 123

brick red. The mask was made of leather and crossed by
two parallel zigzag lines in white over the nose and by two
similar zigzag lines not parallel upon the eyebrows. A
black mark extended from the corners of the mouth to the
edge of the jaws, and a similar black line from the eyes to
the ears parallel with the first. On the upper part of the
head there was a dentated crown in white upon a black
ground, and on the back of the helmet there were symbolic
crosses representing the star god Co-tii/k-i-nung and two
serpents. This helmet was much more complicated than
the other two which we have described and is a much
more elaborate piece of work. Portions of the back of
the helmets were made of an old felt hat, but the mask was
of leather.
HO-NAN-KA-TCI-NA.

Among the participants is the Wa-wac at Te-wa was a
man dressed in a rabbit robe, who wore on his head a
rounded helmet with protuberant snout. He carried in
his hand a stick at the end of which was tied a branch of
cactus, with which he went from one to another of the spec-
tators paying his attention especially to the women, girls
and boys, driving them from their seats in the plaza with
this spiny implement. This AG@-tct-nad was decorated with
the symbol of the bear Hé-nan-i, a figure representing the
imprint of the bear’s claw and on that account has been
identified as the Bear AG-tci-na.

CHE-KA-NA.

During the Wa-wac at Si-teim-o-vi, two persons wearing
the helmet of Che-ka'-na took part. I have examined the
helmets worn by them but did not succeed in getting good
photographs. The helmets are painted brown on one side
of the face and green on the other, the eye openings hav-
ing rows of dots above them. From my notes I find that
the bodies of these persons were painted in two colors.

124 THE WA-WAC-KA-TCI-NA 3

A single personage wearing the Ley’-to-to-bé? mask also
appeared in the same Wa-wac. The helmet was painted
black with a red band across the eyes. A boy called 7a-
ca'-bé, Navajo, wearing a mask not unlike that of Ute-cé-é
appeared in the same Wa’-wac, but he took a very subor-
dinate part in the race.

TA-TCUK-TI.!

The largest number of participants in the Wa-wac-ka-
tci-ndat Si-tciim-o-vi were the 7G-tcik-ti? or knobbed-headed
priests who play an important part as clowns in the Tusa-
yan sacred dances. The Y@-tcik-ti were naked with the
exception of a simple cloth about their loins and the hel-
met coverings of their heads. Appended to the sides of
the close-fitting cloth helmets there were several knobs
filled with seeds, or long sausage-like appendages hanging
down the cheeks from either side.

The bodies of the knobbed-headed priests were marked
with lines drawn by the fingers on the mud with which
they are smeared and their feet are without moccasins.
Ta-tcik-ti ordinarily stood (Pl. 1, fig. 3) in line back of
the piles of prizes spread out on the blanket on the ground
and armed with a yucca leaf. While awaiting the begin-
ning of the race this leaf is closely folded in the hand and
it is only when they have overtaken their contestants that
this whip is unfolded and used in striking the legs and
back of the luckless individuals whom they overtake in
the race.

PAI-A-KYA-MUH.

These personages have already been described and fig-
ured elsewhere.’ They wear a closely fitting skull cap upon

1Sometimes the first syllable is reduplicated, Ta@-ta@-tcuk-ti.

2From 7@ -tci, a knob, referring to the knobbed helmets which they wear, or from
a verb meaning to leap up or jump.

8Journal of Am. Ethnology and Archeology, Vol. u, No.1.

Te ee Wim ecrpengae's . ——
P “ar Sa) ha Geel ote aoe a ee

a eee

A TUSAYAN FOOT RACE. 135

which are two horns girt with alternate white and black
bands, and bearing a few corn husks at the top and base.
The cap is likewise girt with black and white bands and
both of the same colors are painted on their bodies, arms
and legs.

They are Tewan members of the Tcu-ki-wy/mp-ki-ya and
from their actions in dances may very properly be called
gluttons. The same personages have been photographed
by mein WaAl-pi sacred dances, and I have a doll of a Paz-
a-kya-mih which has most of the symbolic marks men-
tioned above. As Tcu-ku-wy'mp-ki-ya to which group of
priests the 7G-tcik-ti likewise belong, these men very prop-
erly figure in the Wa-wac-ka-tci-na.

Among the many masks and helmets which one sees by
searching in the hidden rooms of the villages I have found
several which have been referred to the Wa-wac-ka-tci-na,
and I suspect that from time to time other characters be-
sides those described also take part in the races which have
been described. One of the most characteristic of these
masks is said to be that of Hém-i-cow. The helmet of
Hém-i-cow which I observed in the Al-kib-va' at Wal-pi
is unlike any other with which I am familiar. It is of
cylindrical shape and painted black with green, yellow,

1 The so-called kib-vas are subterranean chambers built in crevices in the rocks
and are used in the performance of the secret portions of religious ceremonials,
Of these there are five at Wédl-pi, two in Si-tcim-o-vi, and twoin Tewa. The
A'l-kib-va is one of the smallest of these and is situated on the dance plaza at
Wal-pi. It is, however, one of the important kib-vas and in it are performed the
ceremonies of the Mam-zrau-ti (a woman dance in September, see Amer. Anthro-
pologist, July, 1892.) .

The kib-vas are ordinarily used as gathering p)aces for the men and in them
many blankets are woven. Although it is not customary for the Indians not
engaged in any ceremony, to enter the kib-vas, we were always permitted free en-
trance, with one or two exceptions. I have given elsewhere an account of
the more important architectural details of the kib-vas and their orientation,
and the Al-kib-va is not in any respects characteristic. The A'l-kib-vais the kib-
va of the Horn men or Horn priests, and in the N@-dce-nai-ya@ it is the place of the
ceremonies of the warrior fraternities.

126 - THE WA-WAC-KA-TCI-NA :

red, and white bands around the upper rim. From these
bands depend other lines or bands painted in the same
colors, a medial band being red and those on either side
yellow, white and green. Above the round orifices mark-
ing the position of the eyes there was tied a small fragment
of pith, the signification of which is unknown tome. The
mouth is duck-bill shaped not unlike that so common among
the /fd-tci-nas. :

In order to show how the race which has been described
differs from the ordinary running races which accompany
the great celebrations in the Hopi calendar, let us take for
illustration that performed on the morning of the ninth
day in the Lda’-la-kon-ti.! This race differs in details from
that of the Flute, the Snake and the Nimdn-ké-tci-nd, but
has several points in common with them ; so that, looking
at their relationship in a broad way, we may say that their
common features show the general character of the races
which accompany the great ceremonials.

The races in the festival mentioned always take place .
from the plain or the foot hills up the mesa trails, although
the limits of the race are two points in the plain or in the
foot hills. The termination of the race is not limited
nor do the contestants stop running until they enter the .
village on the top of the mesa. In certain of these the final
ceremony connected with the race takes place in the un-
derground kib-va where the rites of the particular festival
are celebrated.

The man who stands at the terminal goal of the race is
a priest dressed in appropriate costume holding a crooked
stick in his hand. He makes upon the trail, near which
he stands, in sacred meal, the symbol of the rain cloud.
As the racers approach they pass over these figures and

1 For description of the La’ la-kon-ti see American Anthropologist, April, 1892.

— o

Be

EE RE ESE ES et

A TUSAYAN FOOT RACE. 127

touch the crook which he holds, with the palm of their
hands. In the case of the La’-la-kon-ti in which a girl
races with the men, this girl is placed within a circle of
meal upon the trail and near her is deposited prayer sticks
called 6a’-hos. The crook which the priest holds is de-
posited after the race in a shrine and sometimes brought
to the kib-va. In the La/-la-kon-ti the former deposition
is made, and in the Snake and Flute races the latter, but
in all instances the contestants are compelled to run up
the hillside before the race is finished.

In none of the races up the trail which I have witnessed
did the clowns or Ad-tci-nds take part. It will be seen from
my account! of these races that there is no close rela-
tionship between them and the Wa-wac-ka-tci-na. The
winners are not given prizes nor do the participants flog
each other with yucca wands. Of all the foot races
which I have seen the W4d-wdac-ka-tci-né is unique in its
character. I have not referred to the meaning of the Wa-
wac-ka-tci-nd, although from its character and the partici-
pants who take part, there can be no doubt but that it
reaches back to the early history of the people.

One is tempted to regard the Wd-wdac as the same as
the spring races which have been described in the Rio
Grande pueblo, but the exact relationship is not wholly
clear tome. The presence of the AG-tci-naé is an impor-
tant element which will be spoken of in a later publica-
tion in which comparative accounts of the two will be
considered.

It is said that the prize in the Snake race is the greatest
of all prizes attainable, namely, long life and all the bless-
ings which come to men, but however this may be, the

1 Journal of American Ethnology and Archeology, Vol. 11, p. 1.

128 THE WA-WAC-KA-TCI-NA :

winner of the Snake race is a marked person. The so-
called Snake race which occurs on the morning of the ninth
day of the Snake Antelope ceremony before dawn is tra-
ditional and like so many other ceremonial customs is said
to date back to the infancy of the people. Bourke in his
work on the Snake dance has called attention to ancient
races in Mexico up the Teocalli or pyramids and the fact
that the runners in a Snake race do not stop before they
arrive at the top of the mesa. The thought is a sugges-
tive one and will be considered elsewhere.

The Wa-wac-ka-tci-né also occurs in certain proceed-
ings which take place on the afternoon of several of the
KG@-tci-na dances. I have already elsewhere described
the antics of the 7d-tcik-ti and certain HG-tci-nads while
the sacred dances! are taking place. These personages
endeavor in every way to amuse the spectators both in
the intervals between the dances and while the latter are
progressing. These antics consist of puns, inordinate
eating, indignities to each other and curious or grotesque
situations in which they are placed. I have recounted
some of these in my notice of the summer ceremonials and
have likewise witnessed the Wda-wdac-Ha-tci-né in sacred
dances here performed by the 7Z4-(cik-ti and others
dressed as G-ici-nis who come in for that purpose.
These Ad-tci-nds were different from those taking part in
the sacred dance and were generally personified Apaches
or Navajos or certain phallic societies. This fact is sig-
nificant when taken in connection with that known from
the descriptions above where the Apache personification is
so little known. Although these Apache Ad-(ct-nds are
not the only ones who take part in the exercises we are

1See Hu-mis, Ka-tci-na, Ma-lo-K@-tci'-na, etc. (Journ. Amer. Eth. & Arch., Vol. 11)

A TUSAYAN FOOT RACE. 129

about to describe, they were present in several character-
istic performances which I have noticed. One of the most
interesting of these is the dance of the Teu-ki-wymp-ki-
ya. While the dance of the Aa-tci-naé was taking place
in the celebration of the Humis-kd-tci-né a blanket were
laid down near the west end of the line and upon this was
placed bundles of corn, Pé-ki or paper bread, and food
of all kinds. Behind this, facing it, the Pai-a-kya-mih
were seated in line and to each was given one of the bun-
dles as a gift. The men personifying Apaches, of whom
there were two, then caused one of these to rise and led
him to the extreme east end of the line of dancers who
were meanwhile singing and performing their dance. Each
Tcu-ki-wymp-ki-ya was forced to dance and to tell a story
in payment for his gift.

When the glutton had been carried to the east end of
the line he was stopped, turned around and addressed or
commanded by the Apaches who raised their horsewhips
or “quirts” in a threatening manner. Moving a few steps
in asidelong manner, the gluttoned followed by the Apaches
performed an archaic dance saying, “A-e, A-e.” Ata
word from his tormentors he started again moving a few
feet with an awkward, sidelong, halting gait and stopped
again. As he did this, he again began his story, calling
down laughter from the spectators. This was repeated
again and again often urged forward by strokes from the
whips of his tormentors until he reached the pile of corn
in front of his comrades. ° A second member of the line,
squatting back of the corn was then treated in the same way,
and the same series of halts, shouts and jokes were re-
peated. All the gluttons were forced through this per-
formance causing much merriment from the lookers-on.
The whole effect was simply to amuse the people, and if it

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 17

130 THE WA-WAC-KA-TCI-NA :

is a modified dance it has certainly degenerated into a
ludicrous performance.! ©

I have witnessed the same or a similar thing at the vil-
lage of Ci-pau-o-vi during the dance of the Ma-lo-ka-tci-na,
the only difference being that instead of the Pat-a-kya-
muh, the Ta-icik-ti were the sufferers. There were at that
village several persons taking part, who wore Navajo or
Apache masks. They carried ancient leather shields or-
namented with crosses and other figures of a symbolic
_ significance. In the same celebration a person appeared
wearing the Owl A@-tci-né mask. I have likewise seen
Ma-sau-wih, the death god, personified in the Wa-wac, a
hideous personage wearing about his loins for a belt the
intestines of a dog recently killed, the face and body
smeared with fresh blood.

One is tempted to regard these antics of the clowns and
the Navajos and Apaches as burlesques of races introduced
during the solemn dances, butif such is the explanation this
portion of the dances is highly modified and come to be
regarded as an opportunity to introduce local allusions
and modifications which cannot be regarded in the same
light as the dances themselves. Consequently, the events
which occur at that time, in which the clowns participate,
should not be regarded as necessarily related to the his-
toric ceremonies.”

Much is left to individual invention of the clowns to
render their part more striking and it is not rare to see

1Jn most instances the stories told by the gluttons for the amusement of the
spectators were obscene but not always so. On one occasion one of the younger
gluttons when forced to tell a story recounted the improvements which the people
were making in late years, a suggestive ray of light on the otherwise sombre back-
ground of primitive savagery.

2Ithas been suggested that the introduction, for instance, at this time, of a colored
soldier is of ancient date, but it is undoubtedly not older than the employment of
negro soldiers in the army of the United States.

ee

ee ee ee ae

ors a

oe

"} -ml!

~<e_chn lel ee te hn en ee

A TUSAYAN FOOT RACE. 131

them introduce personifications of events which occur dur-
ing the summer. The existence of this curious modified
performance, by which the Navajo force the gluttons to
run and their refusal with many objections may, however,
be of ancient origin.

The introduction of such personages as Ute-cé-é (Apa-
che) and Ta-cab-ka-ici-naé by the Hopi in their sacred
dances is an interesting fact. It must be borne in mind
that the village Indians of Tusayan have had frequent wars
with these tribes, often of most bloody character. I have
been shown a cleft in the East Mesa near precipitous cliffs
at. the west end, where the dead, in one of their wars with
the cruel Apaches, were buried, and I have been told of a
certain struggle with them in which the hearts of the dead
Apaches were given to the Hopi women (the unmarried
women were especially mentioned) to eat, in order that
their children, Hopi warriors, might be brave against their
enemies. This story was told me on good authority and,
in a comparative way, one has no reason to doubt its pos-
sibility.

Notwithstanding, however, this traditional hatred in the
Hopi mind against the Apache and Navajo the villagers
have introduced an Apache A@-tci-na in the Wa-wac-ka-
tci-na, while in the So-yd-him a sacred Aa-tci-né dance a
personage called the Ta-cab (Navajo) is prominent. This
incorporation of foreign Ad-ici-nds is suggestive. We
can readily see a good reason for the introduction of /a-
tci-nas from the Zuiis, but it might seem strange that others
should be derived from enemies. The way the Hopi re-
gard this question may, however, be summed up in a lib-
eral statement expressed by An-a-wi-ta, viz. :—that it is
wrong to speak of Ad-tci-nas as Zuiii or as Hopi. The
Ka-ici-naés are without nationality, “they are for all,” but

132 THE WA-WAC-KA-TCI-NA !

certain peoples preserve the cult of individual Ad-tei-nas
better than others. In following the lead of those who best
know any particular 4a-tci-nd, no element of hostility
should play any part. It might readily be concluded that
as far as the gods are concerned, the Indian is prepared
to be taught by any one who has valuable knowledge of the
Ka-tci-nis. I do not affirm that the Hopi so regard this
question or that this is their reason for the introduction of
strange [da-tci-nas, but I so interpret the few remarks
which I have heard on this point.

Ta-cib-ka-tci-né@ ordinarily wears a helmet with a band
across his face not unlike that of Hi’-hii-wih. On the
dolls of Ta-cab-ka-tci-né which I have, some specimens
have the same marks painted in different colors but in sev-
eral they are absent altogether. I shall discuss this ques-
tion more at length in my article on Hopi figurines (dolls).

In interpretations of the meaning of Hopi ceremonies,
personages and paraphernalia which appear in the same,
a strict line of demarcation must be drawn between pos-
sible and real explanations. The nature of the subject is
such as to invite one to speculation. The explanation
built on the testimony of priests is good as far as it goes
but even this is not always final. Human nature is falli-
ble and whilea priest may report the explanation which he
has heard from his antecedent in office, the element of in-
vention and mistake in transmission from generation to
generation must always be taken into account in a final es-
timation of the subject. Although the explanations ad-
vanced by the priest to explain ceremonies and personages
which occur in such is capable of scientific treatment,
they cannot be regarded as exact knowledge or science,
but must be used for what they are worth. That the priests
believe that the crooks about the altar and the fetiches of

Ifa

x
v)

PLATI

< 5 é =
,
’ _
| i
. ; ,
~ 7 re ; |
5 —
A
« ; :
. >
‘ | 7
> " 4
iT } }
7H e
4 “ |
| % : TS
. . > |
=!
> ft a o ;
ta al 4 :
-
. ‘ * : ieee ,
' . |
. t
» Pat ‘
P a * 2 <i
| ; a" ie)
- : My j
> '
ior , ogee A ap
} , « y =
ae Fy ail
ri P Se sl | oe oe
= 5 - by
: . - * wie as Ns
7 nd io | ”
' = is a
ee ta
> ‘ * ;* 77 Ly } 7
: aa 7 ;
> ;
: » ‘% ;
. rE ; : |
ar PS ae te ore im
tay mn © r ~ het ae A: ;
7 | ‘ a |
' PO ee a ke ae :
: —- Lh ¢ if, A ,
eas ; i ae
t
; :
:

PAIN

: . x

Me
a
, ’
Stil 1)
| hy
HH)
Yj
cy
iy
13
i}
f Hy
OH iit}
AY ah LM
| MA)
. Wee i,
2.

ae

PLATE ITI.

A TUSAYAN FOOT RACE. 133

the same in the Snake Ceremony were brought up from the
underworld,! or certain explanations of why certain cere-
monials are performed have been handed down from the
ancients, no one can doubt. But human invention has
been fertile through that lapse of time and local coloring
has modified the explanations until it may have lost much
of its original value. It is more than we can expect that
the priests officiating in a ceremony can give other than a
traditional explanation. His testimony is a valuable con-
tribution to an understanding of local modifications, but
the question is too great for him to answer. The insidi-
ous influence which leads the observer to enlarge upon
possible explanations suggested by priests who may have
received their explanations must be carefully controlled,
otherwise folk-lore becomes useless as a scientific contri-
bution. At most the explanation given by priests is only
one means to bring to a solution of the question of the
meaning of religious ceremonials and its limitation should
be properly recognized.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE I.
Fig. 1. Hii-htt-wuh.
Fig. 2. Ute-cé-é-ka-tci-na.
Fig. 3. Line of Ta-tcuk-ti with priest awaiting the contestants in
the race.
Fig. 4.. Ke-se-ka-tci-nd.
PLATE IL.

Fig. 1. Mask of U¢e-cé-é used in the Hu-mis-ka@-tci-na.

Fig. 2. se 86" Ute-cé-8.

Fig. 3. ‘« « Ute-cé-é from the kib-va, not observed to be worn
in the race or in a dance.

Fig. 4. Mask of Hu!-hu-wuh.

1The Hopi, in common with some other pueblo people, believe that men came
upon the surface of the earth crawling out of an opening near the San Juan river,
and called Si-pa@-pu. The Tusayan Tewans claim that they did not issue from the same
Si-pG-p u as the Hopi but from another in the far east, which they call Si-p’o-p’o-né.

ANNALS OF THE SEA SERPENT.

A ‘SEA SERPENT.”

THE appearance in Gloucester (Cape-Ann) harbor of an
uncommon Sea Animal has been the topic of conversation
and wonderment for several days past. A number of
gentlemen of information and veracity have asserted, that
they have seen such an animal off and in that harbor, repos-
ing at times on a smooth sea, and had thereby an oppor-
tunity to see and judge of its formanddimensions. ‘Their
accounts, though in some instances dissimilar, all agree
that this animal is of the species called the Sea Serpent. It
is described as having its head (like those given to serpents
in prints) at times, out of water; that to some it appeared
as large as the head of a horse—to others, varying, per-
haps, according to distance, as that of a large dog ;—
that its body was round like a snake’s, but connected by
joints, which to some appeared like a row of ten-gallon
kegs , and to others like barrels; that its length was es-
timated by some to be 40 feet, by others 30, 100, and
over; that its motion was serpentile, erratic, and rapid
for an animal of its bulk; that it has been seen lying on
the surface of the water, with parts of its body from six to
eighteen inches out of the water, and its tail nearly on a line
with its head; that it frequently forms circles in its
movements, and in its progress sometimes leaves a wake
of a mile in length.

Measures have been taken, and others are contemplated,

(184)

ANNALS OF THE SEA SERPENT. 135

for killing and exhibiting this animal. It is hoped they
will succeed. The Hncyclopedists have doubted the ex-
istence of such animals as Sea Serpenis, which have
been described by some navigators, particularly by Egede
as frequenting the Greenland seas some of which have
been described as extending its head as high as the main-
top-mast of a ship, its body being as thick as a hogshead,
its skin variegated like a tortoise shell, and its excrement

corrosive.

The Salem Gazette of yesterday says, “ We are in-
formed, that on Sunday this creature was seen playing
sometimes within 15 or 20 feet of the shore, affording a bet-
ter opportunity to observe him than had before occurred.
Gentlemen from Gloucester state, that he appeared to them
of an even greater magnitude than had before been repre-
sented, and should judge from their own observation, that
he was as much as 150 feet in length, and as big round as
abarrel. They saw him open an enormous mouth, and
are of opinion that he is cased in shell. The chance for
taking or killing this creature seems tobe small; it re-
quires not merely the club of a Hercules, but the cunning
contrivance of a Vulcan. We understand, however, that
it is proposed to make a number of strong nets, in the
hope of entangling and embarrassing him, so as to be able to
get him into a situation to kill him; in which we rather
wish than expect they may prove successful.”

Corroboration. Capt. Obear, who has arrived at Bev-
erly, reports, that on Sunday last he put into Cape-Ann
harbor, where he and his crew were astonished at the sight
of a monstrous creature lying upon the water, which ap-
peared to have the form of a serpent.

Whatever doubts may have existed on this subject,
there are hundreds who can testify to the existence of
some creature of a very uncommon bulk and form, and
such as was never before seen upon our coast.

136 ANNALS OF THE SEA SERPENT.

The bold adventurers (says the Salem Gazette) who
are fishing for the Sea-Monster at Cape-Ann, ought to be
furnished with the implements mentioned in the following
lines :—

“THE GIANT ANGLING.”

‘His angle-rod made of a sturdy Oak,
His line a Cable that in storms ne’er broke;
His hook he baited with a Dragon’s tail,
And sat upon a rock and bobb’d for whale.”

Boston Centinel, Aug. 20, 1817.

IMMENSE SEA SERPENT.
(A FISH STORY.)

A species of Sea-Serpent was thrown on shore near
Bombay in 1819. It was about forty feet long, and must
have weighed many tons. A violent gale of wind threw it
high above the reach of ordinary tides, in which situation
it took nine months to rot; during which process travel-
lers were obliged to change the direction of the road for
nearly a quarter of a mile, to avoid the offensive effluvia.

It rotted so completely that not a vestige of bone re-
mained. (From 10,000 Wonderful things, by Edmund F.
King, London.) .

The Massachusetts Gazette, Sept. 26, 1784, says—
“Captain Wyatt of the ship Whale writes to his friends in
London, that he has been within a few leagues of the
North Pole; and that at the Pole there was a most dread-
ful eruption of nitre, which proved there was a volcano.
Crystallized substance, like glass fell near Capt. Wryatt,
which refracted the light; by this he accounts for the
Aurora Borealis.

BULLETIN

OF THE

HSSHX INSTITUTE.

Vou. 24. Satem: Oct., Nov., Dsc., 1892. Nos. 10, 11, 12.

AnnuAL Meetine, May 18, 1892.

THE annual meeting was held in Plummer Hall, this
evening, at 7.30 o’clock ; Vice President A. C. Goodell, jr.,
in the chair. The record of the last annual meeting was
read by the Secretary.

The reports of the Secretary, Treasurer, Auditor, Li-
brarian, and the Publication Committee were read, ac-
cepted and ordered to be placed on file.

The report of the committee on nominations was pre-
sented by Geo. M. Whipple, and it was

Voted, to proceed to the election of officers for the en-
suing year. Messrs. Phippen, Morse and Welch were
appointed by the chair to distribute, collect, assort and
count votes. This committee reported the following list
of names as receiving all the ballots, and these officers
were declared unanimously elected :

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 18 (137)

138 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

PRESIDENT:
HENRY WHEATLAND.

VICE-PRESIDENTS:

ABNER C. GOODELL, JR., DANIEL B. HaGar,
FREDERIC W. PUTNAM, ROBERT 8S. RANTOUL.
SECRETARY: TREASURER:
Henry M. Brooks, WILuiaM O. CHAPMAN.
AUDITOR: LIBRARIAN:
Gro. D. PHIPPEN. CHARLES 8S. OsGoop.
COUNCIL:

WiLuiaM H. Gove, S. Enpicotr PEaBopy,
Tuomas F. Hunt, Davip PINGREE,
Davin M. LittTiez, EDMUND B. WILLSON,
RicHarD C. MANNING, GrorRGE M. WHIPPLE,
Epwakp S. Morss, ' ALDEN P. WHITE.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY.

Since the last annual meeting there have been twenty-
two meetings of the society and two meetings of direct-
ors.

There have been two field meetings during the last
season, one at. Bartholomew’s Pond, South Peabody, July
1, 1891. About thirty persons attended this meeting.
Vice President Hagar presided, and after a few introduc-
tory remarks introduced Mr. John H. Sears, who spoke of
the plants of the region, and Mr. Cyrus M. Tracy of Lynn,
who made some remarks on the flora of the vicinity. The
speakers were interesting and instructive, and the meet-
ing, though a small one, was enjoyed by all who took part
in it. The second meeting was on Wednesday, September
16, at Bradford Academy, where some thirty persons con-

ie.

PPS RESTS LET

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 139

nected with the Institute, by invitation, dined with the
venerable President, the teachers and the members of the
senior class of the Academy. Vice President Hagar pre-
sided at the meeting, and remarks were made by Dr.
Cogswell, Prof. E. S. Morse, John Robinson, Esq., John
H. Sears, Esq., and others. The day was fine and all who
participated in the meeting were much pleased.

During the past season papers have been read before
the society, in Plummer Hall, by the following persons :

Wm. A. Mowry, Hsq.,on “U.S. Boundaries and Bound-
ary Commissions.”

A. A. Post, H’'sq., of Boston, on “Volapuk.”

Rev. G. T. Flanders, D.D., on “Our Aryan Ances-
tors.”

Rev. Joseph Kimball, of Andover, on “Arts: Present
and Future.”

Prof. Edw. S. Morse, on “Japanese Pottery.”

Sidney Perley, Hsq., on “Prehistoric America.”

Mr. J. Walter Fewkes, of Boston, on “Study of an
Aboriginal Ceremonial.”

Rev. A. P. Puinam, D.D., of Concord, on “Wenham
Lake Ice Co.” )

Sylvester Baxter, Hsq., of Boston, on “Municipal De-
mocracy.”

Col. Henry Stone, of South Boston, on “General Sher-
man.”

Rev. EL. O. Dyer, of South Braintree, on “Coligny and
the Huguenots.”

Dr. J. E. Wolff, of Cambridge, on “The History of
Rocks learned by the Microscope”—with lantern illustra-
tions.

Dr. P. C. Knapp, of Boston, on “Hypnotism.”

1$ee Bull. Essex Inst. Vol. XXIv, p. 113,

140 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Hon. Alden P. White, of Danvers, Readings from
Tennyson.

Ezra D. Hines, Esq., of Danvers, on “A Day at Lex-
ington.”

All these lectures have been well attended.

On the 29th of February, the 200th anniversary of the
Witchcraft delusion in Salem (in February, 1692) a
meeting was held by this society in Academy Hall where
there was a very large and interested audience present.
Upon the stage were Prof. D. B. Hagar, Prof. E. S. Morse,
Rev. C. B. Rice of Danvers, Mayor Rantoul, Prof. Bar-
rett Wendell of Harvard College, Hon. A. C. Goodell,
jr., W. S. Nevins, Esq., Rev. Dr. A. P. Putnam of Con-
cord, Wm. A. Mowry, Esq., of Salem, Ross Turner, Esq.,
and the Hon. Chas. S. Osgood.

Mr. Nevins called the meeting to order, read the war-
rant for the arrest of Sarah Good, Feb. 29, 1692, and in
a few remarks introduced the Mayor of the city, as the
Chairman of the meeting. Addresses were delivered by
Professor Wendell, Rev. Mr. Rice, Mr. Goodell and Mr.
Mowry. The meeting was considered a decided success.
The Evening News said—* The audience was an intelli-
gent and interesting body,” and that all the speakers had
given the subject a careful study.

All the lectures have been free to the public and it is
believed have given satisfaction. Reports were printed in
the Salem papers.

’ There have been 686 donations to the cabinets, from
135 different donors the past year. These donations have
been acknowledged through the mail and in the Salem
Gazette.

More than 7300 persons have visited the old meeting
house of the First Church, and the question “How did they

a I tee

ws fhe,

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 141

get up in the gallery” has been answered at least 5,000
times the past year.

Thirty-three persons have joined the society during the
year, and seventeen members have died, viz. :

Augustus S. Browne, George Roundy of Beverly,
Rufus B. Gifford, John H. Silsbee,

Nathaniel A. Horton, Frank Stone,

Catherine K. Ireson, Stephen G. Wheatland,
George R. Lord, Cyrus M. Tracy of Lynn,
George B. Loring, James D. Waters,

Martha A. Nichols, Charles Woodbury,

George Peabody, Martha A. Willson,

John Webster.

In the historical department the collections are contin-
ually increasing, and I can now only repeat in substance
what was said last year on this point.

Additions to our building and funds are greatly needed
to make a proper display of the important donations to the
cabinets and to arrange and catalogue the manuscripts.

It is desired that the members generally will help us at
least to increase our membership, which can be easily done
if the matter should be taken hold of earnestly. If, for
instance, every member should feel it incumbent on him-
self or herself to obtain for us two new members in the
coming year, it would be a very great aid to us and help
to “bridge over” to the time, when it is hoped some one or
more of our friends will contribute a hundred thousand
dollars to the funds of the society.

The Institute is also in need of more young persons,
of both sexes, for members, and especially those who
would be interested in our work and would aid us in ar-
ranging the various collections. Of course we want old
people too, but no society can long exist without the codp- .

142 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

eration of the young and enthusiastic. It might reason-
ably be supposed that for the credit of Salem if for no
other reason, the young would come forward and beg to
assist in the work of the Institute.

On the 9th day of January last, a committee, consist-
ing of Mayor Rantoul, Ross Turner, D. B. Hagar, David
M. Little, W. S. Nevins, Francis H. Lee, John Robin-
son, Eben Putnam, Thomas F. Hunt and the secretary,
was chosen by the society to arrange for an exhibit of the
Institute at the great Exposition to be held in Chicago
next year. This committee has held several meetings
and has formulated a plan which when carried out will
ensure such a representation of the society at this Colum-
bian Exposition, as will redound to its credit, and also to
that of the city and county. The committee has ar-
ranged to have this exhibit placed in the main reception
room of the Massachusetts Building, and the committee
is empowered to form a general committee, which shall
take charge of the whole matter of raising the necessary
funds and attending to the numerous details which such
a work requires. The full report of this committee will
be presented to the society when plans are somewhat
farther arranged.

A special committee consisting of Messrs. Turner,
Nevins and Morse was appointed on the 11th day of last
January, to tuke charge of the Witchcraft meeting on the
29th of February, and as that meeting was only prelimi-
nary to the erecting of a Memorial to the victims of the
delusion, the committee will probably report at a meet-
ing of the society a plan looking towards the carrying out
of this idea to a successful termination. Much interest
has been shown in it especially by other historical societies
and students.

During the month of November last, an exhibit of Water

Law oe oe

> oe

<p Te cee Re ae Se ee ee

et ae

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 143

Colors by Misses Emily P. Mann, Sarah S. Kimball and
Mary M. Brooks, and Messrs. Arthur W. Dow, Dwight
Blaney and Ross Turner, was held in the rooms of the
society. It was opened free to the public, the attendance
was very good, and the exhibit received much favorable
notice. I would suggest that during the summer months
it would perhaps be well to utilize Plummer Hall for a
water-color exhibition, so many people visit our town dur-
ing these months that it might be made an additional at-
traction.

During last season the Institute entertained many par-
ties from kindred and other societies including the Rhode
Island Historical Society, the Massachusetts Library Club,
classes from Bradford and other schools, etc., and already
this season a desire to visit Salem is shown on the part of
one or two historical societies. These visits are very
helpful, not only in the way of getting our members ac-
quainted with those from other states who are engaged in
the same work, but also obliging us to keep somewhat
well posted in the history of our own town in order to
answer properly the questions that are asked in regard to
the different historical sites, etc.

I have so often suggested that the Institute would like
to receive anything and everything of historical value, that
I am sure you would hardly consider my report complete
without again calling your attention to this matter. I
want to see this collection grow to such an extent that an
entire new building will be needed to display it properly,
and I wish we had the building now and the funds to sup-
port it, for we need a handsome endowment to carry on
the work of the society as it should be done.

Respectfully submitted,
Henry M. Brooks,
Secretary.

144

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.

The additions to the library for the year (May, 1891
to May, 1892) have been as follows :

Folios, e .
Quartos, ° .
Octavos, ° °
Twelvemos, ‘
Sixteenmos, -
Twenty-fourmos,

Total of bound volumes, .

Pamphlets and serials,

Total of donations,

Folios, . .
Quartos, . °
Octavos, 5 .
Twelvemos, .
Sixteenmos, e
Twenty-fourmos,

Total of bound volumes,
Pamphlets and serials.

Total of exchanges, .

Folios, e
Quartos, .
Octavos, .
Twelvemos,
Sixteenmos,
Twenty-fourmos,

Total of bound volumes,
Pamphlets and serials,

Total of purchases, .

Total of donations,

Total of exchanges, .

Total of purchases,

Total of additions,

Of the total number of pamphlets and serials,

By Donation.

By Exchange.

By Purchase.

2 Ot OFS. “Oe

ax *. 2 eae 2 ®

were pamphlets and 7,311 were serials.
The donations to the library for the year have been re-
ceived from one hundred and seventy-one individuals and

- © © © © @

lezlavede.

E

res
| 23

+ 14,330

4,396

Dita
~~

FR ES Roane tag,

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 145

ninety-eight societies and governmental departments. The
exchanges from eleven individuals and one hundred and
seventy-four societies and incorporated institutions, of
which ninety-one are foreign ; also from editors and pub-
lishers.

The largest donation has been that of Dr. Wheatland’s
scientific library numbering over four hundred volumes.

The set of Littell’s Living Age is now complete to Au-
gust, 1891, and the set of Scribner’s Monthly lacks only
three numbers.

The librarian in presenting these statistics congratulates
the members of the Essex Institute on the growing value
of the library in all its reference departments. The Pub-
lic Library and Athenseum furnish the popular books for
general circulation, while the Institute aims to build up
a large and valuable reference library. Here should be
found the many books of little interest to the casual reader,
but sometimes of inestimable value in the prosecution of
certain lines of study and research. The pleasant rooms |
of the Institute are always open to students and investiga-
tors in any branch of literature or science, as well as to
the general reader, and every assistance is given them in
the prosecution of their work. So far as possible the books
are arranged in the different rooms by subject, but there
is great need of a catalogue or finding list so that it can be
readily ascertained what books are in the library relating to
any special subject. Some work has been done in this

direction but the lack of funds prevents its being pushed

forward as rapidly as it should be.

The growth of the library brings each year more sharply
to our attention the need of additional room for the stor-
age of books. This want will have to be met in some
way in the near future and all action should be taken with
this end in view.

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 19

146

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

A quiet and uneventful, although a useful and prosper-
ous year for the library leaves little to be said in the an-
The influence of the Institute broadens, and

nual report.

its work is appreciated more and more as the years go by.
Let us see to it that there is no halt in its progress.
Cuas. S. Osaoon,

Librarian.

TREASURER’S REPORT.

Receipts and expenditures of the past year (condensed
from the account presented).

Balance of last year’s account,
Discount of note,

Interest from Five Cents Savings Bank ras be funded,

Assessment of members,

Income of invested funds,
Sale of publications,
Amounts received from other sources, . e

EXPENDITURES.

Salaries of secretary, assistant librarians and janitor,

RECEIPTS

Cost of books, periodicals and binding .

“ & publications and printing

“ & fuel,

Paid for gas and water,

ee

“

repairs
*“* insurance,

‘¢ interest on note,

Net income,

* our proportion of Salem Atheneum expenses,
“ express, postage and sundries, .
annuities (obligations of legacies)

note,

Investment of legacy from eatate Mrs, Nancy D. Cole,

Interest added to manuscript fund,

ee

66 * North Bridge monument fund,
Balance of cash on hand,

May 16, 1892,

Examined and approved,

; $10,557 96
. $2,500 00
: 58
——-—- $2,558 66
. $774 00
. 8,589 07
889 51
; 140 13
$5,892 71
$18,509 33
$2,232 75
819 45
1,379 26
181 50
42 66
151 79
30 00
45 75
226 57
287 29
710 00
—— $6,107 02
1,500 00
10,827 75
51 82
6 84 58 66
515 90

$18,509 33

Respectfully submitted,
WILLIAM O. CHAPMAN, Treasurer.

(signed) GEO. D. PHIPPEN, Auditor.

i ee

~~

a

ed

Gel ee ae

pe a

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 147

INVESTMENT OF FUNDS

For income, « * é ‘ ‘ e * $71,655 51
** Essex Institute Building, | ° * e ° : 7 28,370 69

* Ship Rock and land, . e ° é ° * . 100 00
Total investments, $100,126 20

Salem, May 12, 1892.
Examined the above account with the securities and found them correct.
(signed) GEO. D. PHIPPEN, Auditor.

Report or Pusiication CoMMITTEE.

The sub-committee appointed to take charge of the pub-
lications of the Institute report that these publications are
now substantially completed up to date. There was some
delay in the publication of volume twenty-three of the
Bulletin, owing to the necessity of reprinting a portion of
the paper by Mr. J. Walter Fewkes upon the “Ccelenterata
of New England,” but this volume, which is for the year
1891, has now been issued. It contains, besides the annual
report, the paper by Mr. Fewkes just mentioned, papers
by Messrs. S. and H. Garman, also numbers three and four
of the “ Geological and Mineralogical Notes” by Mr. John
H. Sears of the Peabody Academy of Science. These
notes, containing the results of Mr. Sears’s work on the
rocks of Essex County are especially valuable. There are
now in the hands of the committee, ready for the next vol-
ume — volume twenty-four — of the Builetin, valuable
papers furnished by Prof. E. S. Morse, Mr. Fewkes, Mr.
Garman and others. Of the Historical Collections, volume
twenty-seven for the year 1890 has been published dur-
ing the past year and contains a paper on Goy. John A.
Andrew by Hon. Eben F. Stone, a continuation of Mr.
Sidney Perley’s “ Notes on Boxford Houses,” “ Reminis-
cences of Capt. James Barr” by Mr. J. B. Curwen, gen-
ealogical memoranda relating to the Allen, Sparhawk and
Prince families and a“ Rough Subject Index to the Publi-

148 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

cations of the Essex Institute ” prepared by Mr. Gardiner
M. Jones. Two numbers of volume twenty-eight, for the
year 1891, are already in print and there is in the hands
of the committee enough material to complete the volume.
The committee was fortunate in securing for this volume
from Mr, H. F. Waters, some of his “English Gleanings”
consisting of extracts from marriage licenses granted by
the Bishop of London 1598-1639. These were carefully
annotated by Mr. Waters and are of great interest and
value to genealogical students. They will be found in the
parts already published.

There has been one special publication issued by the
committee during the year, consisting of a series of articles
on“Our Trees,”—that is, the trees of Salem and vicinity—
written by Mr. John Robinson of the Peabody Academy
of Science. By an arrangement entered into with the late
Hon. Nathaniel A. Horton, in whose paper these articles
originally appeared, and by advance subscriptions obtained,
the cost of this to the Institute was rendered almost nom-
inal, and the edition, which was limited to three hundred
copies, is practically exhausted. The committee believes
that it is within the province of the Institute and will prove
useful in keeping alive an interest in local matters to is-
sue such publications as this whenever suitable matter for
them can be procured, whether it be of an historical char-
acter or upon some branch of natural history.

In publishing volume twenty-seven of the Historical
Collections the committee tried the experiment of printing
it in a single volume without issuing separate numbers or
parts as has been the custom heretofore. This plan seems
to the committee to be more satisfactory and it is recom-
mended that in future the Historical Collections be thus
published. :

While it is not to be expected that there will be a pop-

‘THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 149

ular demand for such publications as those of the Institute
sufficient to make them financially profitable, there can be
no question that they are extremely valuable in maintain-
ing the reputation of the society and as a means of ob-
taining exchanges. The committee believes the question
worthy of careful consideration, whether these publications
cannot be made of much greater value to the Institute by
suitable efforts to enlarge the field of exchanges. It un-
hesitatingly recommends that the publications be contin-
ued and that every encouragement possible be given to
those who are trying to do good historical and genealogi-
eal work, especially that relating to this locality. The
committee suggests that the council consider the advisa-
bility and practicability of raising a publication fund which
will furnish an income sufficient to pay all expenses of
publication so that the Institute may be insured against
the possibility of any pecuniary inconvenience on account
of the maintenance of this department. It is recom-
mended that the copies of the society’s publications now
on hand should be arranged properly by volumes and a
special opportunity extended to such libraries and soci-
eties as are subscribers to these publications to complete
their sets so far as possible. A new catalogue and price
list of the publications should be prepared, and the com-
mittee recommends that the price to members of the In-
stitute be placed as near cost as practicable, while the
price to those not members for papers which have become
searce should be increased.

Wituiam H, Gove,

T. F. Hunt,

Gro. M. WHIPPLE.

150 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

LECTURES.

Monday, Jan. 4, 1892.—Wm. A. Mowry, Esq., of
this city lectured on the subject of “United States Bounda-
ries, and Boundary Commissions.” Mr. Mowry first called
attention to the importance of the study of the history of
our own country, alluding to its rapid growth, great re-
sources and wealth. The original United States, whose
boundaries were fixed by the treaty with Great Britain at
the close of the Revolutionary War, embraced a territory
of 827,844 miles. Its bounds were the Atlantic Ocean on
the east, the St. Lawrence River and the Great Lakes on the
north, the Mississippi River on the west, Florida on the
south. The first joint international commission for run-
ning a boundary line, was that between the United States
and Spain, for making the line between this country
and Florida. Andrew Ellicott was our Commissioner ;
this was in 1798-9. The lecturer described Mr. Ellicott’s
work. The Florida Treaty of 1819 and the Oregon Treaty
of 1842, were both fully explained, as well as the Com-
mission to settle the boundary between this country and
Mexico in 1848, after the Mexican War and the Gadsden
purchase of 1853 and Alaska in 1867.

The original territory was (in square miles) 827, 844
The Louisiana purchase, . : : 877,686
* Florida e : : ‘ : 65,168
* Annexation of Texas . ‘ ‘ 376,161
Mexican Cession . 3 r s* .§25;788

* Gadsden purchase : : : 45,535
Oregon ° . ° ° - 288,345
Alaska ; : ; ; 577,390

Total 3,605,912
Our country, the speaker said, included all degrees of

ES eee

“as

“THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 1$i

latitude, from within the torrid zone, to and beyond the
arctic circle and extending from the Atlantic to the Pa-
cific and has such vast resources, as to be practically in-
dependent of the rest of the world.

Monday, Jan. 18, 1892.—A. A. Post, Esq., of Boston,
lectured on the new language called “Volapiik.” Mr.
Post is the Massachusetts Director in the North American
Volapiik Association. The Salem Gazette says of the
lecture: “The least that can be said is, that it presented
an array of facts very remarkable and interesting to even
those who may not fully accept all of the lecturer’s de-
ductions from those facts.” This language was invented
thirteen years ago by a Roman Catholic priest.

For four years it remained dormant ; after that it began
to attract attention. University professors in Vienna first
recognized its merits and established a club for the prop-
agation of the tongue. It was subsequently welcomed in
Russia, Sweden, Norway, Holland, Belgium, Italy, Spain,
China and Japan, and within two years from its start, it
found friends in every civilized land, and first by the
learned men of the various countries. Forty-seven jour-
nals have been established and maintained either wholly
or in part in Volapiik. In general literature it has a bib-
liography of many hundreds of volumes, history, science,
poetry, etc. Its clubs number one thousand, and it is
used by more than one thousand mercantile houses.
Lecture courses in this language have been given abroad.
Mr. Post emphasized the fact that the inventor of Volapiik
did not propose it to be anything more than an inter-
national language. It was not intended to supplant any
or all natural languages. Its position is not revolutionary
or refurmative. It is designed only as a supplementary
language to make international communication easier. If

152 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

the Volapiik should come into general use throughout the
civilized world, then there would be no necessity of learn-
ing a multitude of different languages as-is now the case,
but the scholar or whoever wished to communicate with
other countries could learn Volapiik.

Monday, Jan, 25, 1892.—Rev. G. T. Flanders, D.D.,
of Boston lectured on “Our Aryan Ancestors.” The lec-
turer said that the Aryan race, came from northwestern
Asia, and from them all the Europeans are descended.
Their language (the Sanscrit) is the root of all European
languages, including even the dead languages, Latin, ete.
The Sanscrit, he said, is the only perfect language known.
As a proof of the common origin of all European nations
he cited the fact that they all assimilate, whereas the
Chinese and other nations not springing from the Aryan
race will not assimilate.

No modern family knows its genealogy with greater
accuracy than we can trace ours back to our Aryan an-
cestors, the clew being chiefly philological. The conquest
of India by the English, and the discovery of Sanscrit in
1784, operied the way.

He then gave a few specimens to show how affiliations
of language prove a common origin of peoples.

In conclusion, Dr. Flanders told how the Aryan race
has perfected society, morals, science, art and philosophy.
It seems to be their mission to link all parts of the world
together and establish upon the earth a common brother-
hood and a common language. Slowly, but surely, all
varieties of our race are coming to be of one speech.
From unity to diversity and from diversity to final unity

is the irresistible law.

Monday, Feb. 1, 1892.—Rev. Joseph Kimball of An-

————

et Teal

~

Dg BE Ate hata te

i

Sth te ede ie | ne Br pen Se encgenet geo y)

Dna
7

- THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 153

dover lectured on “Arts: Present and Future” or a con-
sideration of the present and prospective condition of the
domestic arts. -He spoke at some length of the various
uses of paper in recent years, and of the numerous and
increasing applications of glass to the purposes of econo-
my and of ornament. He referred to the marvellous tal-
ent shown in the preparation of articles of food and the
use of machinery inthis way. References were also made
to steam and electricity for motive power, and its possible
developments in the future. The lecture was illustrated
by humorous anecdotes and allusions.

Monday, Feb. 8, 1892.—Prof. Edward S. Morse of Sa-
lem lectured on Japanese Pottery. The lecturer said that
the most civilized nations do not necessarily produce the
most artistic pottery. In the rudest tribes we sometimes
find traces of high artistic merit; but where the highest
cultivation is combined with artistic taste, the effect can-
not fail to be charming. The Japanese are superior in
these qualifications and we find them excelling all other
nations in their pottery. ‘Their pottery of any decided
merit dates back not more than four hundred years. On
account of the limited communications in Japan we find
the pottery of each of the provinces has a distinctive char-
acter. In other countries it is of one general type. The
Japanese excel in porcelain also; but in this they do not
show the same originality of design. Their pottery is to
their porcelain as the etching is to the steel engraving.
The Japanese potter has a heavy wheel on the ground which
he causes to revolve rapidly, and as he is on his knees on
a level with the wheel, has complete control over the clay
before him, and is thus enabled to produce the most deli-
cate pottery. In Japan the calling of a potter is considered
avery honorable one, and hence attracts the most talented

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 20

154 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

of the people. Poets and philosophers have made pot-
tery, and much of its refinement there is due to the
company the potters kept. The making of pottery in
Japan is more of an art than a business. It is for the most
part conducted by families and a large part of it is made to
- order. Nine millions of dollars are spent every year for
foreign pottery by our country, and this might just as
well be made at home, if our potters could be educated
up to it ; and in this connection the lecturer spoke in praise
of the Beverly Pottery. The lecturer said the Japanese
displayed artistic taste even in the most common things.

Monday, Feb. 15, 1892.—Sidney Perley, Esq., of
Salem lectured on “Prehistoric America.” Mr. Perley di-
vided American history into three periods, commencing
with the latest. The first covered the years from the time
when explorations and attempts at settlement were made by
civilized people at about the beginning of the sixteenth
century down to the present era. The second covered the
time when the Indians flourished here. The third or pre-
historic period related to races that preceded the Indians.
He spoke of man’s existence here before the drift period,
when the moraines and many of our knolls were formed
by the flood and glacier, burying human beings beneath
the gravel deposits, together with their implements of va-
rious kinds and their pottery. He mentioned the ruins
of Arizona, dwelt upon “mound builders” especially and
gave a very interesting sketch of the discoveries in their
region principally along the banks of the Mississippi river
and its tributaries. The salt mines, mica mines and the
ancient copper diggings were spoken of at some length.
Mr. Perley thought that the Indians and the “mound build-
ers” were probably modern, as compared with the races of
man that once existed here. He also said that geologists

“THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 155

agree that North America is the oldest continent geolog-
ically and probably man existed here first, so that instead
of races coming here from Asia, they probably went from
here to Asia. This lecture was illustrated by large cray-
ons, of plans, sketches of mounds and drawings of idols,
copper implements, pottery, etc.

Monday, Feb. 22, 1892.—The lecture this evening, by
Mr. J. Walter Fewkes of Boston, was on the “Study of
an Aboriginal Ceremonial.” The lecturer stated that
among the Moki Indians of Arizona, a series of primitive
religious rites are performed of which, at least one occurs,
inevery month. As each of these religious ceremonials oc-
cupied nine days, it could readily be seen how much time
during each year was taken up by such observances. It
is impossible, to understand the meaning of them, until
more is known of the details of them all. The ceremony
that attracted the most attention was the Snake Dance
as it is called, which is celebrated biennially in two of the
pueblos. This was not the most important of their cere-
monials although, from its weird character, it was the most
widely known. Mr. Fewkes then proceeded to describe
very fully the performance of the Snake Dance, detailing
all the events, and spoke of its meaning, which he consid-
ered was a ceremonial for rain. The lecture was illustrated
by stereopticon views.

Monday, Feb. 29, 1892.—The two hundredth anniver-
sary of the beginning of the witchcraft delusion in Salem,
was observed by the society at Academy Hall. There was
a very large and interested audience who listened for two
hours, with the closest attention, to the different speakers.

Upon the stage were Professor E. S. Morse, Professor
D. B. Hagar, Rev. Charles B. Rice of Danvers, Mayor

156 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Robert S. Rantoul, W. S. Nevins, Professor Barrett Wen-
dell of Harvard College, Abner C. Goodell, jr., Dr. A.
P. Putnam of Concord, W. A. Mowry, superintendent
of the schools of Salem, Ross Turner, Hon. Charles S.
Osgood and Secretary Henry M. Brooks.

Mr. Nevins called the meeting to order and said that
it was not desired by the committee or by the Essex In-
stitute that anything should be said or done to bring dis-
credit upon the Salem of 1892 by rehearsing the story of
1692, but it was only with the hope that the matter might
be so presented as to divest the name of Salem from the
possible stain thrown upon it by prevalent misconceptions
of the character of the people and the proceedings of that
era. If Salem did not do something in presenting the
truth regarding that time, other historians would, and was
it not much better that the narrative should be told by their
own local historians who were familiar with the subject,
than that the task should be assigned to strangers. Mr.
Nevins read the warrant for the arrest of Sarah Good,
Feb. 29,1692, and then presented Mayor Rantoul as chair-
man of the meeting.

The Mayor, on taking the chair, said :—“History imposes
on us to-night a delicate and difficult task. We are here
to commemorate something we would willingly forget.
The witchcraft horror, the terrible frenzy which overtook
our ancestors two centuries ago,—is a chapter in our lo-
cal annals which I for one would make haste to blot out
forever if I had it in my power to do so. All that can be
said in extenuation, all that can be said to the personal
credit of the few who stood up bravely against the wretched
business, to the honor of Judge Saltonstall, who retired
from the court rather than give his judicial sanction to the
hearing of the miserable charges, to the honor of good-
man Woodbury whose horse stood ready saddled, night

—

ee So aun

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 157

after night in his barn, for the use of neighbors who might
be accused and might escape with his aid to New Hamp-
shire, to the honor of the venerable ex-governor Bradstreet,
of whom Upham intimates that, had he remained governor
another year, the frenzy would never have gained head,
to the honor of his successor, Sir William Phips, who,
when Lady Phips began to be accused, looked into the
matter and cried a halt, all that can be charged off to the
advantage of the few who, earlier or later in the proceed-
ings discovered their dreadful error and in humiliation and
sincerity repented of what they had done,—such as Judge
Sewall, Ann Putnam, the Rev. John Hale—all these things
and the added plea that others elsewhere held the same
beliefs, that persons as guiltless suffered like enormities
in other places, before and since, under the malignant in-
fluence of this awful creed, all this does not wipe out the
appalling fact that right here in Salem at the hands of our
own ancestors whom we honestly revere and hold up as
better than their time in many ways, twenty innocent per-
sons, mostly women, were by their own neighbors done
to death, at intervals of weeks, with slow deliberation
and the forms of law, upon flimsy and unsubstantial state-
ments, the victims denied those rites and consolations of
religion which society affords to the most hardened of of-
fenders, excommunicated from the church they loved, out-
lawed of heaven and earth, even the poor solace of Christ-
ian burial denied their ashes.

A phenomenon like this may well startle us from our

complacency and make us pause.

It is for others to account for and explain it. The task
is not forme. Scholars learned in the research of the pe-
riod in question, familiar with its social atmosphere, and
initiated by virtue of long investigation into the mysteries
of its deluded thought, are here to address you to-night,

158 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

and it becomes me to resign the hour tothem. They will
offer you explanations and reflections for which their po-
sition and studies will command respect. We all have our
theories. We have in the Uphams, father and son, able
guides to a just conclusion. The interchange of views,
on a centennial like this, cannot but be welcome and in-
spiring to all of us.

I find, then, an excuse for this commemoration, if excuse
it need, in the belief that the wretched slaughter of women,
in 1692, whether we will it or not, will be remembered.
Had they perished by conflagration, by shipwreck, or by
flood, by any agency where no human motive intervened,
their fate had been sad indeed, but time would slowly wipe
out the living memory. Had they died by Indian mas-
sacre even, or by famine or by siege, the memory of it

would linger long, but not forever. Not the number of |

the victims, not so much the character of the victims, but
the nature and animus of the violence under which they
fell, determines, I think, the final judgment of mankind.
Smithfield and the Inquisition will not be forgotten; the
bloody upheaval in France a century ago will not be for-
gotten; the groundless strangulation in Salem two hun-
dred years ago will not be forgotten.

I ask your attention, therefore, to what is about to be
said, in order that we may help to record and hand down
the actual fact and not expose our ancestors to the distorted
misconceptions of writers who may not feel the solemn
obligation resting upon us to see to it that the censure is
apportioned to the fault. I shall rejoice if persons who
have supposed us anxious to keep alive these memories for
our own aggrandizement shall be persuaded by the solem-
nity of this occasion, that such is not the fact, and that
while we cannot shape our history, we accept it in all se-
riousness as it is, and have no disposition to treat in a light

a

RA elt i | ER Sm ag im I ——

a

magn

‘THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 159

or trifling spirit the saddest of all episodes in the noble an-
nals of a noble race.”

Prof. Barrett Wendell of Harvard College was first in-
troduced by Mr. Rantoul.

Mr. Wendell’s paper,' while carefully disclaiming the
scientific and historical learning that should give his views
authority, suggested that his observation of modern oc-
cultism revealed so many points of likeness to matters
testified to in the trials of the Salem witches as to lead
him to believe that the witchcraft was really something
resembling an epidemic of hypnotism. He further ex-
pressed belief that whoever practised hypnotism in the
seventeenth century could hardly have failed to believe
himself in league with the devil. From this would fol-
low a strong probability that some of the witches may have
been morally guilty.

Professor Wendell spoke of his own psychic researches.
He had studied the work of the materializing mediums,
which he had no doubt were indubitably frauds, and had
observed the trance mediums and tried automatic writing.
He dwelt especially upon the debasing and degenerating
effect that all of these had upon the operator. He cited
one case of an undoubtedly honest young woman who was
capable of going into a trance, and who in that condition
undoubtedly did things of pure charlatanry and subtle
untruth. He had himself found the automatic writing to
leave him in such a state of nervous irritability that at
times he was almost ready to admit that he himself had
partially helped the pencil along, and yet when charged
with it was at once eager and ready to deny it.

He had taken Mr. Upham’s admirable books and had
studied the life of Cotton Mather and found him not at

1See Hist. Coll, Essex Inst., Vol. XXIX, p. 45.

160 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

all the deliberate villain he had been led to believe him.
The more he read of him the more he was struck with the
familiarity of his type. The controlling spirit of this
grotesque tragedy, its atmosphere, had something which
he had known in his own experience. It was a horribly
tragic fraud then and is a strangely grotesque one to-day.
He cited the case of Mary Warren in her fits as one of
undoubted hypnotism. These girls had apparently carried
hypnotism to excess, and partook of just such consequent
moral debasement as we see to-day, about the purlieus
where occultism in its lowest forms is practised. The bulk
of the evidence was spectral. It was this absurd evidence
which hung the witches ; it was its rejection which stopped
the witchcraft trials.

The case of Rebekah Nurse was another instance of ex-
cessive hypnotism. Rebekah Nurse bent her neck and
immediately all of the afflicted had their necks similarly
twisted. This was nothing against Goody Nurse, but when
Abigail Williams cried out to set the neck of the accused
straight or Elizabeth Hubbard’s neck would break off, it
simply showed that Betty Hubbard’s vision was so greatly
diseased by hypnotism that she was involuntarily under
its subjection. From this, the speaker asked, with their
awful view of Calvinism, was it not probable that these
people ascribed this condition to God or Satan?

Rev. Charles B. Rice of Danvers was introduced as the
successor of Samuel Parris. Mr. Rice made a witty speech.
He said he had come down more especially to see that the
sin of Salem in this witchcraft business was not all shoved
off upon Danvers. The fact was that the delusion was
short and sharp in Danvers, and then the people were
prompt to confess their error. In Salem the confession
was rather slow and canting.

He had said the afflicted girls were possessed of a hyp-

=
*
€
sg
A

Sey yore

—

Eh ae tae.

-

| THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 161

notic hysteria, mixed with wickedness, and he stood by
that definition. The preceding speaker had stated their
case pretty fairly, but when he expressed the view that
the accused had some of this power and exerted it he should
be slow to believe that. He believed each individual was
guiltless.

He did not think much of Cotton Mather who was
brought up precociously and flattered too much when a boy,
and thought a great deal too much of as a minister. He
thought we should be slow to admit that our fathers were
worse than their generation in the world.

Mr. Rantoul then read the following letter from Wil-
liam P. Upham:

Newtonville, Mass., February, ’92.
W. S. Nevins, Esq.

My DEAR Sir :-—

Your kind invitation to attend the meeting of the Essex Insti-
tute, February 29th, is received. I regret very much that I shall be
unable to be present.

One of the many signs of the amelioration in the general tone of
public sentiment which the more advanced thought of our day has
produced is the tender regard paid to the memory of the unfortunate
victims of the sad delusion of 1692.

Iam glad the Essex Institute proposes to give expression to this
feeling.
Very truly yours,
Wo. P. UPHAM.

Dr. William A. Mowry was next introduced and spoke
substantially as follows :—

“Talleyrand is credited with saying that words were in-
vented to conceal one’s thoughts. It would seem, some-
times, that history was invented to keep out of sight the
facts which have taken place in the past, and to substitute
therefor a series of tales, legends and slanders concerning
those who have lived before our time, which sometimes
are scarcely even founded on fact.

ESSEX INST.BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 21

162 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

In the recent ecumenical conference in Washington,
Bishop Fowler is reported to have said he thanked God
that “Methodism never whipped a Quaker, nor burnt a
witch, nor banished a Baptist to Rhode Island.”

This is a very striking statement. It has a ring to it.
It sounds well. Probably, when it was written, it “brought
down the house.” Let us examine it a little. I do not
propose to raise any question as to its truth. Surely, also,
the triple statement is creditable to that excellent denom-
ination of Christians. Several things, however, may be
noticed about it : —

1. Methodism had no existence till well along in the
eighteenth century, say about 1730. The banishment of
Roger Williams, the persecution of the Quakers and the
New England witchcraft, all occurred in the seventeenth
century. Methodism, therefore, could not very well have
anything to do with these occurrences.

2. New England never burnt a witch.

3. Roger Williams, when ordered to leave the Bay
Colony, was not a Baptist, had no intention of becoming
one, and did not become one till at least three years sub-
sequent to his founding his settlement in Rhode Island.

The well-known S. S. Cox, in a speech defending the
South, once spoke of witches having been burnt in Mass-
achusetts. Senator Vance, of North Carolina, only a year
or two ago in a speech alluded to Massachusetts as having
burnt witches at the stake. |

Now, so far as I know, the only witches ever burned at
the stake in this country were burned at the South, and
that long after the Massachusetts Bay Colony had set the
example to the world of opening the jail doors, and set-
ting free all persons who had been charged with witch-
craft.

The law of King James I, “against conjuration, witch-

IL NE ED a PO,

ay Se eras

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 163

craft and dealing with evil and wicked spirits,” was declared
to be in full force in South Carolina, about the year 1710,
seventeen years after the famous jail opening in Salem.

The speaker defended Salem and the Massachusetts Bay
Colony as being at the time of the witchcraft delusion,
ahead of their time, and that their action in discontinuing
all prosecutions against supposed witches in 1693, opened
the eyes of the world, and that from that day witchcraft
was doomed and the delusion rapidly passed away. This
happy result is directly traceable to the action of the Bay
colony in 1693 at Salem.

The closing speaker was Hon. Abner C. Goodell, jr.,
who rehearsed what he had said at Danvers briefly. He
said, however, that he did not agree with Mr. Rice regard-
ing the ministers. He thought if a concensus of their
views had governed, there would not have been any exe-
cutions, for they did not believe a spectre could act through
an innocent person. He defended the judges from too
harsh a criticism as they only followed English authorities
who regarded witchcraft as one of the worst of crimes.
He alluded to a most valuable work on witchcraft, Rev.
Samuel Willard’s, which contained the opinions of Philip
Englishand John Alden after their return from banishment.

Monday, March 7, 1892.—Rev. A. P. Putnam, D.D.,
of Concord, Mass., lectured. His subject was “The Wen-
ham Lake Ice Company.” Dr. Putnam first spoke of the
great value of ice for its various purposes and alluded to
the manner in which the Greeks and Romans preserved
their snow for summer consumption; and then spoke
briefly of the old New England family ice-houses half
under ground or set into the declivity of a hill. He also
gave a history of the early export ice trade of New Eng-
land which was begun about 1805, by Frederick Tudor of

164 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Boston, and continued by him and others shipping ice to
the East and West Indies down to 1860 or later, The
Wenham Lake Ice Company was first formed in Danvers
largely through the influence of Mr. Joshua Sylvester in
1847. A partnership was formed by Henry T. and Joseph
W. Ropes, natives of Salem, and Wm. L. Weston for the
purpose of gathering and exporting ice to England; a
similar business had been started a few years before by
Charles B. Lander and others of Salem, who had offices
in London and Liverpool and ice-houses on Wenham Lake.
Dr. Putnam spoke at some length of the character and
enterprise of the Messrs. Ropes and other Danvers and
Salem people, and in this connection paid a tribute to the
worth of Messrs. Reuben W. and Ripley Ropes, natives
of Salem whom he had known in Brooklyn, N. Y. The
ice from Wenham Lake came to be known all over Great
Britain, for its purity, so that at length some English ice
dealers purchased a lake in Norway and named it Wenham
Lake, and it is said, that at this day signs can be seen in
British ports of “Wenham Lake Ice,” which is known to
have been imported from Norway.

Monday, March 14, 1892.—Sylvester Baxter, Esq., of
Boston, lectured on “Municipal Democracy.” The speaker
said that our large cities were the worst governed of any
in the world. It was caused by a neglect of public affairs
by the better element of citizenship, leaving the matter of
municipal government to the self-seeking and unscru-
pulous, and, as a result, we have official incapacity, sec-
tionalism, wastefulness, high tax rate with low returns,
etc. This popular neglect and indifference are the main
factor in the problem. The majority prefer good govern-
ment to bad, as has been demonstrated in times of popular
uprisings against glaring evil. The burden of taxation is

etc e

i

SS

eee

ee

Se

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 165

distributed among the common people. The burden of
the waste of funds of a city does not fall mainly upon
capitalists, but on the daily wage earners, in the shape
of higher prices for shelter, food, ete.

Under certain conditions a high tax rate may be the
truest economy, as when it is accompanied with wise out-
lays. The lecturer spoke of foreign models, notably
among the best was Berlin, where it is considered an
honor to be a member of the city government.

Monday, March 21, 1892.—Col. Henry Stone of South
Boston, lectured on the “ Life and Character of General
Sherman.” The lecturer said, no man of recent times
has received so much unmeasured praise as General
Sherman. He then proceeded to give in detail an inter-
esting sketch of the General’s eventful life, whose most
marked characteristics he said were his mental and physi-
cal activity. He was a tremendous worker, and his mind
was always alert, vigorous, inquisitive and energetic.
Wherever he went he was a leader. His writings are full
of pungent sayings, and he was master of the pen, if not
always. of the sword. He was overflowing with loyalty
and devotion to his country, and some of his letters, es-
pecially that to the Governor of Louisiana, resigning his
place there, deserve to be written in letters of gold.

Monday, March 28, 1892.—Rev. E. O. Dyer of South
Braintree, lectured on “Coligny and the Huguenots.”
He gave a sketch of Coligny’s life, of his birth, training,
military advancement, imprisonment and acceptance of
the “reformed faith,” and also of his attempt to plant a
colony of French Protestants in Florida; his successes,
the mussacre of St. Bartholomew, his murder, and the
estimate of his worth were all alluded to, the speaker

166 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

saying that he was one of the finest characters in history.
Mr. Dyer gave a sketch of the Huguenot movement from
the death of Coligny down to the French Revolution. He
also gave a very graphic account of the Huguenots from
the time of the Edict of Nantes in 1598, to its revocation
in 1685, and spoke of the emigration of the Huguenots
to America, South Carolina, New York and Massachu-
setts.

Monday, April 4, 1892.—Dr. J. E. Wolff of Boston,
lectured on the “History of Rocks learned by the Micro-
scope.” This was accompanied by graphic illustrations
on the screen. The nature of rocks was first dwelt upon
as forming part of the crust of the earth, and the manner
in which they came to occupy the positions, where we now
find them, explained—Thus rocks may have come in a melt-
ed state from deep down in the interior of the earth, and
either have solidified at a depth, or pushed their way to
the surface and flowed as the lavas of the present day ;
these are the volcanic or eruptive rocks,—or, the waves,
washing along beaches and rivers carrying down sediment,
may have piled up masses of sand and mud, which in the
course of ages were buried with further masses hardened
and consolidated, and thus our present sandstones and
slates formed,—or in the deep water of the sea small or-
ganisms by their shells or in other ways may have formed
the great beds of limestones which we use for our lime
and building stone. Afterthe rocks in these different ways
have taken their places in the crust, they have shared in
the great movements of the solid crust of the globe. The
slow processes of decay have more or less affected the min-
erals of the rocks. Various illustrations of the processes
of preparing thin slices of rock for the microscope were
shown and explained. The lecturer spoke in conclusion

EO Art ay li re a iy me —

SEO 7 ego ==

De eee a

Paes

ae

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 167

of the fine collections made by Mr. Sears at the Peabody
Academy of Science.

Monday, April 11, 1892.—Dr. Philip C. Knapp of Bos-
ton, lectured on “Hypnotism.” The speaker after stating
that hypnotism was by no means a new discovery, pro-
ceeded to give some historical account of it from the time
it was first heard of in the sixteenth century down to the
present time. He then gave a detailed statement of what
hypnotism is ;—an induced artificial sleep, with an increase
of reflex excitability and of suggestibility. It has nothing
to do with magnetism or personal influences. Any one
can hypnotize, but only a limited number can be hypno-
tized. A prominent characteristic of people in this state
is that they respond to every idea suggested to them. If
told that they are paralyzed or drunk, they act in ac-
cordance with the idea suggested. Instances were given
of very curious results of suggestions. It is not however
due entirely to suggestions, for animals can be hypnotized.
It is closely allied to hysteria and is regarded as an acute
mental disease. Its use might lead to insanity. Persons
under its influence might be led to do improper acts, sign
papers, impart information, or commit crimes.

Monday, April 25, 1892.—Hon. Alden P. White read
in the lecture course, ina most interesting manner, selec-
tions from the poet Tennyson, which best illustrated the
story of “The Passing of King Arthur” as told in the old
legends of the Round Table. A short informal talk on
the subject preceded the reading.

Monday, May 2, 1892.—Ezra D. Hines , Esq., of Dan-
vers lectured, his subject being “A Day at Lexington.” In
a most entertaining manner, he gave a full account of a
visit of the Danvers Historical Society to Lexington in

168 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

September, 1891. Hespoke of the place as a Mecca which
all Americans should visit at least once in their lives.
Lexington was formerly a part of Cambridge and was
made a town in 1713. Mr. Hines continued with an ex-
ceedingly interesting historical sketch of the scenes in
Lexington on the day of the battle, April 19, 1775.

NEcROLOGY OF MEMBERs.

Aveustus S. Browne, son of Sewell and Abigail (Kim-
ball) Browne, was born in Seabrook, N. H., Mar. 2, 1834;
elected a member of the Essex Institute, Jan. 16, 1888,
and died in Salem, Jan. 25, 1892.

BengaMin W. CROWNINSHIELD, son of Francis B. and
Sarah G. (Putnam) Crowninshield, was born in Boston,
Mar. 12, 1837; elected a member of the Essex Institute,
Feb. 6, 1888, and died in Rome, Italy, Jan. 16, 1892.

Rurvs B. GirrorpD, son of Thomas and Sarah P. (Ravel)
Gifford, was born in Salem, Mar. 7, 1827; elected a mem-
ber of the Essex Institute, Oct. 20, 1873, and died in Sa-
lem, Apr. 3, 1892.

NaTHANIEL A. Horton, son of Nathaniel and Martha
(Very) Horton, was born in Salem, Apr. 16, 1830; elect-
ed a member of the Essex Institute, June 11, 1852, and
died in Salem, Dec. 14, 1891.

Mrs. CaTHERINE K. Ireson, widow of Samuel J. Ire-
son and daughter of James and Catherine (Russell) Kim-
ball, was born in Salem, Apr. 19, 1811; elected a member
of the Essex Institute, Dec. 6, 1886, and died in Salem,
Aug. 19, 1891.

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 169

Gerorce R. Lorp, son of Nathaniel and Eunice (Kim-
ball) Lord, was born in Ipswich, Dec. 16, 1817; elected
a member of the Essex Institute, June 4, 1874, and died
in Salem, Dec. 25, 1891.

GrorcE B, Lorine, son of Bailey and Sally (Osgood)
Loring, was born in North Andover, Nov. 6, 1817; elect-
ed a member of the Essex Institute, Jan. 10, 1855, and
died in Salem, Sept. 13, 1891.

Mrs. Martua A. Nicuors, widow of David Nichols
and daughter of Robert and Lydia (Kilburn) Proctor, was
born in Salem, Aug. 2, 1810; elected a member of the
Essex Institute Nov. 21, 1876, and died in Salem, Feb. 2,
1892.

GerorGE Peaxsopy, son of Joseph and Elizabeth (Smith)
Peabody, was born in Salem, Jan. 11, 1804; elected a
member of the Essex Historical Society, Sept. 6, 1828,
and of the Essex County Natural History Society in 1834,
and died in Salem, Jan. 3, 1892.

GrorGE Rounpy, son of Nehemiah and Margaret (Pick-
ett) Roundy, was born in Beverly, Feb. 20, 1824 ; elected
a member of the Essex Institute July 3, 1865, and died
in Beverly, Nov. 2, 1891.

Joun H. Sitsser, son of William and Mary (Hodges)
Silsbee, was born in Salem, June 17, 1814; elected a mem-
ber of the Essex Historical Society, Sept. 8, 1846, and of
the Essex County Natural History Society, Mar. 17, 1843,
and died in North Conway, N. H., Sept. 19, 1891.

Frank Stone, son of John U. and Eliza J. (Flint) Stone,
was born in Salem, Jan. 14, 1854; elected a member of

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 22

170 _THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

the Essex Institute, Jan. 17, 1887; died in Salem, Aug.
26, 1891.

Cyrus M. Tracy, son of Cyrus and Hannah M. (Snow)
Tracy, was born in Norwich, Ct., May 6, 1824; elected a
member of the Essex Institute, Oct. 6, 1858, and died in
Lynn, Sept. 28, 1891.

JamMEs D. Waters, son of William D. and Abigail
(Devereux) Waters, was born in Salem, Oct. 28, 1832;
elected a member of the Essex Institute, Feb. 3, 1853,
and died in Salem, Feb. 19, 1892.

Joun WEsstTER, son of Elijah and Sally (Dole) Web-
ster, was born in Salem, Oct. 10, 1804; elected a mem-
ber of the Essex Institute, Sept. 19, 1855, and died in
Salem, Dec. 19, 1891.

STEPHEN G. WHEATLAND, son of Richard G. and Mary
B. (Richardson) Wheatland, was born in Newton, Aug.
11, 1824; elected a member of the Essex County Natural
History Society, Oct. 18, 1844, and died in New York,
Mar. 2, 1892.

Mrs. Marta A. Wiitson, wife of Rev. E. B. Willson
and daughter of Stephen and Patty (Wheeler) Buttrick,
was born in Framingham, July 20, 1817; elected a mem-
ber of the Essex Institute, Nov. 7, 1887, and died in Sa-
lem, Nov. 7, 1891.

CHARLES Woopsury, son of Israel and Susan (Lus-
comb) Woodbury, was born in Salem, N. H., Jan. 28,
1831; elected a member of the Essex Institute, Nov. 18,
1889, and died in Salem, Sept. 16, 1891.

oe ee

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 171

' Donations or exchanges have been received from the
following sources :

Vol. Pam,
Adams, Charles F., Boston, - - - » - - 1
Adelaide, Royal Society of South Australia, - - . 2
Albany, New York State Library, - ~ - - - 12
Almy, James F., - - - - - Newspapers, 61 195
Almy, Mrs. James F., - - - - - - - 35
Ameghino, Florentino, Buenos Ayres, So. America, - 6
American Association for the Advancement of Science, 1
American Congregational Association, - - - - 1
American Historical Association, - - - . - 1
Ames, George L., - - - - - - - - 9
Amherst College, - - - - - 2
Amherst, Massachusetts Agriguiturel College, - = 16
Amherst, Massachusetts Agricultural Experiment Station, 2 16
Andover Theological Seminary, - - - - - 1
Andrews, Samuel P., ” - - - - - - 2 61
Appleton, William S., Boston, - - ~ ~ - - 3
Appleton, Wisconsin State Board of Health, - - - 1
Atkins, Francis H., Las Vegas, N.M., - - - - 1
Baldwin, William H., Beston, - - ~ ~ ~ - 1
Baltimore, Md., Johns Hopkins University, - - - 8
Baltimore, Maryland Historical Society, - = - - - 1 3
Baltimore, Md., Peabody Institute, - ~ So - set 2
Bamberg, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, - - - 1
Barstow, Benjamin, - - - ~ - ~ ~ - 2 1
Barton, Gardner, - - - - - Newspapers,
Basel, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, - - - . - 1
Batavia, K. N., Vereeniging in Nederlandsch Indie, - 1
Battle, Kemp P., Chapel Hill, N. C., - ~ - - 1
Baxter, Sylvester, Boston, - - - - - - 1
Belfast Naturalists’ Field Club, - - - - - 1
Bergens Museum, - - - - - > - 1
Berkeley, University of California, - - - ~ 10
Berlin, Gesellschaft der Naturforschende Freunde, - 1
Berlin, Verein zur Beférderung des Gartenbaues, - - 24
Bern, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, - > - 1
Berry, John M., Worcester, - ~ - ~ - ” 1
Bolles, Rev. E. C., D.D., New York, - - . - 43
Bologna, R. Accademia delle Scienze, - - - . 1
Bonn, Naturhistorischer Verein der Preussischen Rhein-
lande u. Westphalens, ~ - - - - - 2

Bordeaux, Académie Nationale des Sciences, Belles-
Lettres et Arts, - . - - “ - ~ a 1

172 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Boston, Appalachian Mountain Club, + -+ «© «

Boston Art Club, - - - - . - - re
Boston Board of Health, - - 7 *) tell” Salle alee ae
Boston, Bunker Hill Monument Association, - - ”
Boston, City of, ~ > - - - ~ .
Boston City Auditor, — - - mit ews! To a ee :
Boston Dental College, + -- -- - = -- #

Boston, Massachusetts Bureau of Statistics of Labor,
Boston, Massachusetts General Hospital and McLean

Asylum, - . - - . - . ~ -
Boston, Massachusetts Historical Society, - - -
Boston, Massachusetts Humane Society, - - -
Boston, Massachusetts Medical Society, - - -

Boston, Massachusetts State Board of Agriculture, -
Boston, Massachusetts State Board of Health, ~ -
Boston Museum of Fine Arts, - ~ ~ - -
paige New England Historic Gensaegtent Society,

- - ” - . - Newspapers,

Boston Public Library,- - - - -*-- = «© «= «=
Boston Society of Natural History, - - . -
Boston Superintendent of Public Schools, - ”
Bostonian Soeiety, - - - - - - - . *
Bousley, George E., - - - - - - - 4
Bowes, James. L., Liverpool, ae ST eee. Bese ae
Bradford Academy; - - - aa ioe hatiat ia

Braunschweig, Verein ftir Natinwtaieenbiate ~ -
Bremen, Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, - - -

Bremer, L., St. Louis, Mo., - - - - - - -
Briggs, Miss M. E., - - - - - = -
Bristol Naturalists’ Society, - - - = - =
Brooklyn (N.-Y.) Library, - - - - - -
Brooklyn, N. Y., Pratt Institute, - - - - -
Brooks, Miss BE. M. R.; - - - - e- - -
Brooks, Henry M., - - - - - Newspapers,
Brooks, Mrs. Henry M.,; - - - - Newspapers,
Brown, Arthur H., - - - - - Newspapers,
Brown, Mrs. Lucy §&., - - ~ - - ~ -
Browne, Alice, - - - ~ + 5 - - -
Browne, Mrs.-C. Warren, - - - - - -

Brownell, T. Frank, New York, N. Y., - Circulars,
Briinn, Naturforschender Verein,
Brunswick, Me., Bowdoin College, - - - - -
Bruxelles, Académie Royale des Sciences, des Letters et

des Beaux Arts de Belgique, - - - - -

- C2 & bo

me toe

a

i)

et el Ee oe el el el

14

iin!

~~

7A a

a eee

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Bruxelles, Société Belge de Microscopie, ~ _ - - -

Bruxelles, Société Entomologique, - . ” ~
Buck, James S., Milwaukee, Wis. - - - - -
Buenos Aires, Sociedad Cientifica Argentina, ” -
Buffalo (N. Y.) Historical Society, - - - ~ -

Buffalo, N. Y:, Society of Natural Sciences,
Burnham, Mrs. Horace C., - - - - - -
Caen, Académie Nationale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-

Lettres, - - - - - - - -
Calcutta, Geological Survey of India, - - - .
Calcutta, Indian Museum, - - - - - -
Cambridge, Harvard University, - - - - “

Cambridge, Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, - -
Cambridge, Peabody Museum of American Archaeology,
Capen, John, Boston, - - - - - - -
Carpenter, Rev. C. C., Andover, . - - - -
Chamberlain, James A., Boston, - - - - “
Chamberlain, Mellen, Chelsea, - - . - -
Champaign, Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History,
Chapel Hill, N. C., Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society, -
Chapple, William D., - - - - . - ~
Charleston, West Virginia Historical and Antiquarian

Society, - - - - - - - - -
Chever, Edward E., San Francisco, Cal. - - -
Chicago (Ill.) Historical Society, - - - - -
Chicago, Milwaukee and St. Paul Railway age tem -
Chicago (Ill.) Public Library, - oh .
Chicago, Rock Island and Pacific Railway Cunipieey ‘
Christiania, Université Royale, - - - - -
Christiania, Videnskabs-Selskabet, - - - -
Cilley, J. P. Rockland, Me., - - - ~ - -
Cincinnati, Historical and Philosophical Society of Ohio,
Cincinnati, Ohio Mechanics’ Institute, - - - -
Cincinnati (O.) Public Library, - - - ~ -
Cincinnati (O.) Society of Natural History, - -
Cleaves, Emery, - - - - - - - -
Cleveland, O., Western Reserve Historical Society, -

Cole, Mrs. N. D., Estate of, - - - Newspapers,
Columbus, Ohio Meteorological Bureau, - - -
Conant, Samuel M., Pawtucket, R.I., - Newspapers,
Conant, William P., Charleston, S.C., - Newspaper,

Copenhague, Société Royale des Antiquaires du Nord,
Crisp, F. A., London, Eng., - = - Pe we ad Oe dal
Curwen, George R., ee ha a fea” REE,

15

12

123

_
On RR OAVEH

8 wanes

_

ONDE NY OOPRE QE De

174 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Curwen, James B., - - - - - - - -
Cushing, Mrs. Elizabeth S., Dorchester, - - -
Cutter, Abram E., Charlestown, - - - - -
Dalton, Edward A., - - ~ - - - -
Danzig, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, - - - -
Darmstadt, Verein fiir Erdkunde, - - - - -
Davenport, George F., - ~ - - - - -
Dedham Historical Society, - - - - - =
Denver (Col.) Public bareeys - - - - -
Derby, Perley, - - - - - - -
Detroit (Mich.) Public ibrar.
Dodge, Edwin H.,_ - - - - - - - -
Dresden, Watuiwindeieciariions Gesellschaft ‘‘ Isis,”
Drexel Institute, Philadelphia, Pa., - - - -
Dublin, Royal Irish Academy, - - - ~ -
Dublin, Royal Society, - - - - - - -
Edes, Henry H., Charlestown, - - . - -
- - - - - Newspapers and Circulars,
Edinburgh Royal Society, - - - - - -
Emden, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, - - - -
Emerton, James, - - - - - - - -
English, Mrs. James E., New Haven, Conn., - - -
Erfurt, K. Akademie Gemeiniitziger Wissenschaften, -
Erlangen, Physikalisch-Medicinische Gesellschaft, -
Exeter, N. H., Phillips Academy, - - - - -
Falmouth, Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society, - -
Field, B. Rush, Easton, Pa., - - - - - =
Firenze, Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale, - - -
Folsom, A. A., Boston, - - - - - - -
Foster, Joseph, Portsmouth, N. H., - - - -
Frankfurt-a-M., nape ti ia Naturforschende Ge-
sellschaft, - - - - - - -
Frear, William, State College, Pa. fe - - - -
Freiburg, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, - - -
Friends’ Book Store, Philadelphia, Pa., - - -
Genéve, Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle, -
Gibbs, Warren, St. Albans, N. Y., - Newspapers,
Gillis, James A., Winchendon, - - Newspapers,
Goodell, Abner C., jr., - - - - - - -
Gottingen, K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften - -

Grand Rapids (Mich.) Public Library, - - - ~
Granville, O., Denison University, - - - -
Green, Samuel A., Boston, Newspapers and Circulars,
Griffis, Rev. William E., Boston, - - - - -

5 65
10
1
1
1
1
s
5
1
1
2
2
1
1
7
9
191 1373
1
1
2
1
1
i
1
1
1
26
2
1
1 2
4
2
1
2
2
nf
1
2
61 4385
1

Eiece

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Giistrow, Verein der Freunde der N; ekg raeiimie -

Haddock, Mrs. H. F., - - - - -
Halle, K. Leop. Carolininéle Deutache Redtewis der
Naturforscher, - - - + - - - -
Halifax, Nova Scotian Institute of Science, - - -
Hamburg, Verein fiir Naturwissenschaftliche Unter-
haltung, - - - - - . - - -
Harlem, Société Hollandaise des Sciences, - - -
Harris, Miss M. A., Estate of, ‘ - Newspapers,
Harrisburg, Pennsylvania State Library, - ~ ~
Hartford, Connecticut Historical Society, ~ - -
Hartford, Ct., Trinity College, - - - - -
Haskell, Mrs. A. J., West Roxbury, - Newspapers,
Hawken, Mrs. Thomas, - Newspapers and Circulars,
Herrick, C. L., Cincinnati, O., a - - - -
Hill, B. D., and W. S. Nevins, ~ - - - s
Hill, Don Gleason, Dedham, . - - - - - -
Hill, William M., - - - - - ~ - -
Hobart, Government of Tasmania, - - - -
Hobart, Royal Society of Tasmania, = - - -
Hood, I. B., Georgetown, - - ~ - - -
Horton, N. A.;and Son, - - - - - ~ .
Hotchkiss, Susan V., New Haven, Ct., - Newspapers,
Howard, George E., Lincoln, Neb., - - - -
Howard, Joseph J., Blackheath, Kent, Eng., - ~
Hunt, Miss 8. E., Danvers, - - - - - -
Hunt, T. F., . - - - - Newspapers,
Hyde Park Historical Society, '. Ste te - -
Iowa City, Ia., State Historical Society, - - -
Ireson, Mrs. C. K., Estate of, - - ~ - *
Ithaca, N. Y., Cornell University, - - ~ - -
Jersey City (N. J.) Free Public Library, - - -
Jewett, A. S., Manchester, - ~ - - - -
Johnson, Edward F., Woburn, - - - - -
Jones, Gardner M.; . Newspapers and Circulars,
Kansas City (Mo.) Academy of Science, - < -
Kassel, Verein fiir Naturkunde, - - - - -
King, Rufus, Yonkers, N. Y., - - ~ - - -
Kingsley, J. S., - - Newspapers and Circulars,
Kjébenhavn, Botanisk Férening, - - - - -
Kjébenhavn, K. D. Videnskabernes Selskabs, - -
Kj6benhavn, Nordiske Oldkyndighe og Historie, - -
K6nigsberg, Physikalisch-6konomische Gesellschaft, -
Kruckeberg, Henry W., Los Angeles, Cal., - ~ -

23
25

et em be

11

175

176 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Lamb, Colby, for Estate of William Leavitt, - -

Lamson, Frederick, - - - - - - -
Lancaster Public Library, by cee 4d ee ee hel
Lander, Lucy A., _ - - - - ere: ~
Lander, Miss M. L., Washington, D. C.; . - ~
Lander, William A., - - «+ + ‘Newspapers,
Lausanne, Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles, -
Lee, Francis H., - - - - a - ”
Leeds Philosophical and Sivieeey Society, ’ -
Le Mans, Société Paernees Science et Arts ie la
Sarthe, - - - - - - -
Lewis, Virgil A., Charleston, Ww. Va. sa. - - -
Liége Société Royale des Sciences, - - - - -
Lincoln, Nebraska State Historical Society, - - -
Locke, S. D., Troy, N. Y., - - - - - -
London Royal Society, - - - - - ~ -
Long Island Railroad Company, _ - - - -
Low, Daniel, -. - - - - - - - ~
Lowell, Old Residents’ Historical Association, - -
Lubeck, Naturhistorischen Museums, - - ~ -
Luxembourg, Institut Royal Grand Ducal, - - -
McCrillis, R. F., - - ~ - - - . -
McDaniel, Rev. B. F., San Diego, Cal., - - - -
Madison, State Historical Society of Wisconsin, - -
Madrid, Observatorio de, - - - - - -
Mahoney, Jeremiah T., - - - - Newspapers,
Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society, - -
Manchester Museum, Owens College, - - - -
Manning, Richard C., - - - = Newspapers,
Marburg, Gesellschaft zur Beférderung der gesammten
Naturwissenschaften, ~ - - - - -
Massachusetts, Secretary of the Commonwealth of, -
Meek, Henry M., - - - - - - - -
Michigan Agricultural College, - - = = =
Michigan Central Railway Company, - . . -
Middletown, Ct., Wesleyan University, - - -
Miller, Mrs. Charles H., - - - - - - -
Milwaukee (Wis.) Public Museum, - - - -
Minneapolis (Minn.) Public Library, - - = - -
Montgomery, James Mortimer, New York, - - -
Montreal Natural History Society, - - - = -
Montreal, Royal Society of Canada, - - - -
Moore, H. H., San Francisco, Cal., - - -
Morse, E. S., - Newspapers, Circulars and Maps,

’

17

ne

- OC Go b>

= Re bt & eH

wm bo

175

SL en ae

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Moulton, John T., Lynn, - - - - Newspapers,
Miinchen, K. B. Akademie der Wissenschaften, - -
Munster, Westfalischen Provinzial Verein, - - -
Napoli, R. Accademia delle Scienze Fisiche e Matema-

tiche, - - - - - - - - - -
Nashville, Tennessee State Board of Health, - ~
Naumkeag National Bank, Newspapers and Circulars,
Needham, Daniel, Groton, - - - - ~ a

Nevins, W.S., - - - - - - p . ed
Newark (N. J.) Free Public Library, - - - -
New Haven, Ct., Yale University, - - - - =-

New York (N. Y.) Academy of Sciences, ae SET A
New York, N. Y., American Geographical Society,
New York, N: Y., American Museum of Natural History,
New York, N. Y., Central Park Menagerie, - - “
New York (N. Y.) Chamber of Commerce, - - = -
New York (N. Y.) Forest Commission, - - fa ie
New York (N. Y.) Genealogical and Biographical Soci-

ety, - - - - - - - - ~
New York (N. Y.) Historical Society, - - - -
New York, N. Y. Huguenot Society, - - - -
New York, N. Y., Linnean Society of, - - - -
New York (N. Y.) Mathematical Society, dati dadiake
New York (N: Y.) Mercantile Library Association, -
New York (N. Y.) Microscopical Society, - - -

New York (N. Y.) Reform Club, - ik chilean al
New York, N. Y., Scientific Alliance, - - ~ -
Nichols, Andrew, jr., Danvers, - ~ ~ - -
Nichols, J. Henry, -~° - - - - - - ~
Nichols, Thomas B., atioe) lage Games alos
Nichols, William H., 3d, - - - - - -
Nicholson, John P., Philadelphia, Pa., - - - -
Northey, William, - - - ~ - . Newspapers,
Norwich (Ct.) Academy, - aa) ae re Be
Nourse, Dorcas C., - - Newspapers and Circulars,
Nunns, F. H., Baltimore, Md., - - ~ - -
Nurnberg, Naturhistorische Gesellschaft, + - ~
Oliver, Mrs. Grace A., - - ~ - ~ . -
Osgood, Charles S., et Ee ee - - =
Ottawa, Geological ‘ed Natural aa sulves of Can-

ada, - - - - - -
Palermo, Reale iasstsuideait di Scienze Lettere e Belli

Arti, - - - - - - - - -

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXIV 23

132

177

522

_

m © FH Oo 09 CO bo =

me DO = em EK & OO

me OS Co =

178 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Palfray, Charles W., - - - .- Newspapers,

Paris, Société Nationale d’Acclimatation, - - -
Paris, Société d’Anthropologie, ME TM. ica] Oe. .
Parker, Mrs. William P., - - - = - ~
Parker, William Thornton, Beverly, - - - ~
Peabody, George L., Philadelphia, Pa., Newspapers,
Peabody Institute, Peabody, - - * - - ~
Peet, Rev. 8. D., Avon, Ill., - - _- - - -
Perkins, George A.., - - - - - - -
Perley, M. V. B., Ipswich, - - > - - .
Perley, Sidney, ae - - - - . - -
Perry, Amos, Providence, R. I., - - - . -
Perry, Rev. William S., Davenport, Ia., - . -
Philadelphia, Pa., Academy of Natural Sciences, - -

Philadelphia, Pa., American Philosophical Society, -
Philadelphia, Historical Society of Pennsylvania, -

Philadelphia, Pa., Library Company, . - - -
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Arts, :
Philadelphia, Pa., Zodlogical Society, - - - -
Phillips, Stephen H., ~ - - - Newspapers,
Pool, Wellington, Wenham, - - - - - -

Poole, William F., Chicago, Iil., - ~ ” - -
Porter, Rev. E. G., Lexington, ~ “ - ij we
Portland, Maine Historical Society, . mis afe “
Providence, R. I., Brown University, - -
Providence, R. a sictsiescreiy Historical Publishing

Company, - - - - - - - -
Providence (R. I.) Public iiteies. - - - -
Providence (R. I.) Record Commissioners, - - -
Providence, Rhode Island Historical Society, eet.
Putnam, Eben, ~ - - - - - -

Quebec Literary and Historical Society, - - -
Queensland Branch of Royal Geographical Society of

Australasia, - - - - - - - -
Quimby, E. H., Malden, . . . - Newspapers,
Ramsay, Rev. William H., Middleboro’, ~ - -
Rantoul, Robert S., - - ~ - - - -

Rayner, Robert, = J le - - - Newspapers,
Read, Warren A., Boston, - - = o “ a
Riga, Naturforscher Verein, - - - “ “ s

Rio de Janeiro, Museo Nacional,
Roberts, Martha L., ” ‘ te
Robinson, Jobn, - pits .

Newspapers,
Newspapers,

28

-

52

109

85
23

_
im Sam

KP OOH DR He DOP PR Pe

= bo

Ee

are fe oO

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Robinson, Lucia P., a ee
Rochester (N. Y.) Academy of Sciences, =i "= -
Roma, Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale Vittorio Emanuele,
Ropes, Mrs. Charles A., - - > - - - .
Ropes, Willis H., - - - °- - - - -
Russell, Samuel H., Boston, - “= - - ~ -
Sacramento, California State Library, - ~ - -
St. Gallen, Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellachaft, - -
St. Louis (Mo.) Academy of Science, - - - -
St. Louis, Missouri Botanical Gardens, - - -
St. Louis (Mo.) Public Library, - - ~ -
St. Paul, Minnesota Historical Society, - - -
St. Pétersbourg, Académie Impériale des Sciences, -
Salem, City of, - - - - - - - -
Salem Fraternity, - - - - - Newspapers,
Salem, Peabody Academy of Science, - Newspapers,
Salem Press Publishing and Sere Re Company, - -
Salem Public Library, - ee ERY cast | a
Saltonstall, Leverett, Boston, - - - . -
Sampson, Murdock & Co., Boston, - ~ - -

San Diego (Cal.) Society of Natural History, - -
San Francisco, California Academy of Sciences, . .
San Francisco, Cal., Mercantile Library Association,
’S Gravenhage, Metarinmtaciyy Entomobogischc Vereen-

iging, =a . = e ork ek - -
Shaw, Mary L.; - - - - - Newspapers,
Sherwood, George F. Tudor, LOM Eng., - .
Silver, William, Trustee, - - - - - -
Smith, A. M., Minneapolis, Minn.; - - - -
Smith, Gheatus C., Denver, Col., ~= - - - -
Smith, George Plumer, mee a Pa., - - -

- ~ ~ - ~ ~ - Newspapers,

Smith, William, Worle: wiv Leeds, Eng., Newspapers,
South Boston, Church Home for Orphan and Destitute

Children, - - - - - - - - ~
South Boston, Perkins Institution and Massachusetts

School for the Blind, - - - - S -
Spalding, J. A., for Hartford Insurance Companies,
Springfield City Library Association, - - - -
Springfield, Illinois State Museum of Natural History,
Springfield, Mo., Drury College, - - - - -
Stavanger Museum, - ~- zs oom - -

Stebbins, Solomon B., Boston, an, aes Cet A

179
1
1
13
52 499
1
1
12 51
2
3
1
1
1 LE
11
Five. 2
1 596
4g
28
1
2
6
1
1
2
13
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
1
1
1

180 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Stewart, Alexander A., - - - - es 3

Stickney, W. J., - - . - - Newspapers,
Stockholm, Entomologische Foreningen, - - -
Stone, Arthur R., - - . - - Newspapers,
Stone, George F., Chicago, IIL, - - - - -
Stone, Hannah, - - - - - - - -
Stone, Robert, - - - - - Newspapers,
Stone, William S., - - - - - Circulars,
Sydney, Linnean Society of New South Wales, - -
Sydney, Royal Society of New South Wales, - - -

Tacoma, Washington State Historical Society, - -
Taunton, Old Colony Historical Society, - - -
Taunton, Somersetshire Archeological and Natural His-

tory Society, - - - - - - - -

Topeka, Kansas Historical Society, - Newspapers,
Toronto, Canadian Institute, - - - & a :
Trask, William B., - - - - - = = o

Trenton, N. J., Microscopical Publishing Company, -
Trenton, New Jersey Natural History Society, - -

Tromso Museum, - = = = S s a,
Turner, Mary E., Detroit, Mich., - Newspaper,
Turner, Ross, - - = “ = = eS <

- Board on Geocraphis Names, - - - -
. Bureau of Education, . - - - = =
. Bureau of Ethnology, - - - - = =
. Bureau of Navigation,
. Chief of Engineers,

. Chief of Ordnance, - ~ - - ~ = =
. Chief Signal Officer, - - - - = =
. Civil Service Commission, - - - - -
. Coast and Geodetic Survey, - - - - -
. Commissioner of Patents, - - 3 - -
. Commissioner of Pensions, - - - -— =
. Comptroller of Currency, Se es a ees
. Department of Agriculture, - . - = “
. Department of Interior, - - - - 4 2
. Department of State, ~ - - = = =

. Director of the Mint, - - - = ~ =
. Fish Commission, - - - - - = zs
. Geological Survey, - - - - “ z =

. Judge-Advyocate-General, - - - = =
. Life Saving Service, - - - - = Es
. Light-House Board, - - - = - c

dadddddddddddaddasdada
SR ee ee tee ere

12

-_

mb OF DDH oO

=

119

34

= et pe

| ol ol eel ol

aS oe

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

U. S.:National Museum, - - - F - - °
U. S. Naval Observatory, ee ee ee Pe
U.S. Patent Office, - <i? - - x Saree
U. S. Quartermaster-General, - - = - 4
U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, - - = - =
U. S. Surgeon-General’s Office, - - - - -
U. S. War Department, - . - - - > .
U.S. Weather Bureau, - - - = > <
Upham, William P., esekariite, a ee eee
Upsala, Kongliga Uchansicennoclncken. - - -
Waites, Alfred, Worcester, - - a eo E =

Waitt, Mrs. Edward O., Malden, - - -

Waltham, Massachusetts School for the Feeble-Minded
Ward, Mrs. Mary G., - - - . - - -
Waring, Chapman and Farquhar, Newport, R. L., »
Washington, Anthropological Society, - - - -
Washington, Smithsonian Institution, - - ~ -

Waters, David P., - . - - - = - P
Waters, Henry F., - - - . Newspapers,
Waters, Joseph G., Estate of, - - =! E .
Waters, Mrs. S.F., - - - - - . S a

Waterville, Me., Colby University, ms = Fs a
Watson, Miss C. A., No. Andover, - - - -

Watson, S. M., Portland, Me., . - - - -
Webster, John, Estate of, - - - - - -
Welch, William L., . ~ Newspapers and Maps,
Wheatland, Henry, - - - - - ~ ~ -
Whipple, George M., - - ~ - Newspapers,
Whipple, Prescott, - . - - - Newspapers,
Wien, K. K. Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellschaft, - -
Wiesbaden, Nassauischer Verein fiir Naturkunde, -
Willson, Rev. E. B., - Newspapers and Circulars,
Winnipeg, Can., Historical and Scientific Society of

Manitoba, . . - - - - - - -
Winsor, Justin, Cambridge, - - P ae tee
Woods, Mrs. Kate Tannatt, - - - - - -
Worcester, American Antiquarian Society, - - -
Worcester, Society of Antiquity, - - - - -
Wright, Frank V., Hamilton, Me, Pos Ne Be

- - - - Newspapers and Circulars,
Wright, W. H. K., Plymouth, Eng., - - - -
Wurzburg, Physikalisch-Medicinische Gesellschaft, -
Youmans, W. J., New York, N. Y., - - * -
Zurich, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, - - - .

So Pp

83

31
84

11

181

55

182

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

The following have been received from editors and publishers :

American Journal of Education.
American Journal of Science.
American Naturalist.

Beverly Citizen.

Cape Ann Advertiser.

Chicago Journal of Commerce.
Danvers Mirror.

Georgetown Advocate.

Groton Landmark.

Home Market Bulletin.

Iowa Churchman.

Ipswich Chronicle.

Lawrence American.

Learner and Teacher.

Le Naturaliste Canadien.
Lyceum Herald.

Musical Herald.

Musical Record.

Nation.

Naturalists’ Leisure Hour
Monthly Bulletin.

Nature.

New England Magazine.

Open Court.

Peabody Press.

Peabody Reporter.

Salem Gazette.

Salem News.

Salem Observer.

Salem Register.

Traveler’s Record.

Visitor.

Voice.

Zoologischer Anzeiger.

and

The donations to the cabinets during the year number
six hundred and ninety-four, from the following one hun-

dred and thirty-five donors :

Allen, B. R., Hartford, Conn.

Allen, George H.

Almy, Bigelow & Washburn.

Andrews, Hiram.

Andrews, Samuel P.

Archer, Rebecca.

Arvedson, George.

Balcomb, James W.

Barber, Edwin A., West Chester,
Pa.

Barnes, Francis and C. P. Tenny,
Houlton, Me.

Barstow, Benjamin.

Batchelder, Henry M.

Battis, Edward C., Exec.

Benjamin, Marcus, New York,
Nay.

Bowditch, Mrs. Anstiss Green.

Bowker, George.

Briggs, C. C.

Brooks, E. M. R.

Brooks, Henry M.

Brooks, Mrs. Henry M.
Brooks, Mary M.
Brooks, Mrs. S. E., Boston.
Brown, Edward C.

Browne, Alice.

Browne, Augustus S.

Bryant, H. W., Portland, Me.
Bunker, Frank R., Atlanta, Ga.
Casey, James C.

Clark, Rev. De Witt S.
Cleaves, Emery, Lynn.
Cleveland, Mary S. and Lucy H.
Cole, Mrs. N. D., Estate of.
Collier, Perry, Beverly.
Conant, Benjamin, Wenham.
Cousins, Frank.

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Curwen, Bessie H.

Curwen, George R.

Dalrymple, Frank T.

Dalton, E. W.

Dalton, Edward A.

Derby, Perley.

Dodge, Edwin H.

Dodge, Elmer A., Danvers.

Doherty, E. W., Marblehead.

Edes, Henry H., Charlestown.

Emmerton, J. A., Estate of.

Essex County Commissioners.

Farley, Abbie.

Farrell, H. F. E.

Flynn, Michael.

Foote, Mrs. Henry W., Boston.

Foster, Stephen White, Boston.

Gardner, Elizabeth B.

Getchell, Josiah B.

Grant, Beatrice.

Harris, Walter L.

Haskell, Mrs. Anna J., West Rox-

bury.

Hill, Benjamin D.

Holt, Samuel.

Hotchkiss, Susan V., New Haven,
Conn.

Hubbard, A. J., Peabody.

Hubon, William P.

Hunt, T. F.

Ireson, Mrs. C. K., Estate of.

Ives, Henry P.

Jelly, William H.

Johnson, L. O.

Johnson, Thomas H.

Jones, Gardner M.

Kimball, Mary.

Kimball, Mrs. Sarah A., Methuen.

Kingsley, J. S.

Lakeman, Mrs. P. B., Ipswich.

Lamb, Colby, Admin,

Lamson, Frederick.

Lander, M. L.

183

Lander, W. A., Exec.

Langmaid, John P.

Lee, Francis H.

Lewis, S. A.

Little, James L., Brookline.

Lovejoy, Mrs. Elizabeth P.

Morse, Edward S. ‘

Nevins, W. S.

Nichols, J. Henry.

Nichols, John H.

Oliver, Mrs. Grace A.

Palfray, Charles W.

Peabody Academy of Science.

Perkins, Thomas.

Peterson, Joseph N.

Phillips, Stephen H.

Pool, Wellington, Wenham.

Prince, K. E., Northampton.

Proctor, Abel H.

Richardson, Frederick P.

Robinson, John.

Rogers, Augustus D.

Ropes, Mrs. Charles A.

Ropes, Edward D.

Ropes, James Miller.

Salem Committee of Public Prop-
erty.

Saunders, Mary T.

Sears, John H.

Shaw, Mary L.

Simonds, J. R.

Simonds, William H., jr.

Skinner, John B.

Smith, Edward A.

Smith, Sarah E.

Spalding, Jonathan M., Temple,
N. H.

Spear, Frank, Peabody.

Stickney, Joseph A.

Stone, Arthur R.

Stone, Ellen A., East Lexington.

Stone, Irving, Lexington.

Thompson, William H.

184 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Tilley, R. H., Newport, R. I.
Timmins, G. and P.

- Tivnan, John B.

Towne, Edward S., Topsfield.
Treadwell, J. R.

Turner, Ross.

Upham, William P., Newtonville.
Ward, Mary G.

Waters, Henry F,

Waters, Joseph G., Estate of.
Webster, John, Estate of.
Welch, William L.
Wheatland, Elizabeth.
Whipple, C. Prescott.
Whipple, George M.
Williams, George W.

Woods, Mrs. Kate T.
Wright, Frank V., Hamilton.

\

BULLETIN

OF THE

ESSEX INSTITUTE,

VOLUME XXV.

1893.

SALEM, MASS.:
PRINTED AT THE SALEM PRESS,
1893.

CONTENTS.

A Curious Aino Toy, by Edward S. Morse, ‘

Geological and Mineralogical Notes: No.5, by John H. Baars;

Folk Speech of Yorkshire and New England, by H. M. Brooks.

Report of Committee on Columbian Exposition, . :
Catalogue: Transportation Building, 25; Manufactures ‘od
Liberal Arts Building, 32; Government Building, 86; Leather
and Shoe Trades Building, 38; Massachusetts State Build-
ing, 39; Salem Exhibits, 71.

Annual Meeting, Monday, May 15, 1893, s °
Officers elected, 76; secretary’s report, 76; librarian’s re-
port, 81; treasurer’s report, 84; lectures, 85; necrology of
members, 94; additions to library, 95; cabinets, 108.

Geological and Mineralogical Notes: No. 6. On the Occurrence
of Augite and Nepheline Syenites in Essex County, Mass., by
John H. Sears, 3

The Anterior Cranial Natves of Pipa dastioacn, by G. A. Ar-
nold, . ‘ F .

75

111

ee Sar Pee

2 te |
' ea 8

. s\> a |

a

hy
es

ee.’
+ “40

=

;
q
t
q
i

BULLETIN.

OF THE

pS i ae i gh. Ye Se WD =

Vou.. 25. Sarem: Jan., Fes., Mar., 1893. Nos, 1, 2, 3.

A CURIOUS AINO TOY.

BY EDWARD S. MORSE.

Takashiro Matsura of Tokio, an antiquarian of some

_ note and author of several works on Yezo, the Ainos and

Japanese Antiquities, has a miscellaneous collection of
old things, comprising stone objects, old Buddhists’ desks
and specimens of bows, clubs and other objects from Yezo.

Fia. 1.

In this collection I found a curious wooden toy brought

from the Ishikari valley, Yezo, and believed to be an Aino

toy. This toy wasin the form of a bird on wheels (figs.

1, 2), Such an extraordinary object, as one provided
HSSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXV 1 (1)

2 A CURIOUS AINO TOY.”

with wheels, made by savages, led me to make a somewhat
careful sketch of it. The object bore the marks of con-
siderable age.

Mr. Matsura believed it to be two hundred years old,
upon what grounds I did not clearly learn. The body of
the bird had a uniform thickness of 30” ; apparently as if
it had been cut out of a board or plank. The head and neck
only were roughly modelled, tapering from the base of the
neck which was 18™ in thickness to half that thickness at
the end of the bill. The extreme length of the toy was
195". The back and sides of the body had a series of
curved lines cut upon their surfaces to represent feathers,

SSN

.

Fie. 2.

an area (indicated by the dotted lines in the figure) hid-
den by the wheels, being left plain. There was no hole
or constriction in the neck to which a string might be at-
tached for the purpose of dragging the toy; in the tail,
however, was a small hole running through from above,
evidently for this purpose. In this case the toy must have
been dragged backward. The wheels were thick and
clumsy, and irregularly ovate rather than circular, This
form of the wheel would cause the bird to hop up and down
when being dragged. The axle holding the wheels passed
through the body near the centre and consisted of a sim-
ple wooden pin having a thick head at one end and a per-
foration at the opposite end into which a small pin could

—— ee ee Arte tad oe EE et A

A CURIOUS AINO TOY. 3

be inserted. The toy bore all the appearance of having
been made by the Ainos. Its rough vigorous make, the
manner of cutting the lines for decoration, the clumsy, ir-
regular wheels, all precluded its having been made by the
Japanese, though the idea of wheels so foreign to savagery
must have been derivative and could have come from the
Japanese, but this form of toy I do not remember having
seen among the innumerable kinds of toys in Japan.

It was not until several years after that I found another
bird toy on wheels. This specimen was in the collections

Fie. 3.

of the Ethnological Museum in Berlin. Recalling the
Aino toy I made a hasty sketch for comparison. The form
of the bird differed somewhat in having a longer neck, a
better defined head and the wheels of the toy being circu-
lar. This specimen was labelled Yakuts, Yena, Siberia.
Unfortunately I made no measurements of the specimen
though the rough sketch here presented (fig. 3) gives its
general appearance in outline. My attention was not again

4 A CURIOUS AINO TOY.

called to another example of this toy until I found one fig-
ured by Mr. W. M. Flinders Petrie, in his interesting work
describing his excavations and discoveries in Hawara,
Beahmu, and Arsinoe, in Fayum, Egypt (Plate XIII, Fig.
21). In the cemetery of Hawara, dating back not later
than the first century of our era, he found a miscellaneous
collection consisting of numbers of workmen’s tools, bronze
knives, wooden lock-bolts, ete. Associated with these
various objects he found a wooden toy in the form of a bird
on wheels. Its form more nearly approaches that of the
Yezo specimen. It is made from a flat piece of wood, and

Fig. 4.

a hole, through which a string was probably tied, runs
through the toy vertically, as in the Yezo specimen, though
in the Egyptian specimen this hole was in the neck and
not in the tail. The object is now preserved in the Ash-
molean Museum, Oxford.

The three wooden toys above cited, though very sim-
ple, are identical in construction. Are they identical also
in origin? The ancient specimen exhumed at Hawara by
Mr. Petrie is pronounced by him as “very curious.”

This toy might naturally have originated among a civil-
ized people like the Egyptians, who portray wheeled char-
iots in their early rock sculpture. The Egyptian chariots
are figured with wheels of four and eight spokes. The

oa Sas »

66 Feige OO leh Se TG. e, AOS

A CURIOUS AINO TOY. 5

earliest Egyptian wheel had four or six spokes. Professor
Sayce shows that the Hittite chariots had wheels of four
spokes. Dr. Schliemann discovered toy wheels at Mycenz
of four spokes, and the Swiss Lake Dwellers had wheel-
like ornaments of four spokes. In Asia Minor rough
disks of wood (such as these bird toys are provided with )
have served as wheels for their vehicles from time imme-
morial.

With the absence of a wheel in savagery it is impossible .
to conceive of a low savage race like the Ainos originat-
ing a wheeled object of any kind. It is quite easy to
understand how the Ainos might have derived the idea
of this toy from the Yakuts in Siberia, as Kamschatka
and the Kuriles, or Eastern Siberia and the Island of
Saghalien formed avenues of communication with Yezo.
Did the idea of the toy originate with the Yakuts or
were they in turn indebted to their Turkish progenitors
in the past for thisodd plaything? We are told by philol-
ogists that the Yakuts are a distinct Turkish stock pre-
serving many of the Turkish characteristics so strongly
that, according to Peschel, it has been said, though with
some exaggeration he admits, “that an Osmanli from Con-
stantinople can make himself intelligible to a Yakut on
the Yena, but it is certain that the branches of the Turk-
ish language separated by this enormous distance are
strangely alike.” Is it possible that the remote ancestors
of the Yakuts in Turkey derived the idea of this toy from
the same people whose ancient villages in Fayum have been
brought so clearly to light by Mr. Petrie? Certainly, unless
it can be shown that any kind of an object provided with
wheels originated among a savage people, it does not seem
an absurd conjecture to suggest the common origin of this
toy even among peoples so widely removed in space and
time as those above mentioned.

6 A CURIOUS AINO TOY.

An analogous case has lately come to light in a curious
wooden object found in atumulus in Norway. In this
case, however, the object is more complex in character.
In the Bergens Museums Aarsberetning for 1890 is a paper
by Gabriel Gustafson, curator of the Antiquarian depart-
ment in the Bergens Museum, entitled “A Strange Wooden
Object found in a Norwegian Tumulus.” The tumulus in
question contained the skeleton of a man associated with
weapons, large pieces of dress, remains of belts, with
bronze mountings, brooch-clasps of silver, a gold solidus
of Roman origin, etc., objects peculiar to a group of
grave-finds which occur in western Norway. The period is
supposed to be somewhere between the sixth and eighth
centuries. The peculiar point of interest was the finding
on the breast of the skeleton a curious wooden object
carved out of a single block and made in such a way that
it could be opened to form a square, or closed by the va-
rious elements shutting up on each other after the manner
of interclasping fingers. Whether this object had a mys-
tical meaning or was simply a puzzle, was a matter of con-
jecture. It was important, however, to seek for some
similar object with which to compare. The extraordinary
fact is that its counterpart was finally found in the South
Kensington Museum labelled as coming from Persia and
of modern origin. The Persian specimen differed some-
what in unessential details, but the principle of interlock-
ing, its being wrought from a single block of wood, its
closing up in precisely the same way were coincidences of
such an extraurdinary nature that Mr. Gustafson felt jus-
tified in making a somewhat extended discussion of the
subject. It seems incredible that two such complex and
peculiar objects so closely resembling each other could
have originated independently. Mr. Gustafson comes to
the conclusion that these objects must have had acommon
origin.

er oor

ln ae es aan, at =

A CURIOUS AINO TOY. 7

An observant traveller in Northern Scandinavia will see
many things to remind him of Oriental people. If he be
fresh from Japan and China he will be impressed with the
many features common to both peoples, and realize the
survival to-day of many oriental facies. From a zodlogi-
cal standpoint one might attribute these similarities to the
fact that the east and the west shores of the old world are
not separated by an almost impassable barrier ; the people
are connected by a continuous stretch of continent, and
a circumpolar distribution, seen in the case of animals and
plants, might also apply with equal force to man and his
products. If, however, one considers the ramifications of
early Eranians he will see how twigs of this stock penetrated
into Scandinavia and thus render explicable the occurrence
of this curious puzzle in the far north. Dr. Hans Hilde-
brand, the Royal Antiquary of Sweden, in his interesting
book on Scandinavian Arts (South Kensington Hand-
book) shows that “there once existed during a period of
some length a continued intercourse between Mahomedan
Asia and Scandinavia.” Coins of the Mahomedan States
of Asia have been dug up by thousands in Sweden. In
an ancient tomb in Gottland was found a bronze fibula, as-
sociated with shells from the Indian Ocean, and Dr. Hil-
debrand says “to a Swede it is quite natural to direct his
attention in the first place towards the East.” Of greater
interest is Dr. Hildebrand’s efforts to establish a standard
of weight of the ancient ring money, the ornaments of a
certain weight and the weights themselves. He says “not
to speak of other things, even the weights found in Scan-
dinavia (as well as in Russia) and the manner in which the
multiples of the unit are indicated, show the most com-
plete analogy with some oriental weights found in Persia.”

GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES:
NOLS.

BY JOHN H. SEARS.

Tue following notes on some of the granitic and crystal-
line rocks of Essex County, Mass., preliminary to a more
extended paper, have been prepared in order to record the
more important results of my field work during the au-
tumn and winter of 1891-92, which throw much light on
the perplexing questions of classification of the endless
variety of forms which our volcanic, plutonic and sedi-
mentary rocks assume.

(A) Augite-Syenite. (Vom Rath.) Within the city
limits of Gloucester, bounded on the north by Warner St.,
and extending several hundred yards on Prospect St. to the
south and southwest, is a large mass of this typical augite-
syenite. Occasional outcrops are also seen south of this in
East Gloucester, near Bass Rocks, and in the cove in
Gloucester harbor west of Ocean pond, which embraces
the larger part of Eastern Point and in a westerly direction
there are outcrops near Goose cove, Annisquam. One
large dome-shaped mass near the corner of Quarry St.,
Bay View, is of a coarser texture and greener in color, and
resembles the augite-syenite of Essex and Manchester.
From this last named outcrop to the northeast side of
Plum cove, Lanesville, there are numerous outcrops in old

(8)

LO AE: CA SEE TERE OOF DG PTO OA Eee ne pe oe

oe

GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES: NO. 5. 9

deserted quarries, and one especially good section of this
syenite is seen by the roadside opposite Young Avenue,
Lanesville. The trend or strike of all of the outcrops is
in the usual direction, N.N.E. to S.W.

This entire outcrop is some twelve miles long and
from a few rods wide in Hamilton to six miles in Essex
and Manchester, the latter width continuing across Glouces-
ter from Lanesville to Eastern Point.

This rock has been recorded as granite by the earlier
authors and as granitite by more recent ones. A large
part of the granite area mapped by Professor W. O. Crosby
in Hamilton, East Wenham, Essex, Manchester and West
Gloucester is this typical augite-syenite. Specimens of
this rock, which I collected near the terminus of the Essex
branch railroad in 1887, were determined by Prof. W. O.
Crosby as one of the members of the syenite group, and
at that time he advised a careful examination of the rocks
of the whole region, which has been done with the above
results.

The determinations of the minerals in this rock, studied in thin sec-
tions with the polarizing microscope, are as follows :—Orthoclase,
brown hornblende, red mica (probably phlogophite), much titanite,
numerous fine sections of augite, several small crystals of apatite, a
few small zircons, one section of microcline in one of the slides, Ba-
veno twin crystals of orthoclase which show the intergrowth of al-
bite as microperthite The augite is often surrounded by magnetite,
and dust-like inclusions 9f magnetite in the orthoclase give this syenite
its darkcolor. In some of the sections from the outcrop at Prospect
St., Gloucester, there are some quartz blebs, but the rock as a whole is
poor in quartz and resembles the syenites of Charnwood, England, de-
scribed by Prof. T. G. Bonney and Rev. Edw. Hill (Quart, Jour. Geol.
Soc. Vol. 34, 1887, p. 215).

(B). Granophyre (H. Rosenbusch) : Granulite. Oc-
cupying the region between Freshwater Cove Village and
the West Gloucester railroad station, and extending in a

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXV 2

10 GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES: NO. 5.

southwesterly direction across Magnolia, Manchester and
to the Beverly shore, is an outcrop of granophyre which
appears again as a typical granulite in the west cove of
Moulton’s Misery Island in Salem harbor. To the north
this formation cuts the hornblende-granite and augite-sye-
nite from Eastern Point to the shore line at Bass Rocks.
From Rocky Neck, East Gloucester, to Bass Rocks, the
contact of this granophyre and the hornblende-granite is
strongly marked and easily followed. Across Little Good
Harbor beach and opposite Salt Island to the inner point
of Briar Neck, there are numerous tongues of this rock in-
truding into the hornblende-granite, while the main mass
of the rock is seen on the outer side of Salt Island. It
reaches the main land on the shore in the middle of Long
beach where it divides, one part following the shore line
to Cape Hedge and Emerson’s Point, and reaching across
to the west side of Loblolly Cove, while the other mass cuts
across the granite to Gap Head and Straitsmouth Island,
and appears in numerous outcrops from Whale Cove to the
town of Rockport. Between Freshwater Cove Village and
West Gloucester, this granophyre has the appearance of a
massive flow, and it has a similar character where it crosses
Eastern Point from Rocky Neck to Bass Rocks. On Em-
erson’s Point and Gap Head, however, it is seen in dome-
shaped masses a few feet in diameter, clearly embedded in
granite and also varying from this to extensive eruptive
forms. It is probable that this entire formation has a mas-
sive, intrusive, granitic structure, which has in places wi-
dened out into dome shapes, while in others it has become
contracted into dike-forms from a few inches to a number
of feet in width. It is clear that some of the rounded
masses are seen as surface outcrops by the erosion of the
surrounding granite at a comparatively recent date.

a ee ey

EN LG gn ep

lms ee pe

GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES: NO. 5. 11

The microscopic structure of this rock, as shown by a
selection from the numerous thin sections whichI have pre-
pared from different outcrops is as follows :

(1). From Eastern Point; midway between Bass Rock and Brace’s
Cove: Orthoclase, quartz, chlorite, uralite, magnetite, numerous small
grains of titanite. Witha high power objective, under crossed nicols
the feldspar and quartz present the appearance of amosaic. The feld-
spars are microperthite intergrowths of albite and orthoclase.

(2). From the outer side of Salt Island: Micropegmatitic quartz
and feldspar grains, the feldspar grains being tabular Carlsbad twins
(always microperthite), augite, green hornblende, some biotite, magne-
tite, iron pyrite, and large sections of colorless garnets in the micro-
pegmatitic quartz and feldspar areas. With high power objectives,
even the smallest feldspar grains are seen to be microperthite. There
are, also, some micro-zircons as inclusions in the feldspars The entire
section shows that the rock has been subjected to great strain, for
much of the hornblende, and some of the feldspars are crushed and
broken. Decomposition in the hornblende has produced feathery-
formed glaucophane.

(3). Near Brace’s Cove, southeast: Quartz feldspars, hornblende,
chlorite, glaucophane, limonite. The quartz and feldspars are ar-
ranged as in the other slides. The orthoclase which is microperthite,
micropegmatically arranged, has inclusions of hornblende, limonite
and quartz grains. The evidence of great strain and crushing force,
sufficient to separate the quartz grains from the feldspars, is easily
detected. Inmany cases a rim of chlorite surrounds each grain, while
in some instances the limonite surrounds the quartz and feldspar grains,
giving the section the appearance of a clastic rock, usual in all of the
granulites.

Many micro-sections of this rock from various outcrops
have been studied, and the results all point to the conclu-
sion that this extensive formation in the Cape Ann horn-
blende-granite area has a granitic structure, and has crys-
tallized from the magma in an aggregate of small grains,
partially metamorphosed by plastic deformation subsequent
to solidification, a secondary metamorphism having taken
place through great pressure and strain from causes yet to
be determined, but probably due to faulting as shown on
the coast line in this contact, and which gives the rock its
granulitic structure.

12 GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES: NO. 5.

C. Remains of Ancient Rocks of Sedimentary Origin
on Cape Ann. |

(1). The principal and largest mass of this sedimen-
tary rock, referred to in my previous paper on the strati-
fied rocks of Essex County (Bull. Essex Inst. Vol. xxm
No. 1, 2 & 3, p. 45, Min. and Geol. Notes 2), is seen on
the shore at the westerly side of Folly Point, east of
Langford’s Cove, in Lanesville. This outcrop varies in
width from 10 to 30 feet ; the strike is N. 40° E. toS.W.;
the length of the outcrop, exposed between low water and
the covering of drift on the hillside, is about 100 yards.

The microscopic structure is: Well rounded grains of quartz and
feldspar, scales of biotite, some titanite, garnets with irregular out-
line and some magnetite. The larger feldspars have inclusions of
muscovite, quartz and epidote and are surrounded by chlorite. This
rock is clearly a mica-schist, metamorphosed from a sandstone.

(2). Another outcrop of this mica-schist, which is in-
terbedded with a granitic gneiss and chert, is seen in an
abandoned quarry in the Bay View region. It has the
same dip and strike as the outcrop at Lanesville. This
gneiss has the same microscopic characters as the gneiss of
Boxford and Andover, and farther investigation will un-
doubtedly show that this rock belongs to the lower Cam-
brian sediments, thus placing the so-called archeean-gneiss,
found in the large tract in the northern part of the county,
in this group.

(3). On both sides of Brace’s Cove, Eastern Point,
Gloucester, is a clearly metamorphosed sedimentary rock
of irregular outline, and of considerable extent, witha strike
N. and S. to N.E. and dip nearly vertical, and which is
also seen as inclusions in the hornblende-granite of the
region. The microscopic structure is: Rounded and ir-
regular grains of quartz and feldspars cemented in a
groundmass of chlorite and limonite.

gin ee Swe

—————

NO mw

GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES: NO. 5. 13

At the suggestion of Dr. J. E. Wolff, a comparison was
made between thin sections of this rock and some from
the Penokie Gogebic Series (Michigan and Wisconsin) ot
Van Hise. (Am. Jour. Sci., 3d Ser., Vol. 31, 1886, p.
453.) The resemblance is marked, although Prof. Van
Hise finds the rock in limited quantities, and in a very dif-
ferent region, geologically. These rocks appear to belong
to the same series, which in the case of our rock is clearly
Cambrian.

(4). Another extensive outcrop of these metamor-
phosed sedimentary rocks is seen in Essex, in the valley be-
tween White and Powder House hills and extending across
Essex to Conomo Point. Here the slates, which are dis-
tinctly interbedded with granitic gneiss and quartzites, are
in places filled with garnets varying from microscopic size
to one-fourth of an inch in diameter, thus these slates have
been metamorphosed into garnetiferous gneiss, a form not
before noticed in our Essex County rocks excepting in
boulders on Cape Ann and Nahant. As the two regions
last named are in direct line with the variations of the
glacial striz on the surface of the rocks throughout the
county, it may be presumed that these isolated boulders
are remnants of glacial material originating in this out-
crop in Essex.

It seems important to call attention to these points, es-
pecially in regard to the first two deposits (A and B),

which occur in large areas on Cape Ann, for they are con-

founded with the hornblende-granite in the report on the
Geology of Cape Ann (U. S. Geol. Surv., Ninth Rep.,
1887-88).

Peabody Academy of Science, Aug. 13, 1892.

FOLK SPEECH OF YORKSHIRE AND NEW
ENGLAND.

BY H. M. BROOKS.

Some two or three years ago Mr. William Andrews,
the noted Antiquary of Hull, England, sent me a book
on the “Folk speech” of East Yorkshire.?

Upon an examination of this volume I was struck with
the fact that there were a great number of words and say-
ings, said to have originated in, or to have been in use in
Yorkshire, which are common in New England. My pres-
ent purpose is not to make particular reference to the pe-
culiar dialect of old Yorkshire but merely to note some of
the words and phrases that we use in common every day
conversation, which would appear to have come to us from
Yorkshire originally.

Among the common East Riding Yorkshire similes, I
will mention the following which it will be seen are more
or less in use in our Folk speech.

As black as a Craw (crow).

As blind as a bat.

As bright as a button.

As cawd (cold) as ice.

As clean as a whistle. — Clean here means complete,
perfect or clear, and refers to the sound and not to the

1The Folk speech of East Yorkshire.-By John Nicholson (Hon. Librarian Hull
Literary Club. 12mo. London. Simpkin Marshall & Co. 1889.

(14)

.
.
y

o ul

FOLK SPEECH OF YORKSHIRE AND NEW ENGLAND. 15

whistle itself. Just as in “as clear as a bell” the word
clear refers to the sound and not the instrument causing
the sound.

As dark as pitch.

- As deead asa deear nail. (In Piers’ Plowman, As dead

as a door nail.)

As deead as a herrin. (As dead as a herring. )

As deeaf as a yat stowp (gate post).

As fat as a pig.

As flat as a pan-keeak (cake).

As full as a tick.—A tick is a sheep-louse, which has
always a full bloated appearance.

As good as ivver (ever) stepped upo’ shoe leather.

As good as they mak’ ’em.

As green as gess (grass).

As grey as a badger.

As green as a yellow cabbage—Used when any one as-
sumes innocence or ignorance.

As happy as the day is lang (long).

As heavy as leead (lead).

As holla as a dhrum (as hollow as a drum).

As keeal as a coo-cummer (as cool as a cucumber).

As leet (light) as a feather.

As mad as a March hare.

As mischievous as a monkey.

As mony (many) lives as a cat.

As pawky as you please.—Pawky means impudent.

As poor as a chotch moose (church mouse).

As sharp as a needle.

As snug as a bug iv (in) a rug.

As still as a mouse.

As stunt as a mule—Stunt means obstinate or dogged.

As sweet as a nut.—Here sweet means sound and whole-
some.

As thin as a wafer.

16 FOLKS SPEECH OF YORKSHIRE AND NEW ENGLAND.

The dialect of East Yorkshire contains in abundance
words expressing fighting or quarrelling. Mr. Nicholson
calls them “Bellicose words.”

I will mention a few words that are common here.

Baste—meaning to beat or flog such a person, we say—
“Ought to have a good basting.”

Bat—a rap or blow. “Give him a bat over the head
for his impudence.”

Bung up—to close as with a bung, “Bung his eyes up.”

Catch it—to meet with punishment, “He’ll catch it when
he gets home.”

Chip—a slight quarrel, “Knock that chip off of my
shoulder.”—boys used to say.

Crack—a stunning blow, “I fetched him a crack.”

Cuff—a blow with the cuff or forearm. “Cuff him over
the head.”

Dab—a stroke in the face. “Give him a dab.”

Dhrissin (dressing )—a flogging. “Give him a good
dressing.”

Dhrub (drub)—to flog. “He got well drubbed.”

Dig—to poke with a stick, ete. “He gave me a dig in
the ribs.”

Dust—a quarrel. “To kick up a dust.”

Feich—to deliver a blow.

Hammer—to flog severely with some instrument. ‘“Ham-
mer him well.”

Haze—to beat. “He got a hazing.”

Liding—a flogging on the hide or back.

Lam—to beat. “A good lamming.”

Let Dhrave (drive)—to strike with full force.

Lick—a chastisement. “If he don’t look out he’ll get
a licking.”

Plug—to strike with the fist. “Plug up his mouth, or
nose.”

Pummel—to strike with the fist.

FOLK SPEECH OF YORKSHIRE AND NEW ENGLAND. 17

Rap—a quick blow.

Set teeah (a set to)—a regular fight.

Spank—to flog. “If she’d had a good spanking when
she was young, she would have been better.”

Thresh or Thrash—to beat.

Thump—to strike heavily on the back.

Wale—to beat with a stick or cowhide sufficiently hard
to make “wales.”

Whack—to beat.

Whipe—a stinging

g, sliding blow.

A FEW OTHER WORDS.

Bent—determined. “He’s bent on doing wrong.”

Black and blue—discoloured by an injury.

Bluther (blubber)—to cry.

Botch—work of an unskilful workman. “Jack is a reg-
ular botch.”

Cap—to surpass. “Capped the climax.”

Clack—noise, gossip, persistent talk. “Hold your
clack.”

Flay—to frighten, to make afraid.

Full Smack—head long, heavily, with determination.

Grease—gain, profit, advantage.

Grub—to toil, to delve.

Heeap (heap)—a great number of persons or things.

Leave—soon, rather. “I'd as leave do this as that.”

Possessed—held, controlled. “I don’t know what pos-
sessed me.”

Purchass—leverage, advantage. “I must get a good
purchase upon it before I can lift it.”

Render—to make run, to melt.

Sag—to bend, to droop.

Settle—bench with a high back, used in front of an opea
fireplace, generally in old kitchens.

18 FOLK SPEECH OF YORKSHIRE AND NEW ENGLAND.

Shanks—ankles, legs. “Now then, spare shanks (thin
legs) get out of the gate.”

Smatch (smack)—a flavor or taste.

Snape (snub)—to check, to correct, ete.

Spigot—a vent peg, in liquor barrels.

Stagger—to bewilder. “It staggers me, when I think
of what he is doing.”

Swap—to exchange ; to barter.

Swill—to swallow greedily. “He swills down the cof-
fee and makes a swill-tub of himself with the food.”

Tend—“tends pigs, cows, etc., tends store.”

Tickle or Ticklish —a delicate matter or job. “It is
rather a ticklish thing to do.”

Tree—anything made of wood, as cross-tree, boot-tree,
axle-tree, etc.

Ugly—horrible, dreadful, disagreeable. “An ugly place
to drive in.”

Some of these words may be said to be common any-
where, but they are all used in East Yorkshire, and must
of course have been used there before they were used here.
I have not pretended to look very closely into the subject
but hope this may induce some one with more ability to
follow it up and give us acarefully prepared article. The
object of this is simply to call attention to the connection
of our folk speech with that of England.

BULLETIN

OF THE

OS SS Bie. FIN St fi oe ee.

Vou. 25. Sarem: Aprit, May, June, 1893. Nos. 4, 5, 6.

REPORT OF COMMITTEE ON COLUMBIAN
EXPOSITION.

On Monday, December 21, 1891, at a regular meeting
of the Essex Institute, the subject of making an exhibit at
the World’s Columbian Exposition at Chicago was dis-
cussed and the Historical Committee was empowered to
ascertain what arrangements could be made with the
Massachusetts Commissioners in relation to it. At a
meeting of the committee, January 9, 1892, it was voted
that all preliminary arrangements in relation to having the
Institute represented at the exposition should be left to a
sub-committee of ten, and at a subsequent meeting two
more members were added.

On January 15,1892, Mr. E. C. Hovey, Secretary of the
Board of Massachusetts Commissioners met by request
with the Institute Committee, described the Massachusetts
State building and approved of the plan of the Institute
to furnish one room. On March 30, 1892, Mr. Hovey
was present at a meeting of the Committee and exhibited
the architect’s plan of the Massachusetts State building
and offered the main reception room to the Institute, the
Committee to have full charge of furnishing it.

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXV 4 (19)

20 REPORT.

December 17, 1892, Prof. F. W. Putnam was invited to
address the Institute with a view of awakening an interest
in the Exposition. His subject was “The Scientific Side
of the Columbian Exposition,” and he gave a full account
of the Ethnological and Archeological exhibits to be under
his charge.

Owing to various causes no active steps were taken in
relation to the Institute’s exhibit until January 9, 1893,
when, at a meeting of the Committee, it was voted to issue
the following circular :

Rooms OF THE Essex INSTITUTE,
JAN. 20, 1893.

‘The Essex Institute has been offered the privilege of furnishing
one of the Reception Rooms in the Massachusetts State Building at
the Columbian Exposition at Chicago, and the undersigned have
been appointed a committee to procure such articles as are needed,
and to make all arrangements for the Institute exhibit.

The size of the room allotted for this exhibition precludes the
possibility of having a very large collection, but the articles selected
should be ofthe highest historic and artisticinterest. The committee
therefore appeal to all who may be interested in this matter, and ask
for the loan of furniture, old china, historic relics and documents,
and for contributions of money, to aid in properly carrying out their
plans. ;

The furniture offered should be choice examples of the genuine
colonial style, and the articles loaned should, first of all, be of in-
terest from their connection with Massachusetts history.

Any person desiring to aid the committee, by the loan of articles,
is invited to send a description of them to the.rooms of the Insti-
tute, when some member of the committee will examine them at
an early day and report on their fitness for the exhibit.

All articles accepted will be insured, and every effort will be
made to protect them from injury. They will be returned, in due
time, without charge to the contributors. Asit is necessary to have
the entire exhibit arranged before the end of March it is desirable
that contributors should notify the committee of proposed loans
without delay.

UI Saeed craters entation)

Tetetee ines ae

aed Lc

-

iJ)
a
Le

ih a seth pet seen

+.
Ae

‘ > _

REPORT. 21

The desirability and importance of having at Chicago a charac-
teristic exhibit from Salem, both from the historic fitness of things
and from the standpoint of present business interests, have im-
pressed all those who have considered the matter, and the com-
mittee hope that our citizens will join in making this exhibit, which
will be so well located for public inspection, just what it should be.

There will be a considerable expense involved in providing frames
for pictures, for preparing copies of portraits, etc., and for many
items connected with placing the collection in a proper condition
for exhibition, and contributions to this expense fund will be very
gratefully received, as the Institute has no means which may
properly be used for the purpose.

Subscriptions to the expense fund can be sent to the Secretary
of the Institute, by check or otherwise, when a suitable acknowl-
edgment will be made.”

It was also voted at the same meeting to arrange for an
excursion to the Exposition and on February 1, 1893, the
committee sent out the following circular :

“In response to many requests the Essex Institute has arranged
with Messrs. Raymond & Whitcomb to run one of their special
trains of Pullman Palace cars directly from Salem to the Exposition
grounds, at Chicago. These trains, comprising both sleeping and
dining cars, are of the best class and have every attainable appoint-
ment for the safety and comfort of travellers. The Salem party
will be guests at the new hotel, the Raymond and Whitcomb Grand,
situated on Washington and Madison Avenues and fronting the
Midway Plaisance, and near one of the main entrances to the Fair
grounds. This hotel has been built specially for the Raymond &
Whitcomb parties, and is in every way a modern, first-class house.
It is fire proof, only four stories high, and has with the rooms, con-
necting bath and toilet arrangements. Oscar G. Barron, of White
Mountain fame, is the manager, which is a guarantee for the best
of table service and general management. The date of departure
from Salem will be Saturday, a. m., May 27; Sunday will be
passed at Niagara Falls,— and Chicago will be reached Monday,
at 6 P. M.

Tickets for the entire trip are one hundred and twenty-five
dollars, which includes a whole sleeping berth, half a section in

22 ; REPORT.

Pullman car, meals in dining car each way, transfer of person and
baggage to the hotel, twelve admissions to the Fair, and seven days
at the Raymond & Whitcomb Grand. Returning, the party leaves
Chicago June 5, at 3 Pp. M., reaching Salem the 7th. Visitors to
the Exposition in the Raymond & Whitcomb parties have many
advantages over the ordinary traveller: Transit on Pullman cars,
meals at regular hours in dining cars, alighting at a private station,
transfer at once to the hotel near by, a room pre-engaged and
ready for occupancy, and freedom from the annoyance and crowd
incident to ordinary travel on occasions of public interest.

Only a limited number can be accommodated, and early applica-
tion for places is necessary. Plan of Pullman cars may be seen
and circulars of the trip obtained at the Institute rooms.

The Essex Institute has no pecuniary interest in this excursion,
and it assumes no responsibility in any way. All the details are
under the well known management of Messrs. Raymond & Whit-
comb, and may be safely left in their care.”

On February 27, 1893, Mr. Alfred Stone, of Providence,
was invited to lecture before the Institute. This lecture
was given at Academy Hall, admission to which was had
by tickets distributed at the rooms of the Institute. The
subject was “The White City.” It was fully attended and
was illustrated by beautiful lantern pictures giving views
of the buildings at Jackson Park and many architectural
details, etc. Mr. Stone’s lecture was so graphic and en-
tertaining and his enthusiasm in regard to the artistic beauty
of the buildings was so genuine that he awakened the first
real practical interest in the exhibition and the public be-
came somewhat aroused in regard to it.

At a meeting of the Committee on March 17, 1893, the
general plan of the exhibit was agreed upon as follows:

(1) An exhibit in connection with the Peabody Acad-
emy of Science in the Marine Division of the Transporta-
tion Department.

(2) An exhibit of the publications of the Society in
the Department of Liberal Arts.

REPORT. 23

(3) To aid as far as possible the Government Exhibit
in the Department of Justice.

(4) To furnish the Reception Room in the Massachu-
setts State Building with portraits, paintings of old houses,
collection of Salem views suitably bound in albums, furni-
ture of the early and later colonial periods, cases of his-
torical relics illustrating as far as possible the different
departments of the historical work and collections of the
Institute.

Mrs. Grace A. Oliver and Mrs. H. M. Brooks were ap-
pointed a committee, with power to add to their number,
for the purpose of aiding the regular committee in solicit-
ing articles for exhibition, etc.

The collection of pictures, consisting of original paint-
ings, copies by Mr. Ross Turner, photographs, etc., mak-
ing up the Transportation exhibit was put on public
exhibition at W. H. Gardner’s, Essex St., and attracted
instant and widespread attention. It was followed by an
exhibition, at the same place, of the portraits for the
State Building ; these also were received with public favor.
The articles were boxed and packed under the supervision
of Mr. Treadwell, janitor of the Peabody Academy of
Science, and Messrs. Ross Turner, A. R. Stone and J. R.
Treadwell took charge of arranging and installing the ex-
hibits at Chicago.

Whether or not, the committee has succeeded in get-
ting an exhibit worthy of the city and county, illustrative
of our local history, and redounding to the credit of the
Society, a visit to the Exposition alone can tell. The com-
mittee present this catalogue somewhat hastily prepared,
as a report of its doings. It cannot, however, close
without a word of appreciation of the earnest work done
by one of its number, Mr. F. H. Lee, to whom was
relegated the most ungrateful of tasks, that of collecting
contributions of money. His enthusiastic labors in season

24 . REPORT.

and out, the giving so freely of his time and energy to this
task have been a constant incentive to the remainder of
the committee, whose burdens have been much lighter,
and whatever of merit the exhibit may possess the rest
of the committee feel is largely due to him.

Robert S. Rantoul, Chairman.

Daniel B. Hagar, John Robinson,
Ross Turner, Eben Putnam,
David M. Little, Thomas F. Hunt,
Francis H. Lee, Walter J. Stickney,
Winfield S. Nevins, George M. Whipple,

Henry M. Brooks, Secretary.

CATALOGUE.

TRANSPORTATION BUILDING.
Marine Division—Section E Gallery, Col. 32.
MARINE EXHIBIT.

The Essex Institute and Peabody Academy of Science
united in making this exhibit. Lt. A. C. Baker, in charge
of the Marine Division of the Transportation Department
of the World’s Columbian Exposition visited Salem and
made a careful examination of the cabinets and collections
of both institutions and at his suggestion the committee ar-
ranged to exhibit in this Division. The contributions of
the Peabody Academy of Science, consisting largely of
photographs of its ethnological collections, were made
with the view of showing the methods employed in its
museum for displaying the marine architecture and means
of transportation of different nations. The Institute ex-
hibit was in the line of its local historical work, giving an
idea of the style of vessels engaged in the commercial in-
terests of Salem from 1765 to the present day. To this
were added certain pictured representations typical of
events which happened in the marine history of Salem.

‘‘Salem may justly be proud of her Commercial History.
No other seaport in America has such a wonderful record.
Flying from the mast of a Salem ship the American flag was
first carried into the ports beyond the cape of Good Hope. Her

(25)

26 CATALOGUE.

vessels led the way from New England to the Isles of France,
India and China, and were the first from this country to dis-
play the American flag and open trade at St. Petersburg, Zan-
zibar, Sumatra, Calcutta, Bombay, Batavia, at Arabia, Mada-
gascar and Australia, and at many other distant ports. Well
may she proudly inscribe on her city seal ‘Divitis Indiae Usque
ad Ultimum Sinum.’” C. 8. Osgood, Hist. of Essex County:
Salem: p. 63.

EXHIBIT OF THE PEABODY ACADEMY OF SCIENCE.

Ship “America.” Oil painting. Artist unknown.
The America was built for George Crowninshield and Sons by Retire Becket in
1804. She registered 450 tons. Cut down and fitted as a privateer during the war
of 1812, she was noted for her great speed and good fortune. She made four cruises,
the first under command of Joseph Ropes, the third and fourth under command of
James Cheever, Jr. She brought in prizes to the value of upwards of one million
of dollars.

Ship “Margaret.” An oil painting by Benjamin West, a
local artist of Salem; made about 1838 from an original

picture.

The Margaret was built by Retire Becket in 1800 and registered 295 tons. Owned
by George Crowninshield and Sons and commanded by Samuel Derby she was the
first Salem and second American vessel to visit Japan where she went with the
Dutch East India Company’s freight from Bataviain 1801. Mr. George Cleveland
the clerk of the ship published a most interesting narrative of this voyage. The
Margaret was lost under peculiarly distressing circumstances in 1810,

Ship “Hazard.” An original water color by E. Corné
painted in 1805.

This was the second vessel bearing the same name and was built by Retire
Becket for J. & R. Gardner in 1799. She proved one of the best roars built in Salem
at the time and was engaged in the East India trade.

Ship “Propontis.” Owned by Tucker Daland of Salem
in 1844.

A characteristic model of vessels of that period. She was engaged in the Zanzi-
bar trade.

Ship “ Panay.” A photograph of the ship leaving port.
The Panay was built in 1877 for Silsbee and Pickman and registered 1131 tons.
She was engaged in the Manila trade and was lost a few years since in that region.

Photographs of models of the hulls of European vessels
of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, including one of
the vessels of the fleet of Columbus.

eee At ip a Fe Oe eS

yes

x- oF

CATALOGUE. : 27

Photograph enlarged from an early print, and retouched
in India ink, of the “Sovereign of the Seas,” built at
Woolwich, England, in 1638, representing a vessel of the
seventeenth century.

Photograph of the model of the hull of a Venetian ves-
sel of the eighteenth century, showing the broadside, bow
and stern.

Solar print, five by four feet, enlarged from a photo-
graph made by Mr. A. W. West, of the Marine Trophy
in the East Hall of the P. A. S. (end view), showing full
rigged models of the U. S. frigate “Constitution” pre-
sented to the East India Marine Society of Salem by Com-
modore Isaac Hull in 1813 and which was repaired, as
shown by a receipted bill in possession of the Academy,
by “British Prisoners of War” who in 1814 were confined
near Salem ; the ship “Friendship” built in 1797 ; the brig
“Camel” a prize of the war of 1812; brig “Rising States”
owned by William Gray in 1802, old and modern fishing
schooners, ete. Also models of an African “slave dhow”
and a New Zealand war canoe ; a full size North American
Indian birch bark canoe and Esquimaux “Kyak,” besides
other vessels not well shown in the photograph. On the
floor beneath rests a palanquin used in Calcutta, a gift to
the Museum from four merchant captains who met in that
city and obtained it in 1803.

Photographs’ giving side views of Marine Trophy in
East Hall of the P. A. S.

Photograph of models of Chinese vessels in the collec-
tion of the P. A. S. showing old style “Junk,” Formosa
. fishing boat, war boat of old class, trading and house
boats.

Photograph of models of vessels from Polynesia, India,
Philippine Islands, Japan, etc., in the collection of the
P. A. S. showing Fiji double war canoe, a trading boat,

ESSEX INsT. BULLETIN, VOL. XXV 5

28 CATALOGUE.

trading vesels of Manila, Singapore “fast boat,” Travancore
racing boat, Japanese trading junks and smaller craft.

Photograph of Brazilian “catamarans” in the collection
of the P. A. S. Several forms of these raft-like vessels
peculiar to the region of the Amazon.

Framed document—a pass permitting the American
schooner “Jack” to enter the Mediterranean sea in 1797,
signed by President John Adams, etc.

Clearance paper.

Dimensions of the frigate “Essex” made out in the hand
writing of Enos Briggs, the builder, in 1799.

Bark “Glide.” An oil painting. Loaned by Mr. James
B. Curwen.

The “Glide” was built in Salem in 1861 for Messrs. John Bertram, Curwen and
others, and was engaged in the Zanzibar trade.

Brig “ Mexican,” attacked by pirates. An oil painting
by George Southard. Loaned by Mr. John Battis.

In August, 1832, the brig ‘‘Mexican” left Salem for Rio Janeiro having on board
$20,000 in specie. On Sept. 20 she was captured by the piratical Spanish schooner
‘‘Pinda,” rifled of her specie, her crew fastened between decks and fire set to the
vessel. The crew of the “Mexican” managed to get on deck and extinguish the
fire, repair damages, and Oct. 12 reached Salem. Aug. 27, 1834, the H. B. M. ‘Sav-
age” arrived at Salem with sixteen of the pirates as prisoners. Five of them were
hanged June 11, 1835. The owner of this painting, Mr. John Battis of Salem, is one
of the thirteen men who formed the crew of the ‘‘Mexican.” The ‘‘Mexican” was
built in Salem in 1824 by Elijah Briggs for Joseph Peabody and registered 227 tons.

Ship “Mt. Vernon,” off Gibraltar. An original water-
color painted in 1799. Loaned by Messrs. Ropes Brothers.

The “Mt. Vernon” was built by Retire Becket in 1798 for Elias Haskett Derby
and registered 398 tons. Equipped with twenty guns and a crew of fifty men, under
the command of E. H. Derby, Jr., sailed from Salem with a cargo of sugar. Off
Cape St. Vincent she was attacked by a fleet of French vessels from which she
escaped by superior sailing and fighting qualities. She returned from Naples in
1800 with a cargo of wines and silks. See Osgood’s Commerce of Salem, Hist.
Essex Co., Vol. I.

Ship “Mt. Vernon” escaping from the French fleet. .

_ Loaned by Messrs. Ropes Brothers.
Coasters in Salem Harbor. A water-color sketch by
Miss Mary K. Robinson. Loaned by Mr. John Robinson.

During the continuance of an easterly gale coasting schooners put into Salem as
a harbor of refuge, where they remain for favorable wind and weather. The sketch
represents a fleet of such vessels getting ready to sail on a morning after astorm,

a) eo

OY Neale tity

> Spe

—7

a Ser

es

~

eax hag) a.

it

—

CATALOGUE. 29

“Chesapeake” and“ Shannon.” Painted by Ross Turner.
Loaned by Mr. T. F. Hunt.

This pastel sketch was made by Mr. Turner as a study for a more important
painting of the contest between the ‘‘Chesapeake” and “Shannon.” This engage-
ment took place June 1, 1813, so near the shores of Salem that many persons wit-
nessed it from the heights in the vicinity. The Chesapeake was captured and taken
to Halifax from which place the body of her young commander, Lawrence, and
that of Lieutenant Ludlow were brought to Salem and buried with great honors.
The dying message of Com. Lawrence, mortally wounded in the progress of the
fight, “‘Don’t give up the ship,” has become historic.

Circle. By Gambey, Paris. Loaned by Mr. W. J.
Stickney.

A nautical instrument used in getting the sun’s altitude.

EXHIBIT OF THE ESSEX INSTITUTE.
WATER COLORS.

Ship “Erin.” Original painting.
The “Erin” was engaged in the India and China trade about 1819 at which date
she brought cargoes to Salem to Henry Pickering.
se 9 oto AA) Pe
Ship “Sally.” Original painting.
The “Sally” was owned by George Crowninshield and Sons and was engaged in
the India trade in 1803.

Schooner “Baltick,” in 1765. Painted by Ross Turner

from the original in possession of the Institute.

Felt says the name of schooner originated in Gloucester in 1709. No mention of
the Baltick occurs in Osgood’s Commercial History of Salem, but she was engaged
in trade with the West Indies.

Brig “Gov. Endicott.” Painted by Ross Turner from

original in possession of the Institute.

The “Gov. Endicott” was built in Salem in 1819 by Elijah Briggs for Pickering
Dodge. Originally rigged as a ship and dismasted on her first voyage she was
repaired as a brig.

Bark “Eliza.” Painted by Ross Turner from original

in possession of the Peabody Academy of Science.

She was built in 1822 by Thomas and David Magoun for Joseph White. She was
sold to David Pingree in 1832 and again to Michael Shepard in 1846. This vessel
was one of the earliest engaged in the California trade, being the first vessel of her
size, 240 tons, to ascend the river fo Sacramento. Capt. Augustine S. Perkins was
in command at the time; she remained as astore ship at Sacramento and was sold
and broken up in 1868.

Ship “Margaret.” Painted by Ross Turner from the

30 CATALOGUE.

original, drawn to scale, in possession of the Peabody
Academy of Science. (For full account of the “Margaret”

see previous pages.)
She sailed for Sumatra Nov. 19, 1800, with $50,000 in specie, 12 casks of Malaga
wine and 2 hogsheads of bacon.

Ship“Friendship.” Painted by Ross Turner, from origi-

nal, in possession of the Peabody Academy of Science.

The “Friendship” was built in Salem in 1797 by Enos Briggs for Messrs. Pierce
and Waite. Capt. Israel Williams commanded her on several noted voyages to
China, Batavia, etc. She registered 342 tons. This ship was always very fortunate
and cleared $200,000 on an investment of 50,000. (See also full rigged model shown
in solar print.)

Ship “Prudent.” Painted by Ross Turner from original

in possession of the Peabody Academy of Science.

She registered 214 tons and was built in Salem in 1799 by Ebenezer Mann for Nath-
aniel West and others. While commanded by Capt. Benjamin Crowninshield the
‘*Prudent” was captured by a French man of war and vessel and cargo confiscated.
In 1803 the “Prudent” entered Salem from Messina with 11,406 gallons of red wine,
6,413 gallons of white wine, 4.303 gallons of brandy and 9,810 pounds of soap.

Frigate “Hssex.” Painted by Ross Turner from original

in possession of the Peabody Academy of Science.

She was built in Salem, through a popular subscription from Salem merchants
in 1799, by Enos Briggs. She registered 850 tons, mounted 32 guns and was in com-
mand of Captain Preble. She proved the fastest vessel in the U. S. Navy and cap-
tured property to the value of 2,000,000. The late Admiral Farragut was a midship-
man on the “Essex.” It is said that the original of this picture, which is signed
“Joseph Howard,” is the only one now extant of the “Essex.” See full account
of the ‘‘Essex,” Hist. Coll. Essex Inst.

Ship “George.” Painted by Ross Turner from original

in possession of Peabody Academy of Science.

The “George,” 328 tons, was built in 1814 for a privateer by an association of ship
carpenters thrown out of employment by the war with Great Britain. She was
bought by Joseph Peabody and made twenty voyages to Calcutta and return be-
tween 1815 and 1837. She was very fast, and very fortunate, never having lost a spar
or met with an accident while owned by Mr, Peabody who made more than half a
million dollars in this one vessel. In amanner she waslooked upon as a nautical
academy, many of Salem’s young men shipping in her befure the mast and gradu-
ating from her as mates and masters.

Ship “John Bertram.” Painted by Ross Turner from

original in possession of Peabody Academy of Science.

The “John Bertram,” 1100 tons, built at East Boston in 1850, by Elwelland Jackson
for Glidden and Williams, Capt. John Bertram and others. She is said to have been
the first American clipper ship built expressly for tbe California trade. She was
pronounced one of the finest modelled and most thoroughly constructed vessels that
ever floated on our waters. She was built and launched in sixty days.

~~ —-—

acy pen FP Bey dyuankderse” y

sae Sy

Se eee

oA

Bi NP CIE Oy Sharh

CATALOGUE. 31

PHOTOGRAPHS.

Ship “Mindoro.”

960 tons, built at East Boston 1864, owned by Pickman, Silsbee and Allen. Last
full rigged ship hailing from Salem. Now engagedin the Manila trade.

Topsail-Schooner “Plato.” From a painting made in

1835, in possession of Peabody Academy of Science.

Built by Enos Briggs for Isaac Cushing and others 1816. Dimensions 78 2-12 x
22 10-12 x 8, 125 tons.

Ape ‘5 eee ee ,
Ship “John.” From original painting in possession of

Essex Institute.

The “John” 258 tons, built by Enos Briggs for Elias Haskett Derby. She was
ketch rigged at first and altered into a ship in 1799, Her dimensions were as follows:
length of keel 75 feet, beam 25 feet, depth of hold 9 1-2 feet. Engaged in the India
trade 1796, Sumatra trade 1807, and bought by George Crowninshield & Sons in 1812
for a privateer.

Launch of Ship“Fame.” From original painting in pos-
session of Essex Institute.

The “ Fame” built in 1802 by Retire Becket for George Crowninshield & Sons
363 tons burden. In 1804 she visited the coast of Cochin China in search of sugar.

Crowninshield’s Wharf. From painting by Geo. Ropes
in possession of Essex Institute.
Showing Crowninshield’s fleet at the wharf during the first embargo.
Whaling Scene in South Atlantic. From painting by
Benj. F. West in possession of Essex Institute.
Showing bark ‘ Richard,” of Salem, and other vessels engaged in whale fishing.
Models of English Frigates. From the original models in
possession of the Essex Institute.
Made by American prisoners at Dartmoor prison.
Ketch “Eliza.” From the original model in possession of

Essex Institute.

“Eliza” built by Enos Briggs in 1794 for Elias Haskett Derby. Dimensions 93 x
25 x 9, 184 tons burden. First vessel to arrive at Salem direct from Calcutta Oct. 8,
1795 witha cargo of sugar. Dec. 22, 1794, she sailed for the East Indies with a cargo
consisting of forty-eight casks of brandy, twenty-two barrels naval stores and one
hundred and six pairs silk stockings.

- Instrument for getting ship’s reckoning) From the

by the North Star. ‘ originals in
Instrument for taking lunar observations. } possession of
Style of quadrant in early use. the Essex

Sextant used by Nath’l Bowditch. J Anstitute.

32 CATALOGUE.

MANUFACTURES AND LIBERAL ARTS BUILDING.
Department of Liberal Arts Gallery EF, Sec. I.
PUBLICATION EXHIBIT OF ESSEX INSTITUTE.

Proceedings of the Essex Institute. Six volumes, 1848 to
1868, containing account of meetings of Society and
scientific papers.

Bulletin of the Essex Institute. Twenty-four volumes,
1868 to 1893, a continuation of the Proceedings ; con-
tains reports of meetings and specially prepared,papers
of scientific value.

Historical Collections. Twenty-eight volumes, containing
papers of historical, genealogical and biographical
interest, town and church records, anniversary ad-
dresses, memoirs of distinguished persons, etc.

Bound in cloth and leather, the leather especially pre-
pared by Alphonse Mouthuy, Salem.

Also among other special publications and reprints of
the Essex Institute, the following :

HISTORICAL.

Commemorative exercises on the fifth half century of the landing
of Endicott.

Salem Town Records 1634-1659, 8vo.

Salem: Historical sketch by C. S. Osgood and H. M. Batchel-
der.

Adams, Herbert B. Commons and commoners of Salem, parts
1-6.

Blodgette, George B. Early settlers of Rowley.

Blodgette, Geo. B. Records of deaths in first Church, Rowley.

Bentley, Wm. Parish lists of deaths, 1765-1819.

Emmerton, J. A. and Waters, H. F. Gleanings from English
Records about New England families.

ae: Date , ae

RIMES SHE

CATALOGUE. 33

Emmerton, J. A. Notes and extracts from Records of First

church in Salem.

Emmerton, J. A. Salem baptisms in the eighteenth century.

Goodell, A. C. Centennial address, Oct. 5, 1774.

Hawkes, N. M. Gleanings relative to the family of Adam
Hawkes.

Northend, W. D. Address before the Essex Bar association.

Rantoul, R. S. Fifth half ‘century of the arrival of Winthrop.

Rantoul, R. S. Contribution to the history of the ancient
family of Woodbury.

Rantoul, R.S. Some material for a history of the name and
family of Rentoul,—Rintoul,—Rantoul.

Stone, E. F. Address on Gov. Andrew.

Stone, E. F. Cushing, Choate and Rantoul.

Upham, W. P. Records of the First church in Salisbury.

Upham, W. P. An account of the Rebecca Nurse monument.

Waters, H. F. Gedney and Clark families of Salem.

Waters, H. F. Notes on the Townsend family.

Waters, H. F. Newhall family of Lynn, Part I.

Whipple, George M. Musical societies of Salem.

Whipple, George M. Sketch of Salem Light Infantry.

Willson, E. B. Memorial of J. C. Lee.

Willson, E. B. Memorial of C. T. Brooks.

SCIENTIFIC.

Fewkes, J. W. On the myology of Tachyglossa hystrix.

Fewkes, J. W. Aid to a collection of the Ceelenterata and
Echinodermata of New England.

Gill, T. Primary subdivisions of the Cetaceans.

Gill, T. Prodrome of a monograph of the Pinnipedes (Seals)
1866.

Garman, S. North American Reptiles and Batrachians.

Garman, S. On West Indian Iguanide and on West Indian
Scincide in M. C. Z., Cambridge, Mass.

Goode and Bean. A list of the fishes of Essex Co., Mass.

Kingsley, J. S. Carcinological notes, No. 5.

34 ; CATALOGUE.

Kingsley, J. S. On the development of the Crangon vulgaris
(2d paper).

Morse, E. S. Gradual dispersion of certain mollusca in New
England.

Morse, E. 8. Ancient and modern methods of arrow release.

Morse, E. S. Notes on the condition of zodlogy fifty years ago
and to-day.

Putnam, F. W. Remarks on some chipped stone implements.

Putnam, F. W. Notice of an interesting relic of Mexican
sculpture.

Putnam, F. W. Indians of California.

Robinson, John. Flora of Essex County, Mass.

Robinson, John. Notes on the woody plants of Essex County.

Robinson, John. Our trees.

Upham, William P. History of the art of stenography.

Upton, Winslow. Lecture on the eclipse of 1878.

Wright, George F. Indian Ridge and its continuations.

Wright, George F. The glacial phenomena of North America.

ART.

Heliotype illustrations of Prof. Edward S. Morse’s Japanese
Pottery room, letter press description by Sylvester Baxter.

Putnam, F. W. Conventionalism in ancient American art.

Silsbee, Edward A. An informal talk on architectural and
art topics.

Rantoul, Robert S. Notes on the authenticity of the ents aits
of Governor Endicott.

White, G. M. Etchings of the following places of historical
interest in Salem and its vicinity :

The Old First Church. North Bridge.

Hawthorne’s Birth-place. The Head-quarters of General
Views from Beverly Bridge. Gage.

Views of Beverly shore. View from Winter Island.

Peabody Academy of Science. Essex Institute.
The ‘‘House of the Seven Ga- Pickering House.
bles.” Dr. Grimshawe House.

CATALOGUE. 35
Gallows Hill. Roger Williams House.
Harmony Grove Arch. North Church.
George Jacobs’ House. Baker’s Island.
Salem Custom House. Rebecca Nurse House. »

The Exchange list of the Peabody Academy of Science
having in 1893 been united with that of the Essex Insti-
tute, and the scientific library of the former incorporated
with that of the Institute the following publications of the
Peabody Academy of Science are exhibited :

Memoirs, two volumes.

Reports, one volume.

Miscellaneous papers, one volume.

American Naturalist, nine volumes, 1867 to 1875.

With these are shown a collection of cards, notices
and forms used by the Institute, and itineraries, guides,
circulars of information, etc., issued for the benefit of
visitors to Salem.

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL, XXV. 6

36 : CATALOGUE.

GOVERNMENT BUILDING.
Department of Justice.

At the request of Mrs. J. Ellen Foster, special agent
of the Department of Justice, the committee had photo-
graphs made on plates 11 X 14 inches, of documents re-
lating to the early history of Salem and the Colony of
Massachusetts Bay, as follows:

Charter or Indenture under signature of Lord Sheffield,
Jan. 1, 1623, to Roger Conant and others, from the
original in possession of the Essex Institute.

The Endicott Charter. Charter March 4, 1629, from
Charles I to Governor and Company of the Massachu-
setts Bay in New England from the original duplicate
charter sent to Endicott, now in possession of Salem
Athenzeum.

Page of the first book of Records of Deeds, Essex Co.,
1641, from the original at the Clerk of Courts office,
Salem.

Roger Conant’s will (first page) January 1, 1677.

Roger Conant’s will (showing signatures).

Examination of Martha Corey for witchcraft, Mar. 21,
1692, from original document in possession of Essex
Institute.

Examination of Rebekah Nurse for witchcraft, Mar. 24,
1692, from original at Clerk of Courts office, Salem.

Depositions of Ann Putnam and Ann Putnam, Jr. against
Rebekah Nurse and others, May 31, 1692, from
original in possession of tle Essex Institute.

Indictment against Abigail Hobbs of Topstield for “cove-
nanting with the Devil ;” in Casco Bay, 1688, from
original in possession of Essex Institute.

an

CATALOGUE. 37

Trial of George Jacobs. From the painting by Mattison
in possession of the Essex Institute.

Appointment of Bartholomew Gedney, William Brown,
John Hathorne and Jonathan Corwin as Justices of °
Inferior Court of Common Pleas, Oct. 16, 1696, —
William III; signature of Lt. Gov. Stoughton.

38 CATALOGUE.

LEATHER AND SHOE TRADES BUILDING.

New England Shoe and Leather Department.

EXHIBIT MADE BY ESSEX INSTITUTE AT REQUEST OF
MR. CLINTON COLLIER, SUPT.

First shoe pegged by machinery.

First patent granted a shoe pegging machine given Mar. 8, 1833, to Samuel Pres-
ton, Danvers, Mass. This machine was arranged to put two rows of pegs upon
each side of the shoe at the same time. It did not come into general use but the
principle involved is found in all later machines.

Shoe and patten, made in London 1780 and worn in
Salem soon after.

Shoe worn by a Salem belle at a Salem party about
1800.

Pair of slippers made in Salem in 1824.

Slippers, French style, purchased in Salem, 1819.

Patten, used before the introduction of rubber over-
shoes.

Infant’s shoe, 1756.

Shoe worn by boy on Salem streets at a date prior to
the Revolution.

Shoe worn by children of the present generation in min-
ing district, Lancashire, England. Loaned by the Peabody
Academy of Science.

Pocket book made and used in Salem prior to 1730.

al al
Pe Ghia $2

dua

QUEEN ANNE.”

“HEPPELWHITE”

“OAK CHEST.”

CATALOGUE. 39

MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING.
_ Reception Room.

Mr. E. C. Hovey, the Secretary of the Massachusetts
Board of World’s Fair Managers, gave the Essex Institute
full charge of fitting up and furnishing the main reception
room in the state building. After consultation with him
the committee decided to have the furniture illustrative of
the period from the time of the first settlement of Salem
until its commercial period at the beginning of the present
century ; also to place upon the walls portraits of men whose
names were familiar in state, commerce, law, science and
literature. In addition, to have a display of historical
relics which would, in a measure, show some of the his-
torical work of the Institute and also give an idea of the
directions in which it was hoped its collections would be
increased. To these were to be added volumes relating
to local history, albums of Salem views, and several vol-
umes of the publications of the Essex Institute.

PORTRAITS.

John Endicott. Copy by Frederick P. Vinton, from
the original portrait in possession of Hon. Wm. C. Endi-
cott,of Salem. Loanedby Mr. Wm. Endicott, Jr., Beverly.

Endicott was born in Dorchester, England, 1588; arrived at Salem in the ship
‘*Abigail,” Sept. 6, 1628, as “Governor of the Plantation.” In 1630, succeeded by
Winthrop and took his seat as one of the Assistants. 1636, appointed Magistrate to
hold the Salem Court, also Col. of Militia. In 1637, made one of the Standing Council
for lite. In 1641, Deputy Governor. In 1644, chosen Governor and served as such
almost continuously until his death. In 1645, made Sergeant Major General, the
highest military officer of thecolony. In 1652, established a mint. Died in Boston,
March 15, 1665. Location of his residence in Salem not accuratelyjknown, but was
not far from the present corner of Washington and Federal streets. His farm in
Danvers with pear tree planted by himself is still in possession of his lineal de-
scendants.

Simon Bradstreet. Copy by Joseph DeCamp from the
portrait in the Senate Chamber, State House, Boston.
Loaned by the City of Salem.

40 CATALOGUE.

Born in England, 1603; died in Salem, March 27, 1697. Came to Massachusetts
in 1630 as one of the Assistants. Made Deputy Governor in 1673. Governor in 1679.
Served until 1686 when the charter was made void. Upon Sir Edmund Andros be-
ing deposed by the people in 1689, Bradstreet was again chosen Governor and con-
tinued in oflice until 1692. His house in Salem, taken down in 1755, stood upon the
present site of the Armory of 2d corps of Cadets, Mass, V. M.

George Peabody. Painted by A. B. Schell. Loaned
by Mr. S. Endicott Peabody.

Banker and philanthropist, born in So. Danvers, now Peabody, Feb. 18, 1795;
died in London, Nov. 4, 1869.

Joseph Peabody. Painted by James Frothingham. -

Loaned by Mr. S. Endicott Peabody.

Born in Middleton, Mass., Dec. 9, 1757; went to Salem at the age of eighteen and
joined the privateer “Bunker Hill” owned by E. H, Derby. Followed the sea for
many years until 1791 when he began his mercantile career. Was engaged in the
India, China, Straits and European trades as well as the West Indies and Spanish
Main. Built eighty-three vessels. Died at Salem, Jan. 5, 1844.

John Bertram. Copy by Miss H. Frances Osborne
from the painting by Dr. Edgar Parker, in possession of
the Peabody Academy of Science. Essex Institute.

Born in the Isle of Jersey, Feb. 11, 1796. Came to this country in 1807 and settled
in Salem. Followed the sea until 1832. Engaged in general commercial business.
Especially interested in the Zanzibar, Madagascar, Arabian and California trades.
Latter part of his life largely interested in the development of western railroads.
Noted for his munificent gifts to local charities.

Manasseh Cutler, LL.D., M. C. 1800 to 1802. Copy
by Miss A. W. Woodbury from the original portrait in

possession of the Essex Institute.

Clergyman and botanist at Ipswich Hamlet (Hamilton) ; bornin Killingly, Ct., in
1742 and died in Hamilton, 1823. Chaplain in Revolution; started the first party of
emigrants to the Ohio. Made the first scientific description of the plants of New
England.

Nathan Dane. | Copy by Miss A. W. Woodbury of por-

trait in possession of Essex Institute.

Eminent jurist and statesman. Born in Ipswich, Dec. 27, 1752; died in Beverly,
Feb. 15, 1885. Harvard University, 1778. Member of Congress, 1785-8. Held va-
rious state offices. Member of the Hartford Convention, 1814. Framer of the cel-
ebrated ordinance of 1787 for the Northwest Territory. Founder of the Law School
at Cambridge.

William Gray, Jr. Solar print from portrait in posses-
sion of Peabody Academy of Science.

Born in Lynn, June 27, 1760. Entered counting room of Richard Derby at an
early age. Became one of the largest ship owners in Salem; at one time said to
be the largest in America. In 1807, owned fifteen ships, seven barques, thirteen
brigs, one schooner, or one-quarter of the tonnage of Salem. Took great interest
in politics and after removal from Salem became Lieut. Gov. of Mass.

Mesos

CATALOGUE. 41

Sir Richard Saltonstall. Engraving from the portrait
by Rembrandt painted in Holland 1644 and now in pos-
session of his lineal descendants. Loaned by Mr. F. H.
Lee.

Saltonstall was born in Halifax, England, 1586; died in England, 1658. One of
the grantees under the Council for New England. Came to this country with Win-
throp.

Elias Haskett Derby. Copy by Joseph De Camp from
portrait in possession of Peabody Academy of Science.

Essex Institute.

Born in Salem Aug. 16, 1729; died Apr. 8, 1799. One of Salem’s most eminent mer-
chants. His vessels were the first from New England to eng:ge in the India and
Chiua trade.

Nathaniel Bowditch. Copy by Miss A. W. Woodbury
from portrait in possession of Peabody Academy of Science.

Essex Institute.
Learned mathematician, born in Salem 1773. President of a Marine Insurance
Co. in Salem 1804 to 1823, when he became Actuary of Massachusetts Hospital Life
lusurance Co.; died in 1838 in Boston.
Joseph Story. Copy by Joseph De Camp from portrait
in possession of Essex Institute.

Noted jurist and writer. Justice of United States Supreme Court. His law work
comprises sixty-one volumes. Published a volume of poems in 1804. Born in Mar-
blehead. Practised law in Salem many years. Died, 1845, in Cumbridge, aged 66.

Nathaniel Hawthorne. Painted by Miss H. Frances
Osborne from photograph taken at request of Mr. James
T. Fields. Essex Institute.

Author of Scarlet Letter, Twice Told Tales, ete. The most distinguished writer
of Romance in America. Surveyor of Salem 1846-1850. In Boston Custom House
1838 to 1841. Born in Salem July 4, 1804; died at Plymouth, N. H., May 19, 1864.

Dr. William Paine. Photograph from painting. Loaned

by Mr. F. H. Lee.

Physician in Salem and Worcester. Loyalist. During the Revolution absent in
England. Introduced to George III. at Court in the costume in which portrait was
painted.

Joseph B. Felt. Engraving. Essex Institute.

Born in Salem 1789; died there Sept. 8, 1869. Historian, Author of the Annals
of Salem, History of Ipswich, History of Essex, Life of Hugh Peters, etc.

William Hickling Prescott. Engraving.
Essex Institute.

Born 1796; died 1859. Author of the History of Ferdinand and Isabella
Conquest of Mexico and many other woiks. Born on site of Plummer Hall.

42 . CATALOGUE.

With this is framed an autograph letter, a photograph
from engraving of his birthplace, anda photograph of Plum-
mer Hall which now occupies the site of his birthplace.

Timothy Pickering. A miniature by George Southard
after original by Gilbert Stuart. Loaned by Mr. F.. H.
Lee.

Born at Salem 1745; died there 1829. A prominent military and political character.
Served through the Revolutionary War under Washington, and at its close was
Secretary of War and Secretary of State. Was member of Congress and of the
Massachusetts Legislature and held also various minor offices. One of the leaders
of the Federal Party and noted for his honor and probity.

With this is framed a photograph of his birthplace, Broad
St., Salem, built in 1651; an autograph when he was town
clerk 1774 ; one when he was Secretary of State 1795, and
a letter when member of Congress 1815.

Timothy Dexter. Engraving. Essex Institute.

Newburyport merchant, somewhat eccentric; called himself “Lord Timothy Dex-
ter;” wrote pamphlets. Made a fortune by sending warming pans to the West In-
dies. Leather dresser by trade.

With this is framed a photograph, from engraving, of his
residence and grounds with decorations, an autograph, and
a reprint of his book, “Pickles for the knowing ones.”

Henry Wheatland. Photograph. oaned by Mr. John
Robinson.
Born Jan. 11, 1812; died 1893. President Essex Institute. Distinguished for sci-
entific, genealogical and historical knowledge. :
Capt. George Curwen. Photogravure. Loaned by

Mr. John Robinson.

Born in England 1610; died 1685. Old merchant, first of the name in this country.
Lived in the Roger Williams house. Earliest of Salem merchants, was in the London
trade previous to 1658; had four warehouses and two wharves in Salem and was
owner of the ketches “George,” “Swallow,” “John,” and ‘‘William.”

Rev. George Curwen. Photogravure. Loaned by Mr.

George R. Curwen.
Minister of First church, born 21 May, 1683; died 23 Nov., 1717; son of Capt. Geo.
Curwen.

Abigail (Curwen) Hawthorne. Loaned by Mr. George

R. Curwen.
Daughter of Capt. George Curwen. Ancestress of James Russell Lowell.

ba

3

Hae pb |

ie Wes os

CATALOGUE. 43

Maj. Stephen Sewell. Loaned by Mr. George R.

Curwen.

Born Baddesley, England, 19 Aug., 1657; died 17 Oct., 1725. Clerk of the Courts at
trial of the witches. Register of deeds for many years.

Margaret (Mitchell) Sewell. Loaned by Mr. George
R. Curwen.

Wife of the above.

Samuel Curwen. Photogravure. Loaned by Mr. Geo.

R. Curwen.

Distinguished Tory of the Revolution. Lived in London 1775 to 1784; author of
Curwen’s Journal and Letters written in London during his expatriation.

Charles W. Upham. Engraving. Essex Institute.

Born 1802; died 1875. Distinguished as clergyman, Member of Congress. Author
of History of Salem Witchcraft. Well known as a political and historical writer.

Robert Rantoul, Junr. Lithograph. Essex Institute.
Born 1805; died 1852. Lawyer, member of Congress, political writer.
John Carnes. Photographed from the original portrait
in possession of Essex Institute.
Commander of a Privateer during the Revolution.
Washington. From the original picture in possession of
the Nichols family, Salem. Loaned by Mr. F. H. Lee.
Silhouettes. Loanedby Mr. Chas. P. Bowditch, Boston.
Merchants, lawyers, and divines of Salem, etc., viz.:

Mr. Jonathan Waldo.

Druggist and merchant in Salem; built, in connection with Wm. Stearns, the “Old
Corner” building in 1792.

Col. Timothy Pickering.

Thomas Cushing, Esq.

Mr. Nathaniel West.
Merchant in Salem.

Judge Samuel Sewall (Marblehead).

Lawyer of distinction born in Boston 1757; died at Wiscasset, Me., 1814. Mem-
ber of State Legislature. M.C.1797-1800. Judge of Supreme Court and Chief Jus-
tice Nov. 1813,

Rey. Dr. John Prince.
Minister of First church from 1775 to 1836.
Mrs. Prince.
Wife of Rev. John Prince.
Jonathan Tucker, Esq.

Merchant.
ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXV. 7

44 CATALOGUE.

Mrs. Tucker.
Mr. Bowditch.
Rev. Dr. Lucius Bolles.
Baptist minister in Salem 1805; born 1779; died 1844.

Rev. Dr. T. Barnard, Jr.

(T. Barnard, Senr., was of the First church.) Firstminister North church, 1772 to
1814. Born 1748; died 1814.
Jonathan P. Saunders.
Surveyor and many years town clerk of Salem.

Rev. Dr. Bentley.

Minister East Church 1783 to 1819. Born 1759, died Dec. 29, 1819. Editor Essex
Register. Harvard University 1777; tutorthere. Distinguished as a theological
and political writer. Much interested in antiquarian matters.

Rev. Mr. Fisher.
Rector of St. Peter’s church; died in 1813.
Benjamin Pickman, Esq.

Born 1763; died 1843. Harvard University, 1784. Medical College, 1809-11. Mer-
chant in Salem. Noted Federalist writer.

Mr. Joseph Peabody.

Distinguished merchant in Salem, from 1791 to 1844.
John G. King, Esq.

Lawyer and scholar, first President of Common Council.
Rey. Dr. Daniel Hopkins.

Minister South Church 1776. Born 1834; died 1814.

John Punchard, Esq.

Held various offices in Salem. Drummer at West Point, time of capture, of Maj.
André, 1780.

PAINTINGS OF OLD HOUSES, ENGRAVINGS, PHOTOGRAPHS,
BROADSIDES, ETC.

Narbonne House. Pastel, by Ross Turner. Essex Insti-

tute.

This house, built prior to 1680, still stands at 71,Essex Street and is a good illus-
tration of the architecture of that period showing the lean-to roof.

Ward House. Pastel, by RossTurner. Essex Institute.

This house built by John Ward abont 1684 and still standing on St. Peter street
shows the overhanging second story, which romance attributes to being used as a
protection against the Indians. Itis, however, an old country type of building
brought over by the early settlers and was for the practical benefit of increased room
in second story.

CATALOGUE. 45

Cabot House. Water color, by Ross Turner. Essex In-
stitute.
House built by Joseph Cabot about 1748 showing good example of gambrel roof.
A fine illustration of the colonial type.
Nichols House. Water color, by Ross Turner. Essex

Institute.
Colonial house designed by McIntire, local architect.

Emmerton House. Pastel, by Ross Turner. Essex In-
stitute.
House built 1817, and remodelled in 1886, shows good example of colonial spirit
in modern architecture.

Roger Williams (Witch House). Water color, by Ross

Turner. Essex Institute.

Owned in 1635-6 by Roger Williams. Familiarly called “Old Witch House,” it
being occupied in 1692 by Jonathan Corwin one of the judges in the witchcraft trials,
and tradition has it that preliminary examinations of witnesses were held here. It
is the oldest house in Salem or vicinity.

Derby Mansion. Heliotype. Loaned by Mr. F. H. Lee.

House built in 1799 by Elias Haskett Derby the eminent merchant. Present mar-
ket house now stands on its site.

East Church. Lithograph. Loaned by Mr. F. H. Lee.

Building in which the famous Dr. William Bentley preached from 1783 to 1819.
East Church, interior. Lithograph. Loaned by Mr.
F. H. Lee.
Pickman House. Lithograph. Loaned by Mr. F. H.
Lee.

Built by Col. Benjamin Pickman, 1750. Still standing though defaced by shops in
front. It is said that the term “Codfish Aristocracy” arose from the fact that the
end of each stair in the hall of this house was ornamented with gilded codfish, Col.
Pickman’s fortune being derived from the fisheries.

Derby House, Washington St. Lithograph. Loaned by
Mr." di. Lee.

House built in 1764. John P. Derby the humorist, and John Rogers, sculptor,
both born in this house.

A corner inold Salem. Charcoal. Loaned by the artist,
Miss S. H. C. Oliver.
View on Summer St. giving a characteristic bit of some of the old types of
houses now fast disappearing.

Stairway in Cook House. Charcoal. Loaned by the
artist, Miss 8S. EH. C. Oliver.

House on Federal St. owned by Capt. Samuel Cook, a noted sea captain. The
figure, winding the clock, is that of Henry K. Oliver the well known educator and
writer.

46 CATALOGUE.

An old Salem garden. Oil. Zoaned by the artist, Miss
S. H.C. Oliver.

Roger Williams House. Photograph from original
sketch in possession of Essex Institute. See Witch House.

Bradstreet House. Photograph from original sketch in
possession of Essex Institute.

House built by Emanuel Downing and occupied by Gov. Bradstreet. Stood on
the site of the presert Cadet Armory building.

Timothy Lindall tombstone. Photograph. Loaned by
Mr. John Robinson.

Curious old tombstone erected to the memory of Timothy Lindall, a merchant in
Salem. Can be seen in Charter St. cemetery.

Stage coach. Lithograph. Loaned by Miss Laura E.
Foye.

Said to be first stage driven over Forest River road.
Battle of Bunker Hill. Engraving. Loaned by Mr. F.
Hi Lee.
Price Act. Essex Institute.

List of prices put in force to preveht monopoly and oppression in the town of
Ipswich at a meeting of the selectmen and committee of correspondence, Feb. 10,
1771.-° :
Resolves of Provincial Congress. Essex Institute.

Resolves of provincial congress, Watertown, June 16, 1775, against profanation
of the Lord’s Day. -

Elephant handbill. Loaned by Mr. John Robinson.

Ship America of Salem, Capt. Jacob Crowninshield, brought an elephant from
Bengal to New York, Apr. 19, 1796. First elephant brought to this country. It sold
for $10,000 and was exhibited throughout the country, this show bill being used in
Boston a year later.

Commission to Joseph Sprague. Essex Institute.

Commission signed by the “ major part of the council of Massachusetts Bay in
New England” to Jos. Sprague, major in First Reg’t Militia, Feb. 14, 1776.

John Little will. Loaned by Mrs. Grace A. Oliver.

Photographic reproduction of will made 1764, showing signatures, etc.

FURNITURE.

Court cupboard (Early Colonial period). Loaned by
Mr. Wm. C. Waters.

Pictured in Lyon’s Colonial Furniture Fig. 15. Doctor Lyon says Court Cup-

5.
EEE

“COURT CUPBOARD.”

CATALOGUE. 47

boards were in use in England as early as 1586. In New England as well as the
mother-country the Court Cupboard was found in the hall, the parlor or the cham-
bers of the chief magistrates, the clergy, and other persons of wealth and social
position. One is mentioned in the inventory of Wm. King, of Salem, 1654. There
is here, as in England, a style of cupboard having its upper part enclosed. The
part below was left open to receive the precious vessels of silver, glass and faience,
which were also displayed from the cupboard’s head.

Oak chest (Colonial period). Essex Institute. In use
in Newburyport.

Doctor Lyon says the fashion of making chests with drawers underneath sprang
up in England some time in the first half of the 17th century. They are more nu-
merous in New England than those without drawers. The black applied ornamen-
tation shows a later period than plain oak.

Secretary, mahogany (Pre-revolutionary period).

These Scrutoires, or Scrutoirs with bookcase, begin to be mentioned about 1710.
One very much like the example shown is pictured by Lyon’s Fig. 51, his bearing
date 1737. The Institute example was in use in Salem for years. Note the finish
of interior, secret drawers (so called), etc.

Sideboard, mahogany (Pre-revolutionary period).

Essex Institute.

This style of sideboard came in later than the buffets and are probably products
of the Chippendale (1753) and Heppelwhite (1780) designs. This example comes

‘from a Maine family and has been traced to Revolutionary times, it having been

in the family of Gen’] Knox at the time of the Revolution.

Corner cupboard. Essex Institute.

Corner Cupboards are mentioned in New England in 1719, and Doctor Lyon thinks
they differed from the Beaufat or Buffet. These were built generally into the cor-
ner, but movable buffets of mahogany were made in Philadelphia. They were used
for the display of glass and china.

Black oak chest (Early Settler period, about 1650-
1680). Loaned by Mr. Jos. Hudson, Newburyport.

The carving on this chest besides the usual conventional design has for a central
ornament the Judgment of Solomon.

Clock (black oak case). Loaned by Mr. Jos. Hudson,
Newburyport.

Tall clock cases were probably not known much before 1680 (Dr. Lyon). This
ease is Older than the works. The dvor carving represents Adam and Eve driven
from the garden of Eden. The base, Moses in the bulrushes. The works are by
Lister and Bromley, Halifax, England.

Oak table (Massachusetts Bay Colony period). Loaned
by Mr. W. J. Stickney.

Tables of this description are mentioned in inventories in 1669. These were
favorites in New England in the seventeenth century.

Small table (Witchcraft period).

The real use of this table is in some doubt. Doctor Lyon, the authority in colo-
nial furniture, does not mention any of this kind. Lt has been in a family whose

48 CATALOGUE.

ancestors were connected with the witchcraft delusion and the tradition is that
it came down from that period. It has every appearance of being a genuine exam-
ple and it was obtained through Mr. J. C. Casey, a well known dealer.

Table chair (about 1654). Loaned by Mr. W. J. Stick-
ney.
These chairs were used for tables and when not in use were set at the side of

the room. They are quite rare. Doctor Lyon, in Figs. 94 and 95, shows one very
similar to this example.

Reading chair (Colonial period). Loaned by Mr. W.
J. Stickney.

Two high-backed chairs (Witcheraft period). Zoaned
by Mrs. Wm. C. Waters.

These chairs came from the Rebecca Nurse house and tradition says date back
to the Bishop family.

Settle (Revolutionary period). Essex Institute.

This settle comes from one o! the old houses of Salem. It was originally in use
in the living room but afterwards was removed to the porch.

Arm chair and four fan-backed chairs. Loaned by Pea-
body Academy of Science.

These chairs of the ‘‘Windsor” style belonged to the East India Marine Society
and were used by the merchants and ship-masters at the banquets of the society
about 1804.

Six painted chairs. Essex Institute.
These chairs about 1810 and later, were in use in the ‘“‘best” rooms of Salem
houses.

Two high-backed oak chairs (Renaissance). Loaned
by Mr. mud Mrs. J. T. Moulton, Lynn.

Two shield-backed mahogany chairs (Heppelwhite).
Loaned by Mr. W. J. Stickney.

High-backed walnut chair (Early Colonial). Loaned
by Mr. W. J. Stickney.

Two walnut chairs (Queen Anne). Loaned by Mr. W.
J. Stickney.

Two maple chairs (Chippendale style). Loaned by
Mr. W. J. Stickney.

Four Windsor chairs (about 1750). Loaned by Mr.
W. J. Stickney.

Hall clock. Loaned by Mr. John Robinson.

Clock by “Nathaniel Mulliken, Lexington” in solid mahogany case. The works

CATALOGUE. 49

were originally in a cherry wood case of older style and doubtless they were run-
ning in some mansion in the neighborhood of Concord or Lexington at the time the
British regulars were marching through these towns on the eventful April 19, 1775.
Nathaniel Mulliken made clocks from 1751 to 1767. His sons continued the busi-
ness until the factory was burned by the British Troops on the night of April 19.

Andirons. Ball pattern. Loaned by Mr. John Rob-
inson. ;

Andirons, and fire set. Oval pattern. Loaned by Mr.
W. J. Stickney.

et Oia a eet

CHINA, GLASS, ETC.
Corner Cupboard.

Ridgway plate. Beauties of America. South Boston Insane
Hospital. Loaned by Mr. W. J. Stickney.

Staffordshire plate, Clews. Peace and Plenty. Loaned by Mr.
W. J. Stickney.

Staffordsh re plate. State House, Boston. Loaned by Mr. W.
J. Stickney.

Rogers plate. State House, Boston. Loaned by Mr. W. J.
Stickney.

Enoch Wood plate. Com. McDonough. Loaned by Mr. W.
J. Stickney.

Ridgway pitcher. State House, Boston. Loaned by Mr.
W. J. Stickney.

Nahant Hotel plate. Loaned by Mr. W. J. Stickney.

Harvey plate. English. Loaned by Mr. W. J. Stickney.

Platter, Old Italian Majolica. Loaned by Mr. W. J. Stickney.

Platter, Toft-ware. Staffordshire 1675, slip decoration. Loaned
by Mr. W. J. Stickney.

English plate. Formerly belonged to Tobias Lear, Portsmouth,
Washington’s private secretary. Loaned by Mr. W. J.
Stickney.

Nankin plate. Loaned by Mr. W. J. Stickney.

Nankin plate. “4 - ~

Canton plate. " se S

Tuscan rose plate, English. Loaned by Mr. W. J. Stickney.

Cup and saucer, American ware. Delaware. Loaned by Mr.
W. J. Stickney.

50 CATALOGUE.

Delft plate. Loaned by Mr. W. J. Stickney.

“cc “ce “ 3

ce 6c “cc ii

Liverpool plate. Herculaneum. Loaned by Mr. W.J. Stickney.
English plate. Loaned by Mr. W. J. Stickney.

Jackson plate. Clyde. Loaned by Mr. W. J. Stickney.
Liverpool plate. Loaned by Mr. W. J. Stickney.

Old Delft plate. « «“ &
Cup and saucer. State House, Boston. Loaned by Mr. W. J.
Stickney.

Old English pitcher, used by Miss Susannah Ingersoll at ‘‘ House
of Seven Gables.” Essex Institute.

Old China pottery teapot. ‘ House of Seven Gables.”’ Essex
Institute.

Staffordshire pepper pot, 1825. Essex Institute.

Pewter pot, pint. ee :

Ridgway pitcher. Tam O’Shanter 1832. Loaned by Mr. John
Robinson.

Silver cream jug. Marriage pitcher of Susannah Ingersoll and
Daniel Bray, 1680, descended through family of Philip En-
glish to Susannah Ingersoll occupant in Hawthorne’s time of
so-called House of Seven Gables. Mark p?s Loaned by
Mr. John Robinson.

On Sideboards, Mantels, etc.

Teapot, blue decoration. Essex Institute.

Face mug. ie f
China punch bowl. os “
Delft punch bowl. s re
Teapot. id sad
Sugar bowl. “ ‘
Pitcher, snake pattern. st rs
Delft pitcher. as ss
Pitcher. Boar’s head. de i

Pitcher, Liverpool ware, ship ornamentation. Loaned by Mr.
W. J. Stickney.

Two glass decanters, about 1800. Loaned by Mr. W. J.
Stickney.

~*~ fee PA oi eye a!

‘as

CATALOGUE. a1

Six brass candlesticks. Loaned by Mr. T. F. Hunt.

Plate, English, blue printed ornamentation. Loaned by Mr.
T. F. Hunt.

Plate, English, grav printed ornamentation. Loaned by Mr.
T. F. Hunt.

Pitcher, Liverpool ware, Masonic emblems. lLoaned by Mr.
W. J. Stickney.

Ginger jars. Old style. Loaned by Mr. T. F. Hunt.

Mug. Bacchus. ls fe nN

Teapot, English ware, blue decoration. Loaned by Mr. T. F.
Hunt.

Two liquor jugs, decorated glass. Loaned by Mr. T. F. Hunt.

Coffee pot, Old Canton ware. Loaned by Mr. T. F. Hunt.

“Old blue” plates, Canton ware. Loaned by Mr. J. Robinson.

Three grog tumblers. Loaned by Mr. W. J. Stickney.

Soup tureen, “Old Blue” Canton ware. Loaned by Mr. J.
Robinson.

Vegetable dishes, “Old Blue”? Canton ware. Loaned by Mr.
J. Robinson.

Coffee pot, “ Lowestoft.”” Loaned by Mr. J. Robinson.

Teapot, as ‘“ “

Engraved grog tumbler. “ “

Engraved grog tumbler with handle. Loaned by Mr. J. Rob-
inson.

Grog tumbler, plain. Loaned by Mr. J. Robinson.

‘Bowl, blue decoration. Loaned by Mr. J. Robinson.

Bowl, Liverpool ware. ad e

Teapot, Liverpool ware. “ ee

Sugar bowl, blue decoration. Loaned by Mr. J. Robinson.

Two silver plated candelabras. In use at South church, Salem,
1804. Loaned by Mr. John Robinson.

Publications of the Essex Institute and books of local
historical interest in Reception Room. These books are
bound in leather made in Salem.

Visitor’s Guide to Salem.

Historical Sketch of Salem. Osgood and Batchelder.
Old Naumkeag. Mr. W. S. Nevins.

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXV, 8

52 CATALOGUE.

Naumkeag Directory. Mr. H.M. Meek.

Salem Witchcraft in Outline. Mrs. C. E. Upham.
Witchcraft in Salem Village. Mr. W. S. Nevins.
Our Trees. Mr. John Robinson.

Salem Light Infantry. Mr. Geo. M. Whipple.
Records of Town of Manchester.

Records of Town of Gloucester.

Morse’s Japanese Pottery. Sylvester Baxter.
Arrow Release. Mr. E.S. Morse.

History of Marblehead. Mr. S. Roads, Jr.

Eight volumes consisting of gleanings from the Histori-
cal Collections and Bulletin of the Essex Institute.

CONTENTS OF GLEANINGS.
Reports.
Reports of Field Meetings.
Regular Meetings.
Index to Publications, etc.

Natural History, etc.
Zoology Fifty Years Ago. Morse.
Glacial Phenomena. Wright.
Geological Notes. Sears.
Dispersion of Certain Mollusks. Morse.
Mollusca of lowa. Keyes.
Reptiles from Texas and Mexico. Garman.
Fishes of Essex County. Goode and Bean.
New Sharks. Garman.
A Species of Heptranchium. Garman.
Contribution to Myology of Tachyglossum hystrix. Fewkes.
Aid to Collectors of Coelenterata in New England. Fewkes.
Birds of Massachusetts. Allen.
Birds of Colorado. Ridgway.
Birds of Northeastern Illinois. Nelson.
Pigeons. Barton.

a ee

Botany.
Botany in Essex County. Robinson.
Notes on Flora of South Georgetown. Horner.

CATALOGUE.

s Victoria Regia. Russell.

: Introduced Plants near wool-scouring establishment. Alcott.
j Dissemination of Seeds. Plummer.

j Flora of Essex County. Robinson.

Folk Lore, etc.

; Indian Games. Davis.

Santhas of Northeastern Bengal. Kneeland.

Selish Myths. Hoffman.

Summer Ceremonial at Zuni. Fewkes.

Andean Medal. Garman.

Conventionalism in Ancient American Art. Putnam.
Chipped Stone Implements. Putnam.

Ipswich Shell-heap. Robinson.

Indians of Los Angeles. Hoffman.

Biography.
Benj. Peirce. Rantoul.
Reminiscences of distinguished Essex County men. Crosby.
Choate, Cushing and Rantoul. Stone.
Samuel Parris. Fowler.
John Bertram. Atwood.
Tristam Dalton. Stone.
Governor Andrew. Stone.
Sir William Pepperrell. Dame.
Jones Very. Andrews.

Local History.
Common Fields. Adams.
Salem Commons. Adams.
‘¢ Newspapers. Streeter.
“« Musical Societies. Whipple.
Early Recollections of Essex Street. Thayer.
Centennial Anniversary of Provincial Assembly. Goodell.
Leslie’s Retreat. Endicott. :
Twenty-fifth Anniversary Settlement of E. B. Willson.
Methodism in Salem. Almy.

:
.

Cruises.
Cleopatra’s Barge. Crowninshield.

54 CATALOGUE. :

Early California Voyage. Eagleston.

Commission of a Salem Privateer. Crowell.

Sea Journal of Caleb Foote, Sr., compiled by Caleb Foote.
First Cruise of Frigate Essex. Preble.

Genealogy.
Genealogical Gleanings in England. Waters.
Henry Silsbee. Emmerton.
Richardson and Russell. Kimball.
Prince Family, Danvers. Putnam.
Allen Family, Manchester. Price.
Perkins Family. Perkins.
Records of First Church. Emmerton.
Salem Baptisms. Emmerton.

Nine albums of photographic views. These were selected
from the series of Art Views of Historic Salem published
by Mr. Frank Cousins, placed on special mounts and
consist entirely of buildings, sites, architectural studies,
etc., that can be seen by visitors in Salem to-day.

Salem Streets and Business Buildings.
Chestnut St. west from Summer.
Boston St. and “Big Tree.”
Essex St. west from Essex Institute.
Old Bakery, High St., built about 1700.
Foot of Creek St.
Washington St. west side, and Railroad Station.
Essex St. east from Washington.
Essex St. west from Museum.
Essex St. near St. Peter St., site of William Gray’s garden.
North St. north from Bridge St.
William Gray’s Counting-room.
Joseph Peabody’s Counting-room.
Forest River Lead Mills, 1832.
Naumkeag Steam Cotton Mills.
Salem Electric Lighting Co., 1890.
Frisbee’s Boat Yard, off Derby St.

——

CATALOGUE. Sa.

Derby Wharf (built about 1760), 1890.

Phillips Wharf and Wilkesbarre Coal Elevators.
Essex House, William Gray’s residence in 1800.
Bank Building, Central St., about 1816.

Asiatic Building, Washington St., 1854.

Northey Building, Washington and Essex Sts., 1873.
Odell Building, Washington St., 189t.

Peabody Building, Washington St., 1892.

Gardner Building, Essex St., 1892.

Salem: Public Buildings.
Custom House, Derby St., 1818 ; also Old Ladies’ Home, 1816.
Post Office, Washington St., 1882.
Court Houses, Federal St., 1840 and 1892.
Court House (1892), Law Library, east.
“ “cc “cc 66 “é west.
Salem Jail, St. Peter St., 1813 and 1884.
Hamilton Hall, Chestnut and Cambridge Sts., 1805.
Mechanic Hall, Essex St., 1832.
Boston and Maine Railroad Station, 1845.
Armory, Salem Cadets, Essex St. (Francis Peabody Residence
1818).
Armory, Salem Cadets Essex St. Officers’ quarters.
e -“ 5 fe ** Drawing-room.
Mantel in drawing-room.

‘
©
H
4
5 |
4
4
a]
f
bt

“ “ec ‘ce “ec “ Doorway “cc “ “ec
‘e “ec ce “cc “cc ce “ec reception ‘cc
¢ a . ee ‘¢ Mantel in banquet hall.
¢ ‘ . “ *¢ Banquet hall, north.

Town Hall and Market, 1816.
City Hall, Washington St., 1838.
as *« Indian Deed of Salem, 1686.
Steamer House of Fire Department, Church St.
Alms House 1816 and Insane Asylum 1884, Salem Neck.
Plummer Farm School, Winter Island.
Franklin Building, Washington Square, 1860.
Salem Hospital, Charter St. (Bryant House 1815).
Old Men’s Home, Derby St. (Waters’ residence 1815).

56 CATALOGUE.

Children’s Friend Society, Home on Carpenter St., 1878.
Woman’s Friend Society, Elm St. (Residence about 1804).
City Orphan Asylum, Lafayette St. (Roman Catholic).

Salem: Old Houses.

Pickering House, Broad street, 1651.

Narbonne House, Essex street, 1680 (west).

- 3 = ‘*¢ 1680 (east).
= = ae “« 1680 (rear).

John Ward House, St. Peter street, 1684.

Old Bakery, Washington street, 1680.

Cromwell House, rear of Derby street, about 1680.

An old “cent shop,” Essex street, about 1780.

Barton House and studio, Washington square, about 1740.

Old Derby Mansion, Derby street, 1762.

Residence, Hon. W. C. Endicott (Cabot House), Essex street,
1748.

Miles Ward House, Herbert street, about 1760.

Fitch-Derby mansion, Lafayette street, about 1780.

Derby Mansion, Washington street, 1764.

Hodges House, Essex street, 1780.

Old Assembly Hall, 1769. Now residence of Mrs. John
Bertram. Lafayette entertained here Oct. 29, 1784, and
Washington Oct. 29, 1789.

Nichols House, Federal street, about 1798 (front).
nd * “ 1798 (rear and court yard).

“The Studio,” Chestnut and Summer street, 1826, showing spire
of South church, 1805.

Peabody and Lord residences, Washington square, about 1818.

Residence of Mrs. Geo. R. Emmerton, Essex street. Restored
colonial architecture.

Andrew House, Washington square, 1818.

Public Grounds, Walks, etc.

The Common, western gate.
The Willows and Juniper Point.

5 “ (planted 1802), Salem Neck.
Wharf at Willows.

CATALOGUE. 57

Baker’s Island (Salem Harbor), Government Lights.

“ “ The Cliffs.
) “ 6s Point of Rocks.
Charter street cemetery, Old Burying Point, 1635, entrance.
“ “6 “ Oldest headstone, 1673.
“ “ “6 Old headstone, 1688.
“ “e 6 Mary Corey headstone, 1684.
“ “ “6 Timothy Lindall headstone, 1698.
“ “ “ Old headstones.

Broad street cemetery, Gen. Fred Lander’s tomb.
re 4 : Sewall children headstone.
Timothy Pickering tomb.

“cc “ce “

Harmony Grove “ near entrance.
« a a Jesse Smith monument.
Fin es John Bertram “4
ai pean is Geo. Peabody “

Greenlawn es The Lake.

Floating Bridge, 1802, on turnpike to Boston.

Endicott pear tree, planted 1630, Danvers.

Francis Peabody Mansion, built prior to 1770 by Robt. Hooper,
Danvers.

Whittier’s Danvers Home, built by W. A. Lander, 1842.

Geo. Jacobs House, 1690, Danvers. Jacobs taken from this
house and tried for witchcraft, 1692.

Rebecca Nurse monument, Danvers.

Old Powder House, 1775, Marblehead.

Lee Mansion, 1768, Marblehead.

_ Stairway in Lee Mansion, 1768, Marblehead.
Door in Story House, about 1743, Marblehead.

Salem: Historical Sites and Portraits.

Roger Williams House, 1634. Residence of Judge Corwin,
1692 ; also known as the “Witch House.”

The same, showing older portion only.

Shattuck House, Essex street.. Bridget Bishop accused of be-
witching a child here.

Residence of A. C. Goodell, Jr., Esq. Site of and contains
timbers of Witchcraft Jail of 1692.

CATALOGUE.

Gallows Hill. Site of witchcraft executions in 1692.

North Bridge. Site of “Leslie’s Retreat,”’ Feb. 26, 1775.

Joshua Ward House. Gen. Washington passed the night here
Oct. 29, 1789.

Birthplace of Nathaniel Bowditch, Mar. 26, 1773, and of Rev.
Samuel Johnson, Oct. 10, 1822. House removed from Brown
street.

Residence of Rev. Dr. William Bentley and place of his death,
1819, Essex street.

Residence of Judge Joseph Story, 1811—. Birthplace of W.
W. Story, 1819. Visited by Lafayette, 1824.

Doorway of Custom House, 1805, Central street.

Essex Bridge, 1788. Inspected by Washington, 1789. Site of
Winthrop’s landing, 1630, in foreground. Beverly at distance.

Allen pear tree, Hardy street. Planted in 1640.

Nathaniel Hawthorne, 1804-64. From Mayall daguerreotype.

Hawthorne’s birthplace, July 4, 1804, Union street. “Built
about 1680.” .

Rear of Hawthorne’s Herbert street residence from birthplace on
Union street. ‘Myold accustomed chamber’”’ is in this house.

Dr. Nathaniel Peabody’s residence, 1838. “Dr. Grimshawe’s
House,” ‘‘cornered on a graveyard.’ Charter street.

Porch of Dr. Peabody’s residence, 1838. ‘‘Affording a glimpse
up and down the street through an oval window on each side.”
Charter street. .

Hawthorne’s Chestnut St. residence, 1846. “The birds do visit
our trees in Chestnut St.”—-Mrs. Hawthorne’s letter.

Hawthorne’s Mall street residence. “The Scarlet Letter” was
written here in 1849.

Ingersoll House, about 1670, often called “House of the Seven
Gables.” Turner street.

Gov. John Endicott, 1588-1665. From portrait in Essex In-
stitute, Salem.

Gov. Simon Bradstreet, 1603-1697. From portrait in Essex
Institute: Original in Mass. State House.

William Pyncheon. “An dom 1657,” “stat. 67.” Portrait at
Essex Institute.

ee

|

FORE Bisa ee itt

CATALOGUE. 59

Mrs. Deborah Clarke, grandmother of Lord Bryan Fairfax.
Portrait at Essex Institute.

Mrs. Annie (Brown) Fitch. From picture by Copley at Essex
Institute.

Alexander Hamilton, 1757-1804. From picture by John Trum-
bull at Essex Institute.

Judge Joseph Story, 1779-1845. From portrait by Charles
Osgood at Essex Institute.

Leverett Saltonstall, 1783-1843. From portrait by Charles Os-
good at Essex Institute. First Mayor of Salem.

Nathaniel Bowditch, 1773-1838. From portrait by Charles
Osgood at Peabody Academy of Science. Mathematician.

Elias Haskett Derby, 1739-1799. From portrait by James
Frothingham in Peabody Academy of Science,

Jacob Crowninshield, 1770-1808, From painting by Robert
Hinkley in Peabody Academy of Science.

William Gray, 1750-1825. From painting after Gilbert Stuart
at Peabody Academy of Science.

Joseph Peabody, 1757-1844. From painting by Charles Os-
good at Peabody Academy of Science.

Nathaniel Silsbee, 1773-1850, U. S. Senator. From painting
by A. Hartwell after Chester Harding at Peabody Academy
of Science.

Capt. John Bertram, 1796-1882. From painting by Edgar
Parker at Peabody Academy of Science.

George Peabody, 1795-1869. From painting at Peabody Insti-
tute, Peabody, Mass.

George Peabody, 1795-1869. From marble bust at Peabody
Institute, Peabody, Mass.

Salem Schools and Churches.

State Normal school, Broad and Summer streets.
High school, Broad street. 1856.
Oliver (Primary) school, formerly old Latin school, Broad street.
Bentley (girls grammar and primary) school, nace street. 1861.
Bertram (Primary) school, Willow avenue.
First church (Unitarian) corner Essex and Washington streets.
1826, remodelled 1874.
ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXV. 9

60

CATALOGUE.

East church (Unitarian), Washington square. 1846.

Tabernacle church (Orthodox Congregational), Washington
street. 1854.

North church (Unitarian), Essex street. 1835.
‘é “ “cc “cc & interior.

South church (Orthodox Congregational) , Chestnut street, spire
by McIntire.

Independent church (Unitarian), Essex street. 1824.

Friends’ Meeting House, Pine and Warren streets. 1832.

St. Peter’s church (Episcopal), St. Peter street. 1833.

Grace church (Episcopal), Essex street. 1858, remodelled

1889.

First Baptist church, Federal street. 1806, remodelled 1868
and 1878.

Central Baptist church, St. Peter street. 1826. Remodelled
1877.

Advent Christian church, North street. 1890.

Universalist church, Rust street. 1808. Remodelled 1888.

Immaculate Conception (Roman Catholic) church, Walnut
street. 1857. Remodelled 1880.

Immaculate Conception (Roman Catholic) church, interior.

St. Joseph’s (French Roman Catholic) church, Lafayette street.
1883.

Lafayette Street (Methodist) church, Lafayette and Harbor
streets. 1853.

Wesley (Methodist) church, North street. 1888.

New Jerusalem church (Swedenborgian), Essex street. 1871.

Marine Society’s Bethel (non-sectarian), Turner street. 1890.

Salem Literary and Scientific Societies.

Salem Public Library (Bertram Mansion) Essex street.

* © ‘8 Entrance.

“ 2 ‘s Delivery desk.

" “ id Delivery room.
se < e Reading room.
a ae $ Reference room.

Peabody Academy of Science (East India Marine Hall 1824),
Essex street.

rr

ee ee ee

CATALOGUE. 61

Peabody Academy of Science (East India Marine Hall 1824),
rear view, Essex street.
Peabody Academy of Science Zodlogical collections. Birds.
‘ “ce sé

“ ‘“ “ Corals.

&“ “ “ Essex Co. “ Turtles.
Gy “ oa “ “ Minerals.
“ “ “ Marine trophy: East Hall.

“ sc x South gallery : -

‘“ «“ és North “ “8

“cc “c “

Relics East India Marine Society +
Essex Institute (Daland Mansion) Essex street.

e o Entrance.
“ « Reception room.
“ “cc

Historical room (portrait Dr. Henry Wheatland).
Antiquities, historical room.
- # Old China, “«
“ “ First Puritan Meeting House. 1634.
Essex Institute. Interior First Puritan Meeting Home showing
Hawthorne, Bowditch and Gray desks.
Essex Institute. “Ship Rock” near Salem, the property of the
Institute. Weight 1100 tons.
Plummer Hall, Essex street.
“ «interior, Salem Athenzeum.

Salem: Halls, Stairways and Mantels.

Narbonne House, Essex street, interior, corner-cupboard, 1680.
bd ek $s “« star shutters, 1680.

Hubon “Charter street, stairway, 1780.
Hodges “ — Essex street, stairway, 1780.
a <i 6 newel post, 1780.
Lindall 45 . stairway, 1740.
Brown “ Summer street, stairway, about 1780.
" sf ‘Seats turn, about 1780.
Nichols “ — Federal street, interior, 1798.
“é “c ‘éc “ec I 7 9 8.
“ec “ec 6

stairway, 1798.
stair landing window, 1798.
Washington Hall, Washington street, fireplace, 1792.

73 “ it 4

62 CATALOGUE.

Lindall House, Essex street, mantel 1740.
Fitch-Derby Mansion, Lafayette street, mantel, about 1780.
Old Ladies’ Home, Derby street, mantel, 1816.
‘s ae et 9816.
Kimball House, Pickman street, mantel, about 1804.
“c “ce “ce ce “cc “
Clifford Crowninshield House, Washington square, mantel
McIntire, 1805.
Woman’s Friend Society, Elm street, mantel, 1804.
“ “ “ cc oe I 804.

Salem: Doorways.

Robert Stone House, Walnut street, about 1700.

Twenty-three Summer street, about 1780.

Miles Ward House, Herbert street, about 1760.

Fifty-two Essex street, about 1790.

Z. Silsbee House, Washington square, about 1800.

Stearns House, Essex street, Flint street door, about 1800.

Eighty-one Essex street, about 1800.

Nineteen Margin street, about 1760.

Osgood House, Essex. street, about 1765.

Cabot-Endicott House, Essex street (1748). Doorway re-

~ stored, 1875.

Ives-Court House (Pine apple), about 1750.

Six Downing street, about 1750.

Nine Federal street, about 1804.

Browne House, Summer street (about 1780). Doorway about
1804.

Eighty-five Essex street, about 1800.

Home for aged men, Derby street, Turner street doorway
about 1815.

Lord House, Washington square, Oliver street doorway, 1817.

Derby street about 1799: “ Decayed gentility.”

Stearns House, Essex street, about 1800.

Nichols House, Federal street, 1798.

Ropes House, Essex street, about 1750. Doorway, 1835.

Cook House, Federal street, about 1802. Fence posts from
Elias Haskett Derby Mansion, Essex street, 1799.

<i

as

en ee Rae PO Oe

CATALOGUE. 63

Kimball House, Pickman street, about 1804.

Nathan Robinson House, Chestnut street, 1804. Remodelled
by Mr. Little, 1887.

Francis Peabody House (Cadet Armory), Essex street, about
1818.

Forrester House (Geo. Peabody), Washington square, 1819.

Pickman House (Benj. Shreve), Chestnut street, 1816.

Pickering Dodge House (Dr. Shreve), Chestnut street, 1817.

Emmerton House, Essex street (Pickman house, 1817), re-
modeled, 1886.

Emmerton House, Essex street, Western end and yard, 1886.

John C. Lee House, Chestnut street, 1848.

Clifford Crowninshield House, Washington square, 1805.

White House (D. Pingree), Essex street, about 1817.

Tucker House, Essex street, about 1818.

Andrew House (W. O. Safford), Washington square, 1819.
doorway altered about 1860.

Whipple House, Andover street, restored colonial.

HISTORICAL RELICS IN THE TABLE CASES.

Case 1. The coins and paper currency of Massachu-
setts Bay in New England during the Colonial and Revo-
lutionary periods covering issues from 1650-1788. <A tab-
let in the centre of this case contains the coins all of which
are in fine condition, as follows :—

New England Shilling: Obv. “‘N. E.,” rev. “XII.” Minted
at Boston in 1650, and considered the earliest as well as one of
the rarest of the coins of the American colonies. Loaned by Mr.
F.. ff. Lee.

Six Pine Tree Shillings, 1652.

Three Oak Tree Shillings, 1652.

Two Pine Tree Six-pences, 1652.

Three Pine Tree Three-pences, 1652.

Three Oak Tree Two-pences, 1662.

Four Massachusetts or “Indian’’ cents, 1787 and 1788.

Four half-cents as above.

Loaned by Messrs. H. M. Brooks and F. H. Lee.

64 CATALOGUE.

The “Pine Tree” silver is the most interesting as well as the
best known of the Colonial money. It was minted from 1652 to
1680 but always bore the date 1652, it is said, to prevent the au-
thorities in England from checking this assumed right of coining
money in Massachusetts. The twopenny pieces, however, bear
date 1662. John Hull, the mint-master, lived at the present Pem-
berton Sq., Boston, his house later being occupied by Judge Sam-
uel Sewell who received a dowry with his wife, Hull’s daughter, of
her weight in Pine Tree shillings ; but this dowry has been placed
by some writers at £30,000, rather a heavy weight, however, for
even the stout daughter. Many of the dies for these coins were
cut by Joseph Jenks, then connected with the Iron works at Saugus,
the earliest to cast iron ware in the country. Immense quantities
of the Pine Tree coins were minted but all varieties are now rare.

The dies for the copper cents and half cents of 1787-8 were
made by Joseph Callender, whose place of business was at “Half
square State St.,’’ Boston, or where Brazier’s Building now stands,
and later by Jacob Perkins of Newburyport. Joshua Witherle was
the mint-master, popularly known as “the cent maker,” and lived
and had his mint on the land now numbered 1132-44 Washington
St., at E. Waltham St., Boston. The building was of wood 20 by
40 feet. (See exhaustive account of the Massachusetts coins in
Crosby’s Early Coins of America.)

The paper currency illustrates the issues from 1690 to the merg-
ing of the state in the nation, and includes many very rare and
interesting specimens of these old bills. Among these are the
“Pine Tree” and the “Sword in hand” issues. In addition to the
currency are two State notes.

The collection in detail is as follows :—.

1690, bill of 5 shillings.

1713-1740, bill of 1 shilling.

1744, bill of 2 pence.

1740, “A Crown.”

1737, 1; 3, and § pence.

1776, June 18, t and 4 shillings.

1776-1778 (Pine Tree bills), 3 pence, 8 pence, 1 shilling, 1 and
6 pence, 2, 3, 4, 5 shillings, 4 and 8 pence, 5 and 4 pence.

—)

oe te

a

> Wl gach ees

ee ee

=
- —

CATALOGUE. 65

1776-1778 (Pine Tree), bills of 2 and 6 pence and 3 shillings d
uncut, as printed together on one sheet.

1775-1776 (Sword-in-hand bills), rand 4 pence, 8, 12, and 48
shillings.

1776, an old counterfeit bill of 4 dollars.

1780, Massachusetts Bay, Continental Currency series with set
to show backs 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 20 dollars.

A bundle $2,000, of cancelled $20 bills preserved in the origi-
nal package.

Treasury note 44 pounds 3 shillings Dec. 1, 1777, to Josiah
Hemmenway.

War Committee note for ro pounds March 11, 1777.

Case 2. Early new England press-work, broadsides,
almanacs, etc., selected from the collections of the Essex
Institute.

Eighteenth-century almanacs including interleaved almanac
with manuscript notes of family and local happenings, an old
colonial custom.

Engraving, by Paul Revere, and in original frame, of the Boston
Massacre, March 5, 1770.

Broadside: ballad on the death of General Wolfe, Sept. 13,
1759-

Pamphlet: abstract of Massachusetts criminal laws, printed in
1704, containing the famous “Scarlet Letter’’ law.

Pamphlet: relating to the Maule controversy; “ Persecutors
mauled with their own weapons.”

Salem and Boston eighteenth-century newspapers: Essex Reg-
ister, N. E. Courant, Sentinel, Gazette, Post Boy, including one in
mourning announcing the death of George Washington.

Lottery tickets, loaned by Mr. Henry M. Brooks: United States
lottery to recoup war expenses 1776; State of Massachusetts to
procure funds 1781; Harvard College for educational purposes
1795; a church at Bristol, R. I., for church funds, 1802.

Case 3. Old-time needlework.

Sampler wrought by Mary M. Peele, 1778.
Basket of flowers, Kensington stitch, about 1790.

66 CATALOGUE.

Sampler wrought by Ruth Gray, 1804.

Sampler wrought previous to 1628 by Anne Gower, the first
wife of Gov. John Endicott.

Sampler wrought by Martha C. Fitzhugh, of Virginia, 1793.

Pocket-book wrought by Eliza Willard, 1760.

Pocket-book wrought in 1765.

Sampler wrought by Sarah Courtis, 1770.

Case 4. Art in the home in old times in New England.

Colored engraving of Nelson’s victory 1798.

Painting on glass: girl before a monument and weeping-willow.

Needlework and water-color combination picture. Loaned by
Mrs. H. M. Brooks.

Colored engraving: ‘The Royal Ann.”

Pastel: head of a girl, by William Blythe, Salem, early present
century.

Case 5. Manuscripts: early theological; witchcraft.

Sermon preached by Rev. Mr. Pickman, 1644.

Sermon preached by Rev. Mr. Diman of the East church,
Salem, in 1756.

Sermons preached by Rev. Mr. Sewall, 1727-1744.

Sermon preached by Rev. George Curwen at First church
Salem, Aug. 23, 1716, for successes of Geo. I over the Pretender.

Volume of sermons preached by Rev. Mr. Henry Gibbs, 1695.

Deposition of Mrs. Ann Putnam and Ann Putnam Jr., before
magistrates Hathorne and Corwin, May 31, 1692, against Re-
bekah Nurse and others who were hanged for witchcraft in 1692.

Indictment of Abigail Hobbs of Topsfield for “covenanting with
the devil,” 1692.

Deed of Land signed by Bridget Bishop 1679, acknowledged
before William Hathorne (ancestor of Nathaniel) and John Ha-
thorne one of the witchcraft judges. She was executed for witch-
craft in 1692—the first victim. Her residence was near the
present corner of Churchand Washington streets, Salem : the house
in which “ the puppets ” were said to have been found.

Case 6. Manuscripts: early commercial.

PO pee Orn Oni rg eels SI eae ee ee

es

Tt, he

wwe be «

4

CATALOGUE. 67

Philip English’s account book 1678-1690, with a photograph of
his house from an old drawing.

Autograph letter of instructions by Elias Haskett Derby, 1779.

Parchment deed: Charles Downing to Thorndike Proctor,
1700.

Autograph of Retire Becket, one of Salem’s noted ship builders.

Bill of Lading, schooner “ Volant” Nov. 30, 1749, Timo. Orne,
Jr. ; shipping articles 1749, schooner ‘* Hampton.”

Autograph, Judge Benj. Lynde, 1751.

Bill of exchange, Elias Haskett Derby, 1784.

Underwriters’ policy of insurance £1000, schooner “ Volant,”’
1748.

Autograph, Wm. Gray Jr. (bill for tea), 1788.

Tax bill, Jos. Sprague (£80.10.6), 1781.

Case 7. Manuscripts : official.

Autograph letter of Benjamin Goodhue, New York, Feb. 7, 1790.
The first member of Congress from the Essex District.

Commission of Joseph Hiller, first U. S. Customs Collector,
signed by George Washington, Aug. 4, 1789.

Resolution of the Continental Congress at Philadelphia direct-
ing General Washington to raise troops in New Hampshire, signed
by John Hancock, President, and Charles Thompson, Secretary.

Autographs of Nathan Dane and Rufus Putnam on an order of
Capt. Joshua Ward for “a whale boat,” Salem, June 8, 1785.

Botanical note book of Manasseh Cutler (VIII 1787-1798) ;
“Descriptions of American Indigenous Plants, signed by him in
1787. .

These last three autographs of Dane, Putnam and Cutler are
memorials of the settlement of Ohio and the “freedom of the
north-west territories.”

License of Brigantine ‘“‘Cicero” signed by Joseph Hiller, the
first United States Customs Collector under Washington.

Instructions in regard to the British ‘“‘Orders in Council” signed
by James Munroe, Secretary of State, Aug. 28, 1812.

Case 8. Silhouettes, medals, seals, etc.

Silhouettes. Joseph S. Cabot, Salem merchant, horticulturist ;
ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXV 10

68 CATALOGUE.

John Clarke Lee, Salem merchant, banker ; Joseph Peabody, Salem
merchant ; Daniel Dutch, deputy sheriff ; all full length, contributed

by Mr. F. H. Lee. Capt. Samuel Cook, silhouette, oaned by Miss

S. £. C. Olttver.

Lithographs. Nathan Reed, inventor, member of Congress ;
Gen. James Miller, ‘‘the hero of Lundy’s Lane” and originator of
the famous term “I’ll try, Sir ;” William Oakes (1799-1848) of Ips-
wich, eminent botanist.

Silhouette. Leverett Saltonstall, first Mayor of Salem. Zoaned
by Mr. F. H. Lee.

Composition bas-relief, head of Alexander Hamilton.

French engraving, head of Timothy Pickering.

In the centre of this case on a tablet are the following coins,
medals and seals :

Medal, Benjamin Franklin, Deplesus, Paris 1787. Loaned by
My, It. Lee.

Bronze medal, Daniel Webster.

Copper medal, William Pitt.

Copper medal, George Whitefield, the preacher.

Bronze medal, Washington before Boston. Loaned by Mr. John
Robinson.

Bronze medal, American Liberty 1776. Loaned by Mr. John
Robinson.

Small medals: Washington, General American Armies, 1789 ;
Washington, President, 1792 ; Washington, success to the United
States ; Washington, “he is in glory, the world in tears.” Loaned
by Mr. F. 1. Lee.

Collection of gold mounted seals, Cabot family of Salem, en-
graved stone seals, etc. Loaned by Mr. F. H. Lee.

Engraved stone seals: head of Pitt, head of Nelson. Loaned
by Mr. John Robinson.

Case 9. Old-time objects of household use.

’ Tinder box with flint, steel and tinder.
Tinder box in the form of a ‘‘flint-lock.”
Door-latch about 1800.

Bolt from a pew door, East Church 1718.
Spoon mould and pewter spoon.

— a

a

CATALOGUE. 69

Pewter porringer and pewter pepper-pot.

Two pewter platters.

Tongs used in taking coals from wood fires for lighting pipes.

Steelyards used in 1738.

Gold-dust scales used by merchants early in present century.

Pitch-pipe used for “setting the tune” in church choirs and in
singing schools.

Pottery dish with partition through the centre pierced with a
hole, made in Danvers, Mass., about 1780, used for “Indian pud-
ding and baked beans.”

Silver plated snuffers and tray, Hodges family, Salem, about 1798.
Loaned by Mr. John Robinson.

Small iron shovel with long handle formerly belonging to and
used by Benjamin Franklin. Used for taking coals from wood fires
for lighting pipes. ‘This was given the present owner by a mem-
ber of a family with whom Franklin lived in Boston. Loaned by
Mr. A. R. Stone.

Spanish coins current in New England during the early part of
the present century for 20, 25, 124 and 6} cents respectively, and
known locally as pistareen, Spanish quarter, nine pence (pro-
nounced “nimepunce’’) and four-pence-half-penny (pronounced
“fo-pun-sapeny”). Loaned by Mr. H. M. Brooks.

Case 10. Old-time objects of adornment and personal
use.

Dutch tobacco box, 1482.

Old tobacco box.

Snuff boxes, seven in number, ornamented with designs in color.
Loaned by Mr. F. Hi. Lee.

Snuff boxes, the tailor; engraved figures, Charles X. Loaned
by Mr. W. J. Stickney.

Snuff boxes : “wood and copper of the ‘Royal George’ sunk
1789, raised 1839 ” and “‘ united we stand, divided we fall’? Rev-
olutionary period, belonging to Rev. Eliab Stone, of North
Reading. Loaned by Mr. John Robinson.

Spectacles, eye-glasses, paste shoe buckles and two pairs of
knee buckles, early present century.

70 CATALOGUE.

Lady’s pocket-book with figure. Loaned by Mr. F. H. Lee.

Pocket-book, leather, “Cape Breton 1745.”

Patch box: to contain the little court plaster squares used by
ladies in the old times.

A paper of pins: Revolutionary period.

Pounce box containing “pounce” used to give a surface where
erasures were made on paper in the quill-pen period.

Buttons, 1692 and 1798. Loaned by Mr. H. M. Brooks.

Washington buttons. Loaned by Mr. F. H. Lee.

Large tortoise shell combs.

Pair of pattens, the forerunner of rubber shoes.

Pair of old “ Para gum shoes,” the first lined rubber shoes used.

Lady’s shoes about 1800.

BREME S rine <a ee Hh ete

ee Te ae

De

Re, tS eg Sha et oe ae

23S Re

SALEM EXHIBITS.

Desiring that this pamphlet should contain a list of all
the exhibits from Salem and their location at the Fair, in
order to render it more valuable for use and reference, the
committee advertised in the daily papers for a description
of such exhibits, responses to which appear below. It is
understood, however, that a number of Salem manufact-
urers whose names do not appear here, are represented at
the Exposition, and also tbat the parochial schools have
fine exhibits. Their location can without doubt be easily
found in the official catalogue.

SALEM PUBLIC LIBRARY.

Location: —U. S. Government building, Bureau of
Education.

Exhibit : — Building and methods of a public library in a city of
30,000 inhabitants, located in a building altered from a dwelling
house.

Specifications :—Six oak frames, about 24 x 30 in., containing
three water-color sketches of building, one exterior, two interior,
also plans of present building with proposed enlargement.

Six volumes bound in full crushed levant, being an album of
photographs of building and furniture, scrap-book of blanks and
cards, and the regular publications of the library ; also samples
of regular styles of binding, etc.

(71)

ie CATALOGUE.

THOUGHT AND WORK CLUB, SALEM, MRS. KATE TANNATT
WOODS, PRESIDENT.

Location: Woman’s Building. Department of Fed-
erated Clubs of America.

New book of Proverbs, selected and original by members of
Salem Thought and Work Club.

JAMES F. ALMY.

Window ventilator for ensuring current of pure air without
draughts. ‘To be seen in operation at Office of Prof. F. W.
Putnam, Department of Ethnology.

SALEM PRESS PUBLISHING AND PRINTING COMPANY.
Location: Gallery Liberal Arts Building.

Examples of binding and press work, genealogical tables,
genealogical and other publications. See Essex Institute and Salem
Public Schools Exhibits for specimens of binding.

EXHIBITS OF SALEM PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

Location: Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building,
Gallery, Massachusetts Schools Section.

1. An exhibit of work done by the boys in the Curwen Indus-
trial School, during the last school year.

2. Twenty-one bound volumes of scholars? work taken from
their annual examination papers of June 1892 and comprising
work in all the grades of the several grammar race and all
classes in the High school.

3. Ten bound volumes containing written papers from all the
grades of all the grammar schools, showing one ¢lustrative lesson
designed to exhibit methods of teaching in geography, language
and arithmetic.

ee onde ee ee ee ee eee

~

CATALOGUE. 73

4. The Salem Historical Album. This album is wholly the
work of the pupils in the High school. It contains photographs
of historic buildings, sites, streets, historical tablets, and other
matters of interest, illustrating the history of Salem. All of these
photographs were taken by pupils in the High school, and finished
completely by them. The pictures are accompanied by descrip-
tive text, which altogether give a graphic history of Salem from
1626 to the present time. These descriptions were written en-
tirely by the pupils and by them have been copied upon the type-
writer, the whole being bound (in leather, made in Salem) in
one large quarto volume by the Salem Press Publishing and
Printing Company.

5. A set of twenty photographs, representing the school-houses
of this city. These photographs exhibit not only the exteriors
of the school buildings, but interior views, showing various rooms
during the school session, with the pupils at their regular class
work.

6. A set of large photographs exhibiting the art embellishments
of school rooms at the Phillips school. ‘These pictures have been
taken under the direction of Mr. Ross Turner, and show clearly
the character of this new art movement, and the real appearance
of the rooms as thus decorated.

7. Catalogue High school library.

KEPPEL COLLECTION OF ENGRAVINGS AND ETCHINGS.
Location: Woman’s Building.

Etchings by Miss H. Frances Osborne.

Chestnut street, Salem, Mass.
Solitude.
View from Derby wharf, Salem.

EBEN PUTNAM, PUBLISHER AND PRINTER, SALEM.

Location: Department Liberal Arts; with Essex Insti-
tute and Salem Press Publishing and Printing Company
exhibit.

74 CATALOGUE.

Putnam’s Monthly Historical Magazine.

Visitor’s Guide to Salem.

History of the Putnam Family in England and America.
Ancestral Charts. Genealogical and Historical works.

PARKER BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS, SALEM.

Location: Manufactures and Liberal Arts Building,
Northeast portion of Galley, Group 110, Class 693, Dept.
519. >

Games for children and adults.

| a at aR

BULLETIN

OF THE

ESSHEX INSTITUTE.

Vou. 25. Sarem: Juiy, Auc., Sept., 1893. Nos. 7, 8, 9.

Annus Meetine, May 15, 1893.

THE annual meeting was held in Plummer Hall, this
evening, at 7.30 o’clock, Vice-President A. C. Goodell, jr.,
in the chair. The record of the last annual meeting was
read by the Secretary.

The reports of the Secretary, Treasurer, Auditor and
Librarian were read, accepted and ordered to be placed
on file.

The report of the committee on nominations was pre-
sented by Mr. C. S. Osgood, and it was
_ Voted, to proceed to the election of officers for the en-
suing year. Messrs. Edes, Welch and Theodore Brown
were appointed by the chair to distribute, collect, assort

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXV 11 (75)

76

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

and count votes. This committee reported the following
list of names as receiving all the ballots, and these officers

were declared unanimously elected :

PRESIDENT:
EDMUND B. WILLSON.!

VICE-PRESIDENTS:

ABNER C. GOODELL, JR., DANIEL B. HaGar,

FREDERIC W. PUTNAM, ROBERT S. RANTOUL.

SECRETARY: TREASURER:
HENRY M. Brooks. WILLIAM O. CHAPMAN.

AUDITOR: LIBRARIAN:
GrorGE D. PHIPPEN. Cuar.zs S. Oscoop.

COUNCIL.

Wittman H. Gove, Epwarp S. Morss,
Tuomas F. Hunt, David PINGREE,
Davip M. LitTTLez, EDMUND B. WILLSON,
Francis H. LEE, GEORGE M. WHIPPLE,
RIcHARD C. MANNING, ALDEN P. WHITE.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY.

Since the last annual meeting there have been twenty-

one meetings of the society and three meetings of the di-
rectors, besides fourteen meetings of committees.

Only one field meeting was held the past year; this

was at North Beverly near Wenham Lake, on September

21.

A number of persons who took the forenoon train

were entertained at the house of Mr. W. S. Nevins.

1 Mr. 8S. Endicott Peabody was first elected but declining to serve, Rev. E. B.

Willson was chosen at a regular meeting, June 19, 1893.

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 77

Most of the party went on the 1.25 train from Salem.
The meeting in the afternoon was in the vestry of the
Congregational church. It was considered successful, al-
though the attendance was not large.

Mr. Rantoul gave an interesting account of the Beverly
cotton factory established by George Cabot and others.
He showed conclusively that this was the first American
cotton factory. It was located near the place of meeting.
It has been claimed that the Pawtucket factory was the
first of this kind, and that was started by Slater in 1790,
but the Beverly factory was in operation two or three |
years earlier. General Washington visited it when he
was here in 1789; and advertisements of the goods of the
~ company appear in the Salem Grazette of 1788.

Prof. E. S. Morse and Mr. John H. Sears also spoke
at this meeting, the former accompanying his remarks
with graphic chalk illustrations.

During the past winter, papers have been read before
the society in Plummer Hall by the following :

Prof. F. W. Putnam, of Cambridge, on the “Scientific
side of the Columbian Exposition.”

Prof. EL. Charlton Black, of Harvard College, Cam-
bridge, on “ Heinrich Heine—Poet, Humorist and Re-
former.” :

W. A. Mowry, Ph.D., on “The Inauguration of the New
Government, or Washington as a Statesman.”

Sidney Perley, Esq., on “The Geological Evolution of
Essex County.”

Alfred Stone, E'sq., of Providence, R. I., on “The Great
White City.” This lecture was given in Academy Hall
and was illustrated by lantern views.

Mr. Arthur L. Averill, on “How the Independence of
the United States was obtained.”

W.S. Nevins, Hsqg., on “The Career of Gen. H. W.
Halleck.”

78 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Rev. G. T. Flanders, D.D., of Rockport, on “A Study
of Martin Luther.”

Reports of all these lectures have appeared in the daily
papers. .

Informal papers and talks have been given at our reg-
ular meetings at the rooms, by Professor Morse, Mr. Gard-
ner M. Jones, Mr. Robinson, Mr. Phippen, Mr. Nevins,
Mr. Sears and Mr. Hines.

There have been the past year 1173 donations to the
cabinets from 127 different donors. These donations
have been acknowledged through the mail and in the Salem
Gazette.

The old meeting-house of the First Church continues to
attract visitors. More than 8000 have visited it during
the year. :

Twenty persons have joined the society this year and
nine members have died, as follows:

Samuel P. Andrews, Miss Mary Eliza Gould,
E. Frank Balch, J. T. Moulton of Lynn,
Gardner Barton, Nathaniel Ropes,

James Emerton, Mrs. James O. Safford,

Dr. Henry Wheatland.

Two of our honorary members have also died, viz.:
Rev. Dr. Andrew P. Peabody and John G. Whittier.

It seems hardly necessary for me to remind members
of the society of the great loss we have sustained in the
death of our venerable and honored president Dr. Wheat-
land. Ashe had been incapacitated by sickness from
taking an active interest in our affairs for more than two
years, his absence from our rooms is not now as much felt as
it was when he was first taken from his work; but in cer-
tain ways we shall feel his loss more and more as years go
by. This is not the place, nor am I the person, to pro-
nounce any eulogy on the character of our late president.

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR 79

You all know his devotion to the interests of this society,
always the first and last in his thoughts.

Having known him intimately for nearly half a century,
I have felt that I could do no less than say these few in-
adequate words. In this connection I will add that a me-
morial meeting in honor of Dr. Wheatland was held in
Academy Hall, on Monday evening, April 17, at which
appropriate addresses were made by Vice-Presidents
Goodell and Rantoul, Prof. Edward S. Morse, George D.
Phippen, Esq., and Rev. Dr. E. C. Bolles of New York.
A large number of letters were received from distinguished
persons at that time, — all of these with the several ad-
dresses will be printed in a memorial volume.

On the Sunday succeeding the death of Dr. Wheatland,
the Rev. E. B. Willson preached asermon in the North
church on the character of our late president. This ser-
mon has been printed by the society, and any member who
has not already received a copy can have it upon applica-
tion to the secretary.

Our. membership is not increasing as fast as we could
wish. We now number about 325 active members, but
in a place of the size and reputation of our city we ought to
have 1000 members, and these could probably be obtained
if each member would do all he could to increase the num-
ber. Several have already aided materially in this way
and we wish others could be persuaded to give their in-
fluence to this work.

The collections of the historical department continue to
increase and it is a pity we have not the room to make a
proper display of all our acquisitions. So much has been
said on this point in the last two reports that it seems
hardly necessary now to do more than refer to it again
with the hope that our expectations may in the near fu-
ture be realized, through donations or bequests enabling
us to make the necessary additions to our buildings.

80 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

To-day we have received notice of a legacy from Jo-
seph Henry Stickney of Baltimore, Md., of $1,000. Mr.
Stickney had often visited our rooms during his summer
visits in this vicinity and was much interested in histori-
cal matters.

Something has been accomplished the last year in the
arrangements of the manuscripts. Although our collection
is a large one, like Oliver Twist, we are always asking
for more, and we trust no member will be foolish enough
to allow ancient MSS. of any kind, even old bills, account
books, letters, etc., to be cast into the fire or otherwise
destroyed if he can possibly prevent it. All this may
sound very funny to some people and perhaps silly to
others; but it is really a very serious matter sometimes
to have old papers destroyed without an examination by
judicious persons.

There is many a poor person to-day, who would per-
haps be well off if some of the family papers relating
to French claims had been preserved.

The committee on the Columbian Exposition at Chi-
cago have done an efficient work during the year toward
making a creditable exhibit in behalf of the Institute ; but,
as its labors have not yet ceased, the committee is not
ready to make a report of its doings at present.

Respectfully submitted,
Henry M. Brooks,
Secretary.

on, Mee ores te a

A Re Ox so5

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 81

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.

The additions to the library for the year (May, 1892
to May, 1893), have been as follows:

By Donation.
Folios, . . . . . . . . ° . . 79
Quartos, . ° . ° e e e e ° . . 195
Octavos, . e . ° * e ° ° > ° « 1,470
Twelvemos, e F é ° ° F J - ° * 651
Sixteenmos, . ° ° ° ° e . . . Py 238
Twenty-fourmos, ° ° ° ° ° ° . . . 292

Total of bound volumes, ° . . e . . . « 2,925
Pamphlets and serials, e 2 e ° ° . ° - 42,211

Total of donations, . ° . . . . . . + 16,136

By Exchange.

Folios, .« Py e . . . e ° . e . 7
Quartos, . . . . ° . ° e . . . 21
Octavos, . . . . . e . ° . P F 230
Twelvemos, ° ° ° ° . ° . . ° . 33
Sixteenmos, ° ° ° e . . . . Py . 28
Twenty-fourmos, ° . . . . . ° ° ° 28
Total of bound volumes, ° . ° . . . e ° 347
Pamphlets and serials, . . . . . Py ‘ - 1,909

Total of exchanges, . . . . . . . in . 2,256

By Purchase.
Quartos, . ° ‘ e ° . . . . ° e 1
Octavos, . . . . . . * . . * . 41
Twelvemos, e e e . « ° ° ° ° e 3
Total of bound volumes, * . * . . . . 45
Pamphlets and serials, ° . ° . . ° ° ° 644
Total of purchases, , ° ° ° . . é . Pe 689
Total of donations, . e - ° . le F F - 16,136
Total of exchanges, . ; e ° ‘ . Fi : « 2,256
Total of purchases, . ° . . . . . . ° 689

Total of additions, . . ° . . . ° e - 19,081

Of the total number of pamphlets and serials, 7,416
were pamphlets and 8,348 were serials.

82 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

The donations to the library for the year have been re-
ceived from two hundred and nine individuals and one
hundred and eleven societies and governmental depart-
ments. The exchanges, from twelve individuals and two
hundred and nine societies and incorporated institutions,
of which one hundred and one are foreign ; also from edi-
tors and publishers. Several hundred volumes have been
received from the library of our late president, Dr. Wheat-
land, and the foreign exchanges of the Peabody Academy
of Science, many of them extremely rare and valuable,
have been added to our library. An appeal has been made
during the year to the different towns of Essex County to
complete our sets of town reports and thé responses have
been very satisfactory.

These statistics show the continued growth of the li-
brary which now numbers about 60,000 bound volumes
and about 175,000 unbound volumes including pamphlets.

But while the library grows steadily, our facilities for
taking care of the books have not increased. It is becom-
ing, indeed it already is, a serious question, What shall we
do to provide additional room for, the storage of our
books?

We have kept in mind the plan suggested in a previous
report with regard to marking out sate lines of work
for the Public Library and the Essex Institute.

Our full collections of public documents, which would
prove very valuable if properly arranged and indexed, we
would like to deposit with the Public Library and con-
fine the work of the Institute largely to local history,
genealogy and kindred subjects.

But the Public Library is rapidly outgrowing its present
quarters; and, until more accommodations are provided,
which must be in the near future, has no room which it
can use for the reception of the documents.

Oy Tage NPT get

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 83

Even with this relief the library of the Institute would
still want more room.

The only sufficient remedy would seem to be the build-
ing of a fire-proof addition, or stack room, in the rear of
our present building, and this should be done as soon as
the necessary funds can be obtained.

Another pressing need is some sort of a catalogue or find-
ing-list of the library. A card catalogue of the volumes
in the different rooms would be a great help to those
using the library and a good foundation for a complete cat-
alogue.

To do all this we are sadly in need of funds.

The first great need of the Institute is money, and the
second is more money. Without this little can be done.
With it the power of the Institute for good can be extend-
ed almost indefinitely. It is with no selfish motives that
we appeal for aid. The more assistance we have the better
the Institute can serve the community for whose benefit it
was established and is maintained.

The use of the library, notwithstanding these drawbacks,
has been very satisfactory and students in special branches
of research find a large fund of material at their disposal.

With our society, as with all others, time brings about
the inevitable changes, and death has stricken from our
roll of membership the name of our honored and lamented
president, Dr. Wheatland.

It remains for us to carry forward the good work for
which he laid so secure a foundation, and the most fitting
tribute we can pay to his memory, and the one he would
most desire, is to strive to enlarge the usefulness of the
Institute to which he gave so many years of unselfish de-
votion.

Cuas. 8. Oscoon,

Librarian.
ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXV 12

84 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

TREASURER’S REPORT.

While it may be said that the duties of the Treasurer
of any institution are to take care of what funds that in-
stitution has, it may not be out of place for me to call the
attention of the members and through them, the attention
of the general. public, to the urgent need of the Essex In-
stitute, for a larger yearly revenue, to be devoted to the
general work of the institution, which as we all know is
founded on a remarkably broad basis, and will in future
years prove of priceless value to those who follow us.

I have made a few comparisons of the figures at hand,
and find that the expenditures exceed the income by a
yearly average of about $1000, and it may be the best thing
for the Institute in the long run, that they do. For, if we
were running along smoothly and paying our way each
year, the feeling might be that we were not in need of
any more funds. But, on the other hand, if it is generally
known and commented upon, that we are doing a little more
each year, depending on the generosity of our kind friends
to help us out, it seems to me that our confidence will not
be misplaced, and that the necessary funds will be forth-
coming.

Receipts and expenditures of the past year (condensed
from the account presented).

RECEIPTS.

Balance from last year’s account, sO hae Qe gS $ 515 90

Assessments of members, rae . ‘ é oue - $ 836 00

Sales of publications, ° ihe e ee: oS . 542 54

Income of invested funds, . ° ine wets - «. 8,813 96

Inegme from other sources, . -« « « «+ © e e 41,129 50
$6,322 00

Interest from Five Cents Savings Bank to be funded, « - 62 24
$6,900 14

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR, 85

EXPENDITURES.

Salaries of secretary, assistant librarians and janitor, « » $2,177 00
Cost of books, periodicals and binding, eke Bat! els 392 26
‘¢ “ publications and printing, . e . ° . « 1,204 03
et SUB, uP a ke Re oe al dale, ae ee Td eT 202 50
ss « =6gas and water, ° ° F é . Py ; ‘ 48 88
« «6 repairs, Le ehh te Fee ge wa OD Ve 457 77
sé 46) inguranee,’-« & Pe . ° elite HORS 429 75
«« «interest on note, . . e ° . e e ° 150 00
ss “labor, etc., on the grounds and buildings, . . . 182 80
‘¢ «& Athenzum expenses (our proportion), Yori ec, 258 18
se 66 express, postage and miscellaneous, . ee: e 296 36
Annuities, e ° tee ° . . . . ° ° 660 00

$6,459 53
Interest added to manuscript fund, * e ale . e 54 98
% ‘© “ North Bridge monument fund, .« .«. .« 7 26

~ a 62 24

Balance of cash on hand, 378 37

$6,900 14

May 15, 1893. Respectfully submitted,

WILLIAM O. CHAPMAN, Treasurer.
Examined and approved,
(Signed) GEORGE D. PHIPPEN, Auditor.

INVESTMENT OF FUNDS.

For income, ; Fs ‘ fi e ° ° $71,717 75

“ Essex Institute building, . . . e ° e 28,370 69
** Ship Rock andland, . . . ° . 2 ° 100 00

Total investments, $100,188 44

Salem, May 15, 1893.
Examined the above account with the securities and found them correct.
(Signed) GEO. D. PHIPPEN, Auditor, -

LECTURES.

Friday, Jan. 6, 1893.—Prof. E. Charlton Black, of Har-
vard University, lectured on “Heinrich Heine, —Poet,
Humorist, Reformer.” In introduction, Mr. Black spoke
in a general way of Heine, his work as bearing upon the
world, his character, his keen wit and perception and the
chief facts of his strange, sad, significant life. He then
gave a brief sketch of his life, and of his parents, how

86 ‘THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

his mother was well educated, and from her he inherited
all his finer qualities, while from his father was due the less
desirable side of his character. He touched upon his
school life at a convent, telling several anecdotes of his
difficulty with irregular verbs and other boyish perplexities.

His early life was much influenced by the power of Na-
poleon, then at its height. His whole life was greatly
dominated by the French point of view, and in this con-
nection he touched upon his song “The Two Grenadiers,”
so beautifully set to music by Schumann. At this point
he dwelt at length on the inadequacy of translators to do
him justice, and the general bad piece of work they made
of it, but added that after all even a ppor translation is bet-
ter than none.

On leaving school at sixteen he went into a banker’s
office, but through the kindness of a wealthy uncle was
sent to college to become a lawyer. He attended the
universities of Bonn, Gottingen and Berlin, doing but little
real study, although in 1825 he took his degree and at the
same time was baptized a Christianas a necessary means for
his practising his profession; this act subjected him to
severe criticism by both Jew and Christian, his friends and
his enemies, and placed him in a most unfortunate situation.
During his residence in Berlin he oceupied a strong posi-
tion socially both among the Jews and the others as a liter-
ary genius. One of the phases of his life was his engagement
to a cousin who, during his university career, married
another man and in so doing deeply affected his sensitive
nature.

His keen wit was shown in several illustrations, one
of the best being his description of his old college town
of Gottingen, which was a satire of phariseeism and lit-
tleness, and another his handling of a certain college pro-
fessor who railed at Napoleon.

es

AN Rear .

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 87

He visited England and was disgusted, ridiculing ev-
erything he saw. His Paris life was brilliant and famous
until 1848, when he had a sort of paralytic stroke that left
him half lame and blind. His last days were sad, pa-
thetic and most unhappy. His description of what his old
age would be, as pictured to his German eyes, is most
touching, being very tender in its allusions. He died
February -16, 1856, and was buried at Montmartre, his
resting-place being marked with the simple inscription —
Heinrich Heine.

Monday, Jan. 16, 1893.—A series of informal meet-
ings for members only was begun in the library rooms.
Mr. Gardner M. Jones opened the literary exercises by
some interesting remarks on the library of the Institute,
historical and statistical, and also in relation to its needs
in order to increase its usefulness. He closed by calling
attention to a number of books taken from the shelves,
illustrating the work of celebrated book-makers and print-
ers and covering the whole period of printing from 1486
to the present time. Mr. C. S. Osgood followed endors-
ing what Mr. Jones said as to the needs of the library and
stating that had the Institute the necessary funds, the li-
brary committee would do practically what had been sug-
gested. Prof. E. S. Morse spoke of the collecting of
books and kindred matters and referred to persons well
known in science, suggested by some of the books. After
informal remarks by: several other members the meeting
adjourned.

Monday, Jan. 23, 1893.—William A. Mowry, Ph.D.,
of Salem, lectured on “The Inauguration of the New Gov-
ernment, or Washington as a Statesman.” Dr. Mowry
first spoke of the period of the formation of the first Con-

88 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

tinental Congress representing the thirteen original colo-
nies, at the beginning of the Revolution, and the difficulties
it labored under. He said it was a marvel that the war
was successfully carried out under such conditions as
then existed, with our little colonies poorly equipped,
with a scarcity of supplies and with but little experience
and want of training against the fearful odds of the large
armies and supplies of England. Our victory was not
due to superior fighting, but more than anything else to
the sagacity and wonderful ability of General Washing-.
ton. Then came the necessity for a new order of things ;
the articles of confederation of 1777 had no power to tax
the states or do anything of a positive nature; business
was ruined and amendments were proposed repeatedly
which could not be passed, owing to the antagonizing
state of feeling and jealousy between the states. It was
the most critical period in our history. In 1787 a gen-
eral convention was held in Philadelphia, a new constitu-
tion drawn up, discussed, amended and signed, and after
a long and excited discussion in the several states, was
adopted in the course of the next year. Rhode Island,
however, did not adopt it until the beginning of 1790.
Party spirit ran as high at this time as it ever has since.

The lecturer made some reference to the position of
Patrick Henry on the new constitution and to the mis-
statements about the life of that patriot. In conclusion
he spoke at some length of the national power and growth
of our country with its possibilities and undeveloped
powers and of the exigencies that have never yet been
met by any nation, but will of necessity arise.

Monday, Feb. 6, 1893.—Mr. John Robinson gave an
informal talk on the old houses of New England. It was
an interesting sketch of the houses of our forefathers from

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 89

the time of the settlers in 1628-30, when the old lean-to
was universal, up to 1700 when the hip roof was prevalent.
This style lasted until about 1750 at which time and up
to 1780 came the elegant structure of which Judge Endi-
cott’s and the Peabody house in Danvers are good illus-
trations as was also the Pickman house on Essex street.
After this came what is wrongfully called the colonial,
the fine square house with its graceful doorway, windows
and much interior decoration, of which there are many
fine types in Salem. In illustration he cited houses in
Salem, Boston, Newburyport and Portsmouth. The dif-
ferent periods of architecture referred to were not drawn
in arbitrary lines, but overlapped each other.

Monday, Feb. 13, 1893.—Sidney Perley, Esq., of Sa-
lem, lectured on “The Geological Evolution of Essex
County.” Mr. Perley traced the gradual development of
this county into a habitable place through the earliest geo-
logical periods, giving scientific causes for and the origin
of the different sorts of rocks which are found in the
county. He stated that New England was probably
the oldest part of this continent, as well as of the earth.
Illustrating the various stages of development, he quoted
the pockets of lead at Newbury and the earthquake at the
same place in 1727. .

Plum Island, he said, was a perfect example of the for-
mation of islands by sand bars. The rocking stones of
Gloucester he accounted for by the erosion of frost and
water. Speaking of the bog iron deposits, he stated that
iron was first worked from these bogs in Lynn in 1642-3,
in Boxford, 1668, and Amesbury in 1728.

The surface formation of Essex county, as it now ex-
ists, was largely caused by the action of the glaciers, they
having brought and deposited here large quantities of sand,

90 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

gravel and rocks and having moved the surface soil from
place to place. In this connection the lecturer mentioned
the gravel ridges extending from Andover to Beverly as
being caused by the settlement of the moraines of the gla-
cier, also many hills in Boxford and other places and
other deposits of boulders, etc. The course of the Merri-
mac river was also claimed to have been changed from its
original direction by the deposit of similar moraines or
ridges of gravel and sand beginning at Lawrence.

Mr. Perley suggested that the members of the Essex
Institute interest themselves to a greater extent in the
study of geology, and that they cause to have made a sur-
face survey of this section of the country.

Monday, Feb. 27, 1893.—Mr. Alfred Stone, of Prov-
idence, lectured in Academy Hall on “The Great White
City ; or an Architect’s View of the World’s Exposition
Grounds and Buildings.” His remarks were illustrated
by a series of stereopticon views taken from the buildings
now completed and also under process of construction.
Mr. Stone first showed a plan of Jackson Park as it was, a
desolate swamp, and then a map of the grounds and loca-
tions as they have been arranged for the exposition.

He then proceeded to describe and show by his views
the principal buildings. The Administration building he
termed one of the finest examples of architectural art. The
Manufacturers and Liberal Arts building he described
fully ; said that Bunker Hill monument set down in the
main aisle, would not reach to the top of this building; at
the time of the dedication exercises, 90,000 were seated
in this building. The other buildings were shown and
described. He spoke enthusiastically of the proposed ex-
hibit by the Institute at the fair, to be in the Massachu-
setts building, regretting that he was unable to show a
picture of that building.

_—_—

—_—

TE LE PERE ae a ee

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 91

Monday, March 6, 1893.—Mr. W.S. Nevins gave an
informal talk illustrated by photographs and books, on “Fa-
mous Madonnas.” He said “The first mention of worship
of the Virgin Mary occurs in the work of Epiphanus who
died in 403, who mentions a sect of women with whom it
was customary to offer cakes of meal and honey to the Vir-
gin Mary. It was about the year 431 that the first repre-
sentation of the Virgin and child appeared in the Egyptian
type of Iris. About this time the Empress Eudoxia sent
home from the Holy Land a picture of the Virgin holding
the child, alleging it to be an authentic portrait.”

The lecturer referred to a Madonna in Constantinople,
said to have been carried to St. Mark’s, Venice; to the
Madonnas of the coronation type, the mercy type and of
the Mater Dolorosa, and made mention of the famous
masters, Raphael, Murillo, Van Dyke, Guido, Rubens,
Angelo and De Vinci. Reference was made to the mod-
els from whom the most famous Madonnas were made and
a comparison was made between the artists and their
works.

Monday, March 13, 1893.—Mr. Arthur L. Averill, of
this city, lectured on “How the Independence of the United
States was obtained.” In introduction, he outlined the
condition of affairs of this country prior to the great revo-
lutionary struggle. The American army, with its free en-
listment and patriotic feeling, was more than an equal for
an even larger force of hired and perfunctory soldiers.
He cited several instances of the losses of the British
through faults of their own commanders in indulging in
proffered hospitality or in gambling. Those who have al-
ways been brought up in luxury do not make as good offi-
cers as those who enter the army from principle or with a
set purpose. This he illustrated with the life of Napoleon.

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXV. 13

92 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

He then began an outline of the war from the very start,
describing every important event, with side issues of the
many naval ene deceentc and the horrors and injustices of
the “press gang.” He dwelt on the privations and suffer-
ing of the cold winters, which our army bravely endured.

He then referred to the able administrations of the early
presidents and the growth of the country under their care-
ful guidance, and then spoke of the famous naval engage-
ments of the war of 1812, in our second struggle for
independence with Great Britain and the splendid victories
that were fought at very uneven odds, showing the su-
periority of the American seamen.

Monday, March 20, 1893.—Mr. Ezra D. Hines, of
Danvers, gave an exceedingly interesting account of the
correspondence that he had with persons in Virginia and
North Carolina, which finally resulted in his procuring
through the kindly assistance of Mr. T. F. Hunt and Mr.
Frank Cousins, fine photographs from the original por-
traits of Mr. and Mrs. William Browne of Browne Hall
fame, he having built that mansion on “Folly Hill” in
Danvers. The portraits were formerly at Rosewell, the
old Page homestead in Gloucester county, Virginia.

Mr. John H. Sears of the Peabody Academy of Science,
read a paper on the geological formation of the neighbor-
hood of Cape Ann. Interesting remarks were made by
Mr. John Robinson and Professor Morse, complimentary
to Mr. Sears, as showing the valuable work done in Essex
County by him.

Monday, March 27, 1893.—Winfield S. Nevins, Esq.,
of this city, lectured on “General H. W. Halleck.” Mr.
Nevins said that it was quite remarkable that one man who
had had so little military experience as General Halleck,

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 93

should have been called to the position of General-in-
Chief and continued in that office for nearly two years.
General Halleck was bornin Waterville, N. Y., Jan. 15,
1815, and died in Louisville, Ky., Jan. 9, 1872, at the age
of fifty-seven. He was graduated from West Point in 1839
and served in various minor capacities in the army until
1854, when he retired and practised law in California.
Upon the breaking out of the civil war he was made Major-
General in the regular army and assigned to command in
the west. The speaker proceeded to give some account
of a few of the movements in the war, including victories
by various generals as those of Grant, Pope and Buel and
thought that Halleck was more to blame for slowness in
movements of the Army of the Potomac than McClellan ; he
also made him responsible for the defeats of Burnside at
Fredericksburg and Banks at Red River. He said he made
these statements on the authority of government official
records.

Monday, Apr. 3, 1893.—Mr. George D. Phippen spoke
of the spring flowers and made some interesting and in-
structive remarks on cultivated fruits and of the impor-
tance of turning scientific investigations to practical account.

Monday, Apr. 17, 1893.—A memorial meeting in
honor of Dr. Henry Wheatland, the late president, was
held in Academy Hall. Vice-President Abner C. Good-
ell, Jr., presided and addresses were made by His Honor,
Mayor Robert S. Rantoul, Mr. George D. Phippen, Prof.
Edward 8. Morse and Rev. E. C. Bolles, D.D., of New
York. Mr. Goodell introduced each speaker with appro-
priate remarks.

A full account of this meeting is to be printed in a sep-
arate pamphlet,

94 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Monday, Apr. 24, 1893.—Rev. G. T. Flanders, D.D.,
of Rockport, lectured on “A Study of Martin Luther.”
The speaker summed up the subject as follows :—Luther
was social, affectionate and fond of relaxation and fun.
Carlyle says,—“one of the most lovable of men, great as
an Alpine mountain, so simple, honest and spontaneous ;
not setting up to be great at all, but here for quite another
purpose than being great.” The lecturer said “Luther’s
system of theology is dying out, but his sturdy blows for
a free Bible and free thought will long ring adown the
ages, and the verdict of the remotest posterity will be that
taken, for all in all he was the grandest man Germany has
produced.” Mr. Flanders gave a comprehensive review of
the famous man’s life, and an analysis of his character.

NEcROLOGY OF MEMBERS.

SamMuEL P. ANpREws, son of John H. and Nancy
(Page) Andrews, was born in Salem, Dec. 8, 1813;
elected a member of the Essex County Natural History
Society, Mar. 12, 1844, and of the Essex Institute, Aug.
10, 1853, and died in Salem, Dec. 31, 1892.

E. Frank Baton, son of Benjamin and Caroline
(Moore) Balch, was born in Salem, Nov. 27, 1842; elect-
ed a member of the Essex Institute, Nov. 18, 1878, and
died in Wenham, Aug. 29, 1892.

GARDNER Barton, son of John and Mary (Webb) Bar-
ton, was born in Salem, July 23, 1815; elected a member
of the Essex Institute, Mar. 8, 1854, and died in Salem,
July 15, 1892.

JaMES EmMERTON, son of James and Hannah (Mansfield)
Emerton, was born in Salem, Oct. 14, 1817; elected a

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 95

member of the Essex Institute, Mar. 8, 1854, and died in
Boston, May 31, 1892.

Mary Exiza Gouxp, daughter of Robert W. and Sarah
(Osgood) Gould, was born in Salem, Oct. 3, 1819 ; elected
a member of the Essex Institute, Nov. 18, 1875, and
died in Salem, Aug. 22, 1892.

Joun T. Mouton, son of Joseph and Relief (Todd)
Moulton, was born in Lynn, Aug. 7, 1838; elected a
member of the Essex Institute, Nov. 18, 1872, and died
in Lynn, Oct. 17, 1892.

NATHANIEL Ropes, son of Nathaniel and Sarah E.
(Brown) Ropes, was born in Cincinnati, O., Jan. 7, 1833 ;
elected a member of the Essex Institute, Feb. 9, 1870,
and died in Salem, Feb. 6, 1893.

Mrs. Nancy M. Sarrorp, widow of James O. Safford,
and daughter of James and Lydia (Eustis) Potter, was
born in Salem, Jan. 23, 1831; elected a member of the
Essex Institute, Jan. 3, 1876, and died in Salem, Mar. 5,
1893.

Dr. Henry WHEATLAND, son of Richardand Martha
(Goodhue) Wheatland, was born in Salem, Jan. 11, 1812;
elected a member of the Essex Historical Society, Sept.
6, 1841, and of the Essex County Natural History Society
in 1834, and died in Salem, Feb. 27, 1893.

Donations or exchanges have been received from the
following sources :
Vol. Pam,
Adams, Charles F., Boston, - - - - - - 1
Adelaide, Royal Society of South Australia, - - - 4
Albany, New York State Library, - - - - - 4 5

96 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Allen, George H., - - - - - - - -
Almy, James F., - - - - - Newspapers,
Alnwick, Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club, - - -
Altenburg, Naturforschende Gesellschaft des Osterlandes,
American Association for the Advancement of Science, -
American Historical Association, - - - - .
Ames, George L., - - - - - - - -
Ames, John G., Superintendent of Woe anilentes Washbing-

ton, D.C., - - - - - - - - -
Amherst Collen - - - - . - - -
Amherst, Massachusetts Agricultural College, - - -
Amherst, Massachusetts State Agricultural Experiment

Station, - - - - - - - - +
Amiens, Société Linnéenne du Nord de la France, - -
Andover Theological Seminary, - - - - -
Andrews, Caroline, - - - - - - - -
Andrews, Mrs. E. A., Lynn, - - - - - -
Andrews, William, and Company, Hull, Eng.,
Archer, Rebecca, - - - - - - - -
Arnold, James W., Providence, R. I., - - - -
Atkins, Francis H., E. Las Vegas, N. M., - . -
Ayer, James B., Boston, - - - . . - .
Balch, Galusha B., Yonkers, N. Y., - - - - -
Baltimore, Md., Johns Hopkins University, - - -
Baltimore, Maryland Academy of Sciences, - - -
Baltimore, Maryland Historical Society, - - - .
Baltimore, Md., Peabody Institute, - - - - -
Barnes, Benjamin §., E. Boxford, - . - - -
Barnes, Francis, Houlton, Me., - - - - - .
Batavia, K. N. Vereeniging in Nederlandsch-Indie, - -
Batchelder, Charles E., Portsmouth, N. H., = - - -
Bates, George A., - - - - - ~ . -
Belfast Naturalists’ Field Club, - - - - -
Bemis, Caroline E., - - - - - Newspapers.
Berkeley, University of California, - - - - -
Berlin, Verein ziir BefOrderung des Gartenbaues - -
Bern, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, - - - -
Blodgette, George B., Rowley, - - . . ~ -
Bodge, Rev. George M., Leominster, . - - -
Bologna, R. Accademia delle Scienze, - - - -
Bonn, Naturhistorischer Verein der preussischen Rhein-

lande und Westphalens, - - - - - -
Bordeaux, Académie Nationale des Sciences, Belles-Let-

tres et Arts, - - . - - - - -

58

eee

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 97

Boston, American Academy of Arts and Sciences, - - 2
Boston, American Congregational Association, - -

Boston Art Club, - - - - - - - -

Boston Board of Health, - - - - - - - 2 1
Boston, Bunker Hill Monument Association, - - - 1
Boston, Church Home for Orphan and Destitute Children, 1
Boston, City of, - - - - - - - - - 4
Boston City Anailote= octet ee oe)
Boston City Hospital, - - - - - - - 1
Boston, Harvard Graduates Magazines’ Association, -
Boston, Home Market Club, - - - Circulars, 10
Boston, Industrial Aid Society for the Prevention of Pau-

perism, . - - - - - - - - - 1
Boston, Massachusetts Charitable Mechanics’ Associa-

tion, - - - - - - - - - -
Boston, Massachusetts Commissioners of Public Records, 3
Boston, Massachusetts General Hospital, - - - - 1
Boston, Massachusetts Historical Society, - - - 2
Boston, Massachusetts Horticultural Society, - - - 2
Boston, Massachusetts Humane Society, - - - - 2
Boston, Massachusetts Medical Society, - - - - 1
Boston, Massachusetts Society for Promoting Agriculture,

. - - - ~ - - - - Circular, 1 1
Boston, Massachusetts State Board of Agriculture, - 2
Boston, Massachusetts State Board of Health, - - 104
Boston, Massachusetts Woman’s Relief Association, SH ie
Boston Museum of Fine Arts, - - - - - - 3
Boston, National Association of Wool Manufacturers, -
Boston Natural History Society, . . - - -
Boston, New England Historic Genealogical Society, -
Boston Public Library, - - - - - - -
Boston School Committee, - - - - - - -
Bostonian Society, - . - - . - . -
Bremen, Naturwissenchaftlicher Verein, - - - -
Brigham, Albert P., Hamilton, N. S.,
Brinton, D. G., Media, Pa., - - - - - -

Bristol Naturalists’ Society, - - - - - - 2
Brooklyn (N. Y.) Library,- = - - - - - - 4
Brooks, Henry M., - ~ - - - - - - 4
Brooks,Mrs. Henry M., - - - - Newspapers, ;
Brookville, Indiana Academy of Science, - - -
Browne, Edward C., - - - - - - . - 97
Briinn, Naturforschender Verein, - - - - - 2
Brunswick, Me., Bowdoin College, - - . - - 2

Core oe

bo

—

— et DO

‘
'
'
‘
Be ON’ ee ee

ee OL

98 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Bruxelles, Société Belge de Microscopie, - - - -
Bruxelles, Société Entomologique de Belgique, - -
Bruxelles, Société Royale Malacologique de Belgique, -
Buenos Aires, Sociedad Cientifica Argentina, - - -
Buffalo (N. Y.) Historical Society, a) Mee hie -
Buffalo (N. Y.) Library. - - - . - - -
Button, William G., - - - - - - = -
Buxton, Charles A., - - - - - - - -
Caen, Académie Nationale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-

Lettres, - - - - - - - - -
Calcutta, Geological Survey of India, - - - -
Calcutta, Indian Museum, - - - - - - -
Cambridge, Harvard University, - - - - -
Cambridge, Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, - - -
Cambridge, Peabody Museum of Archeology and Ethnol-

ogy, - . = = = : = = “= :
Carpenter, Rev. C. C., Andover, - - - - -
Chamberlain, James A., Boston, - - - - -
Champaign, Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History,
Chapel Hill, N. C., Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society, -

Chapman, William O., - - = = = hs 3
Cherbourg, Société Nationale des Sciences Naturelles et
Mathematiques, - - - - = é = S

Chever, Edward E., San Francisco, Cal., - - - -
Chicago (Ill.) Board of Trade, - - -— - mah ty
Chicago (Ill.) Historical Society, - - - - -
Chicago, Ill., Newberry Library, - - - - -
Chicago (Ill.) Public Library, - = - - . - -
Chicago, Ill., Sunset Club, - - - - - - -
Chicago, Ill., University of, - - - - - -
Christiania, Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition, - -
Christiania, Université Royale de Norvége, - - -
Cilley, J. P., Rockland, Me., - - - - - -
Cincinnati, Historical and Philosophical Society of ei:
Cincinnati, Ohio Mechanics’ Institute, - - -
Cincinnati (O.) Public Library, - - . . - -
Cincinnati (O.) Society of Natural History, - - -
Cleveland, Misses M. S. and L. H., - - Newspapers,
Cleveland, O., Western Reserve Historical Society, - -
Cogswell, William, - - - - - - “ -
Cole, Mrs. N. D., Estate of, - - - - - -
Cole, Zachariah, Wenham, - - - - - -
Columbus, Ohio State Archeological and Historical Soci-
ety, - - - - - - . - - -

20

98

— ee

io 2)

_

mm Qe Oe ee DD

142

i

nh pe ed a ee

SP a

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR. 99

Columbus, Ohio Meteorological Bureau, - - - - 2
Columbus, Ohio State Board of Agriculture, - - - 1
Conant, William P., Charleston, S.C., - Newspapers.
Copenhagen, Videnskab Selskabs,_ - - - - - 2
Copenhague, Société Royale des Antiquaires du Nord, - 2
- Cordoba, Academia Nacional de Ciencias, - - - 2
Cousins, Frank, Photographs, - - - - - - 1
Curwen, George R., - - - - - - - - 659 5
Curwen, James B.,_ - - - - - - - - 2 181
Curwen, Mrs. Samuel R., - - - - - - - 72 6
Cutter, Abram E., Boston, - - - - - - 1
Dalrymple, Frank T., - - - ~ - - - a
Danforth, John M., Lynnfield, - - - - - - 40
Danvers Mirror, Publishers of, - - - - - 14
Danvers, Peabody Institute, . - - - - - 1
Danzig, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, - - - - 2
Darmstadt, Verein fiir Erdkunde,_ - - - - - 1
Dayton, W. Hardy, - - - ~ - - - - 1
Dedham Historical Society, - - . - - - 4
Dedham Town Clerk, - - - - - - - 1
Dennett, William H., Beverly, - - - - . . 1
Dennis, William D., - - - - . - - - 1
Detroit (Mich.) Public Library, - - - - - 1
Dodge, Charles C., - - - - - - - + 1
Dorman, John S., Boxford, - . - - - - 36
Dow, George F., Topsfield, - - - - - - 10
Dresden, Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft ‘‘ Isis,” - 2
Dublin, Royal Irish Academy, - - - - - . 1 8
Dublin, Royal Society, . - - . - - - 1 6
Dudley, Dean, Wakefield, - - - - - - . 1
Durant, Edmund, Chelmsford, Eng., - - - - 1
Edes, Henry H., Charlestown, - - - - - - 1 161
Edinburgh Royal Society, - - - - - - - 1
Ellis, Rev. George E., Boston, - - - . - > 1 1
Ellis, John, Philadelphia, Pa., - - . - . - 1
Elmira (N. Y.) Academy of Sciences, - - - - 1
Emden, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, - - - - 2
Erfurt, K. Akademie Gemeiniitziger Wissenschaften, - 1
Erlangen, Physikalisch-Medicinische Gesellschaft, - - 1
Essex Field Club, - . - - - - - - 5
Falmouth, Royal Cornwall Polytechnic Society, - = 1
Felt, C. W., Northborough, - = - Newspapers.
Firenze, Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale, - - - ” 24
Firenze, R. Instituto di Studi Superiori, - - - - 2 4

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXV 14

100 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Folsom, A. A., Brookline, - - - - - - -
Forrester, Louisa, - - - ~ - - - .
Foster, Joseph, Portsmouth, N. H., - - - - -
Frankfurt-a-M., Senckenbergische Naturforschende Ge-
sellschaft, - - - - - - - - -
Frear, William, State College, Pa., - - - - -
Freiburg, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, - - - 7
French, A. D. Weld, Boston, - - - - - -
Galloupe, A. A., Beverly, - - - - - - -
Garman, Samuel, Cambridge, - - - - - -
Gauss, John D.H.,-~ - - - - - Newspapers.
Genéve, Institute National Genevois, - . - -
Georgetown Town Clerk, - - - - ~ - -
Giessen, Oberhessischen Gesellschaft fiir Natur und
Heilkunde, - - - - - - - - -
Gilbert, G. K., Washington, D. C., - - - - -
Gilbert, Shepard D., - - - - - - - -

Gilbert, Mrs. Shepard D., - - - - Newspapers,
Glasgow, Baillies’ Institution, - - - - - -
Glasgow, Natural History Society, - - - - -
Gloucester, City of, - - - - - - - -

Goldthwaite, Mrs. E.H., - - - Newspapers,
Gordon, H. L., Chicago, Ill., - - - . - -
Gottingen, K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, - -
Grand Rapids (Mich.) Public Library, - - - -
Grant, Misses, - - - - - - Newspapers,
Grant, Beatrice, - - . - - - - - -
Granville, O., Denison Scientific Association of Denison

University, - - - - - - - - -
Green, Andrew H., New York, N. Y., - - - -
Green, S. A., Boston, - - - . - - -
Guild, Reuben A., Providence, R. I., ae ee ee
Giistrow, Verein der Freunde der Naturgeschichte, -
Halifax, Nova Scotian Institute, - - - - -
Halle, K. L.-C. Deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher, -
Hamburg, Naturwissenschaftliche Verein, - - -
Hannover, Naturhistorische Gesellschaft, - - .
Harlem, Société Hollandaise des Sciences, ~ . -
Harriman, Hiram N., Georgetown, - - . - -
Harrisburg, Pennsylvania State Library, - - - -
Hart, Charles H., Philadelphia, Pa., - - . - -
Hartford, Connecticut Historical Society, - - .
Hartford, Ctz, Trinity College, - - - - . -
Hassam, John T., Boston, - - - - - - -

et oe
o

43 338

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Hemenway Expedition, Boston, - - - ~ >
Henry, Trustees of Dr. James, Dublin, Ire., - - .
Herrick, C. L., Granville, O., - - - - - -
Higginson, Francis J., Newport, R.1., - - -
Hill, B. D., and W. S. Nevins, - - - - - -
Hoar, George F., Worcester, - - . - - -

Hobart, Government of Tasmania, - < = ~ os
Hobart, Royal Societyof Tasmania,- - - - -
Hobart, Tasmania Government Statistician and Registrar

General, - - z = 2 x a 2 3
Horton, William A., - - - - - ~ = z
Hubon, William P., - "= os - = s. 4
Hunt; fo; - . - - - Newspapers,
Hyde Park Historical Society, - - - - - -
Iowa City, Iowa State Historical Society, - - -
Iowa City, Laboratories of Natural History of State Uni-

versity of Iowa, - - - = = oi =
Ithaca, N. Y., Cornell University, - -* “ = .
Jelly, Mrs. George G., - ~ 2 = = A 5
Jersey City (N. J.) Free Public Library, ieee
Jewett, A. S., Manchester, Chine. es 6a Aa
Johnson, F. W., Nahant, - - - - « “ +
Johnson, Tom L.,_~— - - - io * seo rates 4
Jones, Gardner M., - - - - . Circulars,
Kassel, Verein fiir Naturkunde, - - - = =
Kilham, Mrs. Edward, Beverly, - - - - -
Kimball, Elizabeth H., - “ = F ~ 5 it
Kimball, Mr. and Mrs. G. A., medi - - - -
Kimball, Mrs. James, - - - x» a =
Kimball, James P., Washington, D. C., - - - -
Kimball, Mary A., - - - - ~ we - is
Kingsley, J.S., - - - - = ee “ 4
Kjébenhavn, K. D. Videnskabernes Selskabs, - -
K6nigsberg, Physikalisch-Okonomische Gesellschaft -
Ladd, Gardner P., Groveland, - - - - - ~

Lamson, Frederick, - - - - - Newspapers,
Lancaster Town Library, - ~ - - - - .
Lander, William A., - - - - - - Map,
Lansing, Michigan State Library, - - - - -
Lausanne, Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles, -
Lawrence Public Library, - - . - - =
Lawrence, University of Kansas, + . - - ~
Lea, J. Henry, Fairhaven, - - - - - - -

joo, Brandi Bgl (ie. 2 ce we Be ee

19

61

67
17

10

42

101

—

woorF WORE KE NOME Oe

562

102 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society, - - -
Leiden, Rijks-Universiteit, . - - - . .
Le Mans, Société d’Agriculture, Science, et Arts de la

Sarthe, - - - - eis a - - -
Lewis, Virgil A.;Charleston, W. Va., - - - -
Lincoln, Francis‘H., Boston, - - - . - -
Lincoln, Nebraska State Historical Society,
Lincoln, University of Nebraska, - - ~ - -
Lisboa, Academia Real das Sciencias, ~ - - -
London, Harleian Society, - - - - - -
London Royal Society, - - - - - - -
London, Entomological Society of Ontario,
Longfellow, Horace F., Byfield, - - - - -
Loring, George B., Estateof, - - - Newspapers,
Low, A. Augustus, Brooklyn, N. Y., - - - -
Lund, Université Royale, - - - - - -
Liineburg, Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, - - -
Lyon, Société Linnéenne, - - - - - - -
McGrane, William, - - - - - - - ~
McKee, J. C., Butler, Tenn., - - - - - -
Mackenzie, Harriot, Braemer, Scotland, - - - -
McMullan, Mrs. William, - - - - - - -
Madison, Wisconsin Historical Society, -- ~ - -
Madrid, Observatorio de, - - - - - - .
Madrid, Sociedad Espafiola de Historia Natural, - -
Magee, F. A., Boston, - - . . - - -
Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society, - -

Manning, Richard C., - - - - Newspapers,
Marburg, Gesellschaft zur Beférderung der Gesammten

Naturwissenschaften, - - - - - -
Marshall, Mrs. Hannah, Georgetown, - - - -
Martin, Mrs. H.B., - . - - - Newspapers.

Massachusetts, Secretary of the Commonwealth of, -
Meek, Henry M., - - - - . - - -
Meriden (Ct.) Scientific Association, . . - -
Michigan Agricultural College, . - - - -
Middlebury (Vt.) Historical Society, - - - -
Mighill, Benjamin P., Rowley, - - - . -
Milwaukee (Wis.) Public Museum, - - - - -
Minneapolis, Minnesota Geological and Natural History

Survey, - Th sn - - - - - -
Minneapolis (Minn.) Public Library, - - - -
Montreal Natural History Society, - - - - -
Montreal, Numismatic and Antiquarian Society, -- -

82

10

Pr}

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Morris, Harrison §., Philadelphia, Pa., - - - -
Morse, Edward S., - - - - - . - -
Morse, John G.. - - - - . - - -
Moscou, Société Imperiale des Naturalistes, - - -
Moulton, John T., Lynn, - - - - - . -
Mowry, William A., - - - - - - - -
Miinchen, K.B. Akademie der Wissenschaften, - -
Munster, Westfalischen Provinzial Verein, - - -
Nahant Town Clerk, - - - - - - - -
Napoli, Accademia delle Scienze Fisiche e Matematiche,
Napoli, R. Accademia delle Scienze e Belle Lettre, -
Nashville, Tennessee State Board of Health, - - -
Nelson, Henry M., Georgetown, - - - - -
Nevins, W.S., - - - - - - - - -
Newark, New Jersey Historical Society, - - - -
New Bedford Free Public Library, - - - - -
New Haven, Ct., Yale University, - - - - -
New York (N. Y.) Academy of Sciences, By cet 8
New York, N. Y., American Geographical Society, - -
New York, N. Y., American Metrological Society, - -
Chart,
New York, N. Y., American Museum of Natural History,
New York, N. Y., American Numismatic and Archeologi-
cal Society, - - - - - - -
New York, N. Y., Astor Library, ‘ < - - -
New York (N. Y.) Chamberof Commerce, - -
New York (N. Y.) Genealogical and Biographica.» oci-
OEY) ie I ee) eae as :
New York (N. Y.) Historical Society, - - -
New York, N. Y., Linnean Society of, - -
New York (N. Y.) Mercantile Library Association,
New York (N. Y.) Microscopical Society, - -
New York, N. Y., Scientific Alliance of, - - - -

Nichols, John H., - - - - - Newspapers.
Nichols, Mrs. M. A., Estate of, - - - Newspapers,
North Andover, Town of, - - - - - -.
Nourse, Dorcas C.,_ - - - - - Newspapers,

Nurnberg, Naturhistorische Gesellschaft, - - -
Oberlin (O.) College, - Cy 8 aN at a lh
Odell, Charles, - - - - - - te 3 e
Oliver, Mrs. Grace A., - - - - Newspapers,
Oliver, Mrs. Susan L., Boston,- - - - - =
Osgood, Charles S., - - - - = “ = £
Ottawa, Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada,

36

103

—
©
KE NQoR

—!
Ce KS DDR

104 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Ottawa, Royal Society of Canada, - - - - -
Palermo, R. Accademia di Scienze, Lettre e Belli Arti,

Palfray, Charles W., - - - - - Newspapers,
Palo Alto, Cal., Leland Stanford Junior University, -
Paris, Journal de Conchyliologie, - - - - -
Paris, Société d’Anthropologie, - . - - -
Paris, Société des Etudes Historiques, - - - -
Paris, Société Nationale d’Acclimatation, - - -
Peabody Institute, Peabody, - - - - - -
Peele, Julius, Danvers, - - - - - - -
Peet, Rev. S. D., Avon, Il., - - - - . -
Perkins, Anna F., - - - - - - - -
Perkins, George A., - - - - - - - -
Perkins, William, Topsfield, - - - . - -
Perley, Sidney, - - - - - - - - -
Philadelphia, Pa., Academy of Natural Sciences, - -
Philadelphia, Pa., American Catholic Historical Society,
Philadelphia, Pa., American Philosophical Society, -
Philadelphia, Historical Society of Pennsylvania, - -
Philadelphia, Pa., Indian Rights Association, - - -
Philadelphia, Pa., Library Company of, - - - .
Philadelphia, Pa., Numismatic and Antiquarian Society,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Arts, +
Philadelphia, Pa., Wagner Free Institute of Science, -
Philadelphia, Pa., Zodlogical Society of, - . .
Philbrick, Misses Elizaand Helen, - we, ie - -
Phillips, Stephen H., - - - - Newspapers,
Phillips, Willard b., North Andover, - Newspapers,
Phippen, George D., - - - - - + -
Pickering, Mrs. John, - - . - - - -
Pierce, Mrs., Henry, - - - - - - -
Pinkerton, Robert A. and William A., New York, N. Y.,
Pool, Wellington, Wenham, - - - - - -
Poole, William F., Chicago, Il., - - - - -

Poore, Alfred, - - - - - - Newspapers.
Pope, Albert A., Boston, - - - = 2 - 5
Porter, Rev. Aaron, - = “ 2 : * - :

Porter, Rev. Edward G., Lexington, - - - -
Portland, Maine Eye and Ear Infirmary, - - -
Portland, Maine Historical Society, - - - -
Portland (Me.) Society of Natural History,
Princeton, N. J., E. M. Museum of Geology and Archeol-

ogy, - - 5 = 3 7m : : - z
Providence, R. I., Brown University, + ~- -

36

_

567

coe A lel

23

- =~ Oe

~
be oo

51
56

me eR Oo Re CO OD OF

——

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Providence, R. I., City of, - - - - - - -
Providence (R. I.) Public Library, - - - =e $
Providence (R. I.) Record Commissioners, - - -
Providence, Rhode Island Historical Society, - - -
Putnam, Rey. A. P., Concord, - - - - - -
Putnam, Eben, - - - - - - - - -
Putnam, F. W., Cambridge, - - - Newspapers,
Putnam, George A., Andover, - - - - - -
Quebec, Literary and Historical Society of, - - -
Quebec, L’Université Laval, . - - - -
Queensland Branch of. more Geographical Seicues of

Australasia, - - - . - - - -
Rantoul, Robert S., - - - - - - - -
Rayner, Robert, Cambridge, - - - Newspapers.
Read, Mrs. Warren A., - - - - - - -
Regensburg, Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, - - -
Richmond, Virginia Historical Society, - - - -
Riga, Naturforschende Verein, - - - - - -
Roberts, Martha L., - - - . - Newspapers.
Robinson, John, - - - - - - - -
Rochester (N. Y.) Historical Society, - - - .
Roma, Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale Vittorio Emanuele,
Sacramento, California State Library, - - - -
St. Gallen, Naturwissenchaftliche Gesellschaft, - -
St. John, Natural History Society of New Brunswick,
St. Louis (Mo.) Academy of Science, - - - .
St. Louis (Mo.) Mercantile Library Association, - -
St Louis, Missouri Botanical Garden, - - - -
St.Louis (Mo.) Public Library, - - - - -
St.Paul, Minnesota Historical Society, - - - .
St.Pétersbourg, Académie Imperiale des Sciences, -
St.Petersburg, Imperial Botanical Garden, - -
St. Pétersbourg, Société Entomologique de Russie, -

Salem, Asiatic National Bank, - - - Newspapers.
Salem Associated Charities, - - “ “ . <
Salem Billiard Club, - - - - = . ~ S

Salem Classicaland High School, - - - - -
Salem, First National Bank - . . - - -
Salem, Five Cents Savings Bank. - - = “ Z
Salem, Peabody Academy of Science, - Circulars,
Salem Press Publishing and Printing ese nes - -
Salem Public Libyary, - - - - ee
Saltonstall, Leverett, Boston, - - - - - -
San Francisco, California Academy of Sciences, - -

21
55

105

10

no

106 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

San Francisco (Cal.) Board of Supervisors, - - -
San Francisco (Cal.) Free Public Library, - - -
Santiago, Société Scientifique du Chili, - - - -
’*S Gravenhage, Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeni-

ging, - - - - = - é z = S
Savannah, Georgia Historical Society, - - - -
Shufeldt, R. W., Washington, D. C., - - - -
Silsbee, Miss, - - - - - - - - -
Skinner, John B., - - es 7 i = Ee ie
Smith, Benjamin G., Cambridge, - - - - -
Smith, Edward A.,_ - - - - - a 3 te
Smith, Erwin F., Washington, D. C., - - - -
Smith, Mary B., Wellesley Hillis, - - - - -
Spofford, George M., Georgetown, - - - - -
Springfield City Library Association, - - - -
Stephens, W. Hudson, Lowville, N. Y., - - - -
Stickney, George A.D.,—- - - - - - -
Stimpson, J. W., New York, N. Y., - - - -
Stimpson, T. M., - - - - - Newspapers.
Stock, Elliot, London, Eng.,_ - - - - - -
Stockholm, Entomologische Féreningen, - - ~ -
Stone, Arthur R., ~ - - . - - - -
Stone, Ellen A., East Lexington, + - Newspapers.
Stone, William, - - - - - - - - -
Sydney, Linnean Society of New South Wales, - -
Sydney, Royal Society of New South Wales, - - -
Tacoma (Wash.) Academy of Science, - = - - -
Taunton, Old Colony Historical Society, - - - .
Taunton, Somersetshire Archeological and Natural His-

tory Society, - - - . - - - -
Thayer, Rev. George A., Cincinnati, O., - - - -
Throndhjen, K. Norske Videnskabers Selskabs, - -
Tilley, R. H., Newport,R.I.,~ - - - - - .
Tilton, John P., - - - - - - Newspapers,
Tokio, Imperial University of Japan, - - - -
Topeka, Kansas State Historical Society, - - -
Topsfield Town Library, - - - - - - -
Toronto, Canadian Institute, - - - . - -
Treat, J. Harvey, Lawrence, - - - - - -
Trenton, New Jersey State Library, - - -
Tromso Museum, - - - “ ” - - -
Tuck, J. D., Beverly, - - - - - - -
Turner, J. Horsfall, Bradford, Eng., - - - -
Turner, Ross, - - ~ - ~ Newspapers,

tb

12

—_
KK Oo = = — OCR

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

- Board on Geographic Names,
- Bureau of Education, - - = e 4 ?
.Coast and GeodeticSurvey, - - - - -
. Commissioner of Pensions, - - = a :
- Comptroller of Currency,- - - - - -
- Department of Agriculture, - - Z = Fe
- Department of Interior, - = .. zs s :
- Department of State, - 2 = 2 s Re
Director of the Mint, - - = = = 4
Fish Commission, - - - - * - =

-Geological Survey, - - - - =~ Map,
- Interstate Commerce Commission, - . - -
Judge-Advocate-General, - ~ - - - -

Life-Saving Service, - - = < - s
- National Museum, - - - 2 = 2 z.
. Naval Observatory, - - - - - 3
. Patent Office, - - z = e = ‘ ks
Quartermaster-General, - = 3 2 é 2
. Surgeon-General, - - - = = = cy
. Treasury Department, - - - - 2 +
War Department, - - - - a L S
-. Weather Bureau, - - - - & 4 x
Upham, William P., Newtonville, - ~ “ a ‘
Utica, N. Y., Oneida Historical Society, - Circulars.
Ward, Mrs. Mary G., - - - - Newspapers,
Waring, George E., Jr., Newport, R. I., - - - -
Waring, Chapman and Farquhar, Newport, R. Ry 5 -
Warren County Library, Monmouth, IIl., - - -
Washington, D. C., Anthropological Society, - -
Washington, D. C., Microscopical Publishing Company,
Washington, D. C., Smithsonian Institution, - . -
Waters, Charles R., - “ Fs Ps a pe . 3

ddddddddddddadadadadad
RANMNNARNARNANANANAARNAANDRHRARAARR

Waters, E.S., Minneapolis, Minn., - - Newspapers,
Waters, Henry F., - - - - - Newspapers.
Waters, William C., - . - - . - -

Waterville, Me., Colby Hoftarsity:
Watson, S. M., Portland, Me., - - - - “ ~

Welch, William L., - - - - - Newspapers,
Wenham Town Clerk, - - - - - ~ -
Wheatland, Elizabeth, - . - - Newspapers.
Wheatland, Henry, - - - - Newspapers,
Whipple, George M., - - 28 - Newspapers,
Whipple, Prescott, - . . - - Newspapers,
White Plains, N. Y., Westchester County Historical Soci-

ety, =; . _ = - > = = - ~

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. Xxv 15

Co =

96

881

107

bo

56

11
26

_

—
MOD Re Ree ED

108 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Whitmore, Charlotte, Boston, - - - -

- - 9
Whitney, Benjamin C., - - - - - Z < 2
Whitney, Mrs. H. M., North Andover, Mass., Newspapers, 9°
Wien, K. K., Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellschaft, - 4
Wien, Verein zur Verbreitung Naturwissenschaftlicher

Kenntnisse, - - - - - - - - - 1
Wiesbaden, Nassauischer Verein fiir Naturkunde, -. - 1
Willson, Rev. E. B., - - - - - - - - 2 182
Winsor, Justin, Cambridge, - - = Fe pe E 37
Woods, Mrs. Kate Tannatt, - - - Newspapers, 2 11
Woodward, P. H., Hartford, Ct., - - Newspapers, 2 1
Worcester, American Antiquarian Society, - - - 129 701
Worcester, Society of Antiquity, ~ - - - - 2
Wright, Frank V., Hamilton, - - - Newspapers, 60
Wright, W. H. K., Plymouth, Eng., - - - - 3
Wurzburg, Physikalisch-Medicinische Gesellschaft, - : 23
Zurich, Naturforschende Gesellschaft, - - - - 4

The following have been received from editors and publishers :

American Journal of Education. Nation.

American Journal of Science. Naturalists’ Leisure Hour and
American Naturalist. Monthly Bulletin.
Beverly Citizen. Nation.

Cape Ann Advertiser. New England Magazine.
‘Chicago Journal of Commerce. Open Court.

Danvers Mirror. Peabody Press.
Georgetown Advocate.. Peabody Reporter.

Groton Landmark. Salem Gazette.

Home Market Bulletin. Salem News.

Iowa Churchman. Salem Observer.

Lawrence American. Salem Register.

Learner and Teacher. Traveler’s Record.

Lyceum Herald. Voice.

Musical Record. Zoologischer Anzeiger.

The donations to the cabinets during the year number
eleven hundred and seventy-three, from the following one
hundred and twenty-seven donors:

Allen, Misses. Humphreys, Edwin, Danversport.
Alien, Charles D., Hartford, Ct. Hunt, T. F.
Allen, George H. Johnson, Samuel A.

Ames, George L. Johnson, Thomas H.

THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Archer, Rebecca.

Arvedson, George.

Averill, A. A.

Bowditch, Mrs. Anstiss G.

Brooks, Alice F.

Brooks, Henry M.

Brooks, Mrs. Henry M.

Brooks, Jenny.

Brown, Arthur H.

Brown, Theodore.

Casey, James C.

Chamberlain, James A., Boston.

Cherrington, L. J.

Clarke, S. Bartlett.

Cleveland, Mary S. and Lucy H.

Cogswell, William.

Cogswell, Mrs. William.

Cole, Mrs. N. D., Estate of.

Cousins, Frank.

Dodge, Mrs. G. B., Hamilton.

Doherty, E. W., Marblehead.

Donaldson, James.

Emerson, Henry L., Wilton, N. H.

Farrell, H. F. E.

Flint, Mrs. H. O.

Forrester, Louisa.

Goldthwaite, Mrs. C.

Goldthwaite, Mrs. E. H.

Goodell, Zina.

Gould, W. H. H.,Washington,D.C.

Gove, William H.

Grant, Misses.

Grant, Beatrice.

Hale, Henry A.

Henderson, Daniel.

Holt, George S., Farmington, Ct.

Phippen, George D.

Porter, Rey. Aaron.

Prince, Miss K. E., Northampton.

Putnam, Eben.

Putnam, Frederic W., Cambridge.

Rantoul, Robert S.

Rea, Charles E.

Reid, Rev. Lewis H., Hartford,
Ct.

109

Jones, Gardner M.

Jones, Nahum, Warwick.

Kearney, King H.

Kendall, Edith, Brookline.

Kimball, Elizabeth.

Kimball, Mary A.

Lamson, Frederick.

Lander, M. Louisa.

Lander, William A.

Lander, Mrs. William A.

Lewis, Samuel, Heirs of.

Lewis, Samuel A.

Loring, Mrs. George B.

Meek, Henry M.

Merritt and Company.

Morse, Edith O.

Morse, Edward S.

Mowry, William A.

Moulton, H. A., Wenham.

Moulton, J. C.

Narbonne, Mary A.

Nevins, W. S.

Nichols, Isaiah.

Nichols, John H.

Nourse, Dorcas.

Oliver, Mrs. S. C.

Osgood, Joseph B. F.

Parker, Anna E. L., Boston.

Payson, Edward H.

Peabody Academy of Science.

Peabody, Mrs. 8. Endicott.

Perkins, Anna F.

Perkins, Thomas.

Philbrick, Helen and Eliza.

Phillips, Willard P., North Ando-
ver.

Tilley, R. H., Newport, R. I.

Touret, B. E.

Treadwell, J. R.

Treat, John H., Lawrence.

Turner, Ross.

Upton, J. Warren, Peabody.

Waters, E. Stanley, Minneapolis,
Minn.

Waters, William C.

110 THE RETROSPECT OF THE YEAR.

Robinson, John.

Ropes, Sarah.

Russell, Thomas W., Hartford,
Ct.

Russell, William.

Sadler, Mrs. Charles J.

Salem Evening News.

Salem Water Board.

Saunders, Mary T.

Smith, A. A.

Smith, Edward A.

Smith, Sarah E.

Spencer, John E.

Starr, Frank F., Middletown, Ct.

Stickney, Walter J.

Stowers, Mrs. Sarah B.

Sullivan, Frank.

Watson, Mrs. Jane M., Lynn.

Webb, Arthur N.

Welch, William L.

Wheatland, Elizabeth.

Wheatland, Henry.

Whipple, George M.

Whipple, Mrs. George M.

Whipple, Prescott.

Whittridge, Charles E.

Willson, Rev. E. B.

Winn, Frank M.

Woodbridge, William E., Wash-
ington, D. C.

Woods, Mrs. Kate T.

Wright, Frank V., Hamilton.

Wright, Misses L. A. and_L.IP.,
Topsfield.

et nt et i ee

BULLETIN

OF THE

SOS eae LIN Se a.

Vou. 25 Sartem: Ocr., Nov., Dec., 1893. Nos. 10, 11, 12.

GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES.
No. 6.

On THE OCCURRENCE OF AUGITE? AND NEPHELINE®
SYENITES IN Essex County, Mass.

BY JOHN H. SEARS.

(Curator of Geology and Mineralogy, Peabody Academy of Science, Salem.)

In a short paper by Dr. M. E. Wadsworth on the pres-
ence of syenite and gabbro in Essex County, Massachu-
setts, published in the Geological Magazine (Decade 3,
Vol. 2, No. 5, 1885), Dr. Wadsworth says : — “ Much
of the eastern coast of Essex County, Massachusetts, ex-
tending from Salem to a point beyond West Manchester,
has been found by the writer to be occupied by a typical

1 This paper forms a more complete report of geological and mineralogical notes
No. 5 (Bulletin of the Essex Institute, Vol. XXv, 1892),

2 Augite-syenite, Vom Rath. This term was introduced by Vom Rath for aclass
of rocks occurring near Predazzo in the Tyrol.

% Nepheline-syenite, Brégger. Nepheline and augite syenites of Norway. (Die
Silurischen Etagen 2-3.)

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXV 16 (111)

113 GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES.

syenite of a reddish and grayish color, which in its macro-
scopic characters appears to be identical with that from
Plauen’schen Grund, Saxony. The syenite in places con-
tains much biotite, and also near West Manchester, quartz
grains (segregations?). This syenite is often cut by
dykes of a fine grained grayish syenite, which hold the
same relation to the syenite proper as the micro-granite
dykes do to the granite of the region, and hence, for con-
venience of description, the rock ot the syenite dykes may
be styled micro-syenite.

A careful study of the rocks of Cape Ann made during
the past three years has led to certain conclusions, which
are presented in the following pages, together with their
macroscopical, microscopical and micro-chemical analyses
and the extent of the principal outcrops and the general
trend of the whole rock-mass.”

I. DESCRIPTION OF THE ROCK-MASS AT THE VARIOUS
OUTCROPS.

This rock is distinctly plutonic in the coarse massive
granitic areas, while in the finer granitic forms it has all
the characters of eruptive flows when viewed on the sur-
face of the outcrops, but an examination of sections in
some of the deserted quarries shows that these flows were
due to local variations of the plutonic magma. Probably
this is the micro-syenite of Dr. Wadsworth. There are
dyke forms, which are intrusive in the hornblende-grani-
tite of the region. The syenite rock varies in color from
reddish and bluish to all shades of gray and light green,
as seen in fresh specimens taken beneath the surface, while
on the surface it is weathered to a dull reddish gray. In
all cases the rock mass in fresh unaltered specimens con-
sists of a compact tough aggregate of well crystallized
minerals in which long aspartic feldspar crystals are

etm

PEPE Kee

ae

_——— SS

ar a ee ee ee aes

GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES. 113

more or less thickly scattered. In some of the outcrops
these crystals are tabular, so that there is a conspicuous
development of the clinopinacoid plane, giving the surface
a decided porphyritic appearance, while in other places
crystals showing the basal plane are more abundant, giv-
ing the surface of the rock-mass a distinctly tessellated
appearance.

II. MACROSCOPICAL CHARACTERS.

The rock in the hand specimen is extremely variable.
Specimens from the southern end of West beach, from
West Manchester and from Winter island are of a decided-
ly coarse well crystallized felspathic rock with a little horn-
blende and biotite. Numerous specimens from various
outcrops in Salem, Beverly, Essex, Manchester and Glou-
cester of the more typical rock are all of a decidedly simi-
lar type, being composed of coarse well crystallized
minerals, the recognizable ones being orthoclase, pyroxene,
hornblende, biotite, magnetite and a little quartz. The
color of these specimens isa grayish green. At other out-
crops, as on the hill in the city of Gloucester, which is
used for the purpose of road building, at Powder House
hill in Essex, at a cutting on the road side in Lanesville,
opposite Young avenue, and at Poor House hill in Beverly,
this rock is of a dark green color, almost black, which,
if examined with the pocket lens and with the usual field
apparatus could only be considered a porphyritic pyroxene-
hornblende rock. At Thompsonville in Essex, and ex-
tending to the Loaf on Coffin’s beach and nearly the whole
length of the Squam river, there are varieties of the augite-
syenite rock. Other outcrops are found at Wheeler’s
Point, Pierce’s island, Rust’s island, and by the roadside
towards Coflin’s beach in West Gloucester, and also in the
cellar of the Russia cement works in West Gloucester. At

114 GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES.

these outcrops the rock is granitic in character and con-
tains considerable quartz with hornblende and _ biotite.
The porphyritic feldspar is often quite fresh and glassy
and therefore this rock, or the series of outcrops last men-
tioned, if studied by themselves in the field, would have
every appearance of fine-grained hornblende-granitites.
Several outcrops in Beverly and Essex, which are of the same
type, are seen to be varieties of the augite-syenite group.
Another phase of these rocks, as observed in the field, is in
the form of massive flows of the micro-syenite previously
mentioned. Certain outcrops of this form are seen at
Conomo, Essex, Blind brook, Braywood, West Gloucester,
at the hill south of the Cape Ann forge works, and ex-
tending to the outcrop used for road building by the city
of Gloucester. Another extensive outcrop is seen from
Rocky Neck, East Gloucester, extending across Pleasant
avenue and East Main street to Bass Rocks, near the cor-
ner of Fair View avenue and again on Salt island, Briar
Neck and Emerson’s point, Rockport, and extending to
Gap Head in the village of Rockport are seen tongues and
veins of this same flow structure. Smaller masses from
ten or twelve feet long and half as wide to as many rods
in length and width, are seen on all parts of the area cov-
ered by these syenites. There are also several intrusive
dyke rocks which must be classed as rocks of more recent
age than the mass of this augite-syenite, one of which
proves to bea phonolite dyke rock of the type called by
Rosenbusch,' tinguaite. This dyke cuts the hornblende
granitite 200 yards southwest of Singing beach, Manches-
ter. On the surface this rock has weathered to a dull
whitish gray with numerous porphyritic feldspar crystals
standing out upon it. In the fresh rock the color isa
greasy olive green, in texture it is very compact and ex-

1 Min. Phys., Vol. 01, p. 627.

me, ae

en

GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES. 115.

ceedingly tough. Two forms of porphyritic crystals are
seen, one glassy, long, lath-shaped and the other dull,
white and hexagonal.

III. THE MICROSCOPICAL STRUCTURE.

Thin sections of the phonolite dyke rock, when studied
under the microscope in polarized light, show that it is
composed of some crystals of sodalite, hexagonal in out-
line, and numerous long irregular feldspar phenocrysts
which are sometimes in Carlsbad twins with a quite fine
multiple twinning and in one section the double twinning
of the microline structure. Several of the feldspar crys-
tals have a perfect, square, cross-section which is very
noticeable and suggests a resemblance to the anorthoclase
phenocrysts which were described in my paper on kerato-
phyre’ from Marblehead Neck. Micro-chemical tests of
this feldspar in hydro-fluosilicic acid give, upon evapora-
tion of the acid, equal numbers of crystals of sodium
(Na,O) and potassium (K,O), but with no calcium
(Ca O); sp. gr. 2.572°to 2.58. The analysis of the
anorthoclase feldspars in the keratophyre rock which was
made at the laboratory of the U. S. Geol. Surv. at Wash-
ington by Dr. Thomas Chatard gives K, O, 6.98; Na, O,
6.56. This micro-chemical test, therefore, shows that the
feldspar in this phonolite rock is very near if not chemi-
cally equal to anorthoclase. The hexagonal outlines of
the sodalite phenocrysts are isotropic and the mineral
gelatinizes readily with acid which upon evaporation gives
an abundance of common salt crystals. There are also
some crystals of green augite and brown hornblende, one
of the outline hornblende crystals being filled with minute
crystals of egirine. The holo-crystalline ground mass is

4 1 Bulletin of Museum of Comparative Zodlogy at Harvard College, Geological
Series, Vol. U, June, 1890,

116 GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES.

composed of feldspars and feebly polarizing nepheline in
a nearly complete felting of egirine crystals and grains,
some of which sink to the finest dust. These egirine
grains are so abundant in the feldspars of the ground-mass
that the specific gravity of the feldspar in the rock pow-
der, even after passing through the 100 sieve, vould not
be clearly made out, but with the inclusions of egirine it
was as low as 2.59. This rock powder gelatinized readily
with acid and, upon evaporation, an abundance of gypsum
crystals appeared, thus characterizing some of the minerals
in the ground-mass as belonging to the hauyne group. In
a communication received at a late date (June 17), from
Prof. H. Rosenbusch, in relation to this rock he says:
“Specimen No. 4 is a very good representation of the dyke
rocks which I have called tinguaite. Phenocrysts of
orthoclase in scarce quantity are disseminated in a holo-
crystalline mass of feldspar, nepheline and augite. I feel
very sure there may be some lucite in it, but I did not
succeed in proving it until to-day.” The letter is dated
June 6, 1893. With this determination the phonolite dyke
rock would, therefore, be a lucite-tinguaite.

The microscopical structure of the typical augite-syenite
from various outcrops is as follows :—Thin sections pre-
pared from specimens collected in an old quarry on the W.
D. Pickmanestateat Beverly Cove ; numerous large porphy-
ritic crystals of microcline-microperthite,’ some multiple
twinned plagioclase, probably labradorite, much orthoclase,
augite in two forms, one in large ragged crystals, and the
other in long needle-shaped crystals enclosed in the feld-
spars as microliths, numerous small ragged crystals of
eegirine, some brown hornblende, red biotite in large

1 This form of feldspar is characteristic of Professor Brégger’s microline-mi-
croperthite in the augite-syenite rocks of Norway.— Biégger, Min. der Syenite Py.,
p. 627.

GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES. 117

patches, numerous perfect zircon crystals, fine sections of
nepheline, some apatite and magnetite with a ground-mass
of thin films of quartz.

Sections prepared from the outcrop on the east side
of Briscoe Hill in Beverly are of similar composition,
but contain in addition olivine and titanite. Atthe ledge
used for road building purposes on Poor House hill, Bev-
erly, there are two well marked forms. One is rich in
hornblende, contains little augite and has much quartz,
not only as a ground-mass but also as distinct patches with
fine large crystals of microcline-microperthite (the soda-
microcline of Professor Brégger), some egirine crystals,
apatite and magnetite. The other is rich in augite, still
having considerable quartz, some hornblende, biotite,
segirine and nepheline. The first, except for the egirine
and microcline-microperthite, would be classed as_horn-
blende-granitite. The other is nearly if not quite like the
typical augite-syenite. In this last a vein of pyrrhotite
of a rich yellow bronze color is seen which carries a small
percentage of nickel. Molybdenite also occurs in this
outcrop.

Several thin sections of the rock in the massive outcrop
near Magnolia Station, and in the railroad cutting one hun-
dred yards east ofthe station, when studied with the polariz-
ing microscope, were found to be composed of microcline-
microperthite, well twinned plagioclase, orthoclase, augite,
green hornblende, red biotite, zircons, apatite, fine sec-
tions of titanite, much magnetite, some limonite, nepheline
and isotropic sections of sodalite which gelatinized readily
with hydrochloric acid. Some sections also contained regu-
lar crystals of hypersthene and some well formed crystals
of olivine, and in one of the sections there were large patches
of eleolite. The color of the whole rock mass in fresh
hand specimens is dark grayish and green. This rock is

.

118 GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES.

thus shown to be quite distinct from any member of elxo-
lite-zircon-syenite group heretofore described, inasmuch
as it contains hypersthene and olivine without a glassy
ground-mass, and it is equally distinct from the typical
augite-syenite of Vom Rath. We, therefore, have a dis-
tinct variety in this Magnolia outcrop. Sections from the
Lanesville outcrop opposite Young avenue contain olivine.
In some of the sections serpentine has developed in the
cleavage cracks and some of the feldspars have the micro-
scopical characters common to anorthoclase, extinguishing
by sections and in patches. This is the soda-microcline
of Professor Brégger (Zeitschrift fiir Krystallographie, Vol.
XVI, page 261). One section shows multiple twinned al-
bite intergrows directly across the twinned microcline, giv-
ing it a very beautiful appearance when seen in polarized
light. This form is characteristic of Professor Brégger’s
microcline-microperthite in the augite-syenite rocks of Nor-
way. There are also numerous irregular fragments of
egirine and a few small triangular patches of nepheline
with a ground-mass of quartz as a cement.

At the augite-syenite outcrop in Brace’s Cove, East
Gloucester, and by the roadside on the sand beach near the
Niles farm buildings, on the southwest side of Eastern
point, the large, almost perfect tabular feldspar crystals
give this rock a very striking appearance. The microscopic
structure of thin sections, when studied with the polarizing
microscope, gives the following minerals in its composition :
much augite, green hornblende, glaucophane and chlorite
as secondary products in the decomposition of the horn-
blende, microliths of sgirine, one characteristic crystal of
hypersthene, magnetite, limonite, numerous zircon and
apatite crystals, orthoclase, microcline-microperthite, some
plagioclase, and a little quartz as the ground-mass. The
large tabular porphyritic crystals of feldspar are micro-

GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES. 119

cline-microperthite.. The outcrop of this augite-syenite,
in the marsh near the poor farm, used by the city of Glou-
cester for road making, is of a very dark color and a
macroscopical examination would indicate it to be diorite,
but the microscopical structure, as seen in thin sections,
shows it to be composed of augite, wgirine, hornblende,
limonite, some biotite, orthoclase, microcline-microper-
thite, zircons, apatite, magnetite and a little quartz as a
cement in the ground-mass, thus making the rock a typical
augite-syenite. Numerous thin sections have been pre-
pared from all parts of the outcrops of this augite-syenite
described above. In specimens from the corner of War-
ner and Prospect streets in the city of Gloucester, the mi-
croscopical structure is quite characteristic of this rock
mass. They all contain augite, egirine, titanite, micro-
cline-microperthite with some quartz. Some of the sections
contain nepheline and one section contains an excess of the
fine multiple twinned albite (sp. gr. 2.63). There is more
or less orthoclase, hornblende, biotite and magnetite with
crystals of zircon and apatite as inclusions in the feldspars,
showing this rock mass to be a nearly typical augite-syen-
ite.

From the area mapped as diorite (9th Annual Report
of the United States Geological Survey : Geology of Cape
Ann by Prof. N. S. Shaler) in Gloucester and the islands
in Squam river, I have collected specimens from every
outcrop. These have been carefully studied and compared
with known types of the augite-syenite group from other
parts of the region and, after making thorough micro-
scopic analyses of numerous thin sections, I am convinced
that these outcrops are phases of the augite-syenite rock.
The microscopical structure, when studied from thin sec-
tions in polarized light, shows these outcrops to be com-
posed of augite-syenite minerals, microcline-microperthite

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXV 17

120 GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES.

and the soda-microcline which are characteristic minerals
described by Professor Brégger as occurring in the augite-
syenite rocks of Norway. Thin sections prepared from
specimens collected on Pierce’s island in Squam river have
the following mineral composition: Nos. 1, 2, 3, contain
numerous patches of red biotite, hornblende and augite,
in perfect crystal form, microcline, orthoclase, microcline-
microperthite, microliths of egirine, and numerous inclu-
sions of zircons, apatite and magnetite, the whole cemented
in a coarse ground mass of quartz. Thin sections pre-
pared from specimens collected in an old and deserted
quarry on the northeast side of this island are much
more porphyritic. The larger crystals are always micro-
cline-microperthite (sp. gr. 2.60 to 2.64). One of the
sections has fine crystals of titanite and the quartz is in
thinner films as a ground-mass or cement, otherwise the
minerals are of a similar character to Nos. 1, 2, 3, except
that no egirine was detected. Specimens were collected
from various outcrops along Essex avenue and Concord
street to a point near Coffin’s beach, West Gloucester.
Sections, from an outcrop on the side of the road to Coffin’s
beach, near a deserted quarry in West Gloucester, are of a
fine grained rock, slightly porphyritic, with an abundance
of biotite, perfect well twinned crystals of albite, much
microcline in large irregular patches, microcline-microper-
thite, hornblende, augite and titanite, some of the ortho-
clase feldspars having areas of micropegmetite. From
the great abundance of biotite in this rock mass it may be
locally called biotite-augite-syenite (sp. gr. of feldspars
in this rock 2.57 to 2.62). Thin sections from the augite-
syenite outcrop at Wheeler’s point, Gloucester and extend-
ing to Goose Cove, Annisquam and Bay View, give the
microscopic structure as follows :—Nos. 1, 2, Wheeler’s
point, numerous large porphyritic crystals of microcline-

GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES. 121

microperthite, albite and orthoclase, good crystals of au-
gite, hornblende, sgirine ; numerous crystals of titanite,
some biotite, magnetite, a little quartz, some crystals of
apatite and zircons. No. 3, section from Goose Cove, is
the same as the last except that it does not contain egirine.
Nos. 4, 5, 6, sections from Bay View quarries, contain
more augite and egirine. In one section, No. 5, there is
a complete felting of these egirine crystals which sink to
the finest dust as inclusions in the microcline-microper-
thite, giving the rock a deep green color. Several thin
sections, prepared from specimens collected in East Wen-
ham, Essex, Conomo Point and on Cross’ island, have the
same microscopical structure but are more nearly of the
typical augite-syenite. Thin sections from outcrop at Co-
nomo point are nearly the same as from the outcrop at
Lanesville except that they contain diallage instead of ol-
ivine, and sections from the massive outcrop at Powder
House hill in the village of Essex contain long acicular
crystals of brown acmite instead of the usual egirine found
in the various outcrops of the augite syenite.

Another phase of the augite-syenite rocks is found in
the flow structures previously mentioned. When studied
from thin sections under the microscope in polarized light
they are seen to be different in structure from any variety
previously described. The mineralsare largely microcline-
microperthite, orthoclase and albite. These are by the ad-
dition of quartz grains again broken up into a micropegme-
tite forminga beautiful mosaic. Other minerals are augite,
titanite, hornblende, biotite, hexagonal sections of sodalite,
numerous zircons, some colorless garnets and magnetite.
In some of the sections there are fine masses of glauco-
phane a probable decomposition product of hornblende.
One section has microliths of egirine in the orthoclase and
larger quartz grains. When preparing the preliminary

122 GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES.

paper ( Geological and Mineralogical Notes No. 5), I con-
sidered part of this formation to be a granophyre. In the
microscopical investigation made of loose grains of all
these augite-syenites, the specific gravity of the feldspars
in the crushed rock, as passed through the 90 sieve and
separated in the Thoulet solution, has been obtained of all
the specimens from which these microscopic sections have
been prepared, giving the same general result, as deter-
mined by the Westphal balance, 2.65 for the quartz and
some albite, 2.57 for the microcline and orthoclase ; lighter
minerals ranging between 2.55 for nepheline and 2.28
for sodalite have been found.

IV. THE EXTENT AND TREND OF THE WHOLE SERIES
OF THESE SYENITES.

The trend of these syenites in Essex County, Mass., is
from southwest to northeast. The most distant south-
western outcrop observed is in Lynnfield Centre, near
Pilling’s pond, in an old railroad quarry. From this point,
across Peabody to Salem and Marblehead, and, extending
across {Salem harbor, it is seen on the shore line, in con-
nection with the eleolite-zircon-syenite, from Beverly to
the Singing beach and Eagle head in Manchester. From
here to the railroad cutting at Magnolia it is continuous and
crossing the great Magnolia swamp it is seen againat West
Gloucester, in the city of Gloucester, at Eastern point and
the islands and rocks known as Bemo ledge, Salt island,
Milk and Thatcher’s islands and the Salvages outside of
Pigeon Cove, Rockport. It also occupies part of the main
land, one outcrop being the so-called black granite of
the Rockport Granite Company’s quarries, and numerous
tongues are seen extending into the hornblende-granitite at
Gap head and on Emerson’s point. The west and north-
west line of contact across Beverly is extremely irregular,

GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES, 123

commencing on Briscoe hill in the centre of the village the
line of contact with the hornblende-granitite of Powder
house hill is seen on Essex street, by the roadside near
the cemetery, the contact at this point being quite plain
in a northeasterly direction. From here numerous outcrops
can be traced to Coy’s pond, East Wenham and the Che-
bacco lakes, whence a long tongue extends in a north-
westerly direction across Hamilton nearly to Vineyard
hill. It occupies the entire area from Cutler’s pond in
Hamilton to Powder house hill in Essex, Conomo point,
Cross’ island, Thompsonville, Essex, to West Gloucester,
the southwest side of Annisquam and Bay View to the
outcrop opposite Young avenue, Lanesville, thus forming
a circle nearly around Cape Ann. The largest area oc-
cupied by these augite-syenite rocks is in Salem, Beverly,
Essex and Manchester; an area eight miles in length by
six miles in width besides an area nearly equal in extent,
in Gloucester, including Eastern point and West Glouces-
ter. The outcrops at Bay View and Lanesville are proba-
bly connected with the larger mass in the city of Gloucester,
under a drift covered valley, which is quite extensive and
well marked to the east of Riverdale and which extends
nearly to some of the outcrops at Bay View and Lanes-
ville. It is clear that the drift covered valley occupied
by the Boston and Maine railroad between Gloucester and
Rockport may cover a narrow vein of the syenite connect-
ing those at the Rockport Granite Company’s quarry (the
so-called black granite) and the dry salvages with the main
mass at Gloucester. It will be seen, therefore, that the
augite-syenites form the principal rock mass of Cape Ann
and that the hornblende-granitites occupy a secondary place
in this large area of granitic rocks. I include as Cape Ann
all of the area given in the state atlas covering parts of
Beverly, Essex and Manchester together with Gloucester
and Rockport.

124 GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES.

IN CONCLUSION.

The geological age of the granitic rocks of which this
paper treats is undoubtedly post Cambrian as large and
small fragments of the metamorphosed Cambrian sedi-
ments are often seen to be included in them. On Poor
house hill, in Beverly, and Conomo Point, in Essex, ex-
amples of these included Cambrian rocks are met with on
all sides. In regard to the relative age of these rocks as
compared with the hornblende-granitite, the granitite is
the younger rock; for the massive forms of the augite-
syenite are not seen cutting the granitite but usually sur-
round it, thus forcing the conclusion that the granitites
have burst up through the augite-syenites. The micro-
syenite and tinguaite dyke rocks are more recent for they
often cut both the granitite and the massive augite-syenite.
Dr. M. E. Wadsworth in his paper on the presence of
syenite in Essex County, Mass. (Geological Magazine,
Decade 3, Vol. 2, No. 5, p. 207), says, “The preponder-
ance of evidence is that the granite is the younger rock
unless it is contemporaneous with the syenite.” In the
9th Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey (Ge-
ology of Cape Ann, Mass., by Prof. N. S. Shaler), the
rocks of this area were mapped and classified as hornblende
granitite, with the exception of a small area in Squam
river and vicinity which was mapped as diorite. This so-
called diorite, as is shown in the microscopical analyses
of thin sections from all parts of the area described, is
composed of augite-syenite minerals and the few sections
that were wanting in some of these minerals would be
nearer a fine grained hornblende-granitite than a diorite.
The city of Gloucester is built almost entirely upon this
augite-syenite. It was stated in the text of the Geologi-
cal Report that the ledge at Magnolia and the islands on
the coast were syenitic in character, but on themap of the

GEOLOGICAL AND MINERALOGICAL NOTES. 125

Cape Ann region, printed in connection with the report,
these areas were recorded as hornblende-granitite. In the
whole area of the augite-syenite rock there are several
dome shaped and irregular masses of the hornblende-
granitite and, as the two forms of rock are distinctly gran-
itic in type, it is not surprising that they have long been
considered as one formation. Indeed, on the surface of
some of the eroded augite-syenite outcrops, secondary
quartz has been developed to such an extent that it would
be impossible from a macroscopical examination to dis-
tinguish them from the hornblende-granite rocks, while a
few inches deeper, in the fresh unaltered mass, the ab-
sence of quartz would at once show that the formation be-
longed to the syenite rock group.

Paper read before the Essex Institute, Mar. 20, 1893.

THE ANTERIOR CRANIAL NERVES OF PIPA
AMERICANA.

BY G. A. ARNOLD.

Tuts study was undertaken to extend the method of se-
rial sections so successfully employed by Von Plessin and
Rabinowicz (’91) on Salamandra maculata, to one of the
Anura. The embryos of Pipa, which form the basis of
the study, had a body length of 9 mm. and were cut trans-
versely into sections 224 micra thick, stained with alum
cochineal and Bleu de Lyon (the latter after Rése’s method
(91), and the reconstructions were made by plotting the
projections of the sections on cross-section paper. It is
only by such methods that detailed and conclusive knowl-
edge can be obtained of the distribution of the nerves in
the smaller forms. Since this method has been used in so
few instances, comparison with other Batrachia is impossi-
ble and so the text is solely descriptive. It is, in fact, but
an extended explanation of the plate to which reference
must be made for all details. In my account of the several
nerves, I have omitted detail with regard to such features
as are common to all Batrachia and have dwelt more es-
pecially from points previously unknown or apparently
peculiar to this form. So far as I am aware the nervous
system of Pipa has been studied previously only by J. G.
Fischer whose paper, unfortunately, is not to be found in
the libraries I have consulted.

(126)

ANTERIOR CRANIAL NERVES OF PIPA AMERICANA. 127

VIII (Auditory) VII(Facial) and V (Trigeminal) nerves.
These three nerves have a common origin from the side
of the medulla oblongata, arising by fibres among which
the roots of separate nerves cannot be distinguished.

The auditory nerve separates directly and goes to the
large auditory ganglion, situated in a foramen in the wall
of the otic capsule immediately opposite the common ori-
gin of the three nerves from the medulla.

From this ganglion three groups of nerves arise, which
may be taken up in order, beginning with the most poste-
rior. The posterior ramus or group consists of the ram-
ulus posterior (r.p.), the ramulus neglectus (7.a.neg.),
the ramulus basilaris (r.das.), and the ramulus lagene
(r.a.lag.). The ramulus posterior leaves the posterior
side of the ganglion, and runs outward and backward to
the ampulla of the posterior semicircular canal, over the
sensory epithelium of which it is distributed. The ramu-
lus neglectus leaves the ganglion in company with the pre-
ceding nerve and soon distributes itself to the pars neglecta
of the sacculus. The ramulus basilaris has a similar
course to the pars basilaris of the cochlea. The fourth
and last of this group, the ramulus lagen, has a more
ventral origin and runs somewhat ventrally to the lagena.
The second branch of the Auditory nerve, the ramulus sac-
culi, consists of a large branch running outward and
spreading slightly, forming a large brush distributed over
the macula acustica on the lower side of the sacculus.
The third group consists of the nerves to the two anterior
ampulle. They arise as a single nerve from the anterior
side of the ganglion and run forward and outward. ‘Then
they divide to go to their respective ampulle. The ram-
ulus anterior (7.a.a.) makes a turn around the external
semicircular canal to reach its own ampulle.

After the separation of the auditory nerve, the V and

ESSEX INST. BULLETIN, VOL. XXV 18

128 THE ANTERIOR CRANIAL NERVES

VII continue forward along the side of the brain, until they
enlarge into a ganglion,— the Gasserian— oval as viewed
from above, situated proximally within and distally with-
out the cranial walls. The facial nerve arises as two
branches, one lateral, the other ventral, near the mid-
dle of this ganglion. The former of these (coms.g.)
forms the commissure between the facial nerve and the
glossopharyngeal. Its course is at first outward, then it
curves backward in an horizontal plane until it joins the
glossopharyngeal nerve directly opposite the origin of the
V, VII and VIII from the brain. Its further course is that
of the glossopharyngeal. The large loop which it forms is
necessitated by the fact that it has to pass around the otic
capsule, close to the walls of which it runs.

The other branch, the facial proper (fac.) takes an out-
ward and downward course from its origin from the ventral
side of the ganglion. Itsoondivides into alarge ramus to
the lower jaw(hy.man.) and a palatine ramus (p.), to the
roof of the mouth. Immediately on separation the palatine
runs forward and inward and then directly forward above the
roof of the mouth, until near the anterior wall of the orbit
it gives rise to an anastomosing commissure connecting it
with the ramus nasalis of the trigeminal. Beyond this
commissure the palatine bends inward and distributes it-
self to the epithelium of the mouth and the internal
choana. I do not find a branch of the palatine continuing
forward through the vomer to the region of the snout
as in other Batrachia. The fact that the nerve does not
extend forward to the nose precludes the possibility of
there being any connection between it and the frontalis or
nasalis other than the commissure above mentioned. A
terminal connection between the palatine and the trigem-
inal is described by Ecker in Rana esculenta. He also
mentions a double origin for the palatine from the separate

OF PIPA AMERICANA. 129

ganglions of V and VII. My study of Pipa gives no indi-
cation of such a dual condition, since the nerve arises not
from the common ganglion of the V and VII, but as a
branch of the facial nerve.

After the separation of the palatine, the main branch of the
facial (hy.man.)', turns outward and backward for some
distance, passing along a groove in the ventral side of the
otic capsule, between it and the roof of the mouth. Thence
it passes downward around the buccal cleft to the lower
jaw. After making this turn, the hyomandibularis runs
forward on the inner side of Meckel’s cartilage along the
floor of the mouth. It soon gives off a branch (duc.),
which in turn divides to innervate the mucous lining of the
mouth. This branch, although scarcely larger than several
that are given off later as terminal branches with similar
distribution, corresponds most nearly to the buccalis of
other forms. The main nerve continues its course forward
following the general contour of the jaw and is distributed
to the inner lining of the mouth. The chief points of in-
terest in connection with the facial in Pipa are the rela-
tions of the palatine and the apparent lack of connection
between the facial-glossopharyngeal commissure and the
facial proper. This of course is to be explained by the
peculiar relations of the VII to the V, the facial first appear-
ing as a distinct nerve coming from the trigeminal gang-
lion, the connection existing in the ganglion itself.

The trigeminal nerve consists of three divisions arising
by as many separate roots from the anterior end of the
Gasserian ganglion. These three divisions will be de-
scribed in order corresponding to their origin from the
ganglion, namely, the mandibularis, the frontalis, and
the supramaxillaris superior.

iH yo-mandibularis, Von Plessin = Jugularis, Fischer = Facial, Wyman.

130 THE ANTERIOR CRANIAL NERVES

The mandibularis (man.)! arises from the dorsal side
of the anterior end of the Gasserian ganglion and runs out-
ward, upward and forward. Then it turns in a gradual
curve backward and in a sharp curve downward through
the masseter and temporal muscles until it reaches the an-
gle of the lower jaw, along the outer side of which it
runs forward. Just outside of the Gasserian ganglion
the mandibularis gives rise to a branch (mas.) which in-
nervates the masseter and temporal muscles. Soon after
entering the lower jaw it divides into the mandibularis
proper and the mentalis which have their usual distribu-
tion. The mentalis has at first a more outward course,
but later passes inward under the mandibularis to be dis-
tributed to the outer skin of the lower jaw. The mandib-
ularis follows along the outer side of the mandible until
it almost reaches the symphysis menti, to the integument
of which region it is distributed. The only feature es-
pecially worthy of notice is that this nerve arises directly
from the ganglion, not as a branch of the maxillaris supe-
rior.

The frontalis? (f.) arises beside the mandibularis, in
juxtaposition with which it runs at first and preserves a
slightly dorsal and lateral direction forward, passing over
the masseter and temporal muscles to reach the orbit.
Here it is deflected downward and inward around the eye- .
ball. Then it ascends again upon the anterior side of the
orbit and branches outward to innervate the skin of the
cheek and the side of the upper jaw. This distribution
differs from that in the common frog, where the frontalis
sends branches to the lining of the nasal capsule, thus
making terminal connection with fibres of the olfactory,

1Mandibularis, Von Plessin and Rabinowiez=Maxillaris inferior, Fischer=Lower
jaw branch, Wyman.

2Frontalis, Von Plessin and Rabinowicz=Nasalis, Fischer=Ophthalmic, Wy.
man.

OF PIPA AMERICANA. 131

and also where the frontalis pierces the premaxillary bone
and exchanges fibres with the palatine nerve. This re-
gion of the snout is entirely supplied by the maxillaris
and nasalis in this form. I failed to discover any branch
to the muscles of the eye.

The supramaxillaris superior’ is the largest ramus of the
trigeminal. Almost immediately after leaving the Gasser-
ian ganglion, from the anterior end of which it takes its
origin, it becomes divided into two branches: 1. The
maxillaris proper. 2. The nasalis of Von Plessin and
Rabinowicz.

These two branches have a similar course forward, turn-
ing slightly inward and downward. The maxillaris takes
a more ventral course than the nasalis, although they do
not become widely separated until after the anastomosis
between the maxillaris and the palatine has occurred.
The maxillaris and the palatine run very nearly parallel
throughout their courses and at no very great distance
from one another; hence the commissure between them
is short compared with its length in most Batrachia. It
also presents another and more marked difference from
the conditions obtaining in most Batrachia, in that its course
is vertical rather than horizontal. After this anastomo-
sis has occurred, the maxillaris continues forward in two
branches which distribute themselves in the region of the
nose and the side of the jaw. No terminal filaments con-
necting this nerve with the frontalis or the palatine can
be traced.

The nasalis? (n.) lies slightly above the maxillaris af-
ter their separation, and so preserves an almost horizontal
course forward to the tip of the nose, in which region

1Supramaxillaris superior, Von Plessin and Rabinowicz = Supramaxillaris,
Ecker=Upper maxillary branch, Wyman=Maxillaris superior, Fischer.
2 Nasalis, Von Plessin and Rabinowicz.

133 THE ANTERIOR CRANIAL NERVES

one of its branches (a) is distributed. Branch (6) of the
nasalis branches outwardly and distributes itself to the
integument of the side of the upper jaw. Shortly after
the nasalis has divided from the maxillaris, a large branch
(c) splits off with the following course and distribution :
The nerve turns sharply inward and passes over the ol-
factory nerve to which it gives off a small branch. Thence
its course is downward and forward near the roof of the
mouth to the snout, passing downward through the pre-
maxillary bone for distribution to the region of the upper
lip.

There arises from the supramaxillaris, superior soon
after leaving the Gasserian ganglion, a nerve which follows
along near its parent until it reaches the orbit in which it
bends upward and outward. Then it leaves the orbit and
turns upward, backward and inward, distributing itself to
the cutaneous layer on the top of the head midway be-
tween the eyes. This nerve is apparently the same as that
which Fischer has described in the case of Necturus, as
innervating the skin of the dorsal surface of the head.
According to Huxley (Encyl. Brit., Art. Amphibia), it
occurs only in the tadpole of Anura and disappears from
the adult.

From the maxillaris superior, there also arises a nerve
which innervates the superior oblique eye muscle and
hence is to be regarded as trochlearis which has remained
fused with the fifth, a condition possessing much morpho-
logical interest.

The oculomotor nerve (0.c.m.) arises the ventral side
of the medulla oblongata. Its course is outward and for-
ward within the chondrocranium, then it leaves the chon-
drocraniuin through the same foramen as the trigeminal
and runs forward to be distributed in the usual manner to
the rectus muscles of the eye. The only feature worthy of

OF PIPA AMERICANA. 133

comment is the absence of a separate foramen for its exit
from the cranium.

The optic nerve (op.) presents no special features, either
in regard to its origin or its course. Its roots form a
avery intricate chiasma.

The olfactory nerve (o/.) arises from the anterior ex-
tremity of the olfactory lobe, passes out through the walls
of the skull, and distributes itself to the epithelium of the
nasal capsule and tothe organ of Jacobson in two branches.
There is no indication of two roots like those described
by Wiedersheim in the Gymnophiona and which have la-
ter been commented upon by Burckhardt.

LITERATURE. |

Von Plessin and Rabinowicz.—Die Kopfnerven von Salamandra
maculata. Miinchen. 1891.

A. Ecker.—Anatomy of the frog. 1889.

Jeffries Wyman.—Anatomy of the Nervous System of Rana pipiens.
Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. Vol. V. 1852.

J. G. Fischer.—Perennibranchiaten und Derotremen. 1864.

R. Wiedersheim.—Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates. 1884.

Rése.—Uber die Entwickelung der Zahne des Menschen. Arch. f.
mik. Anat. xxxviii, 1881.

T. H. Huxley.—Amphibia, Encyclopedia Britannica.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE REFERENCE LETTERS.

a.b.c. = terminal branches of nasalis.
buc. = buccalis.

com.g. = commissure of VII and IX.
com. = commissure between palatinus and maxillaris.
J. = frontalis.

Jac. = facialis.

gph. glossopharyngeal.

gas.gang. = ganglion of V and VII.
hy.man. = hyomandibularis.

man. = mandibularis.

men. = mentalis.

134 ANTERIOR CRANIAL NERVES OF PIPA AMERICANA.

mas. = masseter.

nm. =nasalis.

0.c.m. =oculo-motor.
ol. = olfactory.

op. = optic.

7.@.a. = ramulus acusticus anterior.
ORL ee — Ke oe exterior.
7.0:05— ct ce posterior.
1. 008 it eee = basilaris.
":a:neg. = — eC neglectus.
7.4:80C. = Be << sacculi.

8. s. = supramaxillaris superior.
troct. = trochlearis. |
V, VII, VIII = origin of V, VII, and VIII from brain.

Fic. 1. Nervous system of Pipa from the right side.
Fic. 2. Same from above. On the left side some of the more dor-
sal nerves are removed.

Bott.Essex Inst. VoL-XXV,Nos. 10-12.

_ BMeisel photolith.

= Oe ee 2... e" oor = a

, _
' .
' Se
: i
, ®
- Le
=!
—,
, - + cs
‘=
; .
*. a zt
; :
% .
a y ; :
a ‘
seer -—
. ”
i> 7
yr
iy
~ ' (a) a :
- ; ey
s
yo
ie
oy 4 t
a
r
a
i
a
. ) *
id 1 ry 7
P|
| *
a
~~
<a)
as ‘
rae

F Essex Institute, Salem, Mass.
72 Bulletin

E7E77

ve. 23-25

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

Aoi een =

Pe mtn

ee